Full text of "Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington."

See other formats

Sib 8b keds" edie tacos ya
sie AB) iar Sega

he e yt

Vw RA eee. ene Aas
Retlocttha) Miduadbath ate. og
ae ram 3

ae BN

jen
ee

i wth ta
Cabs
Aka
tate VETER
Ooty Aye
(ears le
kA sey) Ae eS RS ok ep
nse

avis, ee Hc “y
3 b tee te hao
Se Aas ie

PROCEEDINGS Thona,:

OF TRE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

WITH THE ADDRESSES READ ON THE OCCASION OF” THE

DARWIN MEMORIAL MEETING,

May 12, 1882.

PUBLISHED WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

VoLuME I.

NOVEMEER 19, 1880, TO May 26, 1882.

WASHINGTON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
1882.

sine

cae
a.
iv

1 ee

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

G. BROWN GOODE.
RICHARD RATHBUN.
LESTER F. WARD.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

Tuis volume of Proceedings is published in obedience to the
vote of the Society, passed May 26, 1882. The BioLocicat Soci-
ETY OF WASHINGTON was organized December 3, 1880, and at the
time of its summer adjournment, in 1882, carries upon its roll the
names of one hundred and thirty-nine active members, one hon-
orary member, and twenty corresponding members. It has held
thirty-one regular meetings, three special meetings, and one field
meeting. At its regular meetings fifty-four communications have
been presented, nearly all of which, except informal verbal com-
munications, have already been published, as is indicated in the
bibliographical foot notes. It has inaugurated and, in conjunction .
with the Anthropological Society, carried on a course of eight
popular scientific lectures, four of which were delivered in its
special behalf, and all of which were delivered by its members.

The meetings of the Society have always been held in rooms
provided by the courtesy of the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution ; the first fifteen in the Regents’ Room of the Smith-
sonian Institution; the sixteenth to the twenty-fourth in the
Archive Room of the National Museum; the subsequent meetings
in the Lecture Room of the Museum.

In preparing the proceedings of the Society for publication, the
Secretaries have omitted the record of the election of members
from the minutes of the several meetings, the information there
contained being presented in a much more convenient form in the
“¢ List of Members.’’

hun

ate

LIST

OF THE

CoUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

1882.

COURCHTI.

THEODORE GILL, President.

TARLETON H. BEAN. RICHARD RATHBUN.

JOHN W. CHICKERING, Jr. ROBERT RIDGWAY.

G. BROWN GOODE. CHARLES V. RILEY.

JEROME H. KIDDER. HENRY ULKE.

OTIS T. MASON. GEORGE VASEY.

D. WEBSTER PRENTISS. LESTER F. WARD.
OFFICERS.

PRESIDENT.

THEODORE GILL.

VICE PRESIDENTS.

CHARLES V. RILEY. LESTER F. WARD.

JOHN W. CHICKERING, Jr. HENRY ULKE.
SECRETARIES,

G. BROWN GOODE. RICHARD RATHBUN.
TREASURER.

ROBERT RIDGWAY.

aes

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

1$81, Jan. 14.

1882, Mar. 31.

1881, April 8.

1882, April 28.

1881, Feb. 25.
1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Jan. 6.

1882, April 14.

1882, Jan. 6.

JULY 1, 1882.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

BAIRD, SPENCER FULLERTON, M.D., LL. D., M. N. A. S.
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and Director of the
U. S. National Museum. U. S. Commissioner of Fish and
Fisheries. Swztthsonian Institution, and 1445 Massachusetts
Avenue N. W.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

AGassiz, ALEXANDER, A.B.,S.B., M.N.A.S. Curator of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.

ALLEN, Jor: AsAPH, M.N.A.S. Assistant in Ornithology
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.

BREWER, WILLIAM HENRY, Ph. D., M. N. A. S. Professor
of Agriculture in the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale College,
New Haven. New Haven, Connecticut.

BREWSTER, WILLIAM, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Brooks, WILLIAM KEITH, Ph. D. Associate Professor of
Biology and Director of the Marine Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore. altimore, Maryland.

CoLLETT, RoBerRT, Docent and Assistant in the Zoological
Museum of the University of Christiania. C*réstia.tta,
Norway.

DERBY, ORVILLE ADELBERT, M. S., Chief of the Geological
Survey of Brazil. Rio de Faneiro, Brasil.

FARLow, WILLIAM GiLson, A. M., M. D., M. N. A. S.
Professor of Cryptogamic Botany in Harvard University.
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

10 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
1881, Mar. II,

1882, Jan. 6.

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Jan. 6.

1881,*April 8.
1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Mar. 31.
1882, Mar. 3.
1881, Feb. 25.
1882, Mar. 31.
1882, April 28.

1882, Mar. 3.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued.

GIGLIOLI, ENr1co HILtyer, Director of the Royal Zoologi-
cal Museum of Vertebrates, and Professor of Vertebrate
Zoology in the Royal Institute, Florence. 2. Justituto de
Studi Superiori, Florence, Ltaly.

Gray, Asa, M. D., LL. D., M. N. A. S. Fisher Professor
of Natural History in Harvard University. Botanic Gar-
den, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

GRIMM, Oscar VON, Ph. D., Professor of Natural History in
the Forest Academy, St. Petersburg. St. Petersburg, Russia.

Hyatt, AtpHeus, S. B., M. N. A. S. Professor of Zoology
and Paleontology in the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-

‘nology. Custodian of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

LAWRENCE, GEORGE N., 45 Last 2rst St., New York City.

MorsE, Epwarp S., M. N. A. S. Director of the Peabody
Academy of Science, Salem. Salem, Massachusetts.

PACKARD, ALPHEUS SPRING, Jr., M. D., M. N. A. S. Pro-
fessor of Zoology and Geology in Brown University, Provi-
dence. Providence, Rhode Island, .

SMITH, SIDNEY IRVING, Ph. B. Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in Yale College, New Haven. Mew Haven, Con-
necticut.

VELIE, JoHN W., M.D. Secretary and Curator of the Chicago
. Academy of Sciences. 267 Wabash Avenue, Chicago, llli-
nots.

VERRILL, ADDISON Ewory, A. M., S. B., M. N. A. S. Pro-
fessor of Zoology and Curator of the Zoological Collections
in Yale College, New Haven. Mew Haven, Connecticut.

WATSON, SERENO, Ph. D., M. N. A. S. Curatorof the Her-
barium of Harvard University. Botanic Garden, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

WILSON, EDMUND BEECHER, Ph. D. Assistant in the Bio-
logical Laboratory of Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore.
Baltimore, Maryland.

IP" 2s

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.
1881, Jan.
1882, Mar. 3.

1881, Nov. Il.

Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. 25.

1881, Nov. 11.

1882, Mar. 17.

1881, Jan. 14.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Feb. 17.

1881, Nov. 11.

Orig. Member.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 11

ACTIVE MEMBERS.*

ASHFORD, FRANcIs AspurY, M. D. Dean of Faculty and
Professor of Surgery in the Medical Department of the
University of Georgetown. 127370 Mew York Avenue N. W.

Baker, FRANK, M. D. Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy
and Prosector to the chair of Anatomy in the Medical De-
partment of Columbian University. Office of Light House
Board, and 326 C Street N. W.

BARKER, JOHN SHEPARD, 775 H Street NV. W.

BARNARD, WILLIAM STEBBINS, S. B., Ph. D. Assistant in
the Entomological Division, U. S. Department of Apical
ture. 723707 Q Street NV. W.

BEAN, TARLETON HOFFMAN, M.D. Curator, Dep’t of Fishes,
U. S. National Museum. Jational Museum, and #404 S
Street V. W.

BESSELS, EMIL, M. D., Ph. D. sggr Massachusetts Avenue
NV. W.

BEYER, Henry G., M. D. Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Navy. Naval Hospital.

BILLINGS, JOHN SHAW, A. M., M.D. Surgeon and Brevet
Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army. Librarian of the Surgeon
General’s Office. Surgeon General's Office, and 3027 N
Street N. W.

BIRNEY, HERMAN HOFFMAN, sgor Harewvod Avenue, Le
Droit Park.

BIRNEY, GEN, WILLIAM, zgor Harewood Avenue, Le Droit
Park.

BLIsH, JOHN BELL, Midshipman U. S. Navy, on duty in the
National Museum. Swe2zthsontan Institution.

BRANSFORD, Joun FRANCIS, M.D. Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U.S.N., on duty at the Smithsonian Institution. Ssthsonian

Institution.

Brown, JAMES TEMPLEMAN, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum, and 1425 S Street N. W.

* When not otherwise expressly stated, all addresses are in Washington. By the word
* Founder” are designated those who signed the call for the meeting for organization,
November 26, 1880; oxi “Orig. Member” those who attended this and the succeeding

meeting.

12 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1882, Mar. 17.
Orig. Member.
1881, June 3.

1881, June 3.
1882, Feb. 17.

Founder.

1881, May 20.

1882, Mar. 17.
1881, Jan. 28.
itl Feb. 25.
Orig. Member.

1881, Dec. 23.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

BROWN, STEPHEN CARVOSSO, Registrar, U. S. National Mu-
seum. JVational Museum, and 928 B Street S. W.

BurRDICK, EDSON ALMERON, Pension Office,and 406 Spruce
Street VN. W.

BURNETT, SWAN Moses, M. D. Lecturer on Ophthalmology
and Otology in the Medical Department of the University of
Georgetown. sa2z5 1 Street N. W.

BusEY, SAMUEL CLAGETT, M. D. Professor of the Theory
and Practice of Medicine in the Medical Department of the
University of Georgetown. sz525 L Street NV. W.

CANBY, WILLIAM JACKSON, 4737 Zenth Street N. W.
CARMAN, MyRON ALBERT, D.D.S., zozs Fourteenth St. N. W.

CHASE, HENRY SANDERS, Midshipman, U. S. Navy, on duty
in the National Museum. Swithsonian Institution.

CHICKERING, REv. JOHN WHITE, Jr., A. M. Professor of
Natural Science in the Columbia Institution for the Deaf
and Dumb. Kendall Green, N. E.

CHICKERING, JOHN JAMESON, A. M. Teacher in the Public
Schools. Kendall Green, N. £.

CHRISTIE, ALEXANDER SMYTH, Astronomical Computer in the
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey Office, and
207 New Fersey Avenue N. W.

-CLARK, ALONZO Howarp, Special Agent in the Fishery

Division of the Tenth Census. ational Museum, and
933 G Street NV. W.

CoL1Ins, JOSEPH WILLIAM, Special Agent in the Fishery
Division of the Tenth Census. National Museum, and
Gloucester, Massachusetts.

Comstock, JOHN Henry, S. B. Assistant Professor of _Eth-
nology and Lecturer on the Zoology of Invertebrates in
Cornell University, Ithaca. Jthaca, New York.

Conant, Woopsury Pack, Assistant Botanist, Department of
Agriculture. Agricultural Department.

Coves, ELLioTT, M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S. Professor of
Anatomy in the Medical Department of Columbian Univer-
sity. Smithsonian Institution, and 1321 N Street N. W.

Date of Election.

1881, Nov. II.

1881, Feb.

1881, Jan.

1882, Feb.

1881, Feb.

1881, Nov.

1881. Nov.

1882, Jan.

1831, Jan.

1881, Feb.

1881, Nov.

1881, Jan.

1881, Mar.

1881, Feb.

1881, Dec.

25.

28.

25.

Il.

20.

28.

25.

28.

25.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 13

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Cox, WILLIAM VAN Zant, A. B. Fish Commission Office,
and zorr Twelfth Street N. W.

DALE, FRANK C., M. D. Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
N., on U. S. Steamer “ Palos’’ on China Station.

DAL, WILLIAM HEALEY, Assistant, U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey. Honorary Curator, Dept. of Mollusks, U. S. National
Museum. Coast Survey Office,and 1119 Twelfth Street N.W.

Davis, Harry C., A. B. Adjunct Professor of Greek in
Columbian University. 677 Maryland Avenue S. W.

DrHAas, WILLS, M. D. Care of Bureau of Ethnology,
Smithsonian Institution.

DEWEY, FREDERICK PERKINS, Ph. B. Assistant, Dept. of
Metallurgy, U.S. National Museum. Wational ALuseum,
and Whitney Avenue N. W.

DopcE, CHARLES RICHARDS, Special Agent, Tenth Census,
Division of Fruit and Orchard Statistics. 237376 Vermont
Avenue N. W.

DosH, FRANK BOWMAN.
m107re.

Fohns Hopkins University, Bailti-

EARLL, ROBERT EDWARD, S. B. Special Agent in the Fishery
Division of the Tenth Census. (Vational Museum, and bor,
M Street N. W.

ELLIOTT, Henry Woop. Smithsonian Institution, and Cleve-
land, Okio.

ELuizrey, Mason GRAHAM, A. M., M. D. Lecturer on Hy-
giene and Medical Jurisprudence in the Medical Department
of the University of Georgetown. sor2 J Street NV. W.

FERGUSON, THomAs B., Assistant Commissioner of Fisheries.
1435 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

FLETCHER, ROBERT, M. D,, Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Army. Surgeon General’s Office, and 1326 L Street N. W.

Fuint, JAMEs MitTon, M. D. Surgson, U. S.. Navy. Hon-
orary Curator, Section of Materia Medica, U. S. National
Museum. ational Museum, and Riggs House.

FOREMAN, EDWARD, M. D. Assistant, U. S. National Mu-
seum. National Museum, and 200 Eleventh Street S. W.

14. BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
1882, Feb. 17.

1881, Mar. 25.

Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. II.

1882, April 28.

Founder.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov. 11.

Orig. Member.

1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Feb. 3.

1882, Feb. 17.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

GARRETT, LERoy Mason, Midshipman, U. S. Navy, on duty
at the National Museum. Swzzthsonian Institution.

GANNETT, Henry, S. B., A.Met.B. Geographer of the
Tenth Census and of the U. S. Geological Survey. Office of
Geological Survey, and 1881 Harewood Ave., Le Droit Park.

GEDNEY, CHARLES DEFoREST, Coast Survey Office, and 115
F Street N. E.

GIHON, ALBERT LEARY, A. M., M. D. Member of Naval
Board of Inspection. Medical Director, U.S. Navy. 7736
I Street N. W.

GILBERT, GROVE KARL, Geologist, U. S. Geological Survey.
In charge of the Division of the Great Basin. Office of
Geological Survey, and 1881 Harewood Ave., Le Droit Park.

GILL, THEODORE NICHOLAS, M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S.
Lecturer on Natural History in Columbian University. Cos-
mos Club, and 321 and 323 Four-and-a-half Street.

GoopE, GEORGE Brown, A. M. Assistant Director of the
U.S. National Museum. Chief of Division of Fisheries, U. S.
Fish Commission, and Special Agent in charge of Fishery
Division, Tenth Census. Swtthsoniaz Institution, and 1620
Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

Gore, JAMes Howarp, S. B. Adjunct Professor of Mathe-
matics in Columbian University. Honorary Curator of the
Food Collection, U. S. National Museum. Columbian Uni-

' versity, and 1305 Q Street N. W. :

GRIFFITH, SAMUEL HENDERSON, M. D. Passed Assistant
Surgeon, U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine, U. S. Navy.

HASSLER, FERDINAND AuGusTus, M. D. 12374 Thirteenth
Street N. W.,and Tustin City, Los Angeles Co., California.

Hawes, GEORGE WEssoN, Ph. D. Curator, Dept. of Min-
eralogy, U. S. National Museum. Special Agent in charge
of the Building Stone Division, Tenth Census. Died at
Colorado Springs, Colorado, June 23, 1882.

HAWKES, WILLIAM Himes, A. B., M. D. Acting Assistant
Surgeon, U. S. Army. U. S. Army Dispensary, and 1105
F Street N. W.

HAYDEN, EDWARD EVERETT, Midshipman, U. S. Navy, on
duty at the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Date of Election.
1882, Mar. 31.
1881, Jan. 14.
Orig. Member,

1882, April 14.
1882, May 26.

1882, April 27.

Orig. Member.

1881, Feb. 25.

_—~L., Founder.

1882, Mar. 3.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Feb. 3.

Orig. Member.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 15

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

HENSHAW, HENRY WETHERBEE, Special Agent in the Indian
Division of the Tenth Census. Bureau of Lthnology,
Smithsonian Institution, and go; M Street N. W.

HEssEL, RuDOLPH, Ph. D., Superintendent of Government
Carp Ponds. sr4 Tenth Street N. W.

HOFFMAN, WALTER JAMES, M.D. Bureau of Ethnology,
Smithsonian Institution, and 222 E Street N. W.

HORNADAY, WILLIAM TELL, Chief Taxidermist U. S. National
Museum. ational Museum, and Llarewood Avenue, Le
Droit Park.

HouGH, FRANKLIN BENJAMIN, Ph. D. Chief of Division of
Forestry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural
Department.

Houcu, Myron BEACH WARNER. U. S. Treasurer’s Office,
and 312 Indiana Avenue N. W.

Howarb, LELAND O., 5. B. Assistant in the Entomological
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural
Department, and 1407 Fifteenth Street N. W.

HOWLAND, EpwIn Perry, M.D. 272 Four-and-a-half Street
NV. W.

INGERSOLL, ERNEST. Vew York City.

JOHNSON, ARNOLD Burcess, A. M., Chief Clerk, U. S. Light
House Board. Le Droit Park.

JOHNSON, BLANCHARD FREEMAN. Le Droit Park.

JOHNSON, JosEPH TABER, A.M., M.D. Professor of Obstet-
‘rics and Diseases of Women and Infants, in the Medical
Department of the University of Georgetown. Gynecologist
to Providence Hospital. 9377 Mew York Avenue N.W.

Jouy, Pirrre Louis, Assistant Naturalist of U. S. Steamer
« Palos’? on China Station.

KIDDER, JEROME Henry, A.M.,M.D. Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Bureau of Medicine, VU. S. Navy, and 1601 O Street N. W.

Kinc, ALBERT FREEMAN AFRICANUS, M. D. Professor of
Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, in the
Medical Department of Columbian University. 726 Thir-
teenth Street N. W.

Date of Election.
1881, Nov.

Orig. Member.

1882, Mar.

1882, Jan.
1831, Jan.

1881, May

1881, Nov.

1882, Feb.

1882, Jan.

25.

17.

20.

28.

20.

It.

20.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan.

1881, June 3.

1882, Feb.

1881, Dec.

Orig. Member.

28.

17.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

KoEBELE, ALBERT, Aid, U. S. National Museum. 700
Thirteenth Sireet N. W.

LrE, WILLIAM, M. D. Professor of Physiology in the Med-
ical Department of Columbian University. 2zrz Pennsyl-
vania Avenue NV. W.

LeEEcH, DANIEL, Swithsonian Institution, and 1507 Vermont
Avenue N. W.

LEHNERT, REV. E., Pastor, German Lutheran Church.

McDONALD, MARSHALL, Chief of Division of Propagation and
Transportation, U. S. Fish Commission. Commissioner of
Fisheries for the State of Virginia. Special Agent Fishery
Division of Tenth Census. Fish Commission Office, and 909
Twenty-third Street N.W.

McMurtTrik, WILLIAM, E. M., M. S., Ph. D. Examiner of
Wool in the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Ag7icultural
Depariment, and 1728 I Street N. W.

MANN, BENJAMIN PICKMAN, A.M. Assistant in the Entomo-
logical Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. <Aygri-
cultural Depurtment, and 1203 Q Street N. W.

MARSH, CHARLES CARROLTON, Midshipman, U. S. Navy, on
duty at National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

MARTIN, FRANK, Aid, U. S. National Museum. WJadéional
Museum, and 1835 G Strect N. W.

_Marx, GrorcE, Zoological Draughtsman, U. S. Department

of Agriculture. Agricultural Department, and 1626 Four-
teenth Street N. W.

Mason, Otis Turron, Ph. D. Principal of the Preparatory
Department of Columbian University. z3705 QO St. VW. W.

MERRILL, GEORGE Perkins, M.S. Aid, U. S. National
Museum. ational Museum, and 3033 N Street N. W.

MILLER, BENJAMIN, Jr. 1576 Thirty-first Street N. W.

MINER, RANDOLPH IIUNTINGTON, Midshipman, U. S. Navy,
on duty at National Museum. Swthsonian Institaution.

NELSON, EpwarpD W., U.S. Signal Service observer at St.
Michael’s, Alaska. Swetthsonian Institution.

Norris, Bastt, M. D. Surgeon and Brevet Colonel, U. S.
Army. 7829 G Street NV. W.

Date of Election.

Founder.

‘Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.
1881, Feb, U1.

Orig. Member.

Founder.

1881, May 20.

1881. Dec. 9.

Founder.

F ounder,

1882, Mar. 17.
1882, April 28.

1882, Mar. 31.

Orig. Member.

1882, Jan. 20.
1881, Mar. 11.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 17

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.
PATTON, WILLIAM HAMPTON, A. B. Mew York City.

PERGANDE, THEODORE, Assistant in Entomological Division,
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 327 D Street N. W.

PCRTER, JOHN HAMPDEN, M.D. 2720 M Street N. W.

POWELL, JOHN WESLEY, Ph. D., LL. D., M.N.A.S. Direc-
tor, U. S. Geological Survey, and Director, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Smithsonian Institution. Mational Museum, and
910 M Street N. W.

PRENTISS, DANIEL WEBSTER, A.M.,M.D. Professor of Ma-
teria Medica and Therapeutics, in the Medical Department
Columbian University. Commissioner of Pharmacy, District
of Columbia. s224 Ninth Street N. W.

RATHBUN, RICHARD, Curator, Dep’t of Marine Invertebrates,
U.S. National Museum. Siithsonian Institution, and 1622
Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

RAv, CHARLES, Ph. D. Curator, Dept. of Antiquities, U. S.
National Museum. Svxzzthsonian Institution.

Reypurn, Ronert, A. M.,M.D. Professor of Physiology —
and Hygiene, Medical Department, Howard University.
2129 F Street N. W.

RIDGWAY, ROBERT, Curato>, Dep’t of Birds, U. S. National Mu-
seum. S.nithsonian Institution, and 218 Eleventh Street S. W.

RILEY, CHARLES VALENTINE, Ph. D. President, U. S. Ento-
mological Commission. Entomologist U. S. Department of
Agriculture. Honorary Curator, of Insects in the U. S.
National Museum. Agricultural Department, and 1700
Thirteenth Street N. W.

RICHEY, STEPHEN OLIN, M. D. 2226 New York Avenue.

RussEL, IsRAEL Cook, Assistant Geologist U. S. Geological
Survey. Salt Lake City, Utah.

RYDER, JOHN ADAM, Embryologist, U. S. Fish Commission.
Smithsonian Institution, and Chambersburg, Pa.

SCHAFFER, EDWARD MARTIN, M.D. St. Cloud Building,

and 1114 Nineteenth Street N. W.

SCHONBORN, HENRY. 21737 Seventh Street N. W.

'SCHUERMANN, CARL WILHELM, U. S. National Museum

and 916 D Street S. W.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan.

14.

Orig. Member.

1882, May

26.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov.

1882, Feb.

1881, Nov.

17.

If.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov.

1881, Mar.

1882, Mar.

1881, Feb.

1882, Feb.

If.

2%.

17.

25.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

SCHWARZ, EUGENE AMANDUS, Assistant in the Entomological
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 606 H Street
N. W.

ScUDDER, CHARLES WILLIS, Clerk, U. S. Fish Commission.
127 F Street N. E.

ScupDER, NewTon Pratt, A.M. Aid, U. S. Fish Commis-
sion. 727 F Street N. £.

SEATON, CHARLES W., Superintendent of the Tenth Census.
Census Office, and 303 M Street N. W.

SEAMAN, WILLIAM Henry, A. M. Professor of Chemistry
in the Medical Department of Howard University. sg2g
Eleventh Street N. W.

SHELDON, CHARLES STILES, Census Office.

SHUFELDT, RoBeRT Witson, M.D. Assistant Surgeon and
Captain U.S. Army. Hon. Curator, Section of Bird Skele-
tons U. S. National Museum. ational Museum, and 819
Seventeenth Street N. W.

SHUTE, DANIEL Kerroot, A. B. Children’s Hospital. Co- _
lumbian College Hill.

SMITH, WILLIAM ROBERT, Superintendent of U. S. Botanical
Garden. Botanical Garden.

SMILEY, CHARLES WesLrey, A. M. Chief of Division of
Records, U. S. Fish Commission. Special Agent, Fishery
Division, Tenth Census. Fish Commission Office, and 1207
Lleventh Street N. W. ;

STEJNEGER, LEONHARD, (of Bergen, Norway.) Aid U. S.
National Museum. Absent in Siberia.

STERNBERG, GEORGE MILLER, M.D. Surgeon, U. S. Army. ;
Secretary of the National Board of Health. Fort Point
San Fosé, San Francisco, Cal.

STEVENSON, JAMES, Executive Officer of the U.S. Geological
Survey. ational Aluseum.

STIMPSON, WILLIAM GORDON. ational Museum, and 214
Twelfth Street S. W.

STREETS, THOMAS Hate, M. D. Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine, U. S. Navy.

Date of Election.

1882, Mar. 17.
Orig. Member.
1881, Dec. 9.
1881, Jan. 28.

Orig. Member.

Founder.

1881, Dec. 23

Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. 25.

Founder.

Orig. Member.

1881, May 20.

18831, Jan. 28.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 19

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

TAYLOR, FREDERICK WILLIAM, Chemist, U. S. National Mu-

seum. WJVational Museum, and r120 Vermont Avenue
N. W.

Taytor, THomas, M. D. Microscopist, U. S. Department
of Agriculture. Agricultural Department, and 238 Massa-
chusetts Avenue N. £.

THOMPSON, JOHN ForD, M. D. Professor of Surgery, Med-
ical Department, Columbian University. sooo Ninth Street
NV. W.

Topp, JAMES Epwarp, Ph. D. _ Professor of Natural History
in Tabor College and Lecturer in Beloit College. Zador,
Lowa.

TONER, JOSEPH MEREDITH, M. D.
N. W.

615 Louisiana Avenue

TRUE, FREDERICK WILLIAM, M.S. Librarian, and Curator
Dep’t of Mammals, U. S. National Museum. Mational
Museum, and 3033 N Street N. W.

TURNER, LuciEN M., Observer, U. S. Signal Service,
Ungava, Labrador.

ULKE, HENRY, srrz Pennsylvania Avenue N. W.

UprHaAM, EpwWIN Porvrer, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
Smithsonian Institution, and 1317 Eleventh Street N.W.

VasEY, GeorGE, M. D. Botanist, U. S. Department of Ag-
riculture. Agricultural Department,and 1437 S Street N.W.

WARD, LrEsTER FRANK, A. M., LL. B. Paleo-botanist, U. S.
Geological Survey. Honorary Curator, Dep’t of Fossil
Plants, U. S. National Museum. National Museum, and
1464 Rhode Island Avenue N. W.

WHITE, CHARLES ABIATHAR, A.M.,M.D. Curator, Dep’t of
Fossil Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum. Paleeontolo-
gist U. S. Geological Survey. Vational Museum, and gog
Maple Avenue, Le Droit Park.

Wuite, MAurRIcE PutNAM, Teacher, Public Schools.
Sixth Street VN. W.

J5°7

WILLIAMS, ALFRED, Department of State, and 134 C Street
N. EZ.

20 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.

1881, Dec. 9.

1881, Jan. 28.
1882, Feb. 17.

Orig. Member.

1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Jan. 6.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

WILsoN, JOSEPH MCMuNN. UW. S. Pension Office, and 1108
Maryland Avenue S. W.

WINSLow, FRANcIs, Lieutenant, U. S. Navy, on duty with
U. S. Fish Commission. Brightwood, D. C.

WOLFLEY, WILLIAM IRVIN, A. M., M.D. zgo C Street N. Z.
YARNALL, JOHN IlEppuRN, M. D. 3028 P Street N. W.

YARROW, Henry Crécy, M.D. Acting Assistant Surgeon
U.S. Army. Hon. Curator, Dept. of Reptiles U. S. National
Museum. Surgeon General’s Office, and 814 Seventeenth
Street V. W.

YEATES, WILLIAM SMITH, A. M. Aid, U. S. National Mu-
seum. JVational Museum, 2522 L Street N. W.

ZUMBROCK, ANTON, M. D., Electrotyper and Photographer,
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey a and
306 © Street N. W.

THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

CONSTITUTION.

Adopted December 3, 1880.

ARTICLE I.
NAME.

The name of this Society shall be ‘‘ THE BioLocicaL SOcIETY
OF WASHINGTON.”’

ARTICLE II.
OBJECTS.

‘Its objects shall be to encourage the study of the Biological Sci-
ences, and to hold meetings at which papers shall be read and dis-
cussed. |

ARTICLE III.
MEMBERS.

The Society shall consist of active, corresponding and honorary
members. Candidates for membership shall be proposed to the
Council, in writing, by at least three members, and, upon recom-
mendation of the majority of the Council present at its regular
meeting, shall be balloted for at the earliest ensuing meeting. A
majority vote of the members present when the ballot is taken shall
be necessary to election.

ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS.

The officers shall be a President, four Vice Presidents, two Sec-
retaries, and a Treasurer. There shall be a Council, consisting of
the officers of the Society and five members, to be elected by the

Society. A quorum of the council shall consist of seven members.
21

79 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Its duties shall be to act on nominations for membership, have the
direction of the finances, audit the accounts of the Treasurer, and
provide a programme for each meeting of the Society.

The officers shall be elected by ballot at each annual meeting,
and shall serve one year, or until their successors are elected.

ARTICLE V.

PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENTS.

The President, or, in his absence, one of the Vice Presidents,
shall preside at meetings of the Society and Council. The presid-
ing officer shail appoint all committees in the Council and in the
Society, unless otherwise ordered. It shall be the duty of the re-
tiring president to deliver an address at the second meeting in
January.

ARTICLE VI.

SECRETARIES.

The Secretaries shall take and preserve correct minutes of the
proceedings of the Society and Council and a record of the mem-
bers, shall conduct its correspondence, give due notice of all meet-
ings, and inspect and count all ballots.

ARTICLE VII.

TREASURER.

The Treasurer shall have charge of all money and other property
of the Society, and shall make disbursements under the direction of
the Council. He shall collect all fees and assessments, and notify
members who may be in arrears. 3

ARTICLE VIII.
SECTIONS.

Sections for special work in any department of Biology may be

formed upon the recommendation of the Council.
ARTICLE IX.
MEETINGS.

Stated meetings shall, unless otherwise ordered, be held on Friday
of each alternate week, at eight o’clock P.M. ‘The annual meeting

CONSTITUTION. 23

for the election of officers shall be the first meeting in January.
Special and field meetings may be called by the Council.

ARTICLE X.
FEES.

The initiation fee shall be one dollar; the annual fee one dollar.
Members in arrears for one year shall, after due notification by the
Treasurer, be dropped from the rolls. No member in arrears shall
be entitled to vote at the annual meeting for the election of officers.

ARTICLE XI.
AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION.

The constitution of the Society may be amended by a two-thirds
vote of the members present at any regular meeting, after at least
four weeks’ notice.

ARTICLE XII.
ORDER OF BUSINESS.

The order of business at each regular meeting, unless otherwise
provided by the Council, shall be as follows:

_ I. Reading of minutes.
II. Reports of Committees.
III. Balloting for members.
IV. Nominations for membership.
V. Miscellaneous business.
VI. Reading of papers, discussions and exhibition of specimens.

Article XII may be suspended at any time by a two-thirds vote
of the members present.

PROCEEDINGS.

PRELIMINARY MEETING, November 19, 1880.

In response to a letter of invitation signed by C. V. Riley and
G. Brown Goode, ten gentlemen met at the house of the former,
No. 1700 Thirteenth Street N. W., to take into consideration a
project for the organization of a natural history society in the city
of Washington. Capt. C. E. Dutton, U. S. A. was chosen chair-
man. After an informal interchange of views and a discussion of
various propositions advanced by those present, it was decided to
send out a call for a general meeting to be held on the following
Friday evening, to which all known to be interested in the objects
of the proposed society should be invited. The following persons
were in attendance at this preliminary meeting: Captain Clarence
E. Dutton, Prof. Theodore Gill, Messrs. G. Brown Goode, Ernest
Ingersoll, W. H. Patton, Richard Rathbun, C. V. Riley, Fred-
erick W. True, Lester F. Ward, and Dr. George Vasey.

MEETING FOR ORGANIZATION, November 26, 1880.

In response to a call signed by C. E. Dutton, J. W. Chickering,
Jr., Theodore Gill, G. Brown Goode, Ernest Ingersoll, W. H. Pat-
ton, Richard Rathbun, Robert Ridgway, C. V. Riley, F. W. True,
Lester F. Ward, and George Vasey, about thirty gentlemen assembled
in the Regents’ Room, at the Smithsonian Institution. Prof. Riley
was elected chairman, and Mr. Goode, Secretary. After much dis-
cussion it was decided to organize a society to be called THE
BioLocicaL SociETY OF WASHINGTON. A committee consisting of
Messrs. Gill, Goode, Rathbun, Riley, and Ward was appointed to
draw up a form of constitution for the proposed society, and to
submit the same at a meeting to be held on the evening of Friday,

December 3. ‘
24

PROCEEDINGS. 25
First Mretinc, December 3, 1880.

Thirty-five gentlemen assembled in the Regents’ Room of the
Smithsonian Institution, to hear the report of the Committee ap-
pointed to prepare a constitution for the projected society. Prof.
Riley acted as chairman and Mr. Goode as secretary. The com-
mittee presented its report, and the form of constitution proposed by
them was read articie by article, and article by article modified and
adopted. The constitution as a whole, in the form appended to
these proceedings, was then adopted. The Society then adjourned
to Friday evening, December 10, at which time a meeting was ap-
pointed for the completion of the organization of the Society by the
election of a board of officers.

SECOND MEETING, December to, 1880.

Twenty-two persons met in the usual place. Professor Gill was
called to the chair, and, on the motion of Prof. Ward, the Society
proceeded to ballot for officers for the ensuing year. The following
board of officers was elected :

Prestdent—THEODORE GILL.

Vice-Presidents—C. V. Ritey, J. W. CHIcKERING, LESTER F.
Warp, Henry ULKE.

Secretaries—G. BRowN GOODE, RICHARD RATHBUN.

Treasurer—ROBERT RIDGWAY.

Members of Councit—J. H. Comstock, O. T. Mason, J. H. Kip-
DER, A. F. A. Kinc, GEORGE VASEY.

The Society then adjourned to meet on the 24th of December.

THIRD MEETING, December 24, 1880.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-one members were
present.

Messrs. Riley, Goode and King were announced as having been
appointed a committee on communications. Dr. Tarleton H. Bean
presented a communication entitled NoTES ON A VOYAGE ALONG
THE CoAsTS OF ALASKA AND SIBERIA IN THE SUMMER OF 1880.*

* Published in part in the Mew York Times for September 17, November 21,
and December 6, 1880,

26 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

FourtH MEETING, January 14, 1881.
(First Annual Meeting.)

The President occupied the chair and thirty members were present.

In accordance with the recommendation of the Council one of
the Secretaries of the Society was instructed to cast the vote of its
members for the entire board of officers elected at the meeting of
December 10, such having been the understanding at the time of
that election. The officers elected at that time were then an-
nounced as having been re-elected to serve during the coming
year. :
The President announced that the Secretary had been authorized
to have printed 250 copies of the constitution, with list of officers
and members, and requested all members to send in their full names,
that the customs of similar societies might be conformed to.

Prof. L. F. Ward read a paper entitled THE FLora COLUMBIANA
OF 1830 AND 1880, which contained comparisons between the list
of the plants of the District of Columbia printed in 1830 by Dr.
Brereton and the lists perfected by the resident botanists of to-day. *

Prof. D. S. Jordan, of the Indiana State University, read a paper
entitled THE SALMON OF THE Paciric Coast.f

FirTH MEETING, January 28, 1881.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-six members were
present. |

The President delivered his first annual address upon THE PRIN-
CIPLES OF BIOLOGY WITH REFERENCE TO Taxonomy.{

In the discussion of the presidential address, Messrs. Comstock,
Mason, Ward, Riley and White participated.

* Included in the following paper :

+1881. JORDAN, DAVID S., AND CHARLESH. GILBERT. Observations on the
Salmon of the Pacific. <(American Naturalist. XV, 1881, (March,) pp. 177-
186.

{ The essentials of this address are embodied in the articles BroLocy (Vol. I,
1875,) and MorpHoLocy (Vol. III, 1877,) in Yoknson’s Cyclopedia. New York,
1875-8

PROCEEDINGS. 27
SixtH MEETING, February 11, 1881.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-seven members were
present.

An hour was devoted to the completion of the discussion of the
presidential address, Messrs. White, Ward, King and Gill taking
part. Dr. J. H. Kidder, U.S. N., exhibited a series of photo-
micrographs of objects obtained floating in the air of Washington.
He also exhibited photo-micrographs of the dry rot fungus from the
U. S. Steamer ‘‘ Portsmouth,”’ after its infection by yellow fever, of
spores of various organisms collected in the yellow fever hospitals
of Cuba, and of blood corpuscles from patients affected by various
febrile diseases.*

SEVENTH MEETING, February 25, 1881.

Prof C. V. Riley, V. P., occupied the chair and thirty-two mem-
bers were present.

Prof Riley read a paper entitled THE FERTILIZATION oF Yucca.f
Dr. C. A. White gave an account of a collection of fossils, includ-
ing 1500 species, duplicates of the celebrated collection of James
Hall, State Geologist of New York, recently received by the
National Museum from the American Museum of Natural History
in New York. Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper entitled
SUCTORIAL PREHENSION IN THE ANIMAL KinGDom.}

EIGHTH MEETING, March 11, 1881.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-four members were
present.
In discussing Mr. True’s paper on ‘‘Suctorial Prehension’’ Prof.

+1881. Ritey, CuaRxLes V. Further notes on the Pollination of Yucca and
on Pronuba and Prodoxus. < Proceedings of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science. 1881, Vol. XXIX, Part II, pp. 617-639, figs. 1-16.

t To be published in the proceedings of the U. S. National Museum.

28 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Seaman referred to the climbing organs of the Virginia creeper,
Ampelopsis quingucfolia, and of the so called ‘‘suckers’’ of various
sea-weeds, which though perhaps not suctorial in action seem to
cling to objects in a manner which is similar to suctorialism. Prof.
Riley spoke of a suctorial organ of prehension in the thoracic proleg
and anal pseudopod of Szmzzlium larve and to the ventral branchie
of the helgramite or dobson, Corydalis cornutus, larva, which are
suctorial in function. Prof. Gill, speaking of the suctorial powers
of young marsupiates stated that he believed them to exert an actual
suctorial power, even though the teats be somewhat modified to aid
them in clinging. ‘Their first attachment to the teat is purely suc-
torial, though afterward probably the result of a spasm-like action
of the sphincter-oris muscle. He also referred to the suctorial
organs possessed by certain bats. Mr. Patton called attention to
the peculiar structure of the larva of Blepharocera which inhabits tor-
rents and has six segments, each provided with a separate suctoria]
organ, probably prehensive.

Dr. A. F. A. King read a paper entitled SEPTENARY PERIODICITY IN
LiviING ORGANISMS; in the discussion of which Messrs. Prentiss,
Riley, Scudder, Ward, and many others participated.

NintH MEETING, March 25, 1881.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-five members were
present.

Col. Marshall McDonald read a communication ON THE Laws oF
THE RELATION OF PERIODICITY IN DEVELOPMENT TO TEMPERATURE.
This papér was discussed by Messrs. Prentiss, King, Busey, Gill
and Chickering.

Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr., read a paper entitled Roan Moun-
TAIN AND ITS FLora.*

Prof. J. E. Todd read a paper entitled ON THE FLOWERING OF
SOLANUM ROSTRATUM, AND CASSIA CHAMACRISTA.T

* See 1882. CHICKERING, JOHN W., Jr. Notes on Roan Mountain, North
Carolina. < Bulletin, Philosophical Society of Washington. IV. 18381. pp.
60-64. (Flora, p. 63).

71882. Topp, James E. On the Flowers of Solanum rostratum, and
Cassia chamecrista. <(American Naturalist. XVI, 1882. (April). pp. 281-
287.

PROCEEDINGS. 29
TentH MeEetTiNnG, April 8, 1881.

The President occupied the chair, except when reading his paper,
at which time he was replaced by Vice President Ward. Twenty-
three members were present.

Prof. Gill read a paper entitled A Critica, Review or Gun-
THER’S STUDY OF FiIsHES,* and a short discussion upon the merits
of this article ensued, participated in by Messrs. Goode, Gill and
Ward.

ELEVENTH MEETING, April 22, 1881. ;

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-eight members were
present.

A committee of the Council submitted the following report upon
the formation of sections, in accordance with one of the provisions
of the Constitution :

The committee recommends, (1.) That five sections be formed as follows: I,
Vertebrates; II, Articulates; III, Mollusks; IV, Radiates; V, Plants. For |
these sections the following members are suggested as chairmen: I, Mr. Goode;
II, Prof. Riley; III, Mr. Dall; IV, Mr. Rathbun; V, Prof. Ward. (2.) The
members of the Society shall be requested to inform the Secretary what section
or sections they desire to co-operate with. (3.) New members on joining the
Society shall be requested to signify to the Secretary what departments of Biology
they are each respectively interested in. Signed by the Committee: C. V. Riley,
O. T. Mason, George Vasey, G. Brown Goode, Robert Ridgway.

The President announced that the temporary chairman would be
authorized to call meetings of the sections, and that members were
expected to hand in their decisions as to the sections which they
desire to join.

Dr. George M. Sternberg, U. S. A., Secretary of the National
Board of Health, read a paper entitled A Fatat Form or SEptI-

*1881. GILL, THEODORE. Reprinted from the “ Forest and Stream.” |
| Giinther’s | Literature and Morphography of Fishes. | A review of | Dr.
Giinther’s introduction to the | study of Fishes. | | By Theodore Gill, M. A.,
M. D., Ph. D., | Member of the National Academy of Sciences, etc., etc. |
| New York : | Forest & Stream Publishing Co., | 1881. 12mo., pp. 106.
See also Zhe Critic, 1, (May 21, 1881,) pp. 132-3; Zhe New York Times, May
29, 1881; Forest & Stream, XVI, p. 428, (June 30, 1881;) Sezence, VII, pp.
323-6, (July 9, 1881;) Zhe Nation, XXXII, pp. 120-2, (August 11, 1881.)

30 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

C/EMIA IN THE RABBIT, PRODUCED BY THE SUBCUTANEOUS INJEC-
TION OF HumMAN Sativa.*

This paper was discussed by Messrs. Thomas ‘Tayen, Fletcher,
King, Comstock, Ward, and Gill.

Mr. Ernest Ingersoll read a paper entitled ON THE Morrauity oF
MARINE ANIMALS IN THE GULF OF MExIco.*

At the close of the meeting the roll of members was called, and
the following persons enrolled themselves as members of the several
sections :

Section I. en Baker, Birney, Clark, Earll, Gill, Goode,
Hoffman, King, Mason, Prentiss, Ridgway, N. P. Scudder, C. W.
Scudder, Smiley, Thomas Taylor, True, Ward, Wolfley, Fletcher,
Flint, Schuermann, Sternberg.

Section II. Messrs. Birney, Comstock, Merrill, Patton, Pergande,
Riley, Schwarz, Marx, Howard, and Ulke.

Section III. Messrs. Gill, Sheldon, and Ingersoll.

Section IV. Messrs. Gill and Rathbun.

Section V. Messrs. Comstock, Earll, Goode, Gore, Merrill, Pat-
ton, Riley, Schwarz, Seaman, Sheldon, Smiley, Thomas Taylor,
Vasey, Ward, Williams, Wolfley, Sternberg, Hawes, Flint, and Hoff-
man.

First Fretp MEETING, April 30, 1881.

On Saturday, April 30, the Botanical Section held a field meeting

at High Island, in the Potomac River, above the Chain Bridge.
Seventeen members were present.

TWELFTH MEETING, May 6, 188t.

Vice-President Ward occupied the chair. Twenty-three members
were present.

* 1881. STERNBERG, GrorcE M. A fatal form of Septiczemia in the
Rabbit, produced by the sub-cutaneous injection of Human Saliva. < Studies
from the Biological Laboratory of Johns Hopkins University. II. 1882, pp.
183-200. Plate XIV. (March.)

* 1881. INGERSOLL, ERNEST. Onthe Fish Mortality in the Gulf of Mexico.
IV. <Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, IV, 1881, pp. 74-80.

PROCEEDINGS. 31

Prof. Lester F. Ward read a paper entitled A STATISTICAL VIEW oF
THE FLORA OF THE District or CoLuMBiIA.*

Prof. J. H. Comstock read a paper entitled NoTEs on SCALE IN-
sECts, illustrating his remarks by a collection of specimens.t

THIRTEENTH MEETING, May 20, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-one members were
present.

Prof. Riley made some remarks upon Prof. Comstock’s paper
on Scale Insects, and was responded to by Prof. Comstock. Dr.
George M. Sternberg, U. S. A., read a paper entitled On M1-
CROCOCCUS SEPTICUS] illustrating his remarks by photo-micrographs
thrown upon a screen by the lantern. This paper was discussed by
Messrs. Seaman, Ward, and Taylor.

FOURTEENTH MEETING, June 3, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-five members were
present. It was announced that after the next meeting the Society
would be adjourned until the first Friday in October.

Dr. D. W. Prentiss read a paper entitled THE PuysioLocicat Ac-
TION OF JABIRANDI, (PILOCARPUS PINNATIFOLIUS.)$ __

* 1881. WARD, LESTER F. Field and Closet Notes on the Flora of Washington
and Vicinity. <Bulletin, Philosophical Society of Washington. IV. 1881.
pp. 64-120. (Statistical View pp. 88—104, 116-119.) See also in Bulletin 22
U. S. National Museum, cited above, p. 26.

+1881. Comstock, JAMEs H. Report on Scale Insects. <Report of the
Entomologist of the U. S. Department of Agriculture for the year 1880. pp.
235-373- (Scale Insects, pp. 276-349. Plates III~XXII.)

{ STERNBERG, GrorcE M. A Contribution to the Study of the Bacterial Or-
ganisms commonly found upon exposed Mucous Surfaves, and in the Alimentary
Canal of Healthy Individuals. <Studies from the Biological Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University. II. 1882. pp. 157-181. Plates XI-XIII: and in Pro-
ceedings, American Assoc. Adv. Sci., XXX, 1881.

$1881. PReENTIss, D. WEBSTER. Remarkable change of color of the hair
from light blonde to nearly jet black in a patient, while under treatment by pilo-
carpin. Report of pyelo-nephritis, with unusually prolonged anuria. <Phila-
delphia Medical Times. XI. 1881. (No. 335, July 2, 1881.) pp. 609-12; also
reprinted with following title:

1. | Remarkable change in the color of the | hair from light blonde to

382 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. G. Brown Goode read a paper entitled THE MAcKEREL,*
and was followed by Captain J. W. Collins who explained and illus-
trated the uses of the various kinds of apparatus used in the mack-
erel fishery.t

FIFTEENTH MEETING, June 17, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Fifty-two members were
present.

Mr. Robert Ridgway exhibited a collection of wild and domesti-
cated turkeys. Mr. Newton P. Scudder made a communication
upon the breeding habits of the Painted Tortoise, Chrysemys picta.
Dr. Thomas Taylor exhibited some specimens of a tapeworm from
the common hog.{ Mr. Frederick W. True exhibited the first vol-
ume of the new annual, Zoologischer Fahresbericht, published in Leip-
zig, and compared its merits with those of the London Zoological
Record Prof. C. V. Riley exhibited specimens of the seventeen-
year locust, and the Rocky Mountain locust, explaining the differ-
ence between them and describing their habits.§

The Society then adjourned to the basement of the Smithsonian
Building, where Col. Marshall McDonald described some recent

Also—Change in the color of the human hair under the use of pilocarpin.
<(Cincinnati T.ancet and Clinic. XLVI. 1881. (Sept. 3.) pp. 202-205; colored
plate and < Proceedings of American Association for the Advancement of
Science, XXX, (Cincinnati Meeting,) 1881.

*1882. Goopr, G. Brown. Natural History of the Mackerel. < Materials
for a History of the Mackerel .Fishery in Report U. S. Fish Commission. Part ©
VII for 1881, pp. (1)-(48.)

+1882. CoLLins, JosEPH W. (With G. Brown Goode.) The Mackerel
Fishery of the United States. Ibid. pp. (49)-(140-+-.)

* 1882. TAyLorR, THOMAS. Ona tape-worm from the common hog. <Re-
port of the Commission of Agriculture for 1882, pp.——. (In press.)

@1881. RILEY, CHARLES V. The Periodical Cicada a/ias “ Seventeen-year
Locust.” <American Naturalist, XV, 1881, pp. 479-481, one figure.

PROCEEDINGS. 33

experiments in fish culture, illustrating his remarks by apparatus in
which the eggs of the shad, Clupea sapidissima, were in process of
hatching. He announced that he had succeeded in keeping shad
eggs for twenty-four hours in a half dry condition in moist cloth,
and in thus transporting them from place to place, instead of the
old cumbersome vessels filled with water.*

Mr. John A. Ryder exhibited, under the microscope, eggs of the
shad in various stages of development, and announced the discov-
ery of teeth in shad four or five days old. +

SIXTEENTH MEETING, October 28, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-two members were
present. |

This evening the Society met for the first time in the Archive
Room of the National Museum. Prof. Lester F. Ward exhibited a
supposed petrifaction, resembling the hand of a mammal, from near
Granger’s Station, Wyoming. A discussion followed upon the phe-
nomena of opalization, and the formation of pseudomorphs, in ~
which Messrs. Taylor, Gill, Schaeffer, Dall, and Ulke participated.
Mr. Henry W. Elliott read a paper ON THE HaBiTs or THE SEA
OTTER, (PUSA LUTRIS,) OF THE NORTHWEsT Coast, illustrating his
remarks by specimens and sketches on the blackboard.{

Dr. Thomas Taylor exhibited a new form of freezing microtome,
invented by himself, and demonstrated its manner of working.§

SEVENTEENTH MEETING, November 11, 188r.

The President occupied the chair. Twenty-eight members were
present.

* See Report of the U. S. Commission of Fisheries for 1881, (Part VIII,)
and Transactions of the American Fish Cultural Association for 1882.

+1882. RyDER, JOHN A. The Protozoa and Protophytes considered as the
primary or indirect source of the food of fishes. <Bull., U. S. Fish Comm., I,
1882, pp. 236-251. (Eggs and food of young shad, pp. 248-9.)

{To be printed in the forthcoming Census report on the Fisheries of the
United States. :

#1882. TAYLOR, THomMAs. Onanew form of freezing microtome. <Proc.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., XXX, (Cincinnati Meeting,) 1881, p. 119. ;

34 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Prof. C. V. Riley read a paper entitled ON THE PHILOSOPHY oF
THE RETARDATION OF GROWTH AMONG LOWER ANIMALS.* A dis-
cussion followed, participated in by Messrs. Ulke, White, Gill, Earll,
King, and Ward. Dr. C. A. White read a paper entitled An-
TIQUITY OF CERTAIN Types oF NortH AMERICAN NoN-MARINE
MOLLUSCA, AND THE EXTINCTION OF OTHERS. This paper was dis-
cussed by Messrs. Gill and Dall.

EIGHTEENTH MEETING, November 25, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-four members were
present.

Mr. Richard Rathbun presented a communication ON THE RE-
CENT EXPLORATIONS OF THE U. S. FisH Commission. After
sketching the history of the Commission since its organization, in
1871, and describing the new exploring steamer ‘‘ Fish Hawk,’’
he spoke at some length of the wonderful wealth of life discovered
in 1880 and 1881 on the inner edge of the Gulf Stream, about one
hundred miles off Newport and Martha’s Vineyard. Mr. Rathbun’s
remarks were illustrated by numerous specimens, and a large model
of the steamer ‘‘ Fish Hawk.’’ Messrs. Gill, Dall, Goode, and
Schaeffer took part in the discussion of this paper.

NINETEENTH MEETING, December g, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.
Col. Marshall McDonald described some recent observations upon
young shad in confinement. Prof. L. F. Ward read a paper on
THE CAUSES OF THE ABSENCE OF ‘TREES ON THE GREAT PLAINs.}

*1882. RILEy, CHARLES V. Retarded Development in Insects. <Pro-
ceedings, Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., XXX, Cincinnati Mecting, and in separate
« Retarded Development, &c.,” pp. 4. (February, 1882.)

+1882. WHITE, CHARLEs. A. On Certain Conditions attending the Geological
Descent of some North American types of Fresh-water Gill-bearing Mollusks.
<American Journal of Science and Arts. XXIII. 1882, (May.) pp. 382-6.
Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey for 1882.

+1882. Warp, Lester F. On the Cause of the Absence of Trees on the
Great Plains. <( Kansas City Review of Science and Industry. V. 1882,
pp. 697-702. (March.)

PROCEEDINGS. 35

Prof. Gill read a paper entitled ON THE AFFINITIES OF THE
‘¢ GREAT SWALLOWER,’’ CHIASMODUS NIGER.* He stated the genus
Chiasmodus to be the representative of a peculiar family, Chiasmo-
dontide, and not at all allied to the Gadde. Its first dorsal has in-
articulate spines and its ventrals are of the Acanthopterygian type.
The group is indeed related to the Harpagiferide and Chenichthyide
and should have been referred by Dr. Giinther to his heterogeneous
‘family Trachinide.”’

TWENTIETH MEETING, December 23, 1881.

The President occupied the chair. ‘Thirty members were present.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. S. A., read a paper entitled ON THE
OsTEOLOGY OF THE GLASS SNAKE, (OPHEOSAURUS VENTRALIS.)f
Prof. Otis T. Mason read a paper entitled THE INVASION OF THE
DomMAIN OF BIOLOGY BY ANTHROPOLOGISTS. Mr. Frederick W.
True read a paper entitled THe Lanp Tortoises or NortTH
AMERICA.{

Twenty-First MEETING, January 6, se “Lae /
(Second Annual Meeting.)

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-five members were
present.

The following officers were elected for the year 1882:

President—PYrof. THEODORE GILL. . :

Vice Presidents—C. V. Ritry, Prof. J. W. CHICKERING, Jr., LEs-
TER F. Warp, and HENRY ULKE.

Secretaries—G. BROWN GOODE and RICHARD RATHBUN.

Treasurer—ROBERT RIDGWay.

Members of Councit—Dr. J. H. Kipper, U.S. N., Dr. GEORGE
Vasey, Dr. T. H. Bean, Dr. D. WEBSTER PRENTIsS, Prof. O. T.
Mason.

*1879. GiLL, THEODORE. The Great Swallower. <(Forest & Stream. XIII.
1879, p. 906, (Dec. 18,) with figures. (A part only of the remarks made to the
Society. ) .

+1882. SHUFELDT, RoperT W. Remarks upon the Osteology of Opheo-
saurus ventralis. <Proceedings U. S. National Museum. IV. 1882. pp.
392-400. Nine figures.

+1882. TRUE, FREDERICK W. On the North American Land Tortoises
ef the Genus Xerobates. <Proceedings U. S. National Museum. IV. 1882,

Pp. 434-449. Three figures.

‘

36 « BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASITINGTON.
TWENTY-SECOND MEETING, January 20, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present. |

The President delivered the annual address on the topic THE
HisTory OF CLASSIFICATION IN ZOOLOGY.

In his introductory remarks he congratulated the Society upon its
present flourishing condition, stating that during the year its mem-
bership had nearly doubled. He also reviewed the history of other
scientific societies of the city, mentioning the National Institute,
the Botanical Society, the Potomac Side Naturalists’ Club, the Physi-
cal Club, and the Geological and Geographical Society, all now ex-
tinct, and the existing Philosophical, Anthropological, and Biologi-
cal Societies. He also spoke of the eminent zoologists who had
been, in the early days of its history, identified with the Potomac
Side Naturalists’ Club, the predecessor of the Biological Society,
mentioning the names of Prof. S. F. Baird, Count L. F. de Pour-
tales, Dr. William Stimpson, Mr. Robert Kennicott, Prof. J. S.
Newberry, Mr. H. Ulke, Dr. Harrison Allen, Dr. Elliott Coues,
Dr. D. W. Prentiss, Dr. F. V.. Hayden, Mr. F. B. Meek, Baron
R. von Osten Sacken, Dr. William A. Hammond, Prof. Burt G.
Wilder, Dr. George Suckley, Mr. Titian R. Peale, and others.

. TwentTy-THirRD MEETING, February 3, 1882.

Prof. Lester F. Ward, V. P., occupied the chair. Thirty-three
members were present. |

Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper ON THE ARCTIC SEA Cow,
(RuyTIna STELLERI.)* Mr. Henry W. Elliott exhibited draw-
ings of the same extinct animal, and submitted a restoration by
himself, the merits of which he advocated.

Mr. Frederick ‘W. True exhibited an immense specimen of Szven
lacertina, twenty-six inches in length, captured in the mud flats in
front of the city of Washington. This species had not previously
been recorded north of North Carolina.

* To be published in the forthcoming Census Report on. the Fishery industries
of the United States.

PROCEEDINGS. i 37
TwENTy-FourTH MEETING, February 3, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. ‘Thirty-three members were
present.

An animated discussion concerning the form of the tail, as well
as the relationship and history of the Arctic Sea Cow, Rhytina Stelleri,
took place. This was participated in by Messrs. Elliott, True,
Coues, and Gill.

TweENty-FirtH MEETING, March 3, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Ninety members were present.
Mr. G. Brown Goode, chairman of the Committee on Lectures
appointed by the Council, announced that, in co-operation with a
similar committee, appointed by the Anthropological Society in
response to an invitation from the Council of the Biological Society,
a course of lectures had been arranged for; these lectures to be
given on consecutive Saturdays, at 3: 30 P. M., in the lecture room
of the National Museum. These lectures were to be free, and the
public was to be invited. The discussion of the form of the tail and —
affinities of the Arctic Sea Cow was resumed ; and by special vote,
continued until 10:30 P. M. The speakers were Messrs. Elliott,
Coues, True, and Gill.

First SaturDAY LectTurE, March 11, 1882.

An audience of about six hundred were present on the occasion
of the first Saturday lecture.

Prof. Theodore Gill delivered a lecture entitled SclENTIFIC AND
PopuLar VIEWS OF NATURE CONTRASTED.*

The introductory address was delivered by Major J. W. Powell.+

7 1882. PoweELL, JoHN W. Introductory Address (to the Saturday Lec-
tures.) <The Saturday Lectures, pp. 1-3.

38 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
TWENTY-SIXTH MEETING, March 17, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper entitled ON RECENT ADVANCES IN
ORNITHOLOGY, on the occasion of laying before the Society, in ad-
vance of publication, a complete copy of the work below cited.*
Remarks were made by Messrs. Gill, Ward, and Coues.

Dr. Edward Foreman exhibited a map of the Cretaceous fossil
beds of Maryland.

SECOND SATURDAY LEcTURE, March 18, 1882.

About six hundred persons listened to the lecture of Prof. Otis T.
Mason on the topic: WuatT 1s ANTHROPOLOGY ? +

THIRD SATURDAY LECTURE, March 25, 1882.

An audience of about six hundred persons listened to the lecture
by Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr., on CONTRASTS OF THE APPALACHIAN
Mountains.

TWENTY-SEVENTH MEETING, March 31, 1882.

Prof. Lester F. Ward, V. P., occupied the chair. Eighty mem-
bers were present. ;
Dr. D. Webster Prentiss read a paper entitled MESMERISM IN

+1882. Mason, Otis T. What is Anthropology? <The Saturday Lec-
tures, &c., pp. 25-43; also separate as Saturday Lecture No. 2. with title page,
8vo., pp. 21.

+1882. CHICKERING, JoHN W., Jr. Contrasts of the Appalachian Moun-
tains. <The Saturday Lectures, &c., pp. 44-59; also separate with title page as
Saturday Lecture No. 3, 8vo., 16 pp.

PROCEEDINGS. . 89

ANIMALS, and at its close mesmerized a canary bird and a fowl.
The paper was discussed by Messrs. Schaeffer, Billings, Ellzey,
Coues, Wolfley, Riley, True, King, Gilbert and Gihon.

FourRTH SATuRDAY LeEcTuRE, April 1, 1882.

About eight hundred persons listened to the lecture of Major J.
W. Powell on OuTLINEs oF SocioLocy.*

FirtH SATuRDAY LeEcTurRE, April 8th 1882.

About seven hundred and fifty persons listened to the lecture of
Prof. C. V. Riley, on LITTLE Known Facts ABsout WELL KNown
ANIMALS. f

TWENTY-EIGHTH MEETING, April 14, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Sixty-five members were
in attendance. Prof. William H. Brewer, of Yale College, was
present as a guest.

Dr. Frank Baker proposed amendments to the Constitution as
follows :

In ARTICLE III. Strike out the words, “ upon recommendation of the ma-
jority of the members present at its regular meeting;” and substitute for the words
‘a majority vote of the members present when the ballot is taken shall be ne-
cessary to an election,’”’ the words ‘ seven affirmative votes shall be necessary to
an election.”

In ARTICLE TV. Strike out the words, “its duty shall be to act on nomina-
tions,’”’ &c., and substitute—* It shall conduct all the business of the Society ex-
cept the election of officers.”

In ARTICLE XII: Strike out sections III, IV and V.

A committee of five, consisting of Messrs. Ward, Goode,
Chickering, Riley, and Rathbun, was appointed to confer with the

* 1882. POWELL, JOHN W. Outlines of Sociology. <The Saturday Lec-
tures, &c., pp. 60-82, also separate with title page as Saturday Lecture No.
4. 8vo. p. 25.

+1882. Ritey, CHARLES V. Little Known Facts About Well Known Ani-
mals. <The Saturday Lectures, &c. pp. 83-112. Also separate with title page
as Saturday Lecture No. 5. 8vo., pp. 32. Fifteen woodcuts.

40. BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

committees appointed by the Anthropological and Philosophical
Societies in reference to the proposed scheme for the consolidation
of the Scientific Societies of Washington and the formation of an
Academy of Sciences and to report the result of their conferences.

Dr. Frank Baker read a paper entitled ON THE RAMIFICATIONS
OF THE ARTERIES. ‘This was discussed by Messrs. Gill, Barnard,
and Scudder.

Mr. G. Brown Goode exhibited several remarkable specimens of
taxidermic skill from the work shops of the National Museum.*

SIxTH SaTurRDAY LEcTuRE, April 15, 1882.

About six hundred persons listened to the lecture of Dr. Robert
Fletcher upon PauL BRocA AND THE FRENCH SCHOOL OF ANTHRO-
POLOGY.T

SEVENTH SATURDAY LEcTUuRE, April 22, 1882.

Abot six hundred and fifty persons assembled to hear the lecture
by Mr. William H. Dall upon Deep-Sra Exp.Lorations.f Among
the audience was Captain Sir George S. Nares, R. N., late com-
mander of the British corvette ‘‘ Challenger’’ during its three years
cruise of deep-sea exploration. ,

Twenty-NintH MEETING, April 28, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present. The Society voted that the next regular meeting of the
Society should be a ‘‘ Darwin Memorial Meeting.’’ A committee

* See Report of the Assistant Director of the U. S. National Museum. <Re-
port of Smithsonian Institution for 1831.

+ 1882. FLETCHER, RoBerT. Paul Broca and the French School of Anthro-
pology. <The Saturday Lectures, &c. pp. 113-142. Also as separate, with
title page. 8vo., pp. 32. .

$1882. Dart, Witt1am H. Deep-Sea Explorations. <The Satur-
day Lectures, &c. pp. 143-162. Also separate, with title page, as Saturday
Lecture No. 7. 8vo., pp. 22. :

PROCEEDINGS. 41

consisting of Messrs. Goode, Riley, Ward, Rathbun, and Gill,
having been appointed by the Council to arrange for the same, and
having anticipated the action of the Society by making certain pre-
liminary arrangements.

Mr. Edmund B. Wilson, of Johns Hopkins University, a corres-
ponding member, presented a paper on THE EMBRYOLOGY OF
RENILLA.*

Mr. Frank H. Cushing spoke on the topic ZuN1 BroLocy, descri-
bing some of the peculiar plants and animals occurring in the
deserts of the Southwest, and referring to the manner in which
animals are regarded by the Zufii Indians.

EicHTH SaturDAy Lecture, April 29, 1882.

About six hundred persons listened to the lecture of Dr. Swan
M. Burnett upon the topic How WE SEE.+

SPECIAL MEETING, May 5, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-eight members were
present.

Mr. Goode presented the report of the Committee on the Dar-
win Memorial Meeting, which was accepted. Prof. Ward submit-
ted the report of the Committee on the Consolidation of the Scien-
tific Societies in Washington, as follows: |

The joint committee composed of the several committees appointed by the
Philosophical, Anthropological, and Biological Societies of Washington to con-
sider the desirability of a federation of those societies—

Recommend to the several societies a federation on the following basis, and
for the purposes set forth :

* The remarks of Mr. Wilson were in part included in the following papers :

1880, WiLson, EpMuND B. The Early Stages of Renilla. < American Jour-
nal of Science, XX, 1880, pp. 446-9, plate VII.

1882. Witson, EpmMunp B. On Animal Polymorphism. <Johns Hop-
kins University Circulars, No. 15, May, 1882, pp. 203-4.

+1882. Burnett, SwAN M. How We See. <The Saturday Lectures,
&c. pp. 163-185. Also separate, with title page. 8vo., pp. 25. Three wood-
cuts.

42 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

I. The purposes of this federation shall be—
First, the pnblication of a common body of transactions;
Second, periodic meetings of the united societies;
Third, the management of courses of popular lectures; and,
Fourth, such other objects as may be agreed upon.

II. The federation shall be known as the Washington Academy of Sciences.

III. The several societies shall retain their own organizations, excepting as
hereinafter modified.

IV. The three societies shall have the same annual fees of membership.
V. The uniform fee for each of the three societies shall-be three dollars.

VI. The Academy shall be organized by the election of a president, a secre-
tary, a treasurer, and two councilmen, bythe Academy. The presidents of the
several societies shall be ex officio vice presidents of the Academy, and members
of its council, one secretary from each society shall be a member of the council,
and each society shall elect two additional councillors for the council of the
Academy.

VII. A grade of fellowship shall be established in the Academy.
VIII. The annual fee of fellowship shall be five dollars.

IX. The existing members of all the societies shall be fellows of the Acad-
emy, on the payment of the fellowship fee.

X. The council of the Academy may subsequently elect fellows from the
members of the Academy.

XI. The fellows of the’ Academy shall be ex offcio members of all the
societies. °

XII. It is recommended to the several societies that the existing committees
of conference be continued, for the purpose of collecting the sense of the said
societies on the above propositions, and of carrying out such scheme of organi-
zation as may be mutually accepted.

WILLIAM B. TAYLOR,
Chairman of Foint Committee.

Committee of Philosophical Society.—John VV. Powell, Theodore Gill, James
C. Welling, John S. Billings, William B. Taylor.

Committee of Biological Society.—Lester F. Ward, G. Brown Goode, Charles
V. Riley, Richard Rathbun, John W. Chickering.

Committee of Anthropological Society.—John W. Powell, Garrick Mallery,
James C. Welling.

Mr. Goode submitted the following table of statistics, showing
the comparative membership in the three societies :

- PROCEEDINGS. 43

Total membership in the three Societies _- % 329
Membership in Philosophical Society .._.- 160
¢ Anthropological Society.. 115
Lg SMOROUICRS SOCHTY oi lan ca oun wanes 134
Comet Be re es hs a ee eae ae 22
#s Philosophical and Anthropological Societies ___ 32
" Philosophical and Biological Societies -__.-__- 38
Anthropological and Biological Societies..--..---.---.---. 36
Members of Philosophical Society only.------__.---------2 97
$6 Anthropological Society only_.-....--.-.-.-. 61
a Biological Society. only .:<~ bss al ee 20

The reports of the committee were discussed by Messrs. Wilson,
Bean, True, Riley, Kidder, Seaman, and Ellzey, a strong feeling of
opposition to any scheme of consolidation being manifest. The
motion of Prof. Riley, ‘Resolved, That it is the sense of this (in-
formal) meeting that a federation with the Anthropological and
Biological Societies is desirable,’’ was carried by a vote of 22 to 8.
The first six articles of the report of the committee were provisionally
approved one by one, and the committee was continued, with instruc-
tions to report further action at a regular meeting of the Society.

THIRTIETH MEETING, May 12, 1882.

DARWIN MEMORIAL MEETING.

The President occupied the chair. In addition to the members
of the Society, the members of the other societies and their friends
had been invited to attend; and although the night was stormy,
about seven hundred ladies and gentlemen were present to attend
the memorial service in honor of Charles Darwin, who died at
Down, Kent, England, April 19, 1882. On the stage sat, in addi-
tion to the officers of the Society, Dr. W. B. Taylor, President of
the Philosophical Society; Major J. W. Powell, President, Dr.
Robert Fletcher and Prof. O. T. Mason, Vice-Presidents, and Col.
F. A. Seely, Secretary, of the Anthropological Society. A large
portrait of Darwin, painted by Henry Ulke, V. P., and a bust, by
Mrs. Mica Heideman, decorated the stage. The order of exercises
was as follows:

MRIGOURON Coo Se oo cas Theodore Gill.
Miooraphica) Sketeh.. 25. bisa a os --an s. Bes Dall,
The Philosophic Bearings of Darwinism ~.----- John W. Powell.

44 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Darwin’s Coral Island Studies _-_-..-.....-- Richard Rathbun.*
Darwin’s Investigations on the Relation

OF Finnts ane Insects oo ee Charles V. Riley.
RAT WIRE STAM ee tines Lester F. Ward.
Darwin on Emotional Expression ---------------- Frank Baker.
A Darwinian Bibliography_-_-.-..---------- Frederick W. True.
A Forralt 0b Deg oe a a Sen ees Henry Ulke.

The addresses delivered on this occasion are printed in full in the
appendix.

Tuirty-First MEETING, May 26, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-five members were
present.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall made an appeal for aid in the exploration of
the molluscan fauna of the District of Columbia.

Dr. Tarleton H. Bean exhibited a specimen of a rare arctic bird,
the Spoon-billed Sandpiper, Zurynorhynchus pygmaeus, obtained by
him on the coast of Siberia.f :

Dr. M. G. Ellzey made a brief communication upon the natural
history of mules.

The Society ratified the action of the council in voting that
the proceedings of the Society, together with the addresses at the
Darwin Memorial Meeting, should be printed, and that the funds
of the Society now in the treasury should be used for that purpose. A
resolution to the effect that women should be admitted to member-
ship in the Society was referred to a committee consisting of Gen.
William Birrey, Messrs. Dall and Goode, and Doctors Prentiss and
Kidder.

The Society then adjourned to meet in October.

* Omitted on account of the illness of Mr. Rathbun.
+1882. BEAN, TARLETON H. Notes on Birds collected during the sum-
mer of 1880, in Alaska and Siberia. <Proc. U. S. Mus., V, 1882, pp.

144+ (Z£. pygmaeus, p. 195.) :
Also, 1881. BEAN, TARLETON H. Our unique Spoon-billed Sandpiper.

<Forest and Stream, XVI, April 12, 1831.

ADDRESSES

DELIVERED ON THE OCCASION OF THE

DARWIN MEMORIAL MEETING,

HELD IN THE LECTURE-ROOM OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM,

May 12, 1882.

THE DOCTRINE OF DARWIN.*

By THEODORE GILL.

The chief for many years of the leaders in science knows no
longer the world he erstwhile knew so well. CHARLES Darwin has
closed a life illustrious in the annals of biology, scarce full of years
but very full of honors.

How fruitful was that life and how potent its influence on philoso-
phy and on sociology the united voice of the civilized world pro-
claims—how grievous the loss the lamentations of mankind testify.
Less than a quarter of a century has elapsed since the publication
of the ‘‘ Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection.’? How
great is the contrast between the beliefs and practice of naturalists
before its appearance and those of their present successors! He
would, indeed, have been a bold man who would have predicted
that, in two decades after its appearance, the views therein promul-
gated would be universally accepted and be taken as the recognized
platform of biologists. But the incredible has actually happened ;
all the students of nature, and in every land; zoologists and bot-
anists, paleontologists and geologists—in America and Europe,
at the confines of Asia, the extreme of Africa, and in distant Aus-
tralia—all meet on common ground as evolutionists ; all recognize
to a greater or less extent the operation of natural selection in the
survival of the fittest. To appreciate the cause of the profound
impression produced by the deceased naturalist’s greatest work,
some reference to the antecedent and succeeding conditions is fit-
ting. ,

It had been, from time immemorial, a generally accepted idea
that the living beings which people the globe had, in some mys-

* Several of the paragraphs in this address were published in advance, with a
few modifications, in “ The Critic,” of New York, for May 6, 1882.
: 47

«
48 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

terious manner, been each ‘‘created’’ separately; but how, few
ventured to express in words, for the mere attempt to do so con-
.jured up such strange fancies that the intelligent mind drew back in
revolt and refused to consider them. Now, it is a recognized
scientific creed that the animals and plants which have successively
inhabited the earth, were the descendants, with modification,
from previous inhabitants since the dawn of life. A glimmer of
the truth had now and then occurred to contemplative students.
Philosophers had ventured to think that living forms like ancient
ones might have descended from them. The \investigators in
various departments of biology had gradually deduced generaliza-
tions which all tended in a similar direction. The’ taxologists, in
their very nomenclature, compared the animal kingdom to a tree of
which the principal types were ‘‘ branches’ diverging from a com-
mon trunk, while the minor groups were successive offshoots ; and
the idea of genetic relationship suggested by the various degrees of
likeness was expressed in the names conferred on other groups—
‘tribe,’ ‘‘ family,’’ etc. The embryologists had recognized a co-
incidence between the stages of development of the ‘superior’
animals and the adults of animals inferior in the system. The
paleeontologists had discovered an approximate coincidence between
the successive inhabitants of the earth and the successive stages in
the development of the living animals of the same types. The
series of facts thus obtained had even, to some extent, been co-
ordinated.

All these series of facts were such as would have been the result
of the derivation of existing types from previous ones. But the
possibility that the seeming was the real did not commend itself to
the consideration of naturalists. Instead thereof, it was assumed
that the facts were ‘in accordance with a plan of the Creator ;’’
that the Deity had conceived a few patterns, and that by those he
constructed the animals which successively appeared on the globe,
to be in time swept off and replaced by others. If answer was
made that such was a puerile conception of creation and that it lim-

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 49

ited the power of Deity, excessive anger was displayed, and its op-
ponents called infidels and atheists. But even those who doubted
whether the accepted views of creation were tenable, hesitated to
take the alternative view. An efficient factor in variation remained
to be discovered, and a full presentation of the data had yet to be
made.

It was in 1859 that the desiderata indicated were supplied in
‘«The Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection.’’ ‘‘ Varia-
tion under Domestication’? was compared and contrasted with
‘Variation under Nature.’’ The ‘‘ Struggle for Existence’’ which
is the result of the progressive increase of living beings was con-
sidered, and ‘‘ Natural Selection’’ was designated as the factor which
determined the development and existence as ‘‘ species’’ of forms
which had descended, with modifications, from countless antecedent
generations. With the successive changes in temperature and other
conditions ensuing in the ever-changing world, the animals and
plants which peopled it were compelled to keep pace by correspond-.
ing changes in structure, or to give place to others who could
adapt themselves to the new conditions.

So much were the views thus enunciated opposed to the current
ideas that a brief period of astonished silence ensued, and men felt
about before they could realize their full purport, or that such opin-
ions were broached in sober earnest. Then followed on every hand
torrents of detraction and abuse. The naturalists of the old school
and the priests of revelation met on common ground, and loud and
bitter was the denunciation. Numerous were the arguments against
the new theory.

But why this great turmoil and uproar? Darwin was not the
first to believe that species had been derived and not created. So
had philosophers believed before; the grandfather of Darwin be-
lieved and urged the belief; a great naturalist at the commencement
ef the century—Lamarck—boldly and wisely formulated a theory of
evolution ; the ‘‘ Vestiges of Creation ’’ took up the view, and gained
marked attention in Britain. Even a clergyman of the English

50 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Church, the Savilian professor in orthodox Oxford, the Rev. Baden
Powell, in 1855, had considered the ‘‘ Philosophy of Creation’’ in
a ‘masterly manner,’’ and Darwin bore testimony that nothing can
be more striking than the manner in which the enlightened priest
showed that the introduction of new species is a regular phenom-
enon in contradistinction to a miraculous process. Darwin was not
the first even to conceive of the principle of natural selection.
An American resident in England, Dr. W. C. Wells, as early as
1813, had recognized the operation of the principle in the distri-
bution of the human race. In 1831, Patrick Matthews also appre-
ciated the principle of natural selection; so Darwin himself wit-
nesses.

It was not, then, the mere enunciation of the theory of evo-
lution, nor of the principle of natural selection, that characterized
the ‘‘ Origin of Species,’’ and drew the attention of mankind to it.
It was the recognition of the incessant and universal operation of
the factors, the masterly co-ordination of the facts of biology—zool-
ogy, botany, anatomy, general morphology, physiology, embryology,
palzontology—and geology, the marshalling in orderly array and
concentration in one direction of all natural knowledge, the force of
the logic, the clearness of the exposition, the judicial candor of the
argument that arrested men’s attention, and provoked serious con-
sideration of what before had been ignored as being beyond the
domain or possibilities of investigation. In the time of Lamarck
the world was not ready for a consideration of the question. Lam-
arck’s was the prophesy of intuitive genius—genius the greater in
that the facts that had then been garnered were few. The “ Vestiges
of Creation’’ was so replete with errors of fact and misconceptions
as to attract more attention to the fault of its details that to the
logic of its argument. The principle of natural selection had been
applied to very special fields by Wells and Matthews; no evidence
had been furnished of its wide extension, and it even occupied a
subordinate position in the thoughts of those investigators.

The author of the ‘‘ Origin of Species’’ was a different man from

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 51

his predecessors, and lived in a happier time. The facts had been
accumulated and co-ordinated; men were ready to consider the
reason why facts were such, and none was better fitted than Darwin
—TI should rather say none was so well fitted—to arrange and present
the facts and to draw the deductions therefrom. Ever a close ob-
server, practiced in many lands, student of all nature—especially
skilled as a geologist, a botanist, and a zoologist—endowed with a
severely judicial mind, honest above all, none like him had ever
grappled with the mystery of creation. For more than twenty
years he had pondered on the subject ; with impartial severity he
had weighed the evidence. He was, perforce, led to the conclusion |
that all the living had been derived from past forms, with modifica-
tions incident to individuality ; the sums of the divergencies, small in
themselves, became large in the aggregate, became enormous in time.
The increasing beings, crowding upon each other, invading each
other’s domains, struggled for the life into which they were born.
Happy were those possessing some slight advantage—strength,
swiftness, dexterity, or adaptability resulting from modification of
structure—for they could procure place or food at the expense of
their competitors, and the characters that gave them victory secured,
likewise, the temporary ascendancy of their kind. How great is
this variability our domesticated animals attest ; how ancient is our
globe geology teaches; that the race is to the strong or the cunning
observation of inferior nature assures. With known variability,
time, and space, what could not result? Which, then, was the more
probable that Nature—or, if you will, the Creator—had always
operated under law, or that there had been constant interference ?
Thus were the issues fairly joined. On the one hand, Creation
was the rallying cry; on the other, Evolution and Darwin. But
what meant the opposed terms? It is surely but reasonable to ask
the question. The evolutionists conceded the reasonableness, and
gladly accepted the ordeal. Could less be required of the creation-
ists? In reverential mood would I submit the alternatives. If they
repel, blame not me. Ihave long and fruitlessly searched for better.

52 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Creation implies the actual fashioning of forms in full panoply,
and with all the characteristics of their kind. But when it was
asked how this had been effected the answer was vague and evasive.
Did ‘‘ elemental atoms flash into living tissues?’’ Was there vacant
space one moment and an elephant apparent the next? Or did
a laborious God mould out of gathered earth a body to then endue
with life? The questions are surely pertinent, for only by such
means can we conceive of creation. But passionate disclaimers and
angry denunciations greeted him who would frame such conceptions
in exact language. Metaphysical jargon and rhetoric about divine
purposes might sophisticate, but could not answer.

Evolution denotes the derivation of living beings from preceding
in endless succession. Variation in progeny, limited heredity, and
time are its correlatives. These being conceded, the peopling of
the globe with its life, past and present, is conceivable.

What was the evidence to support the conflicting conceptions ?

For creation it was urged that the universal consensus of mankind
supported it; that divine revelation taught it; and that the diver-
sities and specialization of organic forms forbade the idea of their
derivation from a common parentage.

The universal consensus of mankind maintained till the sixteenth
century the doctrine that the earth was flat ; that the sun and other
planets circled round the earth; and that the earth was the great.
centre of the universe. The universal consensus of mankind for
thousands of years is not the universal concensus of the enlight-
ened man, nor of the present century.

The teachers of revelation have been often mistaken. Many are
they who once were contemned and denounced because their utter-
ances were not in accordance with the opinions of their day, who
are now accepted as the champions of a purer religion. One of the
wisest priests of England has said that ‘‘ with a certain class of
religionists every invention and discovery is considered impious and
unscriptural as long as it is new. Not only the discoveries of as-
tronomy and geology, but steam, gas, electricity, political economy,

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 53

have all in their turn been denounced ; and not least, chloroform.
Its use in parturition has been anathematized as an infraction of the
penalty pronounced on Eve!’’* It is not I, but a great clergy-
man, who expresses such sentiments.

The objection that the differentation and specialization of organic
beings gainsay their derivation from a common source is a most
weighty one. In the infancy of our own knowledge it was unan-
swerable, and the less we know of nature the more we are impressed
with these diversities. It is not, however, simply a question of
whether evolution is true; but which is the more probable of two
alternatives—that all the phenomena which point in one direction
and which could have occurred in natural sequence, have taken
place in such sequence ; or that direct creative intervention has en-
sued again and again, when the same ends could have been produced
without such intervention.

Nature was true to her disciple, and herself furnished the replies.

It was contended that if evolutidn were true, the evidence should
be forthcoming in the existence in previous geological epochs of
forms of a generalized character intermediate between still earlier
ones and later widely separated forms; and that of such there were
very few.

The graves of the distant past gave up their dead, and the ossu-
aries of our own far West yielded most cogent testimony to the
truth. Forms from the eocene and later beds, resurrected by the
wand of the anatomist, rising in successive lines behind the wide
gaps in the living files, proclaimed that all were of one blood, and
showed the genealogy of the contemporaries of man.

Many were the forms thus connected. Few are those that may
be mentioned on this occasion. The horse-like animals, the rhi-
noceroses, and tapirs are so unlike, that proof of their derivation
from one source might be thought to be impossible. But as we go
back into the ages we find equines with lateral digits and hooflets

*Rey. Baden Powell’s Essay on the Spirit of the Inductive Philosophy, etc.,
P- 455-

54 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

becoming larger and longer, teeth shorter and more generalized,
skeletons less characteristic ; rhinoceroses with cutting teeth, and
more slender forms ; tapir-like animals without the peculiar tapirine
teeth, with rhinocerotoid skulls, and with otherwise modified
structure; all these accompanied by innumerable other modifica-
tions, till finally we are almost at a loss to tell whether it is a horse-
like, a rhinocerotoid or a tapiroid animal that is before us, and chey
become lost in earlier forms with special characters of their own.
And as we go still further back we are confronted with still other
forms that are connected by series projected backward from the
ruminants and from the elephantids. We do, in fine, know the
genealogy of our own contemporaries—imperfectly it is true, but
still we know it.

It was objected that animals were segregated by such very wide
intervals that they must be isolated in different branches, and that
there could be no community of structure between such branches ;
they expressed fundamentally different plans of structure.

One by one zoology, anatomy, and embryology supplied the links
between the old branches; the branches were at length completely —
uprooted, and it has even become a matter of simple convention
what should be considered major groups. Plansof structure can no . :
longer be claimed to be peculiar to different types.

That branch of which man is the primate—the vertebrates—was
supposed to be perfectly unassailable and isolated ; but zoology and
anatomy have revealed to us amphioxus, and embryology the earlier
stages of the tunicates. ‘The evidence is now conclusive that these
forms which once appeared to be among the most distant are now
the most closely related. The affinities of the tunicates with inver-
tebrates are evident, and thus we may look far back to that time
when vertebrates did not exist, but when the common ancestors, from
which they and the related invertebrates should diverge, held sway.

It was even pretended that the evidence was insufficient to show
that variation was possible or could be propagated.

From every hand testimony was forthcoming. ‘Ihe breeder could

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 55

point to every domesticated animal—the horticulturist and pomolo-
gist to allcultivated plants—the systematist and zoégeographer to
the limits of species which varied with knowledge of their distri- |
bution—the paleontologist to the gradation between the extinct
forms and widely separated living species, as well as to that between
forms which lived in successive earlier epochs.

It was urged that the Darwinian theory was opposed to revelation,
and subversive of Christianity.

As students of nature and seekers after truth alone—so far as
nature is concerned—we only ask whether the views of Darwin are
true or not. But now, from many a pulpit, and from the most en-
lightened of the clergy, we hear the claim that evolution is in per-
fect accordance with revelation, and is a witness to the power, pres-
cience, and goodness of God.

It was contended that acceptance of the teachings of Darwin
would have a pernicious tendency, and entail riot, lawlessness, and
crime in the world.

A long life of singular purity and blamelessness in the person of
Darwin was an answer. An unsullied heritage from an ancestor
entertaining like views has been transmitted to heirs of his body
without flaw. Sons of the great philosopher continue the studies
of their great sire, and worthily wear the heavy mantle left to them.

One after another the scientific opponents of evolution became
convinced of its verity, or died out. The naturalists of a new
generation with one accord accepted ‘‘ Darwinism’’ as a starting
point for their more profound studies. ‘The methods and aims of
biology became changed. Biology became exalted from empiricism
into a science. Long before ‘‘ The Origin of Species’? had even
‘come of age,’’ acceptance of its teachings had become an essential
of scientific creed, and Darwin was acknowledged to have effected
a greater revolution in science than any Englishman since the time
of Newton. Most meet was it then that he should rest by the side
of his great predecessor whose rival he will ever be in fame.

56 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

‘BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH.

By Witiram H. DALL.

Charles Robert Darwin, son of Dr. Robert Waring Darwin, F. R. S. :
and Emma Wedgewood, grandson of Dr. Erasmus Darwin and
Josiah Wedgewood, was born at Shrewsbury, England, February
12th, 1809. He died of disease of the heart at his residence,—
Downe Court, Beckenham, Kent, at 4 P. M.,-April 19, 1882, and
consequently had attained the age of 73 years, 2 months, and 7
days. At Shrewsbury his childhood was passed and his education
was obtained at the once famous Shrewsbury Grammar School,
presided over by the Rev. Dr. Samuel Butler, afterward Bishop of
Litchfield and Coventry.

At the age of sixteen he entered the University of Edinburgh
(1825) where he remained two years. Even at this early period he
had become a student of natural history, and read his first scientific
paper before the Plinian Society. It was ‘‘On the Movement of
the Ova of Flustra,’’ one of the incrusting marine corallines.

In 1827 he entered Christ’s College, Cambridge, where he grad- |
uated as a Bachelor of Arts four years later. Here he fell under the
influence of the teachings of Prof. John Stevens Henslow, an excel-
lent botanist, whose instruction doubtless did much to determine
the field of study subsequently occupied by his pupil.

In 1831 Captain Fitzroy, R. N., offered to share his cabin with any
competent naturalist who would accompany him on his prospecting
voyage to South America in H. M. S. Beagle, detailed for surveys in
that region. Mr. Darwin, then only twenty-two years of age, offered
his services with the stipulation that he should control the collections
made, and was accepted. The Beagle sailed November 27, 1831,
from Plymouth, and returned to England on the 2d of October, 1836.
During a large part of the voyage Mr. Darwin suffered greatly from
sea-sickness, or some difficulty which simulated it, and which, in some
form, returned at intervals throughout his whole life, as sudden fits of

PEERS sree ee Nee ea bee on mCP,

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 57

illness which prostrated him for days together, and which were fol-
lowed by long periods of wakeful convalescence. Under the cir-
cumstances, the amount of keen and patient observation, the vast
accumulation of facts, and the extensive collections obtained by
Mr. Darwin during his voyage, appear more marvelous than ever.

After his return his health was much shattered, and his studies
more or less interrupted for some years. He took his Master’s de-
gree in course, and shortly after his return was elected a Fellow of
the Royal Society, (of which his father and grandfather were pre-
viously Fellows,) and of the Geological Society, of which last he
was made secretary.

In 1839 he published his epoch-making work ‘‘A Journal of
Researches into the Geology and Natural History of the Various
Countries visited by H. M. S. Beagle; ’’ the first of that long
series of investigations to which his life was devoted, and the pub-
lication of which revolutionized the study of biology, and gave to
Darwin a position as a naturalist unparalleled in the history of —
science.

In the same year, 1839, Mr. Darwin married his cousin, Emma
Wedgewood, and retired to the secluded and beautiful district of
Kent where, in his country-house of Downe Court, near Orpington,
more than forty years of his life were spent. The district is purely
agricultural, a plateau of chalk, some 400 feet above the sea, in-
terrupted by the wavy hollows characteristic of the English chalk
country, with beech woods here and there on the slopes. His
dwelling is one of the old square-built, red-brick mansions of the
last century, to which has been added in more recent times a gable-
fronted wing, with another square-built wing and pillared portico
on the corresponding side. Shut in and almost hidden from the
roadway by a high wall and belt of trees it offers ideal seclusion
for a quiet student. On the southern side the walled garden opens
into a secluded meadow bounded by a tract of underwood through
which there is a lovely view of the narrow valley which descends
toward Westerham.

58 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Here, and in the by-paths of adjacent woods and meadows, Mr.
Darwin was accustomed to take daily exercise with a characteristic
regularity. Up to ten or twelve years ago, his tall figure, mounted
on a favorite old black horse, was a familiar object in the country
lanes. This animal fell and died suddenly one day, after which’it
was noted that Mr. Darwin rode no more. His invariable hours for
walking, in these later years, were seven in the morning, noon, and
four o’clock in the afternoon, usually accompanied by one or more
of his sons; one of whom, Mr. Francis Darwin, has long been es-
tablished as a surgeon in the hamlet of Downe. His habits were ex-
tremely regular. He rose at six, took a cold plunge bath (which
was repeated in the evening), breakfasted alone, and after his first
morning walk was usually in his library by 8A. M. At nine he
would spend a little time in the dining-room opening his mail, and
in the evening would linger an hour or two in the society of his
family, or that of some of his scientific friends who occasionally
visited him ; but the greater part of his time was spent in his library,
his garden, and the adjacent grounds. A few friends, among whom
were Sir John Lubbock and Dr. Farr, near residents, were often
with him, and with such he was social, frank and ever ready to en-
joy a joke or frolic ; with all men he was unpretentious, kind, and
devoid of any artificiality of manner ; but his life was essentially a
secluded one, as may be judged from the fact that the news of his
death did not reach London until noon of the following day.

Nevertheless, his life was far from solitary, for his family formed
quite a colony in itself until the children reached maturity. Two
children, a boy and girl, were lost in infancy, one dying in 1842
and the other in 1858, and are buried in the village churchyard of
Downe, near by some of the Wedgewoods.

In the family who lived Mr. Darwin was fortunate. His eldest
son, William, is a banker at Southampton; the second, George,
took high honors at Cambridge, and is now a Fellow of Trinity Col-
lege and a distinguished mathematician ; the third, Frank, having
inherited his father’s delicate constitution, acted as his secretary ;
the fourth, Leonard, an officer of artillery, has distinguished himself

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 59

in the direction of astronomy ; the fifth, Horace, is an excellent
mathematician. One married and one unmarried daughter com-
plete a family whose constant care has always been to relieve its head
from any trouble and anxiety.

‘Mr. Darwin has always been in easy circumstances, financially, so
that he could use his time as he chose, without care. When young
he pursued field-sports, with the combined interest of the hunter and
the naturalist ; in later years he found his chief relaxation in read-
ing popular novels. His work was taken up with great method, and
he never wrote for more than two hours at a time.

_ In 1853 he received the gold medal of the Royal Society for his
various works; in 1859: that known as the Wollaston medal from
the Geological Society ; in 1871 he received the Prussian Order of
Knighthood ‘‘ For Merit,’’ and was elected a corresponding member
of the Austrian Academy of Sciences; and in 1878, foreign asso-
ciate of the French Academy. He received honorary degrees from
Leyden and Cambridge, and other scientific honors almost without
number.

His death was unexpected. He had been slightly unwell for
several weeks, and the weakness of the heart’s action was such that
he was not permitted to ascend the stairs, but in the main, he was
still able to pursue his ordinary routine. On Tuesday morning Sir
John Lubbock found him apparently about as usual. That he was
seriously ill, was first known in the village Wednesday afternoon by
the arrival of his groom on horseback, horse and man reeking with
foam, having galloped for ice six miles and back from the nearest
point where it could be procured ;_ but in vain, the relief arrived too
late, Charles Darwin had already passed away, surrounded by his
family, including several of his sons, Mrs. Darwin, and a married
daughter. On the 26th his mortal remains were laid in Westmin-
ster Abbey, near by the ashes of Isaac Newton, and were followed
to the tomb, not only by dignitaries of Church and State, but by
the universal reverence of the scientific world.*

*Tt is hardly necssary to state that this sketch is a compilation from all the
different sources which happened to be available at the time.

60 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

DARWIN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO PHILOSOPHY.
By Joun W. PoweELL.

Many are the definitions of philosophy. If we wish not to define .
what is ¢rwe philosophy, but simply to define the term in all its
uses when referring to all times and all men, this definition will do:
Philosophy ts the explanation of the phenomena of the universe.

Now, the phenomena of the universe are embraced in many vast
categories.

First, we have the constitution of the heavenly bodies, and their
real and apparent motions to be explained. What are they, and
how came they to be what they are?

Then we have the earth itself; its forms, its lands and seas, its
mountains and valleys, its rivers and lakes, the winds which blow
about it, the storms which fall upon it, the lightnings that flash
athwart the sky, the thunders that roll among the clouds. What
are all these things, and whence came they, and why are they?
Again, in the constitution of the earth we find rocks with their
minerals, and geologic formations with their fossils. What are
rocks and minerals, formations and fossils, and whence came they?

Look at the innumerable forms of plants covering the earth with
verdure—the whole vegetable kingdom on the land and on the sea;
forests, mosses, and confervee. Who shall explain the meaning of
the phenomena of the vegetable kingdom?

The oceans teem with animal life ; reptiles crawl over all the land;
the hills and the valleys, the mountains and the plains, are all in-
habited by beasts; and the air itself is populated. Who shall tell
us of all the living things, and then explain life itself?

Turn to the contemplation of man, organized into tribes and
nations; man possessed of innumerable languages; man engaged in
arts and industries; man endowed with reason and will; man in
search of moral principles to guide his conduct. Whence came this

‘

man, and whither does he go?

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 61

Among all tribes and nations of the globe, and in all times, men
have sought to discover the whence, the how, and the why, of all
things—the phenomena of the universe.

The explanation of the universe is philosophy.

The philosophies of the world may be classified as—

I. Mythologic.
II. Metaphysic.
III. Scientific.

Mythology and science constitute the two grand systems of
philosophy, but between them stands metaphysic philosophy as a
stepping-stone from the former to the latter.

In the lower stages of society philosophy is purely mythologic.
All savage and barbaric peoples explain the phenomena of the uni-
verse by a system of myths. A mythology is always a growth, and
among every people there grows up by the employment of diverse
and superficial analogies—curious suggestions—a body of mythic
explanations which constitute its philosophy.

Among the Wintuns of California the world is three-storied.
There is a world—a great chamber—above, and there is this world}
and a world below. The waters fall from the world above because
the sky, the floor of that upper world, leaks; and the waters come
from the world below through the springs that issue from the flanks
of the dead volcanoes of that land; so the waters from above and
the waters from below meet and flow down the great Sacramento to
the sea, where again they divide; the waters from above taking their

BS way to their upper home, and the waters from below taking their

way to the lower world.

The mountains were formed by the great mole-god, who crawled
under the land and upheaved the mountain ranges that stand on
either side of the Sacramento Valley. And so they explain all of
the phenomena of the universe, with which they are acquainted,
in a system of myths which constitutes the philosophy of the Win-
tuns.

62 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Now such a system of philosophy, a mythology, is found in every
- savage and barbaric tribe of the world.

But there came a time in the history of mankind when some of
the peoples changed their philosophy—their explanation of the
phenomena of the universe—by changing their methods of reason-

ing.
ORIGIN OF METAPHYSIC PHILOSOPHY.

From three to two thousand years ago Europe, Asia, and Africa
established a commerce in ideas—an exchange in philosophies—
carried on by the navigation of the Mediterranean. During that
and some previous time there were built on the shores of this sea
many cities. Through the building of these cities, and through
the industries and arts which sprang up therewith, society was re-
organized, and placed upon a new basis—tribal society developed
into national society—barbarism into civilization.

The peoples of these cities spoke diverse languages, and enter-
tained diverse mythologic philosophies. Through the intercourse
which sprang up between them each learned of the philosophy of
the other, and the scholars of that day attempted to discover in all
of these diverse mythologies a common body of truth upon the
theory then. widely accepted, that they had all sprung from a com-
mon source—a primitive philosophy itself the truth—and that all
the philosophies then existing were degenerations therefrom. This
line of investigation led to a curious result.

All of the mythologies of the cities of the Mediterranean were
found to be baseless—each a fabric of poetic but superficial analo-
gies. In the mental activity of that time many new philosophies
were proposed, diverse and contradictory, and the wisest philoso-
phers said, ‘‘ How shall we know the truth?’’ And they endeav-
ored to discover some criterion by which truth should be known.
This resulted in the development of formal /ogic as a testing ma-
chine into which opinions were put for the purpose of sifting truth

from error.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 63

Now the machine called logic, the tool of the metaphysician, is
curiously constructed. Its chief hypothesis is that man was primi-
tively endowed with fundamental principles as a basis of reason-
ing, and that these principles can be formulated. These fundamen-
tal principles are supposed to be universal, and to be everywhere
accepted by mankind as self-evident propositions of the highest
order, and of the broadest generalization. These fundamental
propositions were called mayor propositions. ‘The machine, in for-
mal logic, was a verbal juxtaposition of propositions with the major
propositions at the head, followed by the minor propositions, and
from this truth was supposed to flow. :

This formal logic of the Aristotelian epoch has lived from that
period to the period of science. Logic is the instrument of meta-
physics, and metaphysic philosophy, in its multifarious forms, is the
product of logic. But during all that time—z,ooo years—no truth
has been discovered, no error has been detected by the use of the
logical machine. Its fundamental assumption is false.

It has been discovered that man is not endowed with a body of
major propositions. It is found that in the course of the evolution
of mind minor propositions are discovered first, and major prop-
os:tions are reached only by the combination of minor propositions ;
that always in the search for truth the minor proposition comes
first, and that no major proposition can ever be accepted until the
minor propositions included therein have been demonstrated.

The error in the metaphysic philosophy was the assumption that
the great truths were already known by mankind, and that by the
proper use of the logical machine all minor truths could be discov-
ered, and all errors eliminated from philosophy. As metaphysic
methods of reasoning were wrong, metaphysic philosophies were
false ;. the body of metaphysic philosophy is a phantasmagoria.

THE ORIGIN OF SCIENTIFIC PHILOSOPHY.

While metaphysic philosophers have been playing with their
logical kaleidoscopes, another body of philosophers have been at

64 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

work gathering the materials for the philosophy of science. Their
method is to collect facts and to discover their relations, and they
accept no conclusions that are not reached by this method. All
other conclusions they hold as undetermined or indeterminate.

And now must be given a definition of science. Science ts tue
discernment, discrimination, and classification of facts, and the dis-
covery of their relations of sequence. ‘This is a simple statement,
but for its full comprehension a little illustration may be necessary.

A savage hears the voice of his fellow-man, he hears the voice of
the beast, and of the bird; he also hears the noise of the thunder,
and he supposes that the noise isa voice. In these cases he discerns
noises, but he does not discriminate one noise from the other, and
supposes them all to be voices, and that the noise of the thunder is
the voice of the Thunder Bird. To understand facts we must not
only discern, but discriminate.

The next step in the progress of science is classification. Having
discerned and discriminated facts, they must be classified—all those
of like nature thrown together. All noises made by living beings
for conveying intelligence may be grouped into one class and called
voices ; all noises made by explosions grouped in another class; and
so, as we go on discerning, discriminating, and classifying, we col-
lect the materials of philosophy.

But this is not all of philosophy. Facts have genetic relations.
If one thing is done something else will follow, and the highest
function of scientific philosophy is to discover the order of succes-
sion of phenomena—how phenomena follow phenomena in endless
procession, how every fact has had its antecedent fact, and every fact
must have its consequent fact. This part of science is called evolu-
tion, and by this expression scientific men mean to be understood
that phenomena go on in endless consequences, and that every act
has been preceded by some other act, and that every act will be
followed by some other act; that the causes of all of the phenomena
of the universe that we wish to explain in a system of philosophy
run back into the infinite past; that the consequences of all of the

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 65

phenomena which we may now observe in the universe will run on
into the infinite future. This is evolution.

The statement now given of the three great systems of philosophy
is perhaps sufficient for our purposes this evening, and it remains
for us to point out the part contributed to scientific philosophy by
Darwin, whom we mourn to-night.

When Darwin rose as a light in the scientific world, scientific
philosophers had already discovered that the philosophic method of
research should include the discernment, discrimination, and classi-
fication of facts. At that time the scientific men of the world were
engaged chiefly in the collection and arrangement of facts. To
some extent they were engaged in discovering their relations of
sequence. Important and interesting sequences had been discov-
ered in the vast realm of astronomy; other interesting sequences of
facts had been discovered in the realm of geology; some interesting
sequences of facts had been discovered in the realm of human
history. In the realm of biology, in plant and animal life, the order
of succession of facts, the method of evolution, had not been dis-
covered; yet many men were thinking on this subject, many men
searching for the method and course of biologic evolution. The
facts relating thereto were partly known, and the course and laws
of biologic evolution were dimly discerned.

It remained for Darwin to demonstrate the laws of biologic evo-
lution, and the course of the progress of life upon the globe. This
he has done in a manner so masterly that there lives not in the
world a working biologist, a scientific man engaged in this field of
research, who has not directly or indirectly accepted his great con-
clusions, and the larger body of biologists have accepted them
directly.

Let us now go back to the statement that prior to the time of
Darwin, scientific men engaged in researches relating to vegetal
and animal life were occupied chiefly in the discernment, discrim-
ination, and classification of facts.

Botanists and zodlogists were engaged in describing species, and

66 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

classifying species, and this did not always enlist the highest talent:
and naturalists had become wearied with discussions over minute
differences and obscure resemblances, the origin and meaning of
which were not understood.

The discovery, largely made by Darwin, of the laws of succes-
sion, or genesis, gave to this department of scientific research a
wonderful impetus, and since that day thousands of men have
sprung up throughout the civilized world to take part in biologic
research.

In this field the greatest talent of the latest time is absorbed.
The philosophy of biology satisfies the reason. In the universe of
life, system is discovered, and biologists see visions of the origin of
living beings and dream dreams of the destiny of living beings.

Had philosophers discovered that the generations of living beings
were degenerating they would have discovered despair. . Had they
discovered that life moves by steps of generations in endless circles—
that what has been is, and what is shall be, and there is no progress,
the gift of science to man would have been worthless.

The revelation of science is this: Every generation in life is a
step in progress to a higher and fuller life; science has discovered
hope.

Darwin demonstrated what others vaguely believed or dimly saw:
The course and methods of biologic evolution. Darwin gave hope
to philosophy.

The universe of phenomena may be classed in three great cate-
gories.

I. Physical.
II. Biologic.
III. Anthropologic.

Physical phenomena may be thrown into three categories:
1. Molar or mechanical physics; 2. Stellar or astronomical physics;
3. Molecular physics. |

Biologic phenomena may be classed as: 1. Vegetal; 2. Animal.

Anthropologic phenomena may be classed as: 1. Sociologic;
2. Philologic; 3. Philosophic; 4. Psychologic. :

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 67

To the discovery of the methods and course of physical evolution,
t. e., the order of succession in physical phenomena, many great
men have contributed. Among these, Newton stands pre-eminent.

The discovery of biologic evolution, 7. ¢., the succession of phe-
nomena in vegetal and animal life, is in like manner due to the
researches of many men, but among these Darwin stands pre-
eminent. By his discoveries the discoveries of all other biologists
have been correlated and woven into systematic philosophy. The
methods and course of anthropologic evolution have yet to be
systematized. Important discoveries have been made, but this por-
tion of philosophy is yet inchoate.

WORKING HYPOTHESES.

But Darwin’s investigations have not ended research or com-
pleted philosophy. He brought scientific men to the frontiers of
truth, and showed them a path across the border. Yet more than
this he did. He pointed out one of the fundamental methods of
research. Before his time philosophers talked about deductive
methods and inductive methods. Darwin has taught us that both
are fruitless.

Deductive methods are the logical or metaphysical methods which
have been already described, by which men arrived at conclusions
from general principles supposed to be innate in the human mind.
The vanity of these methods has already been characterized.

Inductive methods have found their best expression in the Ba-
cohian philosophy. By inductive methods men are to collect facts,
unbiased by opinions, or preconceived theories. They are to gather
the facts, put them together, arrange and combine them to find
higher and still higher generalizations.

But there are facts and facts—facts with value, and facts without
value. _ The indiscriminate gathering of facts leads to no important
discoveries. Men might devote themselves to counting the leaves
on the trees, the blades of grass in the meadows, the grains of sand
on the sea shore ;—they might weigh each one, and measure each

68 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

one, and go on collecting such facts until libraries were filled, and
the minds of men buried under their weight, and no addition
would be made to philosophy thereby. There must be some method
of selecting, some method of determining what facts are valuable,
and what facts are trivial. The fool collects facts; the wise man
selects them.

Amid the multiplicity of facts in the universe, how does the wise
man choose for his use? The true scientific man walks not at random
through the world making notes of what he sees; he chooses some
narrow field of investigation. Within this field he reviews what
is already known and becomes conversant with the conclusions al-
ready reached. He then seeks to discern more facts in this field,

and to make more careful discriminations therein, and then to make
“more homologic classifications ; and, finally, more thoroughly to dis-
cover the complexity of sequences.

If he attain to success in doing all this his investigations are al-
ways suggested by some hypothesis—some supposition of what he
may discover. He may find that his hypothesis is wrong, and
discover something else; but without an hypothesis he discovers
nothing. A scientific man taking up a subject reviews the facts
that are known, and imagines that they lead to conclusions that
have not yet been reached by others. His imagination may lead
him quite astray, yet he follows it, and says ‘‘ Now if this be true,
then there must be certain yet undiscovered facts,’’ and he seeks
for them. He may find that which he seeks, or he may find some-
thing quite other. If he be an honest thinker, a true philosopher,
it matters not to him. He substantiates his hypothesis or con-
structs a new one. If such hypothesis leads to many new discoy-
eries scientific men accept it, and call it a working hypothesis, and
if it still leads on to discovery scientific men call it a theory; and

so working hypotheses are developed into theories, and these

theories become the fundamental principles, the major propositions
of science, the widest generalizations of philosophy.
Sometimes the inductive method—the Baconian method—is said

ee ae tee ey

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 69

to have been modified or improved by the addition of the method
by working hypotheses, and then modern scientific methods are
said to be inductive. With this understanding, it may be said that
the deductive methods of metaphysics have been supplanted by the
inductive methods of science. It would, perhaps, be better to say
that deductive and inductive methods. have been superseded by the
method of working hypotheses.

Working hypotheses are the instruments with which scientific
men select facts. By them, reason and imagination are conjoined,
and all the powers of the mind employed in research.

Darwin, more than any other man, has taught the use of working
hypotheses. Newton and Darwin are the two great lights of
science—the Gemini in the heavens of philosophy; stars whose
glory is the brightest of all.

There be good folk in the world who love mythologic and meta-
physic philosophy—one or both. In the ears of such the praise
of Darwin is not sweet music. Let. me beg of such who may be
here to consider that we come to-night to praise our dead, and to
tell of our love for the man who gave us hope. You and I cannot
contend over an open grave, and in my soul I find no cause for
angry contention elsewhere. Every man’s opinions are honest
opinions—his opinions are the children of his own reasoning, and
he loves his offspring. |

When I stand before the sacred fire in an Indian village and
listen to the red man’s philosophy, no anger stirs my blood. I
love him as one of my kind. He has a philosophy not unlike that
of my forefathers, though widely separated from my own, and I love
him as one near akin.

Among civilized men I find no one who has not a philosophy in.
part common with my own; and of those smaller portions of our
philosophies which are not alike I see no cause why anger should
be kindled between us thereby. They and I are bound together by
the same cord of honesty in opinion.

In Darwin’s writings I find no word of reproach. Denunciation

70 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

and ridicule, greater than any other man has endured, never kindled
a spark of hatred in his breast. Wrapped in the mantle of his phi-
losophy he received no wounds, but lived with and loved mankind.

Let us not gird science to our loins as the warrior buckles on his
sword. Let us raise science aloft as the olive branch of peace and

the emblem of hope.

DARWIN’S WORK IN ENTOMOLOGY.
By CHARLES V. RILEY.

Charles Robert Darwin was one of the original members of the
London Entomological Society, of whom only six are yet living.
He always took the keenest interest in the science of entomology,
and drew largely from insects for illustrations in support of the
theory with which his name will forever be associated. Indeed, I
have the authority of my late associate editor of the American Ln-
tomologist, Benjamin Dann Walsh, who was a classmate of Darwin’s,
at Cambridge, that the latter’s love of natural history was chiefly
manifested, while there, in a fine collection of insects; so that, as
has been the case with so many noted naturalists, Darwin probably
acquired from the study of insects that love of nature, which, first
forever afterward, inspired him in his endeavors to win her secrets
andi nterpret aright her ways!

Though he has left no descriptive or systematic work of an ento-
mological character, yet his writings abound in important facts and
observations anent insects, and no branch of natural science has
more fully felt the beneficial impulse and stimulus of his labors than
entomology. Indeed, the varying conditions of life in the same
individual or species; the remarkable metamorphoses; the rapid
development; the phenomena of dimorphism and heteromorphism ;
of phytophagic and sexual variation; the ready adaptation to
changed conditions, and consequent rapid modification; the great
prolificacy and immense number of individuals; the three distinct-

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 71

ive states of larva, pupa, and imago, susceptible to modification, as
well as other characteristics in insects—render them particularly |
attractive and useful to the evolutionist, and the changed aspect
which natural history in general has assumed since the publication
of the ‘‘ Origin of Species’’ is perhaps more marked in entomology
than in any other branch, for its author helped to replace ridicule by
reason. During his voyage on the ‘‘ Beagle’’ he collected a very
large number of interesting species, especially in Coleoptera, and
they formed the basis of many memoirs by Walker, Newman, and
White, and particularly by G. R. Waterhouse, who named Odontoscelis
Darwinii after him. ‘These memoirs were published either in the
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, and in the Transactions
of the London Entomological Society, or in various entomological
periodicals, and I append a list, which, in this connection, it is not
necessary to read.

Scattered through his memorable works, a ‘‘ Journal of Researches
into the Natural History and Geology of the countries visited dur-
ing the voyage of H. M.S. Beagle round the world,’’ (which is best
known by the publisher’s title, ‘‘ A Naturalist’s Voyage Round the
World,’’) and ‘The Origin of Species by means of Natural Selec-
tion,’ are many interesting entomological facts, and in almost
every instance they are illumined by his masterly genius and his
keen, penetrating mind. These are so numerous, so varied, and
withal so widely dispersed, that I can only make reference, at this
time, to a few of the most important and striking of them.

He pointed out the great preponderance of phytophagous over
predaceous species in the tropics as exemplifying the relation of the
insect and plant worlds, both of which attain their maximum in
those zones. Carabide are few; Scavengers and Brachelytra very
common; Rhyncophora and Chrysomekde astonishingly numerous.
(Journal of Researches, etc., p. 34-)

He showed by minute observations that the insect faunas of
Tierra del Fuego, separated from Patagonia only by the Straits of
Magellan, have nothing in common, and he discussed the influence

42 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

of primary barriers on the distribution of species, as shown in the
marked divergence of the faunas on the eastern and western slopes
of the Cordillera. ‘‘ We ought not,’’ he remarks, ‘‘to expect any
closer similarity between the organic beings on the opposite sides
of great mountain ranges than on the opposite shores of the ocean,
except for species which have been able to cross the barrier, whether
of rock or salt water.’’ (/did, pp. 326-7.)

I believe he was the first to draw attention to the paucity of in-
sects on islands, and to establish the principle that the smaller the
area, the less favorable it is for the development of insect life.
(Lbid, p. 391.)

It is a fact of observation that islands predispose to the apterous
condition among insects, a fact that is especially noticeable in
Kerguelen’s Land, as observed by Dr. Hooker, and particularly by
our fellow member, Dr. Kidder. Darwin (Origin of Species, etc.,
Pp. 109,) first suggested the most plausible reason, viz: that the in-
discriminate use of wings might prove injurious to an insular
species by tempting it out to sea and to destruction, so that the loss
of the power of flight is a positive advantage to the species. The
argument against this explanation, viz: that insular species should
be gifted with strong powers of flight to fortify themselves against
being blown to sea in heavy gales, has little force, because either
requirement may be fulfilled; and, in reality, where flight is abso-
lutely necessary, as in the majority of Lepidoptera, and flower-
frequenting Coleoptera, the wing capacity, in insular species, is
actually increased, or correlated with a diminution of bulk;
whereas, in those less dependent on aérial progression, natural se- |
lection would decrease wing-power, and there would be just such
a correlated increase of bulk as is generally the case.

The principle he laid down, that the accidental introduction of
organic beings amongst others to whose interest they are hostile,
may be a powerful means of keeping the latter in check, and of
finally destroying them, finds vivid exemplification in insects, as I
have shown in discussing those imported into this country.*

* Second Annual Rep. on the Insects of Missouri, 1879, pp. 8-13.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 73

He gave reasons for the belief (now generally accepted) that the
usual gaudy coloring of intertropical insects is not related either to
the heat or light of those zones, but rather to the conditions of ex-
istence being generally favorable to life.—(Journal of Researches,
etc., p. 381.) He has written on the Phosphorescence of Fire-flies,
and on the habits of the larva of one of them—Lamphyris occidentalis.
—(/bid, pp. 29-30.) . He discussed the food-habits of stercovorous
beetles, with reference to the origination of a new habit and the
power of adaptation to new conditions.—(/0id, p. 490, note.)

At Port St. Julian, Patagonia, he found a species of Tabanus
extremely common, and remarks: ‘‘ We here have the puzzle that
so frequently occurs in the case of mosquitoes—on the blood of
what do these insects commonly feed? ‘The guanaco is nearly the
only warm-blooded quadruped, and is found in quite inconsiderable
numbers compared with the multitude of flies.’”’ He has discussed
the question of hibernation of insects, and shown that it is governed
by the usual climate of a district, and not by absolute temperature.
(bid, 98-9.) He gave the first true explanation of the springing
power of the Elateridze when laid on their backs, showing how
much depended on the elasticity of the sternal spine. (Jdid, p. 31.)
He was the first, I believe, to record the exceptional powers of run-
ning and of making sound, in a butterfly, viz., Ageronia feronia of
Brazil.

In his most famous work he lays stress pdrticularly on the follow-
ing facts and generalizations, for which he draws from insects: the
individual differences in important characters; the remarkable
manner in which individuals of the same brood often differ, dimor-
phism and trimorphism being only the extreme exaggeration of
this fact; the difficulty of distinguishing between species and varie-
ties; that geographical races are local forms completely fixed and
isolated ; that representative species are better distinguished from
each other than local forms and sub-species; that the species of
large genera vary more frequently than those of small genera, and
that specific differences in the former are often exceedingly small ;

TA BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

that fecundity does not determine the rate of increase; that the
struggle for life is most severe between species of the same genus;
that secondary sexual characters are generally displayed in the same
parts of the organization in which the species of the same genus
differ from each other; that distinct species present analogous varia-
tions; that similar structures are often independently developed ;
the varying importance for classification of the same important or-
gan in the same group of beings; that analogical or adaptive re-
semblances are misleading for classification; that the great fre-
quency of mimicry among insects is associated with their small
size and general defencelessness, as no species furnished with a
sting, or other defensive property, is known to mimic other species ;
the importance of relative position or connection in homologous
parts; the remarkable changes of structure effected during devel-
opment; that adaptation to the conditions of life in the insect
larva is just as perfect and beautiful as in the adult animal, and
that, consequently, larvee of different orders are often similar, and
larve belonging to the same order often very dissimilar; that larval
and pupal stages are acquired through adaptation, and not through
inheritance; that rudimentary organs plainly declare their origin
and meaning.

Finally he brought together a large body of interesting facts
in entomology, bearing on the development and perpetuation
of mimicry, and of secondary sexual characters—all more or less
explicable by, and furnishing convincing argument for, the gen-
eral theory of natural selection; while he freely acknowledged
that he found among insects facts that seemed to be most fatal to
the theory. This is especially the case in social insects where the
colony contains neuters and sterile females which often differ widely
in instinct and in structure from the sexual forms, and yet can-
not propagate their kind. This is not the place to enter into a
discussion of the subject, and I will simply remark that there are
reasons for the belief that, in his candor, he has been led to exag-

gerate the difficulties in this case.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 75

But Darwin’s chief investigation into insect life were in its rela-
tions to plant life, and his work ‘‘On the Various Contrivances by
which British and Foreign Orchids are Fertilized by Insects, and
on the good effect of crossing,’’ as also that on ‘ Insectivorous
Plants,’’ are monuments of skill, industry, and lucid exposition.

Entomologists had often noticed the pollen masses of orchids
attached to the proboscis of various moths, and in commenting
upon the fact had pronounced it ‘‘curious.’’ Darwin in this, as
in so many other ¢ases, gave meaning to the curious, and brought
light out of darkness.

Before his time we find frequent reference to the injury caused
to plants by insects, and Sprengel, Gaertner, Herbert, and others
had shown that insects were, also, in many cases, beneficial and
even necessary to plants, the color, form, odor, secretions, and
general structure of which have reference to their necessary insect
pollinizers.

Yet their writings had produced but slight impression outside of.
a limited circle. It remained for Darwin to impress the world with
a broader sense of the actual interrelation between the two, and to
inspire a number of observers in this field, in all parts of the globe,
who are now constantly adding to the rich store of facts we already
possess on the subject. I need only refer to the work of Hooker,
Bennet, Axell, Delpino, Hildebrand, H. Miiller, and others abroad,
and to that of Dr. Gray, and Mr. Wm. Trelease at home.

The importance of insects, as agents in cross-fertilization, was
never properly appreciated till after Darwin’s remarkable work on
Primula, and his researches on Orchids, Linum, Lythrum, etc.

He established the principle that ‘‘nature abhors close fertiliza-
tion,’’ and though some less careful observers in this country—
exaggerating the importance of their isolated and often inaccurate
observations—have opposed his views, the scientific world has been
convinced alike by the force of his logic as by the eloquence of
his innumerable facts.

We all know how paleontology has verified many of his anticipa-

76 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

tions as to missing links being supplied with increased knowledge
of the geological record, and in connection w:th his work on the
fertilization of orchids, we have a remarkable instance of similar
verification. The nectaries of Angrecum sesquipedale were found
by him to sometimes reach 11% inches in length, with only the
lowest 1% inches filled with nectar. He said ‘‘ there must be moths
with probosces capable of extension to a length of between ro and
tr inches.’’ In Mature for July 17, 1873, or some years later, Fritz
Miiller recorded, through his brother, Herman Miller, the finding
of a Brazilian Sphingid having a length of proboscis of 0.25 meters,
or between 1o and 11 inches.

I cannot do justice to Darwin’s work on Insectivorous Plants
within the time to which these remarks have been limited, nor with-
out trenching on the ground to be covered by Prof. Ward. I must
be content to remark, therefore, that he demonstrated the new and
wonderful fact in physiology that many plants are capable of ab-
sorbing soluble matter from captured insects, and that they have
special contrivances and sensibilities that facilitate the capture of ©
their prey: in other words, that plants actually capture and digest
animal food; for the secretion of Drosera, and other insectivorous
plants, with its ferment acid belonging to the acetic series, resembles
the gastric juice of animals with its pepsin and hydrocloric acid.
The fact of absorption demonstrated, it follows that the process
would prove serviceable to plants growing in very poor soil, and
that it would tend to be perfected by natural selection.

The pleasure Darwin took in observing the habits and ways of
insects, and the simple and lucid manner in which he recorded his
observations are frequently exemplified in his Journal of Researches,
and his account of sundry Brazilian species on page 35, and fol-
lowing, may be consulted as an example.

In the same way that he has influenced all lines of thought and
investigation, he has influenced entomology. We find everywhere,
in his treatment of insects, the same acute perception, the same
candor and impartiality, the same clearness of expression, the same

DARWIN MEMORIAL. raf

aptitude to get at the significance and bearing of facts observed, as
well as the same readiness to deduce a theory which is only equaled
by the devotion with which he clings to the truth, whether favora-
ble or unfavorable to the theory.

In the light of Darwinism, insect structure and habit have come
to possess a new significance and a deeper meaning. It has, in
short, proved a new power to the working entomologist who, for all
time, will hold in reverence the name of. him who, more than any
other man, helped to replace scholasticism by induction and who
gave to the philosophic study of insects as great an impetus as did
Linnzus to their systematic study.

In his private life Darwin has given usa lesson of patience, cour-
tesy, and consideration, that will be best appreciated by those who
have the misfortune to be endowed with move irritable and ag-
gressive natures.

As the above account of Darwin’s entomological work is doubt-
. less rather uninteresting to most of those gathered here, I will close,
by request, with a few personal impressions.

I have had the pleasure on two occasions of visiting Darwin at
his invitation. On the first occasion, in the summer of 1871, I
was accompanied by Mr. J. Jenner Wier, one of his life-long
friends and admirers. From Mr. Weir I first learned that Darwin
was, in one sense, virtually a confirmed invalid, and that his work
had been done under physical difficulties which would have ren-
dered most men of independent means vapid, self-indulgent, and
useless members of society.

It is eloquent of the indomitable will and perseverance of the
man that, during the long voyage on the Beagle, he suffered so
from sea-sickness that he never fully recovered from the shock to
his system, and could not again venture on the ocean. He had, in
fact, on his return from the voyage, to go through a long course of _
hydropathic treatment. We also now know that though he had
suffered much for some months past from weakness and recurring
fits of faintness, and had been confined to the house, yet as late as

78 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Tuesday evening before the day of his death, at 4 P. M., Wednes-
day, he was in his study examining a plant which he had had
brought to him, and that he read that night before retiring, while
as late as the 16th of March, he read two papers on special botani-
cal subjects before the Linnean Society.

The village of Down is fifteen miles southeast of London, four
miles from Orpington station on the Southeastern Railway. ‘The
country is among the most beautiful agricultural suburbs of London,
and I shall never forget the impression of peaceful, quiet seclusion
experienced, as we drove from the station and finally through one
of those characteristic English lanes, just wide enough for one
vehicle, and worn down several feet below the general level—the
sense of confinement being enhanced by the luxuriant hedge on
either side. This lane skirts the orchard wall for 100 yards and
then goes in front of the house, from which it is separated by a
grass plot and flint wall overgrown with ivy.

The Darwin residence is a plain, but spacious, old-fashioned
house of the style so common in England, and which, with the sur-
rounding well-kept grounds and conservatory, convey that impres-
sion of ease and comfort that belong to the average home of the
English country gentleman. A noticeable feature is a bow window
extending through three stories and covered with trellis and creepers.
In Darwinian phrase the environraent was favorable for just such
calm study and concentration as he found necessary to his health
and his researches. |

Upon introduction I was at once struck with his stature (which
was much above the average, and I should say fully six feet,) his
ponderous brow and long white beard—the moustache being cut on
a line with the lips and slightly brown from the habit of snuff-
taking. His deep-set eyes were light blue-gray. He made the im-
pression of a powerful man reduced somewhat by sickness. The
massive brow and forehead show in his later photographs, but not
so conspicuously as in a life-sized head of him when younger, which
hung in the parlor.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 79

In the brief hours I then spent at Down the proverbial modesty
and singular simplicity and sweetness of his character were appar-
ent, while the delight he manifested in stating facts of interest was
excelled only by the eagerness with which he sought them from
others, whether while strolling through the greenhouse or sitting
round the generously spread table.

Going to him as a young entomologist with no claim on his favor,
he seemed to take delight in manifesting appreciation. I had occa-
sion in my third report on the insects of Missouri, published in the
spring of that year, to discuss the question of Natural Selection in
its bearings on Mimicry, as exemplified in two of our North Ameri-
can butterflies, (Danazs archippus and Limenitis disifpus.) This re-
port I found in his study with many leaves turned down, and he
appeared to take especial pleasure in conveying a sense of his ap-
preciation of particular parts.

The few letters which I received from Darwin were in his own
hand-writing, which was rapid and better calculated to save time :
than to facilitate the reading. I take the liberty of reproducing
here the first and last as indicating his attitude toward all workers
in the field of natural science, however humble or however unde-
serving of his praise they may have been; and this generous trait
in his character will explain, in some measure, the stimulus and en-
couragement which he gave to investigators : :

Down,
JuNE 1, [1871.] BECKENHAM, KENT.

My Dear Sir: I received some little time ago your Report on Noxious In-
sects, and have now read the whole with the greatest interest. There is a vast
number of facts and generalizations of value to me, and I am struck with admir-
ation at your power of observation. The discussion on mimetic insects seems to
me particularly good and original. Pray accept my cordial thanks for the in-
struction and interest which I have received.

What a loss to natural science our poor mutual friend, Walsh, has been: it is
a loss ever to be deplored.

Pray believe me, with much respect,
Yours, very faithfully,
Cu. DARWIN,

80 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Down,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1881. BECKENHAM, KENT.

My Dear Mr. RILEY: I must write half-a-dozen lines to say how much in-
terested I have been by your “ Further Notes” on Pronuba, which you were so
kind as to send me. I had read the various criticisms, and though I did not
know what answer would be made, yet I felt full confidence in the result, and
now I see I was right. bd * * *

If you make any further observation on Pronuba it would, I think, be well
worth while for you to observe whether the moth can or does occasionally bring
pollen from one plant to the stigma of a distinct one; for I have shown that the
cross-fertilization of the flowers on the same plant does very little good and, if
I am not mistaken, you believe that the Pronuba gathers pollen from the same
flower which she fertilizes.*

What interesting and beautiful observations you have made on the metamor-
phoses of the grass-hopper destroying insects!

Believe me,
My dear sir,
Yours sincerely,
Cu. DARWIN.

My own experience in this regard is the common experience, for
an interest in natural science was an open sesame to his generous
soul. His consideration, without aggression, was the secret of the
gratitude and respect which all felt who had the honor to know him,
either personally or through correspondence.

His approval of the work of others was coupled with a deprecia-
tion of his own, which was very marked on the occasion of my
second visit to Europe, in 1875, when I crossed the ocean with his
son Leonard on his way from the Transit of Venus expedition.
««Insectivorous Plants’’ was just finished and Darwin was worn and
in feeble health, staying, in fact, at Abinger Hall for rest. He was
quite disgusted with the book, to use his son’s expression, and
doubted whether it could prove of sufficient interest, with its long
and dry records of experiments, to be read by any one.

*This isa misapprehension. Pronuba is an effectual cross-fertilizer, rnnning from
flower to flower, and often flying from raceme to raceme with one and the same load of
pollen. The omitted passages in this letter refer to the work of a gentleman stil! living.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. | 81

DARWIN AS A BOTANIST.

By LrEstTer F. Warp.

Appointed by the committee to furnish a brief sketch on this
occasion of the contributions of Charles Darwin to the science of
plants, I have purposely chosen the title, ‘‘ Darwin as a Botanist,’’
in order to emphasize the contrast which may be drawn between
different classes of botanists, and to do what I can to accustom the
public mind to associate with the terms dofanist and dofany certain
great fields of investigation which are now rarely suggested by
these words.

If I had entitled my paper: Darwin’s researches into the phenom-
ena of the vegetable kingdom, I fear it might not have occurred to
some of you that this great investigator was a botanist, as he is not
generally known as such. Yet I fail to see why the science of bot-
any is not fully entitled to receive its share of the dignity and the :
luster which Darwin’s investigations have reflected upon biology in
general,

The popular idea of botany, however, is very different from this.
Not ignorant people alone, but scientific men as well, place all
botanists under two general classes: ‘‘ Field Botanists’’ and ‘‘ Closet
Botanists.”’ :

The field botanist is one who, being passionately fond of plants
and having mastered the rudiments of botany and become familiar
with the names and classification of plants, searches the country
for new and rare species, and for new localities for old ones, and
makes large collections. Success in these objects is his triumph,
and occasionally becoming the proud discoverer of hitherto un-
known forms of vegetable life, he finds the scientific world quick
and generous in awarding him due credit.

The closet botanist is one who, disdaining the boyish pursuit of
flowers, devotes himself to the study of the characters of plants as
revealed by the herbarium specimens which the field botanist so

82 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

copiously furnishes, and by which method he, too, can discover
‘*new species,’’ and obtain prompt recognition. The closet bota-
nist performs the further useful service of ‘‘revising’’ intricate
families and genera of plants, unraveling the entanglements of
previous authors, and making such changes in the classification
and names as are best suited to secure the maximum personal
credit.

I need not tell this audience that Charles Darwin belonged to
neither of these classes of botanists. A lover of nature, he yet never
wasted precious time in the idle pursuit of rarities. Thoroughly
familiar with the distinctive characters upon which botanical classi-
fication rests, he yet never pursued to any marked extent the inves-
tigation of specimens from the hortus siccus. I doubt whether a
single species of plant was ever named after him by reason of his
having either discovered it in a wild state or detected its specific dis-
tinct ness by the examination of its characters. I even doubt
whether he possessed an herbarium, in the accepted sense of the word.

And yet this man has probably contributed more to our real
knowledge of plants than any other single botanist.

In what, then, have Darwin’s botanical investigations consisted?

There is a little French book entitled ‘‘ Voyage d’un Botaniste
dans sa Maison,’’ a title which, allowing for the characteristic hy-
perbole of the French tongue, suggests the general nature of Dar-
win’s botanical studies. His researches were conducted in his
laboratory, in pots of plants at his window, in his aquarium, in his
green-house, in his garden. He worked with- instruments of pre-
cision, recorded his observations with exactness, and employed
every mechanical device for making his results reveal important
truths, of which the genius of man would seem to be capable.

Darwin looked upon plants as “ving things. He did not study
their forms so much as their actions. He interrogated them to learn
what they were doing. |

The central truth, towards which his botanical investigations con-
stantly tended, was that of the universal activity of the vegetable

ag te ae SRI ay
5 y oho

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 83

kingdom—thatall plants ove and act. He has, so tospeak, animated
the vegetable world. He has shown that whichever kingdom of
organic nature we contemplate, to “ve is to move.

He blandly rebukes the vulgar notion that ‘plants are disting-

_uished from animals by not having the power of movement,’’ and

still more modestly says that ‘‘ plants acquire and display this power
only when it is of some advantage to them.’’ But is this the
whole? Do animals display this power except when it is of some
advantage to them? Certainly not.

Darwin shows us that certain parts of all plants are at all times
in motion; not merely the molecular activities of their tissues and
of the living protoplasm in their cells, but organized movement of
parts. Every leaf, every tendril, every rootlet, possesses the power
of spontaneous movement, and under nearly all circumstances actu-
ally exercises that power.

There are a great many distinct kinds of movement, depending
in all cases upon the special advantages thereby gained to the plant. )
The laws under which these movements take place have received
from him an admirable terminology. Most of them are condi-
tioned either by light, by gravity, by radiation, or by insect agency.

We thus have of the first class, hefotropism, or movement to-
wards the light; apheliotrofism, or movement from the light;
diaheliotropism, or movement at right angles to the source of light ;
and paraheliotropism, embracing such movements as screen the
plant from excess of light.

To the second class belong: geotrofism, or movement towards
the earth or into the soil; afogeotropism, or movement contrary to
the force of gravity; and dageotropism, or movement at right
angles to the force of gravity. |

The third class embraces the so-called myctotropic movements of
plants by which they appear to sleep, and which prove to be devices
ror the prevention of excessive radiation of the plants’ heat.

Under the fourth class fall all those wonderful movements which
aid the plant in preventing self-and securing cross-fertilization, a

84 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

subject of the most absorbing interest, and of which you have
already listened to so able a presentation by Prof. Riley from the
point of view of the entomologist. .

But Darwin’s great service has been to show that these varieties
of activity are simply modes in which inherent and spontaneous
activities manifest themselves under these varying external influences.

His preliminary investigations into the nature of these innate
powers of movement were directed to that large class of plants
known as twiners and climbers, whose revolving motions were so
thoroughly described in his work on ‘* Climbing Plants.’’ It was
here that he laid the foundation for those later studies which
eventually resulted in that great work, almost his last, on the
“¢ Power of Movement in Plants.’’ In this work he demonstrates
by an enormous induction that the ample sweeps of the twining
plant are but the most obvious manniestations of a class of
phenomena which are common to the entire vegetable kingdom.

Amid the varied forms of movement which plants present Darwin
has succeeded in finding one fundamental and generic one to which
every other may be referred. To this universal form of plant
activity he gives the name ‘‘circumnutation.’’ Not only twining
stems and tendrils, but parts of flowers, tips of growing shoots,
caps of penetrating roots and rootlets, radicles, epicotyls, cotyledons,
and even full-grown leaves, are incessantly describing circles,
ellipses, and other more or less regular geometrical figures ; and he
conclusively shows that it is out of this primary form of activity
that all the more specialized forms already mentioned have been
developed. All movements of the parts of plants are thus to be
interpreted as modified forms of this innate periodic circumnutation
which is common to all plant life. Such modifications are always
in the direction of the plant’s advantage and may be so great as to
become difficult of recognition as forms circumnutation.

I need not labor to convince you that any modification which is
an advantage to the plant will be secured by the process of natural
selection. It is the glory of the great genius whose labors we are

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 85

here to commemorate to have demonstrated this truth to the entire
satisfaction of the united scientific world. ;

Darwin has actually solved the great problem of phytology, so
long supposed to be incapable of solution, viz: Why does the root
grow downward and the stem upward? Briefly and roughly stated,
the answer to this question is that, as the bursting seed ‘pushes out
its two germinal points these circumnutate from the first, and thus
explore their surroundings for the means of benefiting the plant.

To employ Darwin’s own word, they ‘‘ perceive’’ the advantage
that would result from the penetration of the soil, on the one
hand, and from the ascent into the free air and sunlight, on the
other, and through the pre-Darwinian law of the ‘‘ physiological
division of labor,’’ the one becomes geofropic and the other heliotropic
—the one develops into a radicle and then into a root, while the
other develops into an epicotyl and then into a stem.

I will only add to the thoughts already. presented that Darwin’s
discovery of the existence in all plants of an innate and spontaneous ~
mobility belonging to them as forms of organic life, possesses an
important ulterior significance.

The law of natural selection, as a fundamental process, has long
since passed the stage of discussion. But there has always remained
one unsettled question lying at its very base which Darwin him-
self admitted to be an open one. That question concerns the
cause itself of variation. It is granted that, admitting the zendency
Zo vary, all the results claimed for natural selection must follow; but
many declare that, in this very tendency to vary, there is a mystery
as great as the mystery of life itself.

It is only in this work on the ‘‘ Power of Movement in Plants”’
that Darwin has really assailed this last fortress of supernaturalism.
Not that he has avowed any such purpose, for of this he would have
been incapable, but so skilfully and so powerfully has he marshaled
the facts that the conclusion follows without being stated. No one
can doubt that he perceived this, and [, for one, am convinced
that he saw it from afar, and that it was the great end of his labors;

86 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

but with his characteristic wisdom he has declined to invoke the
odium thealogicum, correctly judging that the truth must ultimately
assert itself. :

The tendency to vary, then, is a mechanical result of the proved
fact of universal movement coupled with the admitted law of natu-
ral selection. By means of the former all plants and growing parts
of plants are perpetually exploring their immediate surroundings in
search, as it were, for conditions favorable to development. By
means of the latter they are able to avail themselves of such favor-
able conditions when found. Nothing further than this is required
to complete the natural explanation of all the phenomena presented
by the organic world, and thus, at last, the whole domain of biol-
ogy is emancipated from teleological fetters, and placed on the
high plane of rational investigation.

In conclusion, let me simply say that, while we can but deeply
mourn the irreparable loss which science has sustained in the death
of Charles Darwin, we have still the highest grounds for congratu-
lation in the fact that he lived to complete that great work which,
next to the ‘‘ Origin of Species,’’ will, I firmly believe, be awarded
by posterity the highest place, viz. ,“‘ The Power of Movement in
Plants;’’ for, while the former auspiciously opened the great debate
by stating the profoundest of all biological problems, the latter has
fittingly closed the argument by answering the last objection.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 87

DARWIN ON THE EXPRESSION OF THE EMOTIONS.
By FRANK BAKER, M. D.

From the tendency of the imagination to magnify the unknown
and remote, arises a popular error that to attain eminence a man of
science must be able to gather facts from great distances—from the
sources of the Nile, and from polar snows. But the near and com-
monplace are subject to the same laws as the atoms of interstellar
space, and true scientific insight may discover in the very dust
under our feet secrets hitherto concealed.

Darwin’s work upon the Expression of the Emotions is continu-
ous with and supplementary to his larger and better-known treatise on
the Descent of Man. As with other matter bearing directly upon
the development hypothesis, its publication was deferred as long as
possible, in order that the evidence might be fully weighed. Pro- |
jected in 1838, it was not published until thirty-five years later.
One class of objections to the hypothesis was not considered in the
main work. It was generally held that, by his emotional expres-
sion, man was widely separated from the lower animals. The emi-
nent anatomist, Duchenne, who remains to-day the best authority
on muscular movements, merely expressed the views of the time
when he stated that no cause could be assigned for facial ex-
pression, except the ‘‘ divine fantasy ’’ of the Great Artificer.

Having projected his work, how does Darwin proceed? From
the gentlemen who have preceded me you have learned of his
methods. To test the truth of his conceptions he commences a
series of most minute and careful observations, omitting nothing
within his reach. His most important field is that which is nearest ;
his own children, his friends and companions, even the dogs that
accompany his daily walks, come under that powerful scrutiny.
Where, indeed, can we find so perfect an observer? The calm
sanity of his mind keeps him equally aloof from egotism and from
self-depreciation. A fact isa fact, to be stated with the fairness

88 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

and openness of perfect daylight. [ Here is a man who cares more
for the truth than for himself. ~ The black spot in man’s sunshine,
the shadow of himself, seems non-existent for him. | He stands by
his work, that is enough; if it has worth, well—if not, still well ;
the elemental drift of action and reaction will continue, the out-
come will still be good. As Carlyle has said, ‘‘A noble uncon-
sciousness is in him. He does not engrave ¢vwth on his watch-seal ;
no, but he stands by truth, speaks by it, works and lives by it.’’

But not as a fact gatherer do we find him greatest. Many others
have struggled with ant-like toil to amass piles of facts which, like the
ant-heap, remain but sand after all. Darwin brings to his work an
informing spirit, the genius of scientific hypothesis. Breathed upon
by this spirit, the dry bones of fact come together ‘‘ bone to his
bone,’’ the sinews and the flesh come upon them, they become alive
and stand upon their feet ‘‘ an exceeding great army.’’ He searches
always for the principles which underlie the facts and make them
possible, realizing that the phenomena, the things which are seen,
are temporal and transitory; the things which are not seen, the
cosmical forces which govern and control, are eternal.

In his examination of the expression of the emotions he found
that both in man and animals they can be referred to three general
principles which may be termed habit, antithesis, and nervous over-
flow. Byhabit, or repetition, serviceable movements become fixed—
involuntary, or semi-voluntary. By antithesis, opposite frames
of mind are expressed by opposite actions, even though those actions
may not be serviceable. The theory of nervous overflow is that un-
usual quantities of force generated by the cerebro-spinal system are
discharged by unusual channels of expression when the ordinary
channels are insufficient.

He finds that emotional expressions are generally direct conse-
quences of anatomical structure, and clearly shows the interdepen-
dence of anatomy and physiology. For structure can no more be
divorced from function than matter can be dissociated from force. ,
All the complex expressions of grief—from the twitching of the

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 89

eyelids and mouth to the shedding of tears—he has shown to
depend upon the necessity for preventing engorgement of the eyes
during screaming, an act originally useful solely to attract attention.
The steps by which he arrived at this conclusion are typical of his
method. Starting first with animals, he finds that their expressions
of grief are much less complex and various than those of man.
They are confined to noises, such as screaming, barking, whining,
in higher forms accompanied by changes in facial expression, par-
ticularly by contraction of the muscles surrounding the eye. There
is a physiological necessity for this, as otherwise the expiratory
effort caused by screaming might engorge and rupture the small
ocular blood-vessels. By pressing on the lachrymal gland this
causes, in some of the higher animals, a flow of tears. What at
first was accidental, merely occasioned by the proximity of the
gland, becomes at last habitual, and the nervous force automatically
follows the line of its accustomed action, causing a flow of tears after
emotional excitement, even though no screaming take place. The |
correctness of this view is supported by the fact that infants do not
shed tears until several weeks old, although they scream violently.
The functional activity of the lachrymal gland, in connection with
grief, is, therefore, later in phylogenetic development. The laws
of heredity and adaptation are found to be operating here, as else-
where, in the domain of life; the supposed gap between the emo-
tions of man and of other animals is successfully bridged over, and
another anthropocentric fallacy is consigned to the limbo of igno-
rant superstitions.

Many expressions of the lower emotions are found to be disfig-
uring vestiges of acts useful to lower animals for offense and de-
fense, or for obtaining food. These survive—relics of the previous
history of our race—as rudimentary organs are preserved long after
their use has ceased. ‘The erection of the hair during fear is re-
motely derived from the same cause that makes puss bristle when
attacked and the puff adder swell out when approached. Originally
used for the purpose of exciting fear in an enemy by an increase of

90 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

size, it now involuntarily accompanies the somewhat changed emo-
tion of which some of the phases are extinct. It is not very rare to
find persons who can make the hair over the front of the head
bristle at will. Rage is habitually expressed by uncovering the
teeth, which is, in the lower animals, an attempt to frighten their
enemies by a show of weapons. This expression may become soft-
ened and modified to express the milder emotions of contempt and
disdain. I have met a lady who has to perfection the rather rare
accomplishment mentioned by Darwin of drawing up the upper lip
in a triangular notch directly over the canine teeth so as to display
them alone, usually on one side at a time. This most expressive
gesture of disdain can be performed under the influence of the
emotion by many who cannot do it at will. 3

Of an opposite class are certain higher expressions, which, having
arisen later, are not yet entirely fixed. Blushing is one of the
most curious of these. It is not found in infants, and varies greatly
in frequency and amount in adults, accompanying the sentiment of
modesty, almost unknown among animals. The reddening is
usually confined to the face and neck. Darwin suggests an in-
genious explanation for this. The blood-vessels most exposed to
variations of temperature acquire the habit of expanding and con-
tracting—their vaso-motor nerves become more sensitive. The
chief expression of personal appearance isin the face; the attention
of the mind is, therefore, directed there whenever the emotion of
modesty is aroused. This interferes with the ordinary tonic con-
traction of the blood-vessels, and an excess of blood suffuses the
surface. |

A remarkable confirmation of Darwin’s views is the recent discov-
ery of localized centers in the brain which control emotional ex-
pression, and exist in animals as well as in man. It may some-
time be possible to read the currents and counter-currents of the
brain by means of feature-play with a precision approaching that
by which we estimate the force of a distant battery by the play of
a galvanometer needle. Many phenomena of expression, which

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 91

were obscure before this discovery, can now be satisfactorily ex-
plained. Among these are the phenomena of associated move-
ments. It has been stated that the variety and complexity of the
movements involved in the simple act of walking are such that it
would be impossible ever to perform it were it necessary to think
what had to be done, and weigh in the judgment the precise amount
of force necessary to distribute to each muscle at each moment of
the act. It is now known that the cerebral centers which control
the separate muscles put in action are closely contiguous in the
brain, and that they probably intercommunicate and excite each
other in a definite manner, predetermined by habit and heredity.
The conscious mind has only to set in motion the subordinate ap-
paratus, when it. goes on, and works out the problem with matchless
skill, like the system of cogs and eccentrics that produce the intri-
cate pattern in an engraver’s lathe. All have noticed the uncouth
manner in which children and untrained persons follow with lips
and tongue the motions of their hands when using a tool of any
kind. Darwin ascribes this to unconscious imitation, but it can be
explained more strictly in accordance with his own principles.
The facial muscles are actuated from a cerebral center in close
proximity to those which move the arms and hands. In the lower
animals this is necessary, for the mouth is an organ of prehension,
used in strict association with the fore-limbs in seizing prey, and in
other acts. As this associated movement became strongly fixed by
long habit, it survives with great obstinancy, and though it has not
been useful to the race since the historical period, we have yet to
caution our children not to put their tongues out when they write.

My limit of time forces me to conclude this hasty and imperfect
summary. ‘The practical bearing of these views is not without im-
portance. Physicians have always depended greatly upon emo-
tional expression as a means of diagnosis. Unconsciously the face
of the patient reveals his physical state. Yet too much has been left
in the empirical border-land of science. Way a certain pathologi-

92 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

cal state should be indicated by a definite combination of expres-

- sions has not always been clearly shown. ‘To-day the whole subject
is studied from the point of view of anatomy and physiology. No
occult force is admitted, the correlative nerve-supply of muscles and
the effect of excitation of nerve-centers are rationally investigated.

{ Aside from the great special value of the work, of what tremen-
dous import to the race are Darwin’s deductions! For he has
shown us that our every thought and act mold our physical frames,
and through them the generations yet unborn, either to beauty and
grace, or to uncouth uglinessand deformity. As the struggle for
existence filled the rocks with organisms forever extinct, because
not for the highest use, so may we, too, fossilize and outgrow
habits and desires of ignoble birth, ascending by the ‘‘ power of
leasts,’’ by that wondrous calculus of nature, to purer and nobler
existence. Darwin has taught us that the forces which, acting
through countless cycles, have brought us up from formless slime,
now remain in our hands to use for good or ill—

“That life is not as idle ore,
But ison dug from central gloom,
And heated hot with burning fears,
And dipt in baths of hissing tears,
And battered with the shocks of doom
For shape and use.”

A DARWINIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,

Librarian of the U. S. National Museum.

The complete bibliography of Darwinism should contain, not
alone the works which emanated from the busy brain and ready pen
of Darwin himself, but the many other productions which these
called into life. The aquiescences of friends, the objections of
critics, the censures of foes, should all be enrolled in their proper
places as representing the ripples and counter-ripples in the sea of

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 93

thought, produced by the weighty ideas which dropped from the
clear mind of the philosopher. It is not to the merits of these,
however, that I can call your attention, but only to a few facts rel-
ative to the books of Darwin himself.

I would not have you suppose, if, indeed, one could, after the
lucid remarks to which you have listened, that the faulty—and, I
fear, almost indiscernible—list of published works, which I have
attempted to exhibit before you, reveals more than a moiety of
Darwin’s writings.* A large number of comprehensive papers,
pregnant notes, and incisive queries. are contained in those store-
houses of precise knowledge, the journals of science, and the pub-
lications of learned societies. During more than half a century,
from the beginning of Darwin’s career to its very close, scarcely a
year passed in which a number of articles did not issue from his
pen. His first paper, on the Ova of Flustra, and another of simi-
lar nature, were read before the Plinian Society, of Edinburgh, in
1825. His last note on the Distribution of Fresh-water Bivalves
appeared in JVature but a few days before his death.

During the first twenty-five years the articles have mostly a geo-
logical and zoological bearing, but later botanical and anthropologi-
cal subjects come into prominence. They were contributed to many
publications, including a few American, German, and French
journals. The mass of papers, however, are to be found in the
Proceedings and Transactions of the Geological Society of London,
the Philosophical Transactions, the Philosophical Magazine, the An-
nals and Magazine of Natural History, and Nature.

It is in these papers that we first find the germs of many of those
more elaborate works, to which general attention has been attracted.
Thus the works on the Origin of Species, the Fertilization of
Plants by Insects, the Action of Earth Worms, and others were
foreshadowed at a time considerably antedating their final appear-
ance.

* The speaker referred to two large scrolls hanging on the lecture room walls,
upon which were inscribed a list of Darwin’s most important publications.

94 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

. Darwin seemed to prefer to work out and write out his ideas
alone. Once at least, however, he shared the toil with his friend,
Mr. Wallace, and later, in several instances, with his sons, Francis
and George Darwin.

Regarding the separately published works of Darwin, there is
much of interest from the bibliographical point of view. The con-
scientiousness with which the author profited by the criticisms of
others, revising, improving, and extending his generalizations,
makes each new edition seem like a separate production. Whole
chapters were stricken out and new ones inserted ; facts of doubtful
character were replaced by others of a more positive nature and
more recent acquisition.

Time forbids that I should refer to the details of publication of
more than one work. The inquiring student will find his wants
satisfied in the several lists which have already been published.

I will give the history of but one work, the most important of
all, the ‘‘ Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection.’’ The
first edition of this work received the signature of the author on
November 24, 1859, and was published the same year. The second
edition, which appeared soon after, ‘was little more than a re-
print of the first.’’ ‘‘The third edition was largely corrected and
added to, and the fourth and fifth still more largely.’’ The sixth
edition, which appeared in 1872, was likewise largely amended, and
had reached its twenty thousand in 1878. In the meantime foreign
editions and translations began to appear. The American and
French editions at first kept pace with the English, the second Amer-
ican being from the second English, and the third French from the
third English. The Germans, coming in a little later, published
their second edition from the third English, and their third, from
the fourth English one. The last editions in all these languages
were derived, I believe, from the sixth English one. ‘‘ The Italian
is from the third, the Dutch and three Russian editions from the
second English editions, and the Swedish from the fifth English
edition.’’

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 95

At least twelve of the more important works have been issued in
one or more editions in German and French, and a number in
other European languages as well.

The sage of Down was undoubtedly honest in his surprise at the
ever-extending circle of his influence. A wider and more intelli-
gent audience could scarcely be desired. The number of books in
which his opinions are discussed or alluded to is legion. As the
illustrious Asa Gray has remarked, ‘‘ Dante literature and Shakes-
peare literature have been the growth of centuries, but Darwinism
filled teeming catalogues during the life time of the author.’’

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF THE WRITINGS OF
CHARLES DARWIN.

1835. [Extracts from Letters addressed to Professor Henslow. ]
Tract, privately printed, 8vo., Cambridge, 1835.
1837. Note sur la Decouverte de quelques Ossemens Fossiles dans l’Amerique
du Sud.
Ann, Sci. Nat., 2d series, (Zoology,) VII, 1837, pp. 319-320.

1837. [Notes upon the Rhea Americana. ]
Proce. Zool. Soe., London, V, 1837, pp. 35-36.
1837. Remarks upon the Habits of the Genera Geospiza, Camarhynchus, Cac-
tornis, and Certhidea of Gould.
Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1837, p. 49.

1838. Sur Trois Espéces du Genre Fe/is.
l'Institut, VI, 1838, no. 235, pp. 210-211.

1838. On the Formation of Mould.
Trans. Geol. Soc., 2d ser., V, 1840, pp. 505-510: Proce. Geol. Soc., IT, 1838, pp. .

574-576: Philos. Mag., 3d ser., XII, p. 89: Gardener’s Chronicle, 1844, p. 218:
Frorieps Notiz., V1, 1738, cull. 180-183.

1838. Observations of Proofs of the Recent Elevation of the Coast of Chili,
made during the Survey of H. M. S. “ Beagle,’ commanded by Capt.
Fitzroy.
Proc. Geol. Soc., II, 1838, pp. 446-449: Philos. Mag., 3d ser., XI. p. 100.
1838. A Sketch of the Deposits containing Extinct Mammalia in the neighbor-
hood of the Plata.

Proc. Geol, Soc., II, 1838, p. 543: Philos. Mag., 3d ser. XI, p. 206: Ann. Sei
Nat., VII. Zool., 1837, pp. 319-320.

1838.

1839.

18309.

1839.

1840.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

On certain Areas of Elevation and Subsidence in the Pacific and Indian
Ocean, as deduced from the study of Coral Formations.

Proce. Geol. Soc., IT, 1838, pp. 552-554: Philos. Mag., ser. 3, XI, p. 307:
Froriep. Notiz., IV, 1838, coll. 100-103.

Geological Notes made during a Survey of the East and West Coasts of
South America, in the years 1832, 1833, 1834, and 1835, with an
Account of a Transverse Section of the Cordilleras of the Andes be-
tween Valparaiso and Mendoza.

Proce. Geol. Soe., II, 1838, p. 210-212: Philos. Mag., ser. 3, VIII, p. 156.

Origin of Saliferous Deposits. Salt Lakes of Patagonia and La Plata.

Journ. Geol. Soce., II, 1838, pt. 2, pp. 127-128.

On the Connexion of Certain Volcanic Phenomena, and on the Formation

of Mountain-chains and the effects of Continental Elevations.
Proce. Geol. Soc., If, 1838, pp. 654-660: — Geol. Soc., V, 1840, pp. 601-632:

Poggend. Annal., ‘bil. 1841, pp. 484-496

Journal of Researches into the ovine and Natural History of the Vari-
ous Countries Visited by H. M. S. “ Beagle,” under the Command of
Captain Fitzroy, R. N., from 1832 to 1836. By Charles Darwin,
Esq., M. A., F. R. S., Secretary to the Geological Society. 8vo.,
London, 1839.

[Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of H. M. SS. “Adventure” and
“ Beagle,” describing their Examination of the Southern Shores of
South America, Vol. III.]

Journal and Remarks, 1832-1836, 8vo, London, 1839.

Note on a Rock seen on an Iceberg in 61° South Latitude.
Journ. Royal Geog. Soc., IX, 1839, pp. 528-529.

Ueber die Luftschifferei der Spinnen.
Fror. N. Not., Bd., 77, no. 222, 1839, pp. 23-24.

Observations on the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy and of other parts of
Lochaber, in Scotland, with an attempt to prove that they are of
Marine Origin.

Philos. Trans., 1839, CX XIX, p. 39-82: Edinb. New Philos. Youunek:
XXVIII, 1839, pp. 395-403.

Geological Observations (with numerous Maps and Sections) made during
the Voyage of H. M. Ship “ Beagle,” under the command of Capt.
Fitzroy, R. N., on the Volcanic Islands of the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans, and on Coral Formations; together with a Brief Notice of the
Geology of the Cape of Good Hope, and of parts of Australia. By
Charles Darwin, Esq., M.A., Secretary to the Geological Society of
London.

1840-1844. ‘The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. “ Beagle,” under the com-

mand of Capt. Fitzroy, during the years 1832 to 1836. Edited and
Superintended by Charles Darwin. 8vo. London, 1840-1844.

Fossil Mammalia. By R. Owen. Witha Geological Introduction by
Charles Darwin. .

1841.

1842.

1842.
1843.

1844.

1846.
1846.

1846.

1848.

1849.

1850.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 97

On a Remarkable Bar of Sandstone off Pernambuco, on the Coast of
Brazil.
Philos. Mag., 3d ser., XIX, 1841, pp. 257-260.

Notes on the Effects produced by the Ancient Glaciers of Caernarvonshire,
and on the Boulders Transported by Floating Ice.

Philos. Mag., 3d ser., XXI, 1842, p. 180: Edinb. New Philos. Journal,
XXXIII, 1842, pp. 352-353.

On the Distribution of Erratic Boulders, and on the Contemporaneous
Unstratified Deposits of South America.
Trans. Geol. Soc., 2d ser., 1842, VI, Fe 415-432: Proc. Geol. Soc., IIT, 1842,

PP. 425-430: Philos. Mag., 3d ser., XIX, p. 536: Leonhard & Bronn, Neues
ahrb. for Min., Geol., &c., 1843, p. 741.

The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. 8vo. London, 1842.

Remarks on Charles Maclaren’s paper “On Coral Islands and Reefs,
as described by M. Darwin.”

Edinburgh New Philos. Journal, XXXIV, 1843, pp. 47-50.

Observations on the Structure and Propagation of the genus Sagz#ta. By
Charles Darwin, F. R. S., V. P. G. S.

Ann. and Mag. of Nat. History, 13, 1844, pp. 1-6, pl. 1, figs. A-D: Ann. de
Sci. Nat., 3d series, Zoologie, I, 1844, pp. 360-365, figs.: Fror. N. Not., Bd XXX,
no. 639, 1844, pp. 1-6.

Brief Descriptions of several Terrestrial Planarig and of some remark-
able Marine Species, with an Account of their Habits. By Charles
Darwin, F. R. S., V. P. G. S.

Ann. and Mag. of Nat. History, 14, 1844, pp. 241-251, pl. V, figs. 1-4.

Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands, visited during the voy-
age of H. WM. S. Beagle, together with some brief notices on the
Geology of Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. Being the sec-
ond part of the Geology of the Voyage of the “ Beagle,” under the
command of Capt. Fitzroy, R. N., during the years 1832 to 1836.
8vo. London, 1844. ;

Journ. Geol. Soc., I, p. 556.
Geological Observations on South America. 8vo. London, 1846.
An account of the Fine Dust which often falls on Vessels in the Atlantic

Ocean.
Journ. Geol. Soc., II, 1846, pp. 26-30.

On the Geology of the Falkland Islands.
Journ. Geol. Soc., II, 1846, pp. 267-274.

On the Transportal of Erratic Boulders from a Lower to a Higher Level.
Jour. Geol. Soc., IV, 1848, pp. 315-323.

[Geological Instructions, in Admiralty Manual of Scientific Instructions.
Edited by Sir J. Herschel. 8vo. London, 1849. ]

On British Fossil Lepadide.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, VI, 1850, pp. 439-440.
7

98 +

1851.

1854.

1855.

1857.

1858.

1859.

1862.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

A Monograph of the Fossil Lepadide, or Pedunculated Cirripedes of
Great Britain. London. Printed for the Paleontographical Society,
1851. 4to.

A Monograph of the Sub-Class Cirripedia, with Figures of All the Spe-

cies. The Lepadide; or, Pedunculated Cirripedes. London, printed
for the Ray Society, 1851. 8vo.

Analogy of the Structure of some Volcanic Rocks with that of Glaciers.
Edinburgh Proc. Roy. Soc., II, 1851, pp. 17-18.

A Monograph on the Fossil Balanidze and Verrucide of Great Britain.
London, printed for the Paleontographical Society, 1854. 4to.

A Monograph of the sub-Class Cirripedia, with Figures of All the Spe-
cies. The Balanide, (or Sessile Cirripedes); the Verrucide, etc.,
etc., etc. Printed for the Ray Society, 1854. 8vo.

On the power of icebergs to make rectilinear uniformly-directed grooves
across a sub-marine undulatory surface.
Phil. Mag., X, 1855, pp. 96-98.

On the action of Sea-water on the germination of Seeds.
Journ. Linn. Soc., I, 1857, (Botany,) pp. 130-140.
On the Agency of Bees in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous Flowers,
and on the crossing of Kidney Beans.

Gardeners’ Chronicle, Nov. 13, 1858: Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 3d series,
1858, pp. 459-465.

Darwin, Charles and Wallace, Alfred. On the Tendency of Species to
Form Varieties, and on the Perpetuation of Varieties and Species by
Natural Means of Selection.

Journal Proc. Linn. Soc., London, ITI, 1858, pp. 45-62.

On the variation of organic beings in a state of nature; on the natural
means of selection; on the comparison of domestic races and true
species.

Journ. Linn. Soce., ITI, (Zoology,) 1859, pp. 46-53: Halle. Zeitsch. Gesell. Naty
XVI, 1860, pp. 425-459.

On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preserva-
tion of Favoured Races in oe Struggle for Life. 8vo. London,
1859.

On the Two Forms, or Dimorphic Condition, in the species of Primula,
and on their remarkable Sexual Relations.

Journ. Linn. Soe., VI, 1862, (Botany) pp. 151-157.
On the three remarkable sexual forms of Catasetum tridentatum, an
. Orchid in the possession of the Linnean Society.
Journ. Linn. Soc., 1862, (Botany,) pp. 151-157.

On the Various Contrivances by which British and Foreign Orchids. are:
Fertilized by Insects. 8vo. London, 1862.

1863.

1864.

1867.

1868.

1869.

13870.

1871.

1872.

1874.

1875.
1876.
1876.
1876.

1877.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. «99

Observation sur I’hétéromorphisme des fleurs, et des conséquences pour °
la fécondation.
Ann. Sci. Nat., XIX, 1863, (Botany,) pp. 204-255,
On the thickness of the Pampean formation near Buenos Ayres.
Journ. Geol. Soc., XLX, 1863, pp. 68-71.
On the existence of two forms, and on their reciprocal sexual relation,
in several species of the genus Linum.
Journ. Linn. Soc., VII, 1863, (Botany,) pp. 69-83.
On the so-called “Auditory Sac” of Cirripedes.
Nat. Hist. Review, 1863, pp. 115-116.
On the Sexual Relations of the Three Forms of Lythrum.
Journ. Linn. Soc.. Vol. VIII, 1864, p. 169.
On the Character and Hybrid-like Nature of the Illegitimate Offspring
of Dimorphic and Trimorphic Plants.
Jour. Linn. Soc., Vol. X, 1867, (Bot.,) p. 393.
On the specific difference between Primula veris and P. vulgaris; and on
the Hybrid Nature of the Common Oxslip.
Jour. Linn. Soc., Vol. X, 1867, (Kotany,) p. 437.
Queries about Expression for Anthropological Inquiry.
Report, Smithsonian Institution, 1867, p. 324.
The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication. 2 vols., 8vo.
London, 1868.
Notes on the Fertilization of Orchids.
Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 4th series, IV, 1869, pp. 141-159.
Note on the Habits of the Pampas Woodpecker ( Colaptes campestris.)
Proe. Zool. Soc., London, 1870, pp. 705, 706.

The Descent of Man, and Selection in relation to Sex. 2 vols., 16mo.
London, 1871.

The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals. t2mo. London,
1872. !

Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds.

Nature, X, 1874, pp. 24, 25.
Insectivorous Plants. 8vo. London, 1875.
Effects of Cross and Self-Fertilization in the Animal Kingdom.
Movements and Habits of Climbing Plants. 8vo. London, 1876. .
Sexual Selection in relation to Monkeys.

Nature, XV, 1876, pp. 18, 19.

The Different Forms of Flowers on Plants of the same Species. 8vo.
- London, 1877.

100

1877.

1878.

1879.

1880.

1880,

1881.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

[Testimonial to Mr. Darwin. Evolution in the Netherlands.]
Nature, XV, 1877, pp. 410-412. Letter of Mr. Darwin.
The Contractile Filaments of the Teasel.
Nature, XVI, 1877, p. 339.
A Biographical Sketch of an Infant.
Mind, II, (No. 7, July, 1877,) pp. 285-294.
Transplantation of Shells.
Nature, XVIII, p. 120.
Fritz Miiller on a Frog having Eggs on its Back; On the Abortion of the
Hairs on the Legs of certain Caddis Flies, &c.
Nature, XIX, 1879, pp. 462-464.
Rats and Water Casks.
Nature, XIX, 1879, p. 481.

Erasmus Darwin. By Ernst Krause. Translated by W. S. Dallas. With
a preliminary notice by Charles Darwin. 8vo. -. London, 1879.

Fertility of Hybrids from the Common and Chinese Goose.
Nature, X XI, 1880, p. 207.
The Sexual Colors of certain Butterflies.
Nature, X XI, 1880, p. 237.
The Omari Shell Mounds.
Nature, X XI, 1880, pp. 561, 562.
Sir Wyville Thomson on Natural Selection.
Nature, XXIII, 1880, p. 32.
Black Sheep.
Nature, XXIII, 1880, p. 193.
The Power of Movement in Plants. By Charles Darwin, LL. D., as-
sisted by Francis Darwin. 8vo. London, 1881.
Movements of Plants.
Nature, XXIII, 1881, p. 409.
Mr. Darwin on Vivisection.
Nature, X XIII, 1881, p. 583.
The Movements of Leaves.
Nature, XXIII. 1881, p. 603.
Inheritance.
Nature, XXIV, 1881, p. 257.
Leaves Injured at Night by Free Radiation.
Nature, XXIV, 1881, p. 459.
[On the Bodily and Mental Development of Infants. ]
Nature, XXIV, 1881, p. 565.

1881.

1882.

DARWIN MEMORIAL. 101

The Parasitic Habits of Molothrus.
Nature, XXV, 1881, pp. 51-52.
The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the action of worms, with
observations on their habits. With illustrations. t2mo. London,
1881.

The Action of Carbonate of Ammonia on the Roots of certain Plants, and
on Chlorophyll Bodies.
Jour. Linn. Soc., London, X ? 1881, p. ?: Abstract in Nature, X XV, 1882, pp.

On the Dispersal of Freshwater Bivalves.
Nature, X XV, 1882, pp. 529-530.

APPENDIX.

THE PROPER USE OF THE TERM BIOLOGY.*
By THEODORE GILL.

From the Presidential Address delivered Fanuary 28, 1881.

The father of modern natural history, following in the footsteps of his prede-
cessors, recognized three kingdoms of nature, and allowed them equal rank in
his scheme of classification. These were severally the subjects of the sciences
designated as mineralogy, botany, and zoology. The contrasts between the char-
acteristics of the first and the last two, and the generalities which have since
compelled us to employ a term in common for botany and zoology, were not then
appreciated. The same method and the same system of terminology were used

__ by Linnzus for the description of the mineral as for the vegetable and animal /;

kingdoms. Nevertheless suggestions had been made still earlier towards a segre-
gation under a common head of the kingdoms of organic nature.

As early as 1587, Cristofle de Savigny, in a scarce and little-known work
(Tableaux accomplis de tous les arts libéraux, Paris,) contrasted the organic
kingdoms under a common denominator, psychologie, now universally accepted
with a very different signification. The suggestion in question, however, fell still
born. It was not till 1802 and 1803 that a term destined to general adoption

“was proposed. Then the illustrious Lamarck made use of the word BIOLoGIE
as a common name under which to consider the phenomena presented by organic
nature. A number of words were subsequently urged as substitutes and as
better, ¢. g., Somiologie by Rafinesque, in 1814; Physigue Organique by Comte,
in 1830; Organomie by d’Omalius d’ Halloy, in 1838; Zoologie by Jean Reynaud,
in 1843; Organologie by Gerdy,in 1844; and, lastly, Zoonomy by Baden Powell.
None of them, however, have been received with favor, and, slowly at first,
afterward by general consent, BIOLOGY was accepted as a term much needed

“to group the many generalities enunciable respecting animals and plants. The old
professorships of natural history or of zoology and botany combined are now
being replaced by professorships of biology, and almost pari passu with cxces-
sive (because exclusive) cultivation of special departments of botany and zoology
has been a tendency to combine on common ground to consider the general laws
and principles affecting alike the organic kingdoms of nature, and by students
agreeing in the method which they employ in their several pursuits. As a result
of this feeling has been born the BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

* Much discussion having attended the consideration of a name for the “ Biological
Society of Washington ” the subject was treated of in the first presidential address, and
that portion thereof relating to the question at issue is here reproduced.

102

USE OF THE TERM BIOLOGY. 103

The applicability of the term biology, in the sense now so generally accorded
to it, is doubtless debatable, and has been strongly objected to by an eminent
scholar, Baden Powell. That gentleman, in the first essay of his “‘ Order of Na-
ture,” (2 4, p. 173, note,) while discussing the “Theory of Life” and “Life in
Geological Epoch,” has uttered a protest against the use of the word in the fol-
lowing terms: :

“While on this subject I cannot omit to take this occasion of recording my
protest against the now prevalent, but barbarous use of the term ‘Biology.’
Bios never means ‘life’ in the sense of ‘vitality;’ it means the ‘life’ of a man
as progressing in ¢#me—his birth, actions, and death. Plato has ‘Pto¢g €wi-,’
the lifetime of alife. _(Epinomis, [or the Philosopher,] 982.) Unfortunately the
term ‘ Zoology,’ which would be the proper one for this branch of science, has
been already appropriated to what ought to have been called ‘Zoography;’ but
there is still ‘Zoonomy,’ the science of the laws of life, open to adoption, and,
at any rate, much better than ‘ézo/ogy,’ which, if it means anything, would be a
theory of the facts of dzography.” *

On the other hand, a still more eminent and probably better scholar in Greek
philology, William Whewell, has preferred the term biology to any other. In his
‘‘ History of Scientific Ideas,” under the caption of * The Philosophy of Biology,”
(Vol. 2, p. 170,) he urges that “the word Physiology, by which they [that is, to
use again his own words, ‘the organical sciences’] have most commonly been
described, means the science of nature ; and though it would be easy to explain,
by reference to history, the train of thought by which the word was latterly re-
stricted to Hiving nature, it is plain that the name is, etymologically speaking,
loose and improper. The term dzo/ogy, which means exactly what we mean to
express, the science of life, has often been used, and has of late become not un-
common among good writers.”

It may be added that the word floc, although doubtless generally used in the
sense of lifetime, as urged by Baden Powell, nevertheless does not appear to have
been limited to such meaning, but to have had practically the same range as our
word life. Even if it were so limited, however, it would be eminently appropriate
from the standpoint from which all scientific students of nature now take view,
for it is the lifetime of nature and the questions of how organisms have been
evolved and how grown and developed that must interest the students of life,
plants and animals, as well as those organisms neither plants nor animals that for-
merly existed and still survive.

It is in fact the sum of those phenomena which may be aptly described as con-
stituting the lifetime of nature that forms the true aim of what may, with the
strictest and exact propriety, be called BioLocy.

The word seems to have been also used quite generally by entomologists in a
very restricted sense; that is, as a common denominator for whatever relates to
the special habits and manners of insects in contradistinction to Physiology.
Thus Hagen, in his Bibliotheca Entomologica, (1863,) groups all entomological

* Powell, Order of Nature, Essay 1, 2 4, p. 172, note, Theory of Life.

104 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

treatises under eight categories, viz: (1) Accessories and Generals; (2) Genera
Entomology; (3) Special Entomology, z. ¢., the subordinate groups, orders, etc.
(4) Anatomy; (5) Physiology; (6) Biology; (7) Benefits from Insects; and (8)
Injuries from Insects. This summary will give some idea of what entomologists
intend by the word, and the original sense of the word, as indicated by Plato in
the connection already indicated, might be used as an argument in justification.
There would, indeed, be no strong objection to the use of the word to signify a
study of habits had it not been abready, by general consent, used in another
sense. Our well considered rules, as well in zoology as in botany, that priority
determines the use of a name, and that the same name cannot be well used in two
different senses, combine with the universal consecration of the term otherwise, to
forbid us to use it in the limited sense indicated.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
Academy of Sciences, Washington............ 40, 42
Accounts, auditing 22
Address, presidential 22, 26, 36
Agassiz, Mr. Alexander 9
Ageronia feronia 73
BIBS soos cise 25
Allen, Dr. Harrison 36

Allen, Mr. J.A 9
Amendments to the Constitution 23
Ampelopsis quinquefolia 28
76
30

Angreecum sesquipedale
Animals, Mortality of.

Animals, Well Known 39
Anthropology, French, School of..............00 . 40
Anthropolegy, What is. ; 38
Anthropological Socicty.......... 5, 36, 37, 41, 42, 43
Anthropologists in Biology 35
Appalachian Mountains, Contrasts of........... 38
Arrearages 22
Arrearages, penalty for 24
Arteries, Ramifications of the.............ceeeeee - 40
Ashford, Dr. F. A 11
Assessments, collection of 22
B.
Baird, Prof. S. F....... 5, 9, 36
Baker, Dr. Frank 11, 30, 40
_ Baker on Ramifications of Arteries............. - 40
Baker on Darwin's Expression of Emotions 87
Ballots, count of. 22
Barker, Mr. J.S 1l
Barnard, Dr. Wm. S$ ll
Bats, suctorial organs of. 28
Bean, Dr. Tarleton I 11, 25, 35, 44
Bean, Voyage to Alaska and Siberia.............. 25
Bean on Spoonbill Sandpiper 44
Bessels, Dr. Emil ll
Beyer, Dr. H.G li
Bibliography, Darwinian 92
Billings, Dr. John S 11, 42
Biology, Anthropologists In 35
Biology, Use of Term 102
Biology, Zufii 41
Birney, Mr. 1. I 11, 30
Birney, General William 1l, 44
Blepharocera 28
Blish, Mr. J. B 11
Blood corpusoles, di d 27

Page.

Botanist, Darwin as a. 81
- Bransford, Dr. J. F 11
Brewer, Prof. W. H 9, 39
Brewster, Mr. Wm 9
Broea, Paul 40
Brooks, Dr. W. K 9
Brown, Mr. J. T. 11
Brown, Mr.S. C 12
Burdick, Mr. E. A i2
Burnett, Dr. Swan M 14, 41
Burnett on “* How we See”’ 41
Busey, Dr. 8S. C 12
Business, miscellaneous 23

Cc.

Canby, Mr. W. J. 12
Carman, Dr. M. A. 12
Cassia chamecrista 28
Chase, Mr. H.S 12
Chiasmodontida. 35
Chickering, Prof. J. W...... 12, 25, 28, 35, 38, 39, 42
Chickering, Mr. J. J 12
Chiasmodus niger. 35
Chickering on Appalachian Mountains......... 38
Chickering on Roan Mountain and its flora. 28
Christie, Mr. A. S 12
Chrysemys picta 32
Cicada, the Periodical 32
Clark, Mr. A. H 12, 30
Clupea sapidissima.., : 33
Collett, Dr. Robert 9
Collins, Captain J. W 12, 32
Collins on the Mackerel Fishery.................. 32
Committees, appointment of ................2. cee 21
Committees, reports of...... 23
Comstock, Prof. J. H 12, 25, 30, 81
Comstock on Seale Insects 31
Conant, Mr. W. P 12
Constitution 21-23
Constitution, adoption of. 25
Constitution, amendments to 23
Constitution, amendments propsed by Baker 39
Constitution, Committee on 24
Correspondence, conduct of. 22
Coryyualis cornutus 28
Coues, Dr. Elliott 12, 36, 37, 38
Coues on Advances in Ornithology............. 38
Council, list of. 7
Council, composition of........ al

105

106

Page.
Council, duties of 22
Council, Minutes Of...........cceeeseceeeesteeseseeeeeeees 22
Council, presiding OfMCEL..............+seeeerreeeees eee
Council, quorum of....... cccdeas iodo wadiceasoseakos exp hue 21
Cox, Mr. W. V seeseceescnsenece 13
Cretaceous Beds of Maryland............ceeeeeees 38
Cushing on Zufli BiolOgy.......ceceersreercerees 41
D.
Dale, Dr. F. C pESS SUS 3 13
Dall, Prof. William H 13, 29, 40, 44
Dall, Biography of Darwin..........ccseseecerees 56-59
Dall on Deep-Sea Explorations...............ss00 40
Dall on mollusks of Dist. Columbia............... 44
Danias archippus 79
Darwinian Bibliography............sseeeeseceeees . 92-101
Darwin, Biography of. 56-59
Darwin as a Botanist....... 81
Darwin’s Contributions to Philosophy....... 60-70
Darwin on Expression of Emotion 87
Darwin Memorial Meeting...............e00+ 40, 43, 45
Darwin, Mrs. Heideman’s bust of...............+. 43
Darwin, The Doctrine of............. 47-55
Darwin, Ulke’s portrait Of............:ccecsseeeeeeeeee 43
PUGS PPOL EAs Oi sayrcsshoovessasshesdasnspsmeacousengibess 13
De Haas, Dr. Wills 13
Deep-Sea Explorations...... 40
Boer, POE, TD, Aicccceovins cs sexdisinevensdsenceusosen seein 9
Dewey, Dr. F. P 13
Disbursements 22
PISO icsskeycniccraesssvnstecobs 23
District of Columbia, flora Of...............cseeee 26, 31
District of Columbia, mollusks of..............06 44
Dodge, Mr. C. R 13
TL FRE Ta est ck che cps tohinansrxene sive 13
ons o sss ncceassecdcannboonccebessedehonuais 76
Dutton, Captain C. E 24
' EB.
Earll, Mr. R. E 13, 30, 34
Elliott, Mr. Henry W............:....esee0 13, 33, 36, 37
Elliott on Arctic Sea-cow 36, 37
BATIOUS OE OBO OT i csisicincneccseseosssontssscdutecese 33
Ellzey, Dr. M. G 13, 44
Ellzey on Mules 44
Emotions, Expression Of..........cccccccssssseeeeeeee 87
Eurynorhynchus pygmeeus 44
Evolution, anthropologic............ccccsscessesceeees 67
Evolution, biologic 67
Evolution, physical 67
Exhibition of specimens 23
Explorations, Deep-Sea 40
Expression of Emotions 87
as
Farlow, Prof. Wm. G 9
Fee, annual 23

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Fee, initiation............ccsesesecesreres 23
Fees, collection Of,............cee++ 22
Ferguson, Major T. B..........ssssscsecssseressseseneees 13
Finances, direction Of..........ccsscceseeeeesseeeeceeees 22
Fish Commission, explorations Of..........00. 34
“Mish Hawk,” steamer.........:s0ssececensussesansets 34
Fish mortality 30
Fishes, Giinther’s Study Of.........scccccccsceeceeee 29
Fishery, Mackerel 32
BISCCHOP DP: HOUCTE, <sccesecvcesscasassocsuacees 18, 30, 40
Fletcher on Paul Broca 40
Flint, Dr. J. M 18, 30
ROMY ECOG LING OIGEIG Sc cisiucetecessisevestyesesunssesneass 26
Flora of District of Columbia. 31
Flora of Roan Mountain .............c.ccccceceeeeese «28
Foreman, Dr. E........:.-..ceses. 13
Foreman on Cretaceous Beds of Maryland... 38
WOUM GOL ie cesscicdacelecasascieossacasases Soeees il
G.
Garrett, Mr. L. M............ 14
Gannett, Mr. Henry 14
Gedney, Mr. C. D 14
GQOOtroPisM ioii.c. wesscseccesedessoseses 83, 85
Giglioli, Dr. E. H 10
Gihon, Dr. A. L 14, 39
Gilbert, Mr. Charles H. 26
Gilbert, Mr. G. K 14, 39
Gill, Prof. Theodore...... 14, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30, 33,
34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 41, 42, 43, 47
Gill, Principles of Biology.... 26
Gill on Use of term Biology 102
Gill on Darwin 47-55
Gill on Views of Nature 3T
Gill on Great-Swallower 35
Gill on Giinther’s Study of Fishes 29
Gill on History of Classification 36
Gill on Suctorialism in Marsupiates.............. 28
Glass snake 85
Goode, Mr. G. Brown...... 3, 7, 14, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32,
34, 35, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 44
Goode on the Mackerel 32
Goode on Statistics of Societies of Washing-
ton 43
Goode on Taxidermy 40
Gore, Prof. J. H 14, 30
Gray, Prof. Asa 10, 95
Great plains, absence of trees 34
Griffith, Dr. S. H 14
Grimm, Prof. Oscar von . 10
Growth, retardation of. 34
Giinther, Dr. A.C. G 35
Giinther’s study of fishes 29
H.
Hammond, Dr. William A 36

Hassler, Dr. F. A 14

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page
Hawes, Dr. George W 14, 30
Hawes, Dr. George W., death of. 14
FES WwKOG DOW hpi ccc tivcasnstevpctes codecs anes eae et &
Hayden, Mr. E. E 14
Hayden, Di, FeV viecsscsseissesrssieedecsaons 36
Heideman, Mrs. Mica............... Bes ceanuchepkiakeoaae 43
TROLIGtRO DESI. ciinsisedsccdecesasusantecdscsdevecebececse 83, 85
Henshaw, Mr. H. W 15
Hessel, Dr. R 15
High Island 30
Hoffman, Dr. W. J 15, 30
Hog, Tape-worm from 32
Hooker, Sir Joseph D 72
Hornaday, Mr. W. T 15
Hough, Dr. F. B Sieiialal 15
Houeh, Mr. Mi Be Wischmann dine 15
Howard, Mr. L. O 15, 30
FEW WO BOG oii ovine ntcciniasassbsancsoessseas evens scbwas 41
Howland, Dre Bo Pais i iiiedeceviescans 15
Hyatt, Prof. A...... 10
Hypotheses, Working. ........scsccesecsesenesessecesenes 67

Ingersoll, Mr. Ernest. 15, 24, 30

Ingersoll on Mortality of Marine Animals.... 30

Insects, SCAG... ccsccccvcseccete csonse 31
TEEPORMUCEORT NOC siséiccsccacevotsseccccscosesssese sense rich
J.

Jabirandi, Physiological Action of............... Nae |
SODMBON, Mire As Besser silsiscucss si gnaacpieuptaasscaces 15
Johnson, Mr. B. F 15
Johnson, Dr. J. T 15
Jordan, Prof. D.S 26
Jordan on Salmon of the Pacific Coast.......... 26
Jouy, Mr. P. L 15
K.

Kennicott, Dr. Robert. aang icannee eee
Kerguelen’s Land 72
Kidder, Dr. J. H 15, 25, 27, 35, 72
Kidder on External Air of Washington........ 27
King. DroAs FP: Accticniiectans 7, 15, 25, 28, 30, 39
King, Septenary Periodicity...: 28
Koebele, Mr. A 16
L.

Lamarck .... 49
Lamphyrus occidentalis 73
Lawrence, Mr. Geo. N panei
Lectures, Saturday 37
LiOG, DIR. Wi icickivscccinsictrcocichspnconseGieatebeuen - 16
TLGWNG, BARS Dinas restos ticccscuces 16

Page

Lehnert, Rev. E....... washes ssakes ubeki ebese cae dcbus sacs

Limenitis disippus............ 79

Locusts 32
M.

McDonald, Col. M 16, 28, 32, 34

McDonald on Experimentsin Fish Culture. 32
McDonald on Periodicity in Development... 28

McDonald on Shad in Conflnement.......... osvee Oe
MeMurtrie, Dr. Wm 16
Mackerel 32
Mallory, Col. Garrick 42
Mann, Mr. B. P 16
Mirsh, Mr. C. C 16
Marsupiates, Suctorial Powers of................6 28
Martin, Mr. Frank....... 16
Marx, George 16, 30
Mason, 0. T 7, 16, 25, 30, 35, 43
Mason on What is Anthropology............. essere BO
Mason on Anthropologists in Biology........... 35
Matthews, Patriokiicsscceesesicacdccsocecevsosvssevecass + 650
Meek, F. B 36
Meeting, annual.................. Fa ADE EP Te tong 22
Meeting, first annual 26
Meeting, second annual..................c0ccsseeccneee 35
Meeting for organization...............sccsssseseseees 24
Meeting, preliminary..............cccsccscccsosecsesessss 2A
PRCOU DBE, TONG ca cicccascsecscsdssécissensscivcedgnctson 23, 30
Meeting, notice of. 22
Meetings, special 23
ROOT; BORGO oi oias scivsnevececnvessecescssascenssaetorees 22
Member, original tsas il
Members, active, list of. 11-20
Members, balloting for 23
Members, classification of. 21
Members, corresponding, list Of............. 2200 9,10
Members, election of...................+6 21
Members, honorary, list of..................eseees oe
PEOMDOIMT, WOMB O68 ois alec sc esl esccccs sasecs cevups 44
Membership, nominations for.................+ 22, 28
Membership, proposals fOr.............0.ssecee sees 21
Merrill, Mr. George P. 16-30
Mesmerism in animals..................sceesecseeeees . 3
MEXICO. GRIDGE, cc csareccoscsosnsvsvvabssnsivccescsdu vases 30
Micrococcus septicus. 31
MiGroqOme, PrOOSIN eG, -vicccciieccesseccsrscoccsunencoes 33
Miller, Mr. Benj 16
Miner, Mr. R. H 16
Minutes of proceedingS..........0.cccecceseserereeeees 22
Minutes, reading of 23
Molluscan fauna Of D. C.....ccccsceccseeeeceeeeeceeees 44
Mollusks, Antiquity and Extinction of......... 34
Morse, Prof. Edward S 10
Miiller, Fritz 76
Miller, Herman 76
Mules hossoes ae

Mythology 61

108

Page.
Name of the Society 21, 24, 102
Nares, Sir George S..........secccressseaee 40
National Museum......... 26, 27, 30, 31, 35, 37, 40, 44
Nature, Scientific and Popular Views of....... 37
PRION ETFS. WU Gis ci cocvonce spesas opcasbaes vat accaen 16
Newberry, Prof. J.S 36
Norris, Dr. Basil... 16

O.
Object of the Society...... 21
Odontoscelis Darwinl..... .ccesackcacsnssossassscesens 71
Meee se os al can sauce nhidionsceheeatunsains 7
Officers, classification Of ..........cccssssescessseecees 21
Oicers, election of. jcc<c.)scajcscjvestndeh cts 22. 23
Officers for 1880 25
Officers for 1881 26
Officers for 1882 pear cakeneaea 35
Officers, term OF ‘OffICe............ccccaccesesscenvsacoses 22
Opalization 33
OpheOosaurus VOnLralas, oa cecistenvecwidqcenessosssouses 35
Bader OF HUBTONE 5555s csecerpeyrbsadddadenvscynens 23
Order of business, suspension Of..............00 23
Ornithology, advances 1N%.2... 5.55055 deesdeesesvctes 38
Osten Sacken, Baron R. VON... ..sscccessecesceeses 36
F.

Packard, A. S., Jr : 10
Papers, reading and discussion of.............. 21.23
Patagonia, insect fauna Of........60cccccscssesensesee 71
MU TIAN Bai sisess Ciaweaentensneok 17, 24, 28, 30
INE TOA Bess iocevcescesyocseonnsnchassuencassongites - 36
POPMONAG iT cis edcs Sosescs 17, 30
Periodicity, laws of............... 28
Periodicity, Septenary 28
Petrifaction bieedavictuve 33
Phenomena, anthropologic, categories of..... 66
Phenomena, biologic, categories Of...........20 66
Phenomena, classification of. 66
Phenomena, physical, categories oOf.............. 66
Philosophy, classification of. 61
Philosophy, definition of..........ccccsccsccccosceoees 60
Philosophy, mMetaphysic........cceccscsceseccoesscacees 62
PHUNOBOPNY, BOLON EITC oo iocvcs bs ose seknadbbkewununte 63
Philosophical Society...........cccecesccees 36, 41, 42,
PHOLOMICPORTADNS, 66055555. ccncsesiacncvedleveniien 27, 31
Pilocarpus pinnatifolius.............cccsesdsecscdaeda 31
Polymorphism, animal 41
Porter, Dr. J. H... 17
Potomac Side Naturalist’s Club 86
Pourtales, Count L. F. De 36
Powell, Rev. Baden cisicicdicecssesicscasdsccecek 50, 53
Powell, Major J. W........cc.cce0e. 17, 37, 39, 42, 43, 60

Powell on Darwin’s Contribution to Philoso-

_ phy 60-70
Powell, Introduction to Saturday Lectures... 37
Powell on Sociology 39

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Prehension, suctorial...... 27
Prentice’on Jabirandl......0.....csscssccsencaniesiseens 31
Prentiss, Dr. D. W..... 7, 17, 28, 30, 31 35, 36, 38, 44
Prentiss on Mesmerism in Animals 38
President, duties of 22
President, retiring ..... 22
Presidential a:idress............. 22
Presidential address for 1881 26
Presidential address for 1882...........sscccesceeses 36
Proceedings, printing of ....:::..2..:..secccesseansers 44
Proceedings of the Society............cecseesesees 24-44
Programme, provision for 2
Pronuba. 27, 80
ROE Bs sas iauy concn vascuedy sadasasceees cuts covare 27
RMON aos a ccc seveusatn acess 33
Pusa lutris ... 33
Q.
Quorum baaxoasesnen. ak
R.

Rabbits, Septiceemia in 29
Rathbun, Mr. Richard.....3, 7, 17, 24, 25, 29, 30, 34,
35, 42, 44

Rathbun on Explorations of Fish Commis-
sion senanpseceserbesvashwathesee 34
BAA 5 EAR MODI Ge cuceinch sScievcaacckeri ss» danas vnesuiae at
Renilla, Embryology of. 41
Retardation Of Growth .civiscccsiscssecsscsevedvcvacsas 34
BOY RUTH, DE BODO i Gs oiicgaiesisns tethiedas sted pees 17
Rhytina Stelleri.............. cee Pilicas eRiavdere 36, 37
RICHGY, DG Fh. Ons scacsecessigeiisccs Steacieccoscasodscsons 17
Ridgway, Robert 17, 25, 30, 32, 35
Ridgway On THrkeye i. cisccecccsccccesscivesiccese cases 32

Riley, Prof. C. V..17, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
34, 35, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 70, 79, 80

Riley on Darwin in Entomology..........ece00 10-77
Riley, Facts about Animals............c00ccsscsdecees 39
Riley, Fertilization of Yueca...........s...sescesees 27
Riley, Reminiscences of Darwin............ec008 77
Riley on Retardation of Growth ............0cc00 . 34
FI GY OR EeOCHSGR os cioicess oss scvess os suateiwabeceandanns 32
Riley on Scale [nsects...,........0.c0seseeessevesecovens 31
Riley on Suckers of the Helgramite, ete...... 23
Roan Mountain and its Flora.....i...cc.ccscessesee 28
Russell, Mr. I. C...:..... 17
Ryder, Mr. John A 17, 33
Ryder on Development of Shad................008 33
Ss.
Salmon of :Pacifle Coast. isis sccccsiscssseevisiicssesese 26
Sandpiper, Spoonbilled 44
Saturday Lectures De a plate ee 37
Seale insects 31
Schaeffer, E. M 17, 33

Sch6nborn, Mr. H 17

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
Schuerman, Mr. C. W 17, 30
Schwartz, Mr. E.A 18, 30
Science, definition of. 64
Sendder, Mr. C. W, 18, 30
Scenddery Mr. Ni Pivsccescicescevesse . 18, 28, 30, 32, 40
€&2udder on Breeding of Tortoise 32
Sea-cow, Arctic 36, 37
Seaton, Hon. C. W 18
Seaman, Profs We Ei sccccecccssecakencssaccstaesee 18, 30, 31
Sea-otter 33
Sections, chairman of. 29
Sections, formation Of.......cu..scccecceceessesecees 22, 29
Seeley, Col. F. A 43
Saptenary: Periodiolty 0.05 isnescseseonsnsseoscsrnaas 28
Shad, Eggs of. 33
Shad in Confinement 34
Sheldon, Mr. C.8 18, 30
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W ...... 18, 35
Shufeldt on Glass Snake............cccceeeceseeecceees 35
Shute, Mr. D. K 18
Siberia 25, 44
Simulium, sp 28
Smiley, C. W 18, 30
OTST PTO, By Dis, cask ssc csaces code ox tarnaasanu niaaaaee 10
Seek. BEG. We eisai h ea ees 18
Smithsonian Institution, Secretary of.......... 5
Sociology, Outlines of 39
SOLAN UM POSCTACUII ionisccs cescccccessoovessncsosnessenwe 28
Specimens, exhibition Of................2ccceeeseeeee 33
po yen 1 gy Seneann OH GOERS RODD ARG eE PME PEED ORO 18
Sternberg, Dr. George M..............008 18, 29, 30, 31
Sternberg on micrococcus 31
Sternberg on Septiceemia... 29
Stevenson, Mr. James.............0..0006 18
Bi hareereta | WE. Ws os cae cavesy cc snkcin ones hkcws don vais 18
Sr Ge, TPR 0. EE ccase uasasth dds nest pncdbeed cacthnahine 18
PULOKOTS OF DOB, oo iciccecdsiivrcdcrstiasepeuniertions 28
Suckley, Dr. George 36
Suctorial Prehemsion...........c00.sccesscooessesescenese 27

Paylor, BS. We occas vocsectascpcdavevatsab ia hisie conde smc 19
Taylor, Dr. Thomas 19, 30, 31, 33
Taylor, Dr. William B 42
Taylor on Freezing Microtome 33
Taylor on Tape-worm from Hog 32
Tape-worm from Hog 32
Faxidermie Sill Bxiissaiecs tasbaekiciia 40
Taxonomy 26
Terra del Fuego, insect fauna Of...........000.008 Sas 3 |
Thom peon, Dr. J. FOr 2c. ssicccscics cacccsvccesurcoced 19
Todd, Prof. J. E 19, 28
Todd on Flowering of Solanum, etc............. Ae
Toner, Dr. J. M 19
Tortoise, painted............... see. OS

Tortoises, Land, of North America............. 35

Page.
Treasurer, duties of. 22
Trees, Absence on Great Plains ..........000.se00 . 34
. True, Mr. Frederick W.... 19, 24, 27, 30, 32, 35, 36,
37, 39, 44
True, Darwinian bibliography. 92
True on Arctic Sea-cow, 36, 37
True on Land Tortoises 35
True on Suctorial Prehension in Animals..... 27
True on Siren lacertina 36
True on Zoologischer Jahresbericht............ - 32
Turkeys, wild and domesticated 32
Turner, Mr. L. M 19
U.

Ulke, Mr. Henry........... 19, 25, 30, 34, 35, 36, 43, 44
Upham, Mr. E. P. + ae
¥.

Vasey, Dr. George..............s0000 7, 19, 24, 25, 30, 35
Velie, Dr. J. W 10
Verrill, Prof. A. E 10
WEBTEOS OF CYeOMbiONs iiss icésseksnassnersnsocepeasan 40, 50
Vice-President, duties of. 22
WO OP REIIORS OS ciicscisvedisnscnncncthanscassscsuuctegasy 23
w.

Walsh, Mr. Benjamin Dann 70
Ward, Prof. Lester F...... 3, 7, 19, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30»

$1, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 42, 44
Ward on Darwin as a Botanist 81
Ward, Exhibition of Petrifaction 33
Ward on Flora Columbiane of 1830 and 1880.. 26
Ward, statistics of flora of D. C 31
Ward on Trees on Great Plains ............5...0008 34
Washington, external air of. 27
Washington, scientific societies of........ 36, 40, 41
Waterhouse, Ge Beiicas ciiciniisccsivoncoyscsuarcsasencegs 71
Watson, Sereno 10
Weir, Dr. J. Jenner 77
Welling, Dr. James C - 42
Wells, Dr. W. C 50
White, Dr. C. A 19, 26, 27, 34
White, Mr. M. P 19
White on Antiquity and Extinction of Mol-
lusks 34
White on Collection of Fossils 27
Wilder, Prof. Burt G 36
Williams, Mr. A 19, 30
Wilson, Mr. J. M 20
Wilson, Dr. Edmund B 10, 41
Wilson on Renilla 41
Winslow, Mr. F 26
Wolfley, Mr. W. J 20, 30, 39
Women, admission of. 44.

110 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

<=;
Page.
Yarnall, Dr. J. H 20
Yarrow, Dr. H. © 20
PSU ET Wy Pocchcs cbanedascacsessanevenscocvagceruasucaces 20
Yellow fever 27
Yucca, fertilzation of. 27

Zoological Record

Zoologischer Jahresbericht
Zoology, classification in

Zumbrock, Dr. A

Zufii biology

Peters eseresssoees

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE .

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

PUBLISHED WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

VouumME II.

JuLy 1, 1882, To JULY 1, 1884.

WASHINGTON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.

1885.

ery
Bet
oe

Per,

ses.
ot le

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

RICHARD RATHBUN. ROMYN HITCHCOCK.
CHARLES V. RILEY. WILLIAM H. SEAMAN.,
WILLIAM H. DALL. HENRY G. BEYER.

Naat

Paps RAMS Soe
Roe MAS
fea ees
oe]

Pek

ved

Rises ei!
rs

CONTENTS.

Officers and Council elected January, 1884 --------
Standing’ Committees, 1884 -----...-- ---- ---- Laas Sedat
List of Members, January. 25, 188¢. < oon ccs cee eon <3 ee wien
Additional List of Members, corrected to July 1, 1884 ----------------
CORRE 5 icceccce <tincl pobee steely 4 sieseeibennieeesed Waller icine ec ches vi ommin iwi caters
Proceedings, October 13, 1882, to May 31, 1884 —---~.. ...-. .--. -—_. ----
Addresses and communications ...--. Nic dah paises bk eaten
The Principles of Zoogeography, Annual Address of the President, Theo-

adore Gil; January LOU O0$ 5 So scp ae tpetee wpe emmin megan hicmalie
Certain phases in the geological history of the North American Continent,

biologically considered, Annual Address of the President, Charles A.

White, January 25, 1884---_---_--
Notes on North American Psyllide, C. V. Riley (April 10, 1884 *) -----
Remarks on the bag-worm, 7hyridopteryx ephemereformis, C. V. Riley
CApril 16, 1834) <2 cae Se i i sen cole een as aera oie
List of plants added to the flora of Washington from April 1, 1882, to
April 1, 1884, Lester F. Ward (April 10, 1884) sli aera
Description of a new genus and species of pediculate fishes (Haléeute//a
lappa), G. Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean.__- ----~---------~--
Descriptions of some new North American birds, R. Ridgway (April 10,
9984) ooo ccs sewn US Sica, ei ech gril ct ete! chip dehinee

Description of a new American kingfisher, R. Ridgway (April 10, 1884)
Note on Psaltriparus grind@ Belding, R. Ridgway (April 10, 1884) ---.
Note on the generic name, Calodromas, R. Ridgway (April 10, 1884) --
Diagnoses of new species of birds from Kamtschatka and the Commander

Islands, Leonhard Stejneger (April 10, 1884) ...-..----. ---- --------
Diagnoses of three new species of fishes from the Gulf of Mexico, T. H.

Bean and H, G. Dresel (April: 10, 1883) 35 2. eon
A review of the American cross-bills (Zoxia) of the ZL. curvirostra type,

R. Ridgway (April 26,1864) 228 oe ne teen Sok new
Note on the Anas hyperboreus Pall., and Anser albatus Cass., R. Ridg-
way (April 28, :1864): soon oo ck. 2 be eee alee cei eiekinieibey

Remarks on the type specimens of Muscicapa fulvifrons Giraud, and
Mitrephorus pallescens Coues, R. Ridgway (April 28, 1884) -...- ---- a
Note regarding the earliest name for Carpodacus hemorrhous (Wagler),
R. Ridgway (April 25; 1864) \o20 os 5 ee
On some Hydrocoralline from Alaska and California, W. H. Dall (April
DE Be | cctools eg eee hes wk Geka ck Shas een ae <mniaieee emer hi aese a
Some results by massage et contre-coup, W. S. Barnard _-----. ---- ----

IOI

107

108

IIo

III
116

* Author’s extras of each of the special papers here enumerated were published at

the dates given in parentheses following the author’s name.
; ¥

nN eae n
SP shamgnecd yt

inte ho at “
NEP Ck y's ot

~ AN te

LIST

OF THE

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ELECTED JANUARY II, 1884.

OFFICERS.

PRESIDENT.

CHARLES A. WHITE.

VICE PRESIDENTS.

WILLIAM H. DALL. LESTER F. WARD.
THEODORE GILL. CHARLES V. RILEY.
SECRETARIES.

G. BROWN GOODE. RICHARD RATHBUN.

TREASURER.
TARLETON H. BEAN.

COUNCIL.

CHARLES A. WHITE, President.
TARLETON H. BEAN. RICHARD RATHBUN.
WILLIAM H. DALL. CHARLES V. RILEY.
THEODORE GILL. JOHN A. RYDER.
G. BROWN GOODE. FREDERICK W. TRUE.
OTIS T. MASON. GEORGE VASEY.
D. WEBSTER PRENTISS. _ LESTER F. WARD.

VII

STANDING COMMITTEES.

COMMITTEE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

CHARLES V. RILEY, Chairman.
G. BROWN GOODE. RICHARD RATHBUN.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.

RICHARD RATHBUN, Chairman.
CHARLES V. RILEY. FRANK BAKER.
G. BROWN GOODE. J. W. CHICKERING, Jr.
WILLIAM S. BARNARD. ,

COMMITTEE ON LECTURES.

G. BROWN GOODE, Chairman.
OTIS T. MASON. RICHARD RATHBUN.
LESTER F. WARD. FREDERICK W. TRUE.

COMMITTEE ON THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF WASHINGTON.

LESTER F. WARD, Chairman.
EDWARD FOREMAN. WILLIAM SMITH.
FRANKLIN B. HOUGH. GEORGE VASEY.

VIil

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
14.

1881, Jan.

1882, Mar.

1882, Dec.

1882, April

1881, Feb.

31.

22.

25.

JANUARY 25, 1884.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

BAIRD, SPENCER FULLERTON, M. D., LL. D., M. N. A.S.,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and Director of the
U. S. National Museum; U.S. Commissioner of Fish and
Fisheries; Foreign Member of the Zoological and Linnean
Societies of London. Smithsonian Institution, and 1445
Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER, A. B., S. B., M. N. A. S., Curator of.
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge; Foreign
Member of the Zoological and Linnean Societies of London.
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

ALLEN, HARRISON, M. D.,’Professor of Physiology in the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania. z77 South Twentieth Street, Phil-
adelphia, Pennsylvania. ;

ALLEN, JOEL ASAPH, M.N. A. S., C. M. Z. S., Assistant in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge; Presi-
dent of the American Ornithologists’ Union; Editor of
“The Auk.” Cambridge, Massachusetts.

BREWER, WILLIAM Henry, Ph. D., M. N. A. S., Professor
of Agriculture in the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale College,
New Haven. Mew Haven, Connecticut.

BREWSTER, WILLIAM. 67 Sparks Street, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Brooks, WILLIAM KEITH, Ph. D., Associate Professor of
Biology and Director of the Marine Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore. Baltimore, Maryland.

x BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued.

1882, Jan. 6. | CoLLEeTT, Rosert, C. M. Z. S., Conservator of the Zoological
Museum of the University of Christiania. Christiania,
Norway.

1882, Dec. 22. | Cope, EDWARD DRINKER, M. A., M. N. A.S.,C. M. Z.S.,
Editor of “The American Naturalist.” 2z00 Pine Street,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

1881, April 14. | DeRBy, ORVILLE ADELBERT, M. S., Curator of the Geologi-
cal Section of the National Museum of Brazil. Rio de
Janeiro, Braztl.

1882, Jan. 6. | FARLOw, WILLIAM Gitson, A. M., M. D., M. N.A.S.,
Professor of Cryptogamic Botany in Harvard University.
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

1881, Mar. II. | GicLioLt1, ENRIco HILLYER, D. Sc., C. M. Z. S., Director of
the Royal Zoological Museum of Vertebrates, and Professor
of Vertebrate Zoology in the Royal Institute, Florence. 2.
Istituto di Studi Superiori, Florence, Italy.

1882, Jan. 6. | Gray, Asa, M. D., LL. D., M. N. A. S., Fisher Professor
of Natural History in Harvard University; Foreign Mem-
ber of the Royal Society of London, and of the Institute of
France. Botanic Garden, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

1884, Jan. 11. | HUBRECHT, A. A. W., C. M. Z. S., &c., Professor of Natural
History in the University of Utrecht. Utrecht, Holland.

1882, Jan. 6. Hyatt, ALpHeEus, S. B., M. N. A. S., Professor of Zoology
and Paleontology in the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology; Custodian of the Boston Society of Natural History ;
President of the Society of Naturalists of the Eastern United
States. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

1883, Jan. 5. | JORDAN, Davip Srarr, M. S., M. D., Professor of Natural
History in Indiana State University. Bloomington, Indiana.

1881, April 8, | LAWRENCE, GrorcE N., C. M. Z.S. 45 East 2rst St., New
York City.

1883, Dec. 14. | LYMAN, Hon, THEODORE, A. M., M. N. A. S., Member of
Congress from Massachusetts. z24g07 Massachusetts Avenue
LM. W., Washington.

1882, Dec. 22. | MARTIN, Henry NEWELL, A. M., M. D., D. Sc., Professor of
Biology in Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore, Maryland.

1882, Mar. 31. | Morse, Epwarp S., Ph. D., M. N. A. S., Director of the Pea-
body Academy of Science, Salem. Salem, Massachusetts.

Date of Election.

1883, Nov. 30.

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Dec. 22.

1882, Mar. 3.

1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, April 28.

1882, Mar. 3.

1883, Jan. 19.

1883, Dec. 28.

LIST OF MEMBERS. xI

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued.

MosELEY, HENRY NotripcE, A. M., F. R. $. Fa t23.;
F. Z. S., &c., Linacre Professor of Human and Comparative
Anatomy in the University of Oxford. zg, St. Giles, Ox-
Jord, England.

PACKARD, ALPHEUS SPRING, Jr., A. M., M. D., M. N. A.S.,
Professor of Zoology and Geology in Brown University,
Providence; Editor of “« The American Naturalist.” Provz-
dence, Rhode Island.

SCUDDER, SAMUEL HuBBARD, A. M., M. N. A. S., President
of the Boston Society of Natural History; Editor of
“Science.” Cambridge, Massachusetts.

SMITH, SIDNEY IRVING, Ph. B. Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in Yale College, New Haven. Mew Haven, Con-
necticut.

VELIE, JOHN W., M. D., Secretary and Curator of the Chicago
Academy of Sciences. 267 Wabash Avenue, Chicago, [lli-
nots.

VERRILL, ADDISON Emory, A. M., S. B., M. N. A. S. Pro-
fessor of Zoology and Curator of the Zoological Collections
in Yale College, New Haven. Mew Haven, Connecticut,

WATSON, SERENO, Ph. D., M. N. A. S. Curator of the Her-
barium of Harvard University. Botanic Garden, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

Witson, EpMuND BEECHER, Ph. D. Acting Professor of
Natural History in Williams College. Wiliiamstown, Mas-
sachusetts.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.*

ACKER, GEORGE N., A. M., M. D., Demonstrator of Practical
Physiology and Pathological Histology, National Medical
College. 1407 New York Avenue N, W.

ACKERMAN, ALBERT AMMERMAN, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on
duty on U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross.”
Smithsonian Institution.

* When not otherwise expressly stated, all addresses are in Washington. By the words
“Original Member” are designated those who attended the meetings for organization,
November 26 and December 8, 1880.

XII
Date of Election.
1883, Jan. 19.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan. 14.

1882, Mar. 3.

1881, Nov. II.
Orig. Member.
1883, Jan. 5.
1881, Mar. 25.

1881, Nov. II.

1884, Jan. II.

1883, Mar. 2.

1882, Mar. 17.

1881, Jan. 14.
1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Feb. 17.

1881, Noy. It.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

AMES, DELANO, Student. 7600 13th Street N. W.

ASHFORD, FRANCIS AsBURY, M. D. Dean of Faculty and
Professor of Surgery in the Medical Department of the
University of Georgetown. Died, 1883.

BAKER, FRANK, M. D., Professor of Anatomy in the Medical
Department, University of Georgetown. Office of Light
House Board, and 326 C Street N. W.

BARKER, JOHN SHEPARD, Law Student. 775 A Street NV. W.

BARNARD, WILLIAM STEBBINS, S. B., Ph. D. Assistant Ento-
mologist, U. S. Department of Agriculture. gz7 New York
Avenue.

BEAN, TARLETON HOFFMAN, M. D., M. S., Curator, Dep’t of
Fishes, U. S. National Museum. JVational Museum, and
1404 S Street N. W.

BENEDICT, JAMES EVERARD, Naturalist of the U. S. Fish
Commission Steamer “ Albatross.”’
tion, and 140 B Street N. E.

Smithsonian Institu-

BESSELS, EMIL, M. D., Ph. D. sggg NM Street N. W.

BEYER, HENRY G., M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Navy. U.S. Steamer“ Blake,” Navy Yard, Brooklyn, New
York.

BIGELOW, HORATIO RIPLEY, M. D. s228 NW Street N. W.

(office), and 2 Iowa Circle.

BIGELOW, ROBERT PAYNE, Student. z507 Zighteenth Street N.
W., and Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

BILLINGS, JOHN SHAW, A. M., M. D., Surgeon and Brevet
Lieutenant Colonel, U. S. Army; Curator of the Army
Medical Museum. Army Medical Museum, and 3027 N
Street N. W.

BIRNEY, HERMAN HOFFMAN, Student in Lehigh University.
1901 Harewood Avenue, Le Droit Park.

BIRNEY, GEN. WILLIAM, A. M. zg0z Harewood Avenue, Le
Droit Park.

BLISH, JOHN BELL, Ensign, U. S. Navy. Mavy Department,
Washington.

BRANSFORD, JOHN Francis, M. D. Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U.S. N. Mavy Department, Washington.

Date of Election.

1882, Nov. 24.
1883, Dec. 14.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1882, Nov. 24.

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, Dec. 28.
Orig. Member.

1883, Jan. 5.
1882, Mar. 17.
Orig. Member.

1881, June 3.
1881, June 3.
1883, Jan. 19.
1882, Feb. 17.

1883, Apr. 27.

Orig. Member.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XIII

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

BRITTON, WILEY, Agent, Quartermaster’s Dept., U. S. Army.
Quartermaster General's Office, Washington.

BROMWELL, JOSIAH Rosson, M. D.
nue, N. W.

1138 Connecticut Ave-

BROWN, JAMES TEMPLEMAN, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum, and 1607 Fifteenth Street N. W.

BROWN, STEPHEN CARVOSSO, Registrar, U. S. National Mu-
seum. Vational Museum, and 311 Eleventh Street S. W.

BROWNE, JOHN MILLs, M. D., Medical Director, U. S. N.;
-Curator of Naval Museum of Hygiene. Bureau of Medi-
cine and Surgery, U. S. Navy.

BRUNER, LAWRENCE, Assistant, Entomological Division, De-
partment of Agriculture. Department of Agriculture.

BRYAN, JOSEPH H., Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Museum of Hygiene, U. S. Navy.

BURDICK, EDSON ALMERON. Pension Office, and 406 Spruce
Street NV. W.

BURGESS, EDWARD SANDFORD, A. M., In charge of Depart-
ment of Natural Science, Washington High School.
K Street N. W.

I2I4

BURNETT, SWAN Mosss, M. D., Professor of Clinical Ophthal-
mology and Otology, Medical Department, University of
Georgetown. s2r5 I Street N. W.

BusEY, SAMUEL CLAGETT, M. D., Emeritus Professor of the
Theory and Practice of Medicine, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. z525 Z Street N. W.

CANBY, WILLIAM JACKSON. 4173 Tenth Street N. W.
CARMAN, MyRON ALBERT, D. D. S. Mew York City.
CHAPPEL, JOHN WILLIAM, M. D. TZennallytown, D. C.

CHASE, HENRY SANDERS, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty in the
National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

CHESTER, CoLtBy M., Commander, U. S. N.; Hydrographic
Inspector, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey

Office.

CHICKERING, Rev. JOHN WHITE, Jr., A. M., Professor of
Natural Science in the National Deaf-Mute College. Ken-
dall Green, N. E.

XIV

Date of Election.

1881, May 20.

1882, Mar.

1881, Jan.

1883, Dec.

1881, Feb.

Orig. Member.

t881, Dec. 23:
Orig. Member.
1881, Nov. II.
1881, Jan. 28.
1883, Feb. 3.
1881, Nov. II.
1881, Nov. II.
1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Dec. 22.
1881, Jan. 28.
1881, Feb. 25.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

17.

28.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

CHICKERING, JOHN JAMESON, A. M., Teacher in the Public
Schools. Kendall Green, N. E.

CHRISTIE, ALEXANDER SMYTH, Astronomical Computer, U. S.
Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey Office, and 513
Sixth Street N. W.

CLARK, ALONZO HowarbD, Assistant, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum, and 1527 S Street N. W.

COLLINS, JOHN F. Pension Office, and 1007 L Street N. W.

COLLINS, JOSEPH WILLIAM. JVational Museum, and Glou-
cester, Massachusetts.

ComsTock, JOHN Henry, S. B., Professor of Entomology
and General Invertebrate Zoology in Cornell University,
Ithaca. Jthaca, New York.

ConANT, WoopbuRY PAGE, Assistant Botanist, Department of
Agriculture. Agricultural Department.

Cougs, ELLIOTT, A. M., M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S., C. M.
Z. S., Professor of Anatomy, Medical Department, Colum-
bian University. Smithsonian Institution, and 1726 N
Street VN. W.

Cox, WILLIAM VAN ZANT., A. B. Smithsonian Institution.

DALL, WILLIAM HEALEY, Assistant, U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey; Honorary Curator, Dept. of Mollusks, U. S. National
Museum. Coast Survey Office, and 1119 Twelfth Street N.W.

DAVIS, HARRY C., A. B., Professor of Greek, Wilkesbarre
Academy. 248 Franklin Street, Wilkesbarre, Penn.

DEWEY, FREDERIC PERKINS, Ph. B., Curator, Dept. of
Metallurgy, U. S. National Museum. Mational Museum,
and g20 N Street N. W.

DoDGE, CHARLES RICHARDS, Special Agent, Tenth Census,
Division of Fruit and Orchard Statistics. 7237376 Vermont
Avenue VV. W.

DosH, FRANK BOWMAN. Died, 1883.

DRESEL, HERMAN GEORGE, Ensign, U. S. N., on duty in
the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

EARLL, ROBERT EDWARD, S. B. Smtthsonian Institution.

ELLIOTT, HENRY Woop. Smithsonian Institution, and Cleve-
land, Okio. f

Date of Election.

1881, Nov. 25.

1882, Oct. 27.
1883, May II.

1881, Jan. 28.

1881, Mar. 25.
1881, Feb. IT.

1881, Dec. 9.

1883, Apr. 13.

1883, Apr. 27.
1883, Dec. 14.
1883, Mar. 30.
1883, Jan. 5.

1881, Mar. 25.

1882, Feb. 17.

Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. II.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XV

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

E.izey, MAson GRAHAM, A. M., M. D., Lecturer on Hy-
giene and Medical Jurisprudence, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. zoz2 J Street N. W.

ENTHOFFER, JOSEPH, U. S. Coast Survey. 68 J Street NV. W.

FAutis, Moor S., Medical Student. z200 LHighteenth Street
N. W.

FERGUSON, THOMAS BARKER, Assistant Commissioner of
Fisheries. 7475 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

FLETCHER, ROBERT, M. D., Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Army; Editor of “Index Medicus.” Surgeon General’s
Office, and 1326 L Street N. W.

FLINT, JAMES MILTON, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy; Hon-
orary Curator, Section of Materia Medica, U. S. National
Museum. WJVational Museum, and Riggs House.

FOREMAN, EDWARD, M. D., Assistant, U. S. National Mu-
seum. ational Museum, and 200 Eleventh Street S. W.

FOsTER, RICHARD, B. S., Instructor of Natural History in
Howard University. Howard University.

Fox, WIILIAM HENRY. 7828 A Street N. W.

FRANZONI, CHARLES WLLIAM, Ph. B., M. D. 820 H Street
NV. W.

FRIEDRICH, LEON L., M. D., Prosector to the Chair of An-
atomy, National Medical College. 327 East Capitol Strect.

FRISTOE, EDWARD T., A. M., LL. D., Professor of Chemistry
in Columbian University and National Medical College.
1434 N Street.

GANNETT, HENRY, S. B., A.Met.B., Chief Geographer of the
U. S. Geological Survey. Office of Geological Survey, and
1884 Harewood Ave., Le Droit Park.

GARRETT, LERoy MASON, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty on
Steamer ‘* Albatross.”? Swztthsonian Institution.

GEDNEY, CHARLES DeForest. Coast Survey Office, and 115
F Street N. E.

GiHoN, ALBERT Leary, A. M., M. D., Medical Director,
U. S. Navy. In charge of the U. S. Naval Hospital, Wash-
ington, D. C. 2079 Hillyer Place N. W.

XVI

Date of Election.
1882, April 28.

Orig. Member.

1883, Mar. 30.
1882, Nov. 24.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov.

1882, Nov.
1883, Dec.
1882, Nov.

Orig. Member.

1881, Feb.
1882, Feb.

1882, Feb.

1882, Mar.

1881, Jan.

_ 1883, Feb.

27.

Tl.

24.
14.
24.

25.
3:

17.

31.

14.

16.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

GiLbert, Grove Kart, M.N. A. S., Geologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. May Building, and 1424 Corcoran Street
NV. W.

GILL, THEODORE NIcHoLas, M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S.
Cosmos Club, and 321 Four-and-a-half Street.

GILPIN, GEORGE E., M. D. Zennallytown, D. C.

GopwIn, Harry P., Journalist. Office of “Evening Star,”
and 15 Second Street S. E.

GoopDE, GEORGE Brown, A. M., Assistant Director of the
U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institution, and
1620 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

GOoDRICH, JOSEPH KING, Assistant, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum.

GorE, JAMES HowarbD, S. B., Professor of Mathematics in
Columbian University; Astronomer, U. S. Geological Sur-
vey. Columbian University, and 13705 Q Street N. W.

GRIFFITH, SAMUEL HENDERSON, M. D., Passed Assistant
Surgeon, U. S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine, U. S. Navy.

GURLEY, REVERE R. Children’s Hospital.
HAGNER, CHARLES E., M. D. sgoo H Street N. W.

HAMILTON, JOHN B., M. D., Supervising Surgeon General,
U. S. Marine Hospital Service. g B Street NV. W.

-| HASSLER, FERDINAND AucustTus, M. D. Tustin City, Los

Angeles Co., California.
HAwEs, GEORGE WesSON, Ph. D. Died, 1882.

HAWKES, WILLIAM HIMEs, A. B.,M. D. 13370 New York
Avenue.

HAYDEN, EDWARD EVERETT, Ensign U. S. Navy, on duty
at the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

HENSHAW, HENRY WETHERBEE, Ethnologist, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Smithsonian Institution. szzg M Street N. W.

HESSEL, RUDOLPH, Ph. D., Superintendent of Government
Carp Ponds. srg Tenth Street N. W.

HICKLING, DANIEL PERCY. jor Pennsylvania Avenue N.W,

Date of Election,

1883, Feb. 16.

1883, Nov. 16.

1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1882, April 14.

1882, May 26.

1882, April 27.

Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 6.

1881, Feb. 25.

Orig. Member.

1882, Dec. 22.

1882, Mar. 3.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Feb. 3.

1882, Nov. 24.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XVII

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

HICKLING, DANIEL PERCY, Jr., Student.
Avenue N. W.

jor Pennsylvania

Hitcucock, Romywn, F. R. M. S., Assistant, U. S. National
Museum ; Editor of “American Monthly Microscopical eae ,
nal.” 338 Tenth Street N.W.

HOADLY, FREDERICK H.,M. D. New Haven, Connecticut.

HOFFMAN, WALTER JAMES, M. D., Assistant Ethnologist,
Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution. 222 £
Street NV. W.

Hornapay, WILLIAM TELL, Chief Taxidermist U. S. National
Museum. WJational Museum, and gog Spruce Street, Le
Droit Park.

Houcu, FRANKLIN BENJAMIN, A. M., M. D., Ph. D., Statis-
tician. Lowville, N.Y.

Houeu, Myron BEACH WARNER.
and 312 Indiana Avenue N. W.

U. S. Treasurer's Office,

Howarp, LELAND O., M. S., Assistant, Entomological Divi-
sion, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural De-
pariment, and 1407 Fifteenth Street N. W.

Howe, FRANK T., M. D., City Editor “‘ National Republican.”
Office of “Republican,” and 1434 Corcoran Street NV. W.

HowLanb, EpwIn Perry, M. D. 2zz Four-and-a-half Street

INGERSOLL, ERNEST. Mew Haven, Connecticut:

ISRAEL, GEORGE ROBERT, A. B., LL. B., Teacher in Wash-
ington High School. go7 Mew York Avenue N. W.

JOHNSON, ARNOLD BurGes, A. M., Chief Clerk, U. S. Light
House Board. sor Maple Avenue, Le Droit Park.

JOHNSON, BLANCHARD FREEMAN, Student.
nue, Le Droit Park.

501 Maple Ave-

JOHNSON, JOSEPH TABER, A. M., M. D., Professor of Obstet-
rics and Diseases of Women and Infants, Medical Depart-
ment of the University of Georgetown; Gynecologist to Prov-
idence Hospital. 926 Seventeenth Street N. W.

JOHNSTON, WILLIAM WARING, M. D., Professor of the Theory
and Practice of Medicine, National Medical College. 603
K Street N. W.

XVIII

Date of Election.

1883, Mar.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. »
Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov.

Orig. Member.

1882, Mar.

1882, Jan.

1882, Oct.

1882, Dec.

1883, Dec.

1883, Apr.

1881, Jan.

1883, Apr.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

27.

a5.

17.

20,

27.

28.

13.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Jones, HENRY ALEXANDER, Inspector of Fuel for the District
of Columbia. zoog WV Street N. W.

Jouy, Pierre Louis, Attaché of the Corean Embassy. Sedzé,
Corea.

KELLy, THoMAS. <Adsent from the city.

KIDDER, JEROME HEnry, A. M., M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Chemist, U. S. Fish Commission. Smithsonian Institution
and 1816 N Street N. W.

Kinc, ALBERT FREEMAN AFRICANUS, M. D., Professor of
Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, Medical
Department, Columbian University. President of the Med-
ical Society of the District of Columbia. 726 Thirteenth
Street VN. W.

KoEBELE, ALBERT. L£xtomological Division, Department of
Agriculture.

LeEE, WILLIAM, M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Med-
ical Department of Columbian University. azrz Pennsyl-
vania Avenue N. W.

LEECH, DANIEL, Corresponding Clerk, Smithsonian Institution.
1507 Vermont Avenue N. W.

LEHNERT, REv. ERNEST, Pastor of St. John’s Lutheran Church.
325 Four-and-a-half Street.

Lucas, FREDERIC AuGusTUs, Osteologist, U. S. National Mu-
seum.

McARDLE, THOMAS EUGENE, A. M., M. D., Secretary of the
Medical Society of the District of Columbia. 707 Twelfth
Street VV. W.

MCCLAIN, CHARLES SUMNER, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty in
the U. S. National Museum. Swtithsonian Institution.

McCoNNELL, JAMES CULBERTSON, M. D., Army Medical Mu-
seum. 425 M Street NV. W.

McDoNALD, MARSHALL, Chief of Division of Distribution, U.
S. Fish Commission ; Commissioner of Fisheries for the State
of Virginia. 17276 Twelfth Street N. W.

McELHONE, JAMES FRANCIS, Student in Georgetown Univer-
sity. 171318 Vermont Avenue.

Date of Election.

1883, Dec. 14.

1881, May 20.

1881, Nov. II.

1883, Nov. 3.
1882, Feb. 17.

1882, Jan. 20.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan. 28.

1881, June 3.
1882, Feb. 17.

1883, Nov. 30.

2881, Dees 9.

1683, Feb. 2.

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, Jan. 19.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XIX

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

McGEE, W. J., Assistant, U. S. Geological Survey. 572 Thir-
teenth Street N. W.

McMurtTrik£, WILuiaAM, E. M., M. S., Ph. D., Professor of
Chemistry in Illinois Industrial University. Champaign,
Lilinois.

‘ MANN, BENJAMIN PicKMAN, A. B., Assistant, Entomological

Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture; Editor of
“Psyche.” Agricultural Department, and 924 Nineteenth
Street NV. W.

MARCOU, JOHN BELKNAP, Assistant, U. S. Geological Survey.
National Museum, and 1319 Eleventh Street N. W.

MARSH, CHARLES CARROLTON, Ensign U. S. Navy, on duty
‘in the National Museum. Swmzthsonian Institution.

MARTIN, FRANK. 12835 G Street NV. W.

Marx, GEORGE, Zoological Draughtsman, U. S. Department
of Agriculture. Agricultural Department, and 1626 Four-
teenth Street N. W.

Mason, OTIs Turton, A. M., Ph. D., Principal of the Colum-
bian University Preparatory School. 2305 Q Street NV. W.

MERRILL, GEORGE PERKINS, M. S., Acting Curator, Depart-
ment of Lithology, U. S. National Museum. ational

Museunt, and 1221 M Street N. W.
MILLER, BENJAMIN. 17576 Thirty-jirst Street N. W.

MINER, RANDOLPH HUNTINGTON, Ensign U. S. Navy, on
duty on Steamer “Albatross.” Smithsonian Institution.

MURDOCH, JOHN, A. M., Naturalist and Observer, Point Bar-
row Expedition, on duty at Smithsonian Institution. Swith-
sonian Institution.

NELSON, EDWARD W. Colorado Springs, Colorado.

NELSON, HENRY Cay, M. D.
Navy. Navy Department.

Medical Inspector, U. S.

NETTO, SENHOR FELIPPE Lopes. Brazilian Minister.

Pennsylvania Avenue.

I7I0

NIBLACK, ALBERT PARKER. Ensign, United States Navy,
on duty inthe National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.

1882, Nov. 24.
1883, Mar. 2.

1882, Dec. 22.
1883, April 13.

1882, Dec. 22.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 16.
1883, Nov. 16.

Orig. Member.

1882, Dec. 22.

1881, Feb. II.

Orig. Member.

1881, May 20.

1881, Dec. 9.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Norris, BAsiL, M. D., Surgeon and Brevet Colonel, U. S.
Army. 12829 G Street NV. W.

OurT, A. J.,M. D. <Adsent from the city.

PALMER, WILLIAM GRAY, M. D. g29 H Street N. W.

PARKER, PETER, JR.
fayette Square N. W.

Aid, U. S. National Museum. 2 Za-

PARSON, REV. WILLIAM EpwIn, A. M., Pastor of the Church
of the Reformation. 3709 Mew Jersey Avenue S. EZ.

PATTON, HORACE B. , A. B., Student. Leipzig, Germany.
PATTON, WILLIAM HampTon, A. B. New York City.

PERGANDE, THEODORE, Assistant, Entomological Division,
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 3727 D Street N. W.

PERSONS, REMUS CHARLES, A. M., M. D., Surgeon, U. S,
Navy. U. S. Steamer Wyandotte, Navy Yard, Washington.

PHILLIPS, Louis E., Law Student.
NV. W.

PORTER, JOHN HAMPDEN, M. D.

1428 New York Avenue

2720 M Street N. W.

PoTTER, ZIBA H., M. D., Medical Examiner, U. S. Pension
Office. Pension Office, and 1609 Nineteenth Street N. W.

POWELL, JOHN WESLEY, Ph. D., LL. D., M. N. A. S., Direc-
tor, U. S. Geological Survey, and Director, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Smithsonian Institution ; President of the Anthro-
pological Society of Washington.
g10 M Street N. W.

National Museum, and

PRENTISS, DANIEL WEBSTER, Ph. B., A. M., M. D., Professor
of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Medical Department,
Columbian University ; Commissioner of Pharmacy, District
of Columbia. s22g Ninth Street N. W.

RATHBUN, RICHARD, M. S., Curator, Dep’t of Marine Inver-
tebrates, U.S. National Museum. Swthsonian Institution,
and 1622 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

RAU, CHARLES, Ph. D., Curator, Dep’t of Antiquities, U. S.
National Museum. <Svzithsonian Institution.

REYBURN, ROBERT, A. M., M. D., Professor of Physiology
and Hygiene, Medical Department, Howard University.
2129 F Street N. W.

Date of Election.

3882, Oct: 27.

1882, Mar. 17.

Ong. Member.

Orig. Member.

1882, April 28.
1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Nov. 24.

1883, May 25.

Orig. Member.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Mar. II.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan. 14.
Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXI

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

RHEES, WILLIAM JONES., A. M., Chief Clerk, Smithsonian In-
stitution. Smithsonian Institution, and “ The Oaks,”
Spring Road, near Fourteenth Street, Mt. Pleasant, D. C.

RICHEY, STEPHEN OLIN, M. D. 7426 New York Avenue.

RIDGWAY, ROBERT, C. M. Z. S., Curator, Dep’t of Birds, U. S.
National Museum. Smithsonian Jnstitution, and 1214
Virginia Avenue S. W.

RILEY, CHARLES VALENTINE, A. M., Ph. D., Entomologist,
U. S. Department of Agriculture; Honorary Curator of
Insects, U. S. National Museum. Agricultural Depart-
ment, and 1700 Thirteenth Street N. W.

RUSSELL, ISRAEL CooK, Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological
Survey. 1424 Corcoran Street.

RYDER, JOHN ADAM, Embryologist, U. S. Fish Commission.
Smithsonian Institution.

SAFFORD, WILLIAM EpwIn, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty at
_ National Museum. Peabody Museum of Yale College, New
Haven, Connecticut.

SALMON, DANIEL ELMER, D. V. M., Veterinarian, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture. s227 J Street NV. W.

SCHAFFER, EDWARD MARTIN, M. D., Lecturer on the Micro-
scope and Microscopical Anatomy, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. z3722 F Street N. W.

SCHSONBORN, HENRY. 277 Seventh Street N. W.

SCHUERMANN, CARL WILHELM, Property Clerk, U. S. Na-
tional Museum. 976 D Street S. W.

SCHWARZ, EUGENE AMANDUS, Assistant in the Entomological
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. ggg Virginia
Avenue S. W.

SCUDDER, CHARLES WILLIs, Clerk, U. S. Fish Commission.
939 C Street S. W.

SCUDDER, NEWTON Pratt, A. M., Clerk, Smithsonian In-
stitution. 939 C Street S. W.

SEAMAN, WILLIAM HEnry, M. D., B. L., Professor of Chemis-
try, in the Medical Department of Howard University.
1424 Eleventh Street N. W.

XXII

Date of Election.

1882, May 26.

Orig. Member.
1881, Nov. II.
1882, Feb. 17.

Orig. Member.

1883, Mar.
1883, Feb.

1881, Nov.

1882, Jan.

1881, Nov.

1881, Mar.

1882, Mar.

1883, Dec.
1881, Feb.

1882, Feb.

1882, Nov.

1882, Mar.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

16.

II.

17.

24.

17.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

SEATON, CHARLES W., Superintendent of the Tenth Census. .
Census Office, and 242 North Capitol Street N. W.

SHELDON, CHARLES STILES. <Adsent from the city.

SHUFELDT, RoBERT WILSON, M. D., Captain, Medical Corps,
U. S. Army, in charge of Section of Comparative Anatomy,
Museum and Library, Surgeon General’s Office, War De-
partment. a2r25 L Street NV. W.

SHUTE, DANIEL Kerroot, A. B., M. D. Washington Asy-
lum Hospital.

SMILEY, CHARLES WesLeEy, A. M., Chief of Division of
Records, and Editor of the Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission. isk Commission Office, and 1207 Eleventh Street
NV. W.

SMILLIE, THOMAS WILLIAM, Photographer, U. S. National
Museum. WMational Museum.

SMITH, THOMAS CrROGGON, M. D.
N. W.

1133 Twelfth Street

SMITH, WILLIAM ROBERT, Superintendent of U. S. Botanical
Garden. Botanical Garden.

SPERR, FREDERICK W. Adsent from the city.

STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. Smithsonian Institution.

STERNBERG, GEORGE MILLER, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Army.
fort Mason, San Francisco, Cal.

. | STEVENSON, JAMES, Executive Officer of the U. S. Geological

Survey. Vational Museum.

STEWART, ALONZO HOPKINS. 204 Fourth Street S. £E.

STIMPSON, WILLIAM GorpDoNn, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
1447 Q Street N. W.

STREETS, THOMAS HALE, M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, U. S. Navy,
and 2021 N Street N. W.

TARR, RALPH STOCKMAN.
Massachusetts.

45 Warren Street, Gloucester,

TAYLOR, FREDERICK WILLIAM, Chemist, U. S. National Mu-

seum. JVational Museum, and rir20 Vermont Avenue
lu. W.

Date of Election.

1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 27.
1883, Jan. 5.
1881, Dec. 9.
1881, Jan. 28.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.
1883, Nov. 30.
1882, Oct. 27.
1881, Dec. 23.
Orig. Member.
1881, Mar. 25.
Orig. Member.
1883, Nov. 3.

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXIII

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

TAYLOR, JAMES HEMPHILL, Lawyer. ¢82 Louisiana Avenue
N. W.

TAyLor, THOMAS, M. D., Microscopist, U. S. Department
of Agriculture. Agricultural Department, and 238 Massa-
chusetts Avenue N. E.

TAYLOR, WILLIAM Bower, A. M., Editor, Smithsonian Insti-
tution. 306 C Street NV. W.

THomaS, Cyrus, Ph. D., Ethnologist, Bureau of Ethnology
of the Smithsonian Institution. 72246 Eleventh Street N.W.

THOMPSON, JOHN Forp, M. D., Professor of Surgery, Med-
ical Department, Columbian University. zgor H Street
MV. W.

Topp, JAMES EDWARD, A. M., Professor of Natural Sciences
in Tabor College; Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological
Survey. TZador, Lowa.

TONER, JOSEPH MEREDITH, M. D. 675 Loutstana Avenue
N. W.

TRUE, FREDERICK WILLIAM, M. S., Librarian, and Curator,
Dep’t of Mammals, U. S. National Museum. Jational
Museum.

TUPPER, JAMES BRAINERD TAYLOR, A. M. Jnternal Reve-

nue Bureau, Treasury Department, and 510 I Street N. W.

TURNER, HENRY W., Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological
Survey. San Francisco, California.

TURNER, LucIEN M., Observer, U. S. Signal Service. Un-

gava, Labrador.
ULKE, Henry. grr Fifteenth Street N. W.

UpHam, Epwin Porter, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
Smithsonian Institution, and 2010 Thirteenth Street N. W.

VAsSEY, GeorGE, M. D., Botanist, U. S. Department of Ag-
riculture. Agricultural Department, and 2912 Fourteenth
Street VN. W.

WALCOTT, CHARLES DOOLITTLE, Paleontologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. Smithsonian Institution, and 810 Twelfth
Street N. W.

XXIV

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.

1882, Nov. 24.

1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1883, Dec. 14.
1881, May 20.
1881, Jan. 28.
1883, Feb. 16.
Orig. Member.
1881, Dec. 9.

1881, Jan. 28.
1882, Feb. 17.

Orig. Member,

1882, Oct. 28.
1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Jan. 6.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continned.

Warp, LESTER FRANK, A. M., LL. B., Geologist, U. S.
Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Dep’t -of Fossil
Plants, U. S. National Museum. JVational Museum, and
1464 Rhode Island Avenue N. W.

WELD, GEORGE FRANCIS, Student.
and 1600 Thirteenth Street.

Smithsonian Institution,

West, Henry LITCHFIELD, City Editor, ‘‘ Washington Post.”
Office of the “ Post,” and rrz E Street N. W.

WHITE, CHARLES ABIATHAR, A. M., M. D., Curator Dep’t
of Fossil Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum; Palzeon-
tologist, U. S. Geological Survey. ational Museum, and
409 Maple Avenue, Le Droit Park.

WHITE, CHARLES HENRY, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Museum of Hygiene, Navy Department.

WHITE, MAURICE PuTNAM, Teacher, Public School, Boston,
Massachusetts. 527 Columbus Avenue, Boston.

WILLIAMS, ALFRED.
Capitol Street N. W.

Department of State,and 232 North

WILSON, JAMES ORMOND, Superintendent of Public Schools,
District of Columbia. 74379 Massachusetts Avenue.

WILSON, JOSEPH MCMINN. Department of the Interior, and
1108 Maryland Avenue S. W.

WINSLOW, FRANCIS, Lieutenant U. S. Navy, on duty with
U. S. Fish Commission. zg46 WV Street NV. W.

WoLFLey, WILLIAM IRvIN, A. M., M. D. zgo C Street NV. E.
YARNALL, JOHN HepsuRN, MD. 3028 P Street N. W.

YARROW, HENRY Crécy, M. D., C. M. Z. S., Acting Assist-
ant Surgeon, U.S. Army; Hon. Curator, Dep’t of Reptiles,
U. S. National Museum. Surgeon General’s Office, and
814 Seventeenth Street N. W.

YARROW, JoHN, Aid, U. S. National Museum. 874 Seven-
teenth Street, N. W.

YEATES, WILLIAM SMITH, A. M., Aid, U. S. National Mu-
seum. JVational Museum, and gor G Street N. W.

ZUMBROCK, ANTON, M. D., Electrotyper and Photographer,
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey Office.

Date of Election.

1884,

1884, |

1884,

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXV

ADDITIONAL LIST OF MEMBERS,

Feb.

April

Mar.

Feb.

May

; May

Feb.

Mar.

CoRRECTED TO JULY 1, 1884.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

FLOWER, WILLIAM Henry, LL. D., F. R. S., Pres. Z. S.,
F. L. S.; Director of the Natural History Departments of
the British Museum. South Kensington, London, S. W.

Horn, GEORGE HENRY, M. D.; Pres. American Entomo-
logical Society. 874 North Fourth Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

MARSH, OTHNIEL CHARLES, M. A., Pres. N. A. S.; Pro-
fessor of Palzeontology in Yale College, and Palzeontologist
to the U. S. Geological Survey. Mew Haven, Connecticut.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.

BATES, HENRY Hopart, Examiner in Chief, U. S. Patent
Office. U. S. Patent Office, and “ The Portland.”

BECKHAM, CHARLES WICKLIFFE, Aid, Department of Birds,
U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institution, and
1315 Connecticut Avenue.

BENDIRE, CHARLES, Captain Ist Cavalry, U. S. A. ; Honor-
ary Curator, Section of Oology, U. S. National Museum.
fort Custer, Montana Territory.

DILLER, JOSEPH SILAS, S. B., Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. 2804 Sixteenth Street N. W.

EGGLESTON, NATHANIEL HILLYER, Chief of Bureau of
Forestry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural
Depariment, and 1302 L Street N. W.

GEARE, RANDOLPH ILTYD. UW. S. National Museum, and
803 T Street N. W.

JOHNSON, WILLARD DRAKE, Topographer, U. S. Geological
Survey. Washington, D. C., and Worcester, Massachu-
setts.

Knapp, E. B. Skaneateles, New York.

XXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
Date of Election. ; ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

1884, April 5 | MosER, JEFFERSON FRANKLIN, Lieutenant, U. S. N.; Assist-
ant Hydrographic Inspector, U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey. Coast Survey Office, and 7 Second Street S. £.

1884, April 19 | NicHois, Henry E., Lieutenant Commander, U. S. Navy,
i commanding U. S. S. Pinta. Sztka, Alaska.

1884, May 3] Sayxxs, Ira, Geologist, U. S. Geological Survey. 577 F
Street NV. W.

1884, Feb. 8 | SmirH, THEOBALD, Ph. B., M. D., Assistant, Bureau of Ani-
‘| mal Industry, U.S. Department of Agriculture. <Agricud-
tural Department, and g17 New York Avenue N. W.

1884, Mar. 22 | WiLson, Hon. WILLIAM LyNE, Member of Congress from
West Virginia. s008 WV Street N. W.

1884, April 19 | WorTMAN, JAcoB L., Osteologist, Army Medical Museum.
628 Penn. Ave. N. W.

THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

CONSTITUTION.

Adopted December 3, 1880.

ARTICLE I.
NAME.

The name of this Society shall be ‘‘ THE BioLocicaL SocIETY
Or WASHINGTON.”’

ARTICLE II.
OBJECTS.

Its objects shall be to encourage the study of the Biological Sci-
ences, and to hold meetings at which papers shall be read and dis-
cussed.

ARTICLE III.
MEMBERS.

ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS.

The officers shall be a President, four Vice-Presidents, two Sec-
retaries, and a Treasurer. There shall be a Council, consisting of
the officers of the Society and five members, to be elected by the
Society. A quorum of the council shall consist of seven members.

XXVII

XXVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Its duties shall be to act on nominations for membership, have the
direction of the finances, audit the accounts of the Treasurer, and
provide a programme for each meeting of the Society.

The officers shall be elected by ballot at each annual meeting,
and shall serve one year, or until their successors are elected.

ARTICLE V.

PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS.

The President, or, in his absence, one of the Vice Presidents,
shall preside at meetings of the Society and Council. The presid-
ing officer shall appoint all committees in the Council and in the

- Society, unless otherwise ordered. It shall be the duty of the re-
tiring President to deliver an address at the second meeting in
January.

ARTICLE VI.

SECRETARIES. ~~

ARTICLE VII.
TREASURER.

The Treasurer shall have charge of all money and other property
of the Society, and shall make disbursements under the direction
lof the Council. He shall collect all fees and assessments, and
notify members who may be in arrears.
ARTICLE VIII.
SECTIONS.
Sections for special work in any department of Biology may be
formed upon the recommendation of the Council.
ARTICLE IX.
MEETINGS.

Stated meetings shall, unless otherwise ordered, be held on Friday
of each alternate week, at eight o’clock P.M. The annual meeting

CONSTITUTION. XXIX

for the election of officers shall be the first meeting in January.
Special and field meetings may be called by the Council.

ARTICLE X.
As amended February 2, 1883.
FEES.

The initiation fee shall be one dollar; the annual fee two dollars.
Members in arrears for one year shall, after due notification by the
Treasurer, be dropped from the rolls, except in the case of those
absent from the city for a year or more, who may be retained on
the list as non-resident members during their absence. No member
in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the annual meeting for the ©
election of officers. |

ARTICLE XI.
AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION.

; /

The constitution of the Society may be amended by a two-thirds

vote of the members present at any regular meeting, after at least
four weeks’ notice.

ARTICLE XII.
ORDER OF BUSINESS.

The order of business at each regular meeting, unless otherwise
provided by the Council, shall be as follows:

I. Reading of minutes.
II. Reports of Committees.
III. Balloting for members.
IV. Nominations for membership.
V. Miscellaneous business.
VI. Reading of papers, discussions and exhibition of specimens.

Article XII may be suspended at any time by a two-thirds vote
of the members present.

PROCEEDINGS.

THIRTY-SECOND MEETING, October 13, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-two members were
present. Both secretaries being absent, Dr. Tarleton H. Bean was
designated Secretary pro tempore.

General William Birney, Chairman of the Committee on the
Admission of Women to Membership in the Society, submitted a
report in the form of the following resolution :

*‘ Resolved, In view of the fact that this Society has not prescribed scientific
attainments as a qualification for membership, it is inexpedient at present to de-

clare women eligible; but, if it should hereafter prescribe such qualifications,
there is no sufficient reason for their exclusion.”

On motion of Prof. Riley, the report was adopted and the Com-
mittee discharged.

Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper ON THE BITE OF THE
CoRAL SNAKE,* describing the effects of the attack of one of the
specimens in the National Museum upon Mr. A. Z. Shindler, one
of the artists in the Museum, and citing the testimony of several
correspondents in the southwestern United States. Remarks were
made by Professors Ward and Gill. Prof. Theodore Gill read a
paper entitled THE RELATIONS OF THE ECHENEIDIDS,f demonstrating
the claims of this group of fishes to isolation, not only as a family,
but as a suborder, related rather more closely to the Gobioidea and
Blennioidea than to the Scombroidea. He characterized the sub-
order Discocephai, and the family Echenetdide and sub-family £chz-
neidine, and gave a detailed history of the views of ichthyological
writers from Artedi to Cope.

* 1883. TRUE, FREDERICK W. On the Bite of the North American Coral

Snakes (Genus Elaps). <American Naturalist, 1883, pp. 26-31.
+1883. GILL, THEODORE. Note on the Relationships of the Echeneidids,
<Proceedings U. S. National Museum, V, pp. 561-6, Plate XII, 1883.
XXxI

XXXII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall made some remarks on CLUSTER FLIEs,* ex-
hibiting specimens of Musca rudis from Geneva, N. Y., where, for
thirty years or more, this fly has been regarded as a household pest
in the spring and fall, when it gathers in swarms in the corners of
apartments in country houses.

TuirtTy-THIRD MEETING, October 27, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-eight members were
present.

The President announced the presentation to the Society by Dr.
John J. Mason of his work entitled MINUTE STRUCTURE OF THE
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CERTAIN REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS
OF AMERICA.

Mr. Goode, on behalf of the Council, announced his intention
of proposing at the second meeting from date, the following amend-
ment to the Constitution : :

Section X to be amended so as to read, ‘“‘ Members in arrears for one year
shall, after due notification by the Treasurer, be dropped from the rolls, except
in the case of those absent from the city for one year or more, who may be re-
tained on the list as non-resident members during their absence.’’ +

A committee, consisting of Messrs. Goode, Gill, Mason, Ward,
True, and Rathbun, was appointed to arrange for courses of lectures,
similar to the Saturday lectures of the previous season.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall made a few remarks in extension of his paper
on the ‘‘ Cluster Fly,’’ presented at the previous meeting, and read
a letter from Professor C. V. Riley in relation to its name and geo-
graphical distribution.*

Dr. W. S. Barnard made a communication upon the subject of
ECTOPARASITIC TREMATODES, describing two species believed to be
new, for which, however, no names were proposed.

Mr. W. P. Conant made some remarks upon Two CasEs OF
SNAKE BITE IN MASSACHUSETTS, relating instances in which the
bites of unknown species of snakes had been attended by very
serious results.

* 1883. Dati, W. H. Note on Cluster Flies. < Proceedings U. S. National -
Museum, V, pp. 635-7, 1883. Includes a letter from C. V. Riley.

+ This amendment was adopted at the meeting of February 2, 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXII

Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper ON THE CINNAMON, BEAr,*
exhibiting a specimen recently received by the National Museum
from Lycoming county, Pennsylvania. He quoted the opinions of
several authorities as to the relationship of this form to the black
bear, but did not express a decided personal opinion. He also ex-
hibited the skin of a young black bear from Alaska, with a broad
white ring around the neck.

TuHIRTY-FouRTH MEETING, November to, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-two members were
present.

Mr. True announced that he had in preparation a paper on the
mammals of the District of Columbia, and requested information
concerning rare forms and concerning the dates when deer and
other mammals became extinct in the District.

Professor Chickering read a paper on THE ‘‘BaLpDS’”’ OF THE
SOUTHERN MOUNTAINS.

Dr. George Vasey made a communication on the PINE TREES OF
NortH AMERICA, which was discussed a Mr. Dall, Dr. Schaeffer,
and Prof. Gill.

Mr. John A. Ryder read a paper on THE RATIONALE OF THE
So-CALLED FATTENING PROCESS IN THE OysTER;7 and in his re-
marks explained the cause of the green color in certain oysters es-
pecially prized by oyster eaters in Europe.

Tuirty-FirtH MEETING, November 24, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-four members were
present.

Professor Lester F. Ward read a letter from Doctor Edward
Foreman, suggesting the importance of the appointment of a com-

* 1883. TRUE, FREDERICK W. On a Cinnamon Bear from Pennsylvania.
<(Proceedings U. S. National Museum, V, pp. 653-6, 1883.

71881. RypeER, JOHN A. An account of Experiments in Oyster Culture
and observations relating thereto, etc. < Report of T. B. Ferguson, a Maryland
Commissioner of Fisheries, for 1881, Appendix A, pp. 1-64. Also in A Contribu-
tion to the Life History of the Oyster. <The Fishery Industries of the United
States, pp. 711-750, 1885.

2%
a

XXXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

mittee to take action looking toward the preparation of a list of
the trees and shrubs growing in the streets, parks, cemeteries,
and other public grounds of the District of Columbia. In accord-
ance with the suggestions in this letter, the following committee
was appointed to act in co-operation with the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution in the preparation of such a list: Prof.
Lester F. Ward, Dr. George Vasey, Mr. Wm. R. Smith, Dr. F. B.
Hough, and Dr. Edward Foreman.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper on THE PRESENT STATUS OF THE
AVIFAUNA OF THE DIsTRICT OF COLUMBIA,* presenting extracts from
the new list of the birds of the District, just compiled by himself
and Dr. D. W. Prentiss. ‘The total number of species of birds now
known to occur in the District is 248, 23 having been added to the
list since 1862. ;

Prof. C. V. Riley made remarks upon JUMPING SEEDS AND
GaLts,f and exhibited specimens of the so-called ‘‘ Mexican jump-
ing seeds’’ or ‘‘ devil-beans,’’ the seeds of a Euphorbia-like plant,
in the interior of which are the larve of a species of moth, Caro-
capsa saltitans, which, by their uneasy motions, cause peculiar
twitching movements of the seeds. He also showed a peculiar
gall from the under side of the leaves of various oaks of the white
oak group, which is moved in a similar manner by the larve of a
species of Cynips, Cyzips saltatorius, which lives curled up within it.

Dr. Thomas Taylor spoke on the PEAR-TREE BLIGHT, its cause
and prevention, illustrating his remarks with specimens.

Prof. Lester F. Ward presented a paper on ADDITIONS MADE To
THE FLORA COLUMBIANA DURING THE SEASON OF 1882, exhibit-
ing specimens of 27 species of plants added to the flora of the Dis-
trict of Columbia. 3

* Included in—

1883. Cougs, ELLIOTT, and D. WEBSTER PRENTISS. Avifauna Columbiana ;
being a list of birds ascertained to inhabit the District of Columbia, &c. <Bulle-
tin U. S. National Museum, No. 26. 8° pp. 133, 4 maps.

+ 1883. RILEY, CHARLES V. Jumping Seeds and Galls. < Proceedings U.
S. National Museum, V, pp. 632-635, with one cut, 1883.

£1884. Warp, LEsTER F. List of plants added to the Flora of Washington
from April 1, 1882, to April 1, 1884. <Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II,
pp. 84-87, 1882-4. Extras, April 10, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXV

The President announced the proposal to publish a second edi-
tion of Vol. I of the Proceedings of the Biological Soctety, should
a sufficient number of subscriptions for copies of the same be made.*

‘Tuirty-SixTH MEETING, December 8, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-seven members were
present.

The President announced that the Lecture Committee had ar-
ranged for a course of Saturday lectures to young people, as fol-
lows:

December 16, 1882: Prof. O. T. Mason. The Circle of the
Sciences. ;

December 23, 1882: Mr. Witttam H. Dati. Ocean Currents.

December 30, 1882: Mr. FREDERICK W. TRUE. Swimming
Quadrupeds.

January 6, 1883: Prof. J. W. CHICKERING, Jr. The Grasses,

Prof. L. F. Ward stated that the committee appointed at the last
meeting to preparé a list of the trees and shrubs growing in the
streets, parks, cemeteries, and other public grounds of the District
of Columbia had held a meeting and apportioned the work.

Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr., being called to the chair, Prof. Gill
discussed THE CHARACTERS AND RELATIONS OF THE STROMATEIDZ.}

Dr. D. W. Prentiss followed with remarks on CHANGES PRo-
DUCED IN THE BrirD FAUNA OF THE DisTRICT OF COLUMBIA BY
MODIFICATION OF ITS ‘TOPOGRAPHY.{

* A supplementary edition of 100 copies was eventually printed at the cost of
the Society.

7 1884. GILL, THEODORE. Notes on the Stromateide. <Proc. Amer. Phil.
Soc., 1884, pp. 664-72.

t Included in—

Cougs and PRENTIss. Avifauna Columbiana, already cited.

XXXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

THIRTY-SEVENTH MEETING, December 22, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-four members were
present.

Dr. T. H. Bean read a paper ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE ALE-
WIFE IN CERTAIN LAKES OF NEw York.* The alewife (Clupea
vernatlis) which is identical with the branch herring of the Potomac,
has been observed in immense numbers in Lake Ontario, and Cay-
uga and Seneca Lakes, New York—its first appearance having
been in 1873. It is supposed to have been accidentally introduced
by fish-culturists when planting young shad. In the discussion of
this paper Messrs. Smiley, Barnard, True, Ryder, and Goode partici-
pated. Mr. Ryder spoke of observations on a supposed hybrid be-
tween the shad and the rock-fish.

Prof. Riley read a paper on THE LIGNIFIED SERPENT OF BrRa-
ZIL,t a curious object lately discussed in scientific journals in
France and the United States, and pronounced by M. Olivier, a
French savant, to be an actual serpent converted into woody tissue.
This he demonstrated to be a woody formation developed in the
burrow of the larva of a wood-boring insect, which, by some slight
artificial changes, had been made to resemble a serpent still more
than in its original condition. :

THIRTY-EIGHTH MEETING, January 5, 1883.
(Third Annual Meeting. )

The President occupied the chair. Sixty-six members were
present.
The following board of officers was elected :

Prestdent—Prof. C. A. WuitE.

* 1884. BEAN, TARLETON H. On the Occurrence of the Branch Alewife in
Certain Lakes of New York. <The Fishery Industries of the United States.
Part I. pp. 588-593.

+1883. RiLey, CHARLES V. The Lignified Serpent of Brazil. <(Washing-
ton Evening Star, Jan. 20, 1883; Sctentific American Supplement, Feb. 17,
1883, and various other journals.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXVII

Vice-Presidents—Prof. THEODORE GILL, Prof. C. V. Ritry, Prof.
L. F. Warp, Mr. Wiiuiam H. DALL.

Secretartes—Mr, G. Brown Goopeg, Mr. RIcHARD RATHBUN.
Treasureyr—Dr. TARLETON H. BEAN.

Counct/—Prof. O. T. Mason, Dr. GEORGE Vasey, Dr. D, WeEs-
STER PRENTISS, Mr. FREDERICK W. TRUE, Dr. ELLIoTTr Cougs.

SATURDAY LECTURES, 1883.

The second regular course of Saturday Lectures, under the au-
spices of the Biological Society and the Anthropological Society,
was begun January 13, 1883, and the following programme was
carried out:

January 17: Capt. C. E. Durron, U.S. A. On Rivers,

January 20” Prof. O.'T. Mason. The Races of Men.

January 27: Mr. GEORGE KENNAN. Mountains and Mountain-
eers of the Caucasus.

february 3: Dr. D. W. PRENTIss. Mesmerism in Animals.

February ro: Prof. THEoDoRE GiLt. Mythical Animals, |

February 17: Dr. JOHN S. Bittincs, U.S. A. Germs and Epi-
demics.

February 24: Prof. LESTER F, Warp. The Plant Life of the
Globe, past and present.

March 3: Mr. Witttam H. Datu. Pearls and Pearl Fisheries.

March ro: Major J. W. Powett. Indian Mythology.

March 17: Prof. C. V. Ritey. Adaptation and Interdepend-
ence between Plants and Insects.

March 24: Prof.C. A. Wuite. The Teachings of Paleontology.

March 31: Dr. RoBert FLETCHER, U. S. A. Human Propor-
tion in Art and Anthropometry. :

Tuirty-NINTH MEETING, January 19, 1883.

Thirty-one members were present.

Professor C. A. White, the newly-elected President, took the
chair, and, after a few remarks, introduced the retiring President,

XXXVITI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Professor Theodore Gill, who delivered an address upon THE Priw-
CIPLES OF ZOOGEOGRAPHY.*

The attendance being small, upon motion of Mr. Goode, it was
voted that action upon the pending constitutional amendment
be deferred until the next meeting.

ForTiETH MEETING, February 2, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-three members were
present.

Article X of the Constitution was amended to read as follows,
the changes made being indicated by italics :

.ARTICLE X.
FEES.

The initiation fee shall be one dollar; the annual fee, ¢zwo dollars. Members
in arrears for one year shall, after due notification by the Treasurer, be dropped
from the rolls, except in the case of those absent from the city for one year or more,
who may be retained on the list as non-resident members during their absence.
No member in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the annual meeting for the elec-
tion of officers.

In the discussion of the address delivered by the retiring Presi-
dent, Professor Gill, at the last meeting, Prof. Ward, Mr. Dall,
Prof. White, and Mr. Elliott participated, and Prof. Gill spoke at
some length in continuation of it.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper upon ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
APPLIED TO HISTOLOGY.

Forty-First MEETING, February 16, 1883.

The President occupied the Chair. Forty members were present.
In the discussion of the paper on Zoological Nomenclature Ap-

PROCEEDINGS. XXXIX

plied to Histology, presented by Dr. Coues at the previous meeting,
Mr. N. P. Scudder led with a paper on BIOLOGY AND CLASSIFICA-
TION,

Mr. John A. Ryder read a paper ON THE STRUCTURES OF PROTO-
PLASM AND KARYOKYNESIS.*

ForTy-SECOND MEETING, March 2, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-three members present.

Prof O. T. Mason read a paper on THE HUMAN FAUNA OF THE
District OF CoLumsiA, and Dr. M. G. Ellzey spoke on Hysrip
STERILITY, being a plea against the hypothesis of evolution.

Forty-THirD MEETING, March 16, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Fifty members were present. —

Dr. Ellzey’s paper, presented at the last meeting, was discussed
by Mr. Henry W. Elliott and others.

Mr. Orville A. Derby, Curator of the Geological Department of
the National Museum of Brazil, under the title of BroLocicaL
NOTES FROM BRAZIL, gave an account of the present condition of
biological science in that country. Remarks were made by Messrs.
White and Elliott.

Lieut. Francis Winslow, U. S. N., read a short paper on THE
GIANT CLAMS OF THE PaciFic,f exhibiting specimens.

* 1882. RYDER, JOHN A. Observations on the absorption of the yelk, the
food, feeding, and development of embryo fishes, comprising some investigations
conducted at the Central Hatchery, Armory Building, Washington, D. C., in
1882. <Bulletin U.S. Fish Commission, II, pp. 179-205, 1882. (XII—Specific
character of protoplasm, pp. 202-205.)

¢ 1883. WINsLOow, FRANCIS. Catalogue of the Economic Mollusca. <De-
scriptive Catalogues of the Collections sent from the United States to the Inter-
national Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Bull. U. S. National Museum, No.
27, Part D, pp. 185-270, 1883.

XL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. John A. Ryder showed some microscopical sections of her-
maphroditic oysters.*

A specimen of a fossil log of the Cretaceous age, showing the
borings of a ship-worm, was exhibited by the President, and re-
marks upon similar borings in recent times were made by Mr. A.
B. Johnson.

Mr. George P. Merrill exhibited a nodule and microscopic section
of carbonate of iron (Siderite) occurring in coal. :

Mr. Hornaday read a paper on THE MENTAL CAPACITY OF THE
ELEPHANT,+ which was discussed by Messrs. Ward, Elliott, and
Mason.

Forty-FourTH MEETING, March 30, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-eight members were
present.

Mr. Newton P. Scudder made a communication upon THE
LENGTH OF THE HATCHING PERIOD OF THE DOMESTIC FowL. In
the experiments which he made, the period varied from 17 to 21
days. Remarks were made upon the paper by Messrs. Hough,
Ellzey, Mason, and Schaeffer.

Dr. Thomas Taylor read a paper upon A NEw ParasITE IN FowLs
OF THE NATURE or TRICHINA,{ and also made some remarks upon
SECTION CUTTING AND THE MounTING oF Harp Woops, which
were supplemented by Dr. F. B. Hough, who exhibited sections of
woods prepared in Japan and Germany.

Mr. F. A. Lucas exhibited drawings showing the results of acci-
dents upon the bones of wild animals. Mr. Frederick W. True ex-
hibited bones of the extinct arctic sea-cow, Rhytina, collected by Dr.

* 1882. RypER, JoHN A. The Microscopic Sexual Characteristics of the
American, Portuguese, and Common Edible Oyster of Europe Compared.
<Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Commission, II, pp. 205-15, 1882; and Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, London, Oct., 1883.

+1883. Hornapay, WILLIAM T. The Mental Capacity of the Elephant.
<Popular Science Monthly, August, 1883, pp. 497-509.

$1883. TayLor, THomAs. Internal Parasites in Domestic Fowls. <De-
partment of Agriculture, Washington, 1884, 5 pp. ; Proc. Am. Micro. Soc., 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XLI

Leonard Stejneger, a member of the Society, and recently received
from Bering Island. Prof. Chickering read a paper upon THE
PHYSICAL FEATURES OF MOUNT KATAHDIN.

Forty-FirtH MEETING, April 13, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present.

The Committee on Field Meeting reported favorably upon hold-
ing such a meeting at Bladensburg, April 28th, and upon inviting
ladies to attend. ‘The report was accepted by the Society.

Prof. Lester F. Ward presented a communication upon THE
Hysrip Oaks OF THE District OF CoLuMBIA. Numerous pressed
leaves were exhibited.

Mr. B. F. Johnson presented a note upon THE MODE IN WHICH
THE GARTER SNAKE CLIMBS UPON A SMOOTH VERTICAL SURFACE,
representing it as somewhat similar to that in which a man climbs.
The movement is not aspiral one. The note was commented upon
by Messrs. Baker, Schaeffer, Gill, Mason, and Taylor.

Prof. C. V. Riley made a communication upon THE Bac Worm,
THYRIDOPTERYX EPHEMERFORMIS,* which is abundant in the Dis-
trict of Columbia and elsewhere.

Mr. F. W. True made a few remarks upon A Parasitic WorM |
FOUND IN THE EGG OF A COMMON HEN.

Dr. Thomas Taylor presented a communication upon PARASITIC
MITEs IN THE LUNG-CAVITIES AND TissuES OF DoMEsTIC FowLs.f

In the discussion which followed, Messrs. Ward and Riley parti-
cipated. Specimens were exhibited with the two latter communi-
cations.

Forty-SixtH MEETING, April 27, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty members were present.
Prof. C. V. Riley exhibited specimens of A Mexican Jump-

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. II, 1882-84, pp. 80-83. Extras, April
10, 1884.
+ See citation at foot of page XL.

XLII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ING SEED, and also made REMARKS UPON BEE-FLyY LARV# AND
THEIR SINGULAR HABITS, and upon a BURROWING BUTTERFLY Larva.
Mr. H. H. Birney read a paper upon THE AILANTHUS MoTH,
Samia CyNnTHIA, which was discussed by Messrs. Riley and Mann, ~
Dr. Frank Baker read a paper upon THE ORIGIN OF DEXTRAL
PREFERENCE IN Man. It was discussed by Messrs, King, Ellzey,
Ward, Mason, Toner, Mann, Gill, and Riley.

FIELD MEETING AT BLADENSBURG, April 28, 1883.

A field meeting was held at Bladensburg, Maryland, and was
attended by a number of members of the Society.

ForTY-SEVENTH MEETING, May 11, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Twenty-two members were
present.

Prof. Ward made a communication entitled NoTES ON SOME
HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED FossIL PLANTS FROM THE LOWER YELLOW-
STONE AND COLLECTED By Dr. C. A. WHITE IN 1882.*

Mr. True made remarks upon A NEw Picmy SPERM WHALE FROM
THE NEw JERSEY Coast,t which he proposed to name Kogia Goodet.

Dr. Thomas Taylor offered a communication ON ACTINOMYKOSIS,
a new infectious disease in man and the lower animals, and ex-
hibited specimens of the fungus Act#zomyces, from the viscera of
a diseased dog. The discussion was adjourned to the next meeting.

Forty-EIGHTH MEETING, May 25, 1883.

Prof. Theodore Gill, Vice-President, occupied the chair. Twenty
members were present.
Dr. Thomas Taylor continued his remarks upon a recently dis-

* This paper will be incorporated with a forthcoming report to the Director of
the U. S. Geological Survey.

71883. True, FREDERICK W. A New Sperm Whale (Xogia Goodet).
<Science, I, p. 470, 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XLIII

covered and very dangerous disease, known as Actinomykosis, which
affects domestic animals.

Dr. D, E. Salmon read a paper on the same disease. The com-
munications called forth an animated discussion, in which Drs.
Taylor, Salmon, Schaeffer, and others participated.

The Society then adjourned, subject to call by the President in
October,

Forty-NinTH MEETING, October 19, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-five members were
present. .

Prof. Theodore Gill presented a communication on THE IcuTHy-
OLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE EXPLORATIONS OF THE U. S, FisH Com-
MISSION STEAMER ‘‘ ALBATROSS’’ IN 1883.* He called attention to
a number of new fishes, including two representatives of new orders,
for which he proposed the names Lyomeri and Gnathenchelyi.

Dr. C. A. White made some remarks upon THE CHARACTER AND
FUNCTION OF THE EPIGLOTTIS OF THE BULL SNAKE (PITYOPHIS).T

Prof. Lester F. Ward exhibited an interesting botanical relic of the
District of Columbia, consisting of the original minutes of the
Proceedings of the Washington Botanical Society, which became
extinct in 1835.

Prof. C. V. Riley read a paper on MANNA IN THE UNITED STATES,
and exhibited and remarked upon some specimens of a kind of
Manna recently received from Chewelah, Washington Territory.
This communication was discussed by Messrs. Taylor, Schaeffer,
Vasey, Toner, and Ward.

FirTIETH MEETING, November 2, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

* The substance of this communication was published in three papers in Forest
& Stream, 1883, and in other papers in the American Naturalist and the Proceed-
ings of the U. S. National Museum.

+ 1884. WHITE, CHARLES A. On the Character and Function of the Epi-
glottis in the Bull Snake (Pityophis). <American Naturalist, X VIII, pp. 19-21,
1884.

XLIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Dr. G. M. Sternberg, U.S. A., of San Francisco, read a paper
On Micrococct.*

Dr. E. M. Schaeffer made some remarks upon Manna, in continu-
ance of those made by Prof. Riley at the previous meeting. He
also exhibited specimens of a possibly new variety or species of
Ceratophyllum. Dr.'T. H. Bean exhibited a curious specimen of
a species of flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, and spoke of ARRESTED
ASYMMETRY IN FLOUNDERS.

Prof. L. F. Ward related the result of his investigations of a sup-
posed deposit of fossil timber on the site of the new ‘‘ Casino,’’ in
process of erection on Connecticut avenue.

Firty-First MEETING, November 16, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present, .

Prof. L. F. Ward read a paper on MEsozoic DicoTyLEDONSs. +

Mr. C. D. Walcott presented a communication on FRESH-WATER
_ SHELLS FROM THE LOWER CARBONIFEROUS, illustrating his remarks
with specimens.

Mr, Frederick W. True exhibited a specimen of THE West In-
DIAN SEAL, MONACHUS TROPICALIS, recently received by the
National Museum, and discussed the history of the specimen and
the affinities of the species.

Dr. C. A. White narrated an incident of his experience as an
explorer in the Upper Missouri Valley, illustrative of THE PrEr-
SISTENCE OF THE DomEstic INSTINCT IN THE CaT.§ An animated

7 1884. WARD, LesTER F. Mesozoic Dicotyledons. <Am. Jour. Sci. and
Arts, 3d Ser., XX VII, pp. 292-303, 1884; Annals and } beg: Nat. Hist., Lon-
don, 5th Ser., XIII, pp. 383-396, 1884.

{ 1883. WatLcoTt, CHARLES D. Fresh-water Shells from the Paleozoic Rocks
of Nevada. <Science, II, p. 809, 1883.

#1884. WHITE, CHARLES A, The Permanence of the Domestic Instinct in
the Cat. <American Naturalist, XVIII, pp. 213-14, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. XLV

discussion of this incident, and of other topics suggested by it, was
participated in by Prof. Riley, Mr. N. P. Scudder, Mr, A. B. John-
son, Mr. Benjamin Miller, Prof. Ward, Dr. Toner, and others.

Firty-SECOND MEETING, November 30, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Fifty members were present.

A letter was read from the Secretary of the Philosophical Society
of Washington, inviting the Biological Society to attend the meeting
of the Philosophical Society, to be held at the National Museum
lecture-hall on the 5th proximo, when the President’s annual ad-
dress would be the order for the evening.

Dr. Thomas Taylor described O1p1um TUCKERI, THE FUNGUS OF
THE FoREIGN GRAPE VINE,** which has of late years been so de-
structive to European vineyards, giving an account of his discovery
of the highest stages of its fruit on the foreign vines now under
cultivation in the U. S. Agricultural grounds.

Dr. Frank Baker read an interesting paper entitled THE LocicaL
METHOD OF TEACHING ANATOMY,f which elicited much discussion,
participated in by Messrs. Seaman, Prentiss, Johnson, Gill, Norris,
Schaeffer, Scudder, Cope, and Ward.

Prof. Theo. Gill exhibited drawings of a very curious deep-sea
fish discovered during the past summer in the North Atlantic, at a
depth of about two miles, by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross. It belonged to a new family, which the speaker has de-
nominated the Stephanoberycidz. {

The Committee on Lectures announced a provisional programme
for the course of Saturday Lectures for 1884, under the auspices
of the Anthropological and Biological Societies.

Four courses of these lectures were given, consisting of seven-
teen lectures, a list of which, as finally arranged, is subjoined.

* 1884. TAYLOR, THOMAS. On the Fungus of the Foreign Grape Vine.
<(American Microscopical Journal, V, p. 5, 1884.

7 1884. BAKER, FRANK. The Rational Method of Teaching Anatomy.
<(Medical Record, N. Y., April 19, 1884; also as extra, 16°, pp. 20, with special
title.

$1884. GILL, THEODORE. Three new families of fishes added to the deep-
sea fauna ina year. <American Naturalist, XVII, p. 433, 1884.

XLVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

January 5: Mr. GRoveE K,. GiLpert. Cliffs and Terraces,

January 12: Prof. Oris T. Mason. Child Life among arrer and
Uncivilized Peoples.

January 79: Prof. Epwarp S. Morse. Social Life among the
Japanese.

January 26: Major J. W. PoweLtt. Win-tun Mythology.

February 2: Prof. F. W. Ciarkxe. Lightning and Lightning-
Rods.

February 9: Capt. C. E. Dutron, U.S. A. The Hawaiian
Islands and People.

February 16: Prof. E. D. Core, The Origin of Human Physi-
ognomy.

February 23: Mr. JOHN Murvocu. Eskimo Life at Point Bar-
row.

March 1: Prof. Harvey W. Witey. The Sugar Industry of the
North.

March 8: Prof. Simon NeEwcoms. Psychic Force.

March 15: Mr. Joun A. Ryper. Protoplasm in the Light of
Recent Investigations.

March 22: Dr. FRANK Baker. The New Phrenology.

March 29: Capt. C. E. Dutton, U.S. A. Volcanoes,

April 5: Prof. T. C. CHAMBERLIN. The Great Ice Invasion of
North America.

April 12: Dr. W. W. Goppinc. What shall we do with the Ine-
briates ?

April 19: Prof. J. S. NEwBerry. The Industrial Arts as Factors
in Modern History.

April 26: Major J. W. PowreLtt. The Cafions of the Colorado.

Firty-THIRD MEETING, December 14, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present.

Prof. C. V. Riley presented a paper, read by Dr. Barnard, on
the use of NAPHTHALINE AS AN INSECTICIDE,* in discussing which
_Dr. Thomas Taylor and Prof. W. S. Barnard participated.

.* 1884. RILEY, C. V. The use of Naphthaline as an Insecticide. < Science,
IIT, pp. 455-456, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. XLVII

Mr. Henry W. Elliott read a paper CONCERNING THE APPETITE
OF THE Muskrat,* which was discussed by Dr. Ellzey, Dr. Schaeffer,
and others.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U.S. A., read a paper on THE PRESENT
CONDITION OF THE ANATOMICAL COLLECTIONS OF THE ARMY MEDI-
CAL MusEuM.

Firty-FouRTH MEETING, December 28, 1883.

The President: occupied the chair. Forty-four members were
present. |

Dr. Thomas Taylor read a paper on NAPHTHALINE AND ITS EFFECTS
ON PLANTS, INSECTS, AND OTHER ANIMALS, f exhibiting specimens of
plants which had been treated with naphthaline without suffering
injury. 7

Dr. W. S. Barnard read a paper on SOME RESULTS BY MASSAGE
ET ContRE-Covp.t :

Mr. John A. Ryder made a communication on THE STRUCTURE
OF THE EGG MEMBRANE IN FISHES.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited an improved form of microscope
stand.

FourTH ANNUAL MEETING, January 11, 1884.

The fourth annual meeting of the Biological Society took place on
Friday evening, January 11. Thirty-five members were present,
President White occupying the chair. Prof. Ward gave notice of
a proposition to change the days of meeting to the Saturdays
alternating with those of the Philosophical Society.

* 1884. ExLitiotr, Henry W. The Destruction of Carp by the Muskrat
(Fiber zibethicus). Methods of Trapping the Rodent. <Bull. U. S. Fish
Commission, IV, pp. 296-7, 1884.

+1884. TayLor, THomas. Naphthaline as an Insecticide, etc. 8vo, 6 pp.,
1884.

t Proc. Biol. Soc., Washington, II, p. 116, 1882-84.

XLVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The Society then proceeded to ballot for the election of officers
for the ensuing year, with the following result :

President—Dr,. C. A. WHITE.

Vice-Presidents—Mr. W. H. Dati, Prof. L. F. Warp, Prof.
THEODORE GILL, Prof. C. V. RILEy.

Secretartes—Mr. G. Brown Goong, Mr. RicHarD RATHBUN.

Treasurer—Dr, TARLETON H. BEAN.

Members of Counciti—Prof. O. T. Mason, Dr. GEorGE Vasey,
Mr, F. W. True, Dr. D. WEBSTER PRENTiss, Mr. JoHN A. RYDER.

Firry-Srxtu MEETING, January 25, 1884.

The Fourth Anniversary Meeting of the Society was held Janu-
ary 25, on which occasion a large number of guests of the Society,
members of the Philosophical and Anthropological Societies, and
others, were present, by invitation, in the lecture-room of the National
Museum. Dr. White read the presidential address, the topic dis-
cussed being CERTAIN PHASES IN THE GEOLOGICAL HISTORY OF
NortTH AMERICA, BIOLOGICALLY CONSIDERED,* and was listened to
with great pleasure and interest. The Presidents and Vice-Presi-
dents of the Philosophical and Anthropological Societies occupied
seats on the stage. ‘The speaker was introduced by Dr. J. C.
Welling, President of the Philosophical Society. At the close of
the address a vote of thanks was moved by Major J. W. Powell,
President of the Anthropological Society.

Firty-SEVENTH MEETING, February 8, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present.

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II, pp. sy sake 1882-84. Extras printed, with
cover and title page, as follows:

PROCEEDINGS. XLIX

Mr. William T. Hornaday read a paper on THE GuUACHARO BirD
OF TRINIDAD, Steatornis caripensis, in which he said that this
strange bird was sometimes found breeding in almost inaccessible
caverns opening on the sea, at the northwestern point of the island
of Trinidad, in one of which, a large dome-like cave, he had
found about two hundred birds. The guacharo was, perhaps, the
only frugiverous bird of purely nocturnal habits, and was closely
allied to the goat-suckers. The young birds have a thick layer of
fat on the abdominal region, which yields a clear, transparent oil
of great purity, highly esteemed by the natives for cooking pur-
poses. The nest of the guacharo, the speaker said, resembled a .
small brown cheese, slightly hollowed on the top, being composed
of the undigested remains of fruit firmly adhering together.

Mr. G. Brown Goode read a paper on THE AIMS AND LimITa-
TIONS OF MODERN FisH-CuLTuRE.* Modern fish-culture he defined
to be fish-culture carried on under government patronage upon an
extensive scale, under the direction of men trained to scientific
research, as distinguished from the old and insignificant method of
fish-culture carried on by private enterprise. Its aims were shown
to be, (1) to arrive at a complete understanding of the life histories
of useful aquatic animals and the conditions under which they live; _
and (2) to apply this knowledge so thoroughly that all fishes shall
be brought as completely under control as are now the shad, the
salmon, the carp, and the whitefish. The limitations of fish-culture
were shown to be the same as those of scientific stock-rearing or
agriculture.

In the discussion which followed, Prof. L. F. Ward remarked
that he had been interested in the paper especially on account of
the broad general principles in political economy which had been
shown to underlie the subject discussed ; that the lessons which the
United States, by means of its participation in the London Fish-
eries Exhibition and its successes in the field of fish-culture, had
taught to Europe, and especially to Great Britain, were of great
importance. Political economists of the Manchester school need
to be shown in just such a way as this that the policy of State con-

* GoopE, G. Brown. Article “ Pisciculture.” <Encyclopedia Britannica,
Vol. XIX, 1885.

L BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

trol and management for large enterprises, involving large outlays
of money, is the only policy which can be successfully carried out.

Mr, C. W. Smiley stated that, in spite of shad-hatching having
been prosecuted with increasing vigor annually since 1874, the
number brought into the Washington market had decreased from
521,368 in 1881, to 350,292 in 1882, and 261,474 in 1883. But for
fish-culture the decrease would have been enormously greater. He
affirmed that we are yet ignorant of many essential elements of
fish propagation, and only the highest scientific ability can discover
them,

Dr. T. H. Bean, referring to Mr. Smiley’s statement, said that it
was manifestly unfair that fish-culture should be expected to do
more than nature could do in keeping up the supply of fish in any
body of water; that there were many things for the fish-culturist
to do besides the planting of young fish; that the pollution of
streams and the artificial obstructions, such as dams, must first be
removed, and that in interpreting the results of fish-culture, ques-
tions of temperature, freshets, and other natural disturbances of
ordinary conditions upon the breeding grounds of fishes, should be
taken into account.

Dr. T. H. Bean exhibited a specimen of pipe-fish, Siphostoma,
sp., which showed an augmented development of fins, the super-
numerary fin being post-anal, and much more developed than
the ordinary rudimentary anal of the male Szphostoma. In size and
general appearance it resembled more nearly a caudal fin, but from
its position it must be called post-anal. In the Lophobranchiates
he believed that the vertical fins are not developed from an embry-
onic fin-fold, as is the case in most fishes. This example was to be
considered as an illustration of a reversion to a former condition
of fishes of this type, in which they did possess at one stage of
their existence an embryonic fin-fold.

Mr. Ryder remarked that the specimen of Szphostoma with super-
numerary anal fin was. certainly an example of the restoration
towards the ancestral form. Its presence might be explained on the
supposition that the fin-fold, which is continuous in the embryo,
had been exaggerated into development at this particular point,
and mesoblastic tissue thrust out in the process of development into
the fold itself, thus furnishing the rudiments upon which there was

PROCEEDINGS. LI

an attempt to again return to the ancient isocercal form of the
vertical fins, | ;

Mr. C. D. Walcott exhibited a specimen of trilobite, Asaphus
platycephalus, in which twenty-six pairs of legs were plainly seen,
no mouth parts being visible. These were shown by a drawing
illustrating Mr. Walcott’s restoration of the mouth appendages of
the trilobite, as published by him in the Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, No. 10, 1881. The specimen
was the same as that described by Prof. Mickleborough, of Cincin-
nati.* Mr, Walcott also showed a specimen of metamorphic rock
having a granitic structure and containing fossil corals, probably of
the Devonian age. :

Prof. L. F. Ward moved that the meeting day of the Society be
changed to Saturday. After remarks by Dr. Baker, Dr. Coues,
and others, the motion was carried by a unanimous vote.

Firty-E1GHTH MEETING, February 23, 1884.

The esident occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present. |

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper on THE PRESENT STATE or NorTH
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGY. In discussing the precontemporaneous
history of the subject, he spoke of the following epochs :— :

(1) The Archaic (prior to 1700); (2) the Pre-Linnzan (1700-
1758); (3) the Post-Linnean (1758-1800); (4) the Wilsonian
(1800-1824); (5) the Audubonian (1824-1853); (6) the Bairdian
(1853-18—). A number of periods were also defined as follows:
(1) the Lawsonian period (1700-1730), named after Lawson, the
author of the first American faunal list, that for North Carolina;
(2) the Catesbian period (1730-1748), named after Mark Catesby,
the first to publish an illustrated work on American birds; (3) the
Edwardsian period (1748-1758), named after George Edwards,
whose great work on birds was founded largely upon American
material ; (4) the Linnean period (1758-1766), the period during
which the binomial nomenclature was being developed; (5) the

* 1884. Watcotr, CHARLES D, Appendages of the Trilobite. <Science,
III (No. 57), pp. 279-81, 1884.

LII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Forsterian period (1766-1785), named for George Reinbold Forster,
who was the first to publish a catalogue of the birds of North
America, and who also first published a special paper on a collec-
tion of American birds sent to Europe; (6) the Pennantian period
(1785-1791), marked by the labors of Pennant and Latham; (7)
the Bartramian period (1791-1799), named for John Bartram, the
first resident of America to publish a work on its birds; (8) the
Vieillotian period (1800-1808); (9g) the Wilsonian period (1808-
1824), named after the first great American ornithologist; (10) the
Bonapartian period (1824-31), during which the impress of science
was laid upon the woodland genius of Wilson; (11) the Richard-
sonio-Swansonian period (1831-2); (12) the Nuttallian period
(1832-4), marked by the appearance of the first of American orni-
thologists ; (13) the Audubonian period (1834-1853), named after
the most brilliant of ornithologists, marked by the publication of
what Cuvier called the ‘‘ grandest monument ever erected by art to
nature;’’ (14) the Cassinian period (1853-58), named for John
Cassin, the best general ornithologist America has known; (15)
the Bairdian period.

The establishment of the American Ornithologists’ Union, he
thought, would probably mark the beginning of a new epoch—one
in which the existing intricacies of ornithological nomenclature
will, it is hoped, be straightened out. The present is simply a
period of transition.

Dr. Coues laid before the Society the plate proofs of the forth-
coming new edition of his Key to North American Birds.

Mr. Walcott having received, since the last meeting of the So-
ciety, on February 8, a number of additional specimens of the
granitic-like rock containing fossil Stromatopora, corals, plates of
crinoid stems, etc., from Litchfield, Maine, exhibited them and
said that he was incorrect in calling the rock a granite as it was of
sedimentary origin, a plastic rock so changed in the specimens ex-
amined that it might be called a conglomerate gneiss.

Mr. J. S. Diller stated that he had examined thin sections of the
rock under the microscope, which showed it to be chiefly crystalline,
and composed almost entirely of quartz and feldspar. These
minerals occur as irregular angular grains, which, for the most part,
have crystallized in their present position in such a manner as to
fill up the whole space. ‘There is but little trace, as far as can be

PROCEEDINGS. LIIT

seen under the microscope, of the sedimentary character of the
rock, The irregular angular quartz grains are clouded with liquid
inclusions containing dancing bubbles. The feldspar is in large
part plagioclase, for, notwithstanding the alteration, the character-
istic striz in polarized light are yet distinct. Distinct silvery scales
of muscovite occur sparingly, so that the rock has the composition
of a gneiss, which, on account of the distinct quartz fragments it
contains, may be called conglomerate gneiss.

Mr. G. P. Merrill thought it was premature to decide upon the
character of the rock, but that, as far as he had examined it, he
agreed with Mr, Diller as to its characters. :

Prof. Lester F. Ward exhibited specimens of the ‘‘ diamond
willow,’’ a form of Sadx cordata occurring in the Upper Missouri
region, distinguished by a great exaggeration of the scars left by
the early growth of limbs, which form series of large diamond-
shaped cavities in the wood. He also exhibited some remarkable
canes carved by the people of that region from saplings of this
species,

Prof. Seaman advanced the theory that the scars were produced
by a fungus or an insect.

The following papers were read by title: ;

Mr. Rospert Ripcway. Descriptions of some new North Amer-
ican Birds. Description of a new American Kingfisher. Note on
Psaltriparus grinde Belding. Note on the generic name Calodro-
mas.*

Mr. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Diagnoses of new species of Birds
from Kamtschatka and the Commander Islands.f

Dr. T. H. Bean and Mr. H. C. Dresex. Diagnoses .of three
new species of Fishes from the Gulf of Mexico.f

Firty-NINTH MEETING, March 8, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, and forty-five members were

present.
Dr. J. H. Kidder, U. S. N., exhibited specimens of Bacillus

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II, pp. 89-97. Extras printed April 10, 1884
+ Ibid., pp. 97-99. Extras printed April 10, 1884. |
{Ibid., pp. 99-100. Extras printed April 10, 1884.

‘

LIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

tuberculosis Koch, the dactllus of Phthisis, and summarized the
present state of knowledge as to the nature of tuberculésis. Dr.
S. M. Burnett stated that tuberculosis frequently occurs spontane-
ously in the eye. Dr. D. E. Salmon defended the reputation of
Toussaint as the discoverer of mcrococcus in tuberculosis, and
remarked that Koch’s dacz//us is not generally admitted to be re-
lated to the cause of tuberculosis; that it may or may not be.

Dr. Salmon exhibited specimens of infectious tuberculosis in
cattle—the omentum as well as the liver, which was much enlarged,
and various glands being thickly covered with large tubercles.
These animals were short-horn cattle, of well-known pedigree,
in which for thirty years no disease had existed. The disease was,
therefore, not hereditary. As soon as one steer had become in-
fected the others in the herd were taken down with the same dis-
ease. No traces of Bacillus tuberculosis had been discovered.

Mr. C. W. Smiley read a paper on WHat FisH-CULTURE Has
FIRST to ACCOMPLISH,* in which he stated that fish-culture cannot
be expected to perform the impossible task of filling the waters. of
a continent to overflowing with an inexhaustible supply of fish, but
that it will have to put forth the utmost effort to prevent the entire
annihilation of the fish supply by the uncontrollable activity of
the fishermen.

Dr. Bean, Mr. Earll, and Mr. Goode participated in the discus-
sion of this paper.

Dr. Tarleton H. Bean remarked that, in his opinion, there was
no general impression that fish-culture was going to immediately
fill the rivers with fish ; that fish-culture never had made such a
claim. It did, however, profess to be able to produce fish econom-
ically and in greater abundance than could be produced by the
natural process; that, furthermore, fish-culture was simply one of
a series of means to an end—the object aimed at being the restora-
tion of the fisheries; that fish-culture was one of the means for the
accomplishment of thatend, In his opinion it was quite as necessary
to protect fish as to produce them, for if streams are filled with ob-
structions and impurities, no amount of fish-culture could restore
the fishery in them. The obstructions must be overcome and the

* 1884. SMILEY, CHARLES W. What Fish Culture has first to Accomplish.
< Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, IV, pp. 65-68, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. LV

impurities removed, and then the success of fish-culture would be
beyond a doubt, as had already been proved by the results accom-
plished with the California salmon, and the shad on the Pacific
coast.

Mr. Earll thought that many enthusiastic fish-culturists had
claimed more for the science than could be hoped in the limited
time during which it had been carried on, but, on the other hand,
he thought that the author of the paper under consideration had
gone to the other extreme. Such broad and far-reaching conclu-
sions as had been stated in the paper should be based upon the
fullest and most reliable information, extending over a number of
years. The statistics on which these conclusions were based were,
in his opinion, not of this character. The receipts of fish at the
Washington market were not reliable as indicating the catch in the
Potomac river, and much lessso for the entire Chesapeake basin,
which certainly must be taken as a whole when the question of the
increase or decrease of the shad is to be considered. The fisheries
of this river system had undergone radical changes within the last
few years. At one time the fisheries were confined chiefly to the
Potomac and Susquehanna, and Washington received a large part
of the catch, while now, owing to an enormous development of the
fishery interests in the lower Chesapeake, which must necessarily
interfere with the catch in those rivers, Norfolk had become an im-
portant fishery center, and was receiving immense numbers of shad
and other species annually for distribution through the South and
West. The introduction of new methods of refrigeration had also
enabled the fishermen to send their catch direct to the larger mar-
kets without the aid of the Washington dealers.

He did not know the source of Mr. Smiley’s statistics of the
Sacramento river catch, and was not disposed to question their
accuracy, but a recent interview with Mr. A. Booth, the greatest
salmon canner of the Pacific coast, had given him quite a different
impression. Mr. Booth had assured him that the catch in the Sac-
ramento had been almost miraculously increased, owing to the work
of the U. S. Fish Commission, within the last few years. When the
Fish Commission began work on that river the catch was almost
wholly utilized fresh in the San Francisco and Sacramento markets,
and a cannery, built by Mr. Booth at that time, had to be closed
after one year for want of asupply. In 1882, fifteen large canneries

LVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

were successfully operated on the same river, and about 30,000
pounds beyond what they were able to utilize were thrown away in
a single day.

Mr. Earll thought that the time was hardly ripe, and, if it were,
the statistics were not available for making such broad generaliza-
tions regarding the success or failure of fish-culture. It was grati-
fying to know that practical business men like Mr. Booth, who had
every opportunity of observation, and had large interests at stake,
should already be more than satisfied with the results that had come
under their observation, and he thought that it might be confidently
expected that within the next few years the catch would be very
noticeably increased, though, of course, a limit would ultimately
be reached, depending upon the enemies of the species and the food
which it could find in its natural surroundings.

Col. Marshall McDonald read a paper on THE INFLUENCE oF
TEMPERATURE UPON THE MOVEMENTS OF FISH IN RIVERS,* in which
the fluctuations of the catch of shad in the Potomac and Susque-
hanna rivers for 1881, ’82, and ’83 were explained by reference to the
varying temperature of the waters of ocean, bay, and river at the
time of their anadromous movements. This paper was illustrated
by diagrams. Owing to the lateness of the hour, the Society then
adjourned, without discussion.

The following paper was read by title:

Mr. G. BRown GoobE and Dr. T. H. Bean. A new genus and
species of Pediculate Fishes (Hateutella lappa).

SIXTIETH MEETING, March 22, 1884.

Prof. C. V. Riley, Vice-President, aie tg the chair. Fifty
members were present.

Col. Marshall McDonald exhibited a chart showing the natural
and restricted river distribution of the shad.

* 1884. MCDONALD, MARSHALL. Natural Causes Influencing the Move-
ments of Fish in Rivers. <(Trans. Amer. Fish-Cultural Association, 13th Meet-
ing, 1884, pp. 164-170.

+ Proc. Biol. Soc., Washington, II, p. 88, 1882-84.

PROCEEDINGS. LVII

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U.S. A., in a paper entitled REMARKS ON THE
PATELLA,* described the position of this bone, which he considered
to be a true sesamoid, in various forms of mammals and birds.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited a series of specimens of Orbito-
lites, and made some remarks upon the results of the work of Dr.
William B. Carpenter, as finally set forth in Vol. VII of the report
of H. M. S. ‘‘Challenger.’’f

Prof. C. V. Riley presented some PERSONAL REMINISCENCES OF
THE LATE Dr. GEORGE ENGELMANN, which were supplemented by
remarks from Dr. George Vasey and Prof. Lester F. Ward.

Mr. W. H. Dall read a paper ON SOME HyDROCORALLINZ FROM
ALASKA AND CALIFORNIA, exhibiting four new species. f

Mr. Richard Rathbun exhibited a large mass of coral, Ocudina,
sp.» recently obtained from Key West, growing on the end of a
crowbar, which, when further studied, would probably yield some
clew as to the rate of growth of the species.

Dr. M. G. Ellzey spoke on THE PREPOTENCY OF THE MALE
PARENT, giving the results of twenty-five years’ experience in breed-
ing horses, dogs, and other kinds of live stock, The male parent
he believes to be prepotent in the transmission of hereditary traits,
except where some extraordinary Circumstance intervened. In the
case of hybrids between the horse and the ass, a cross is always
marked by prepotency of the ass; and in all crosses of the two
species the male is always prepotent. Mr. Dall called attention to
the danger of drawing conclusions from observations upon the ex-
ternal characters of the products of the union of two species.

Dr. Leonhard Stejneger exhibited two finely mounted specimens
of the great Kamtschatkan sea eagle, Z’halassoaétus pelagicus ; also
a specimen of the bald eagle, Hak@etus leucocephalus, and a speci-
men in immature plumage of another species, hypoleucus, supposed
to be new, and probably, in the adult state, entirely white under-

* 1884. SHUFELDT, ROBERT W. Concerning some of the Forms Assumed
by the Patella in Birds. <(Proceedings U. S. National Museum, VII, pp. 324-
31, 1884.

7 1884. HuircHcock, RoMyn. The Causes of Variation. <Amer. Jour.
Sci. and Art, XXVIII, p. 49, 1884.

{ Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II, pp. 111-115, 1882-84. Extras printed
April 28, 1884.

LVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

neath. The rivers of Kamtschatka abound greatly in salmon, and
eagles are in consequence particularly numerous.*

Srxty-First MEETING, April 5, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

The Secretary gave notice of the following amendment to be
proposed to the Constitution: that ex-presidents of the ereny shall
be ex-officio members of the Council.

Dr. Leonhard Stejneger read a paper ON THE SHEDDING OF THE
CLAWS IN PTARMIGAN,} exhibiting specimens of Zagopus albus and
L. ridgwayi as illustrating his remarks. Some of the specimens had
short claws, others long ones, while in others the claws were loose
and ready to slip off. ‘The long claws are assumed in summer, and
in the winter are supposed to be useful in aiding the birds to walk
on the snow—in fact, being similar in action to snow-shoes. He
stated that Dr. Coues had observed the same phenomenon in the
Lemming, JZyodes.

Prof. C, V. Riley remarked that this curious adaptation of structure
could doubtless be explained by the Lamarckian idea—that it had
probably resulted from a direct need of this animal.

Mr. William H. Dall read a paper on THE FIisHERY Exports OF
SAN FRANCISCO IN 1883.[ He showed that these consisted of dried
shrimps to the value of $82,891, prepared by the Chinese for ex-
portation to China and other countries where Chinese congregate,
such as Australia and Peru. The shells are used in China as a
fertilizer to the value of $26,288. Abalone products were exported
to the value of about $26,000, of which about $8,000 is for the dried

* 1884. STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. Fra det yderste Césten, II, Andre fjorten
Dage i. Kamtschatka. <Naturen, Christiania, VIII, Jan., 1884, pp. 5-10, figure
of eagle, p. 7. : |

+ 1884. STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. On the Shedding of the Claws in the

Ptarmigan and Allied Birds. <(American Naturalist, XVIII, Aug., 1884, pp.
774-776. Ibis, London, 5 ser., III, Jan., 1885, pp. 50-52.

$1884. Dari, WittiAM H. Notes on Fishing Products exported from
San Francisco, Cal., during the year 1883. < Bull. U. S, Fish Commission, IV,
pp. 125-8, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. LIX

flesh sent to China as food, the shells being sent to England and
elsewhere for pearl, Of unspecified shells about $400,000 worth
are exported, the total value of invertebrate products being over
$570,000. Among other articles specified were canned goods,
The value of canned salmon exported was over $2,300,000. The
total value of fish products was about $4,000,000.

Prof. C. V. Riley made a communication ON THE RUST OF
ORANGES. ne

The nature of this rust had been carefully studied by the author
and also by one of his assistants, Mr. H. G. Hubbard, at Crescent
City, Fla. It has always been known and has always given con-
cern, It varies from a more or less pronounced stain beneath the
cuticle to a rough, deep brown incrustation. When heavily coated,
the surface is chapped like that of a russet apple. It may be first
noticed when the, fruit is small, or one-third grown (early summer).
It rapidly increases in August and September, when the fruit is full
grown, and is most noticed when the fruit begins to color, though
there is no increase, but rather a decrease, after that time.

Rusts are mostly due to fungi, but there is nothing of this kind
about the orange rust. The oil cells are depleted and the epithelial
cells clogged with brownish resin. The surface is fissured and the
rind shrinks, toughens, and loses essential oil. Carefully examined,
a rusty orange will be found covered with cast mite skins—thick in
summer or fall, less noticeable in winter. The mites themselves
will be found on the non-rusted fruit and all over the tree in spring
and summer. ‘They are so minute as to be scarcely noticeable
singly, but collectively give the green leaf and fruit the appearance
of being sprinkled with fine golden dust. Pine pollen is often mis-
taken for them, and they, in turn, for the pollen.

The attacks of the mite are always followed by rust on the fruit,
but on the leaves the mites produce only a dull, tarnished appear-
ance, contrasting with the polish of the healthy leaf, and a sure
indication of depredation even after the mites have left. The
leaves look dry and dusty, with slight loss of color, as from drouth.
When the foliage of the tree is bright the oranges are bright. The
living mites are not found on rusty oranges; they quit both fruit
and leaf, and wander to fresh fields when the oil is depleted or the
surface too hardened for their beaks. |

LX BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The mite (Phyzopius oletvorus) is elongate, honey-yellow, 0.14 mm,
long, and with two pairs of four-jointed legs, each terminating in
a curved spine, with opposing bristles. The eggs are laid singly or
in small clusters on the leaves. ‘They are spherical, transparent,
with a yellow tinge, and hatch in summer in four days. The cast
mite skins adhere, as stated above, to the surface of leaf or fruit.
The food of the mite is the essential oil which abounds in the suc-
culent parts of citrus plants. It is stationary when feeding, but
moves actively, and wanders from one part of the plant to another,
especially to new growths. Thousands occur on a single leaf,
75,000 having been computed by Mr. Hubbard in winter time on
a leaf averaging fifteen square inches. ‘They are still more nume-
rous in summer.

Rust rings encircle the fruit much as the ecliptic does the earth.
There is a penumbral band between brightest sun and deepest
shade, indicating the preference of the mite for such half shade.
Frosts kill the mites, but not the eggs. Drouth causes both to dry
up. Birds, insects, and especially spiders, are the chief agencies
in distributing the mites from place to place. The effect of the
mite on the fruit, aside from the rusty appearance, which lowers
the market value, is in nowise injurious, as the quality is, if any-
thing, improved, and the disposition to rot decreased. The effect
on the leaf is to slightly check growth. :

The mite is generally distributed in Florida, but not elsewhere.
Like most mites affecting growing plants, it is worse on high, dry
lands than in low, moist ones.

No method of. culture or of manuring—in fact, no method that
does not comprehend the true cause, has proved of avail to pre-
vent the rust. Wind-breaks and isolation act as preventives, but
insecticides are the only remedial agencies ; they must, however,
kill mites, eggs, and molting mites. Whale oil soap, one pound to five
gallons of water, in early spring before new growth begins, and weaker
solutions at frequent intervals, cause the mites to fall to the ground. .
Flowers of sulphur is deadly to the active mites, but not to the eggs.
Kerosene emulsions, as used against scale-insects, with sulphur
added, are the most satisfactory.

Dr. E. P. Howland read a paper on Tue Errecr or ANa&s-
THETICS ON ANIMALS, explaining the new invention of Paul Bert.

PROCEEDINGS. LXI
S1xty-SEconD MEETING, April 19, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

Dr. Cyrus Thomas read a paper on THE GROWTH OF TREES AS A
MEANS OF DETERMINING THE AGE OF Mounps. The long accepted
theory that the age of a tree is indicated by the number of con-
centric rings can no longer be considered tenable. ‘The only way
of testing this theory is by cutting down trees the age of which is
known. This has been done in many instances, which were cited,
and the result has been the demonstration of the falsity of the long
accepted theory.

Mr. John Murdoch made remarks on DREDGING AND MARINE
COLLECTING AT PoINT Barrow, detailing his experiences as natu-
ralist of the Signal Service Station at that place.

Dr. Bean, in a paper on THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE SALMONIDZE
IN ALASKA, enumerated the following twenty-one salmonoids as
occurring there:

Osmerus dentex, Osmerus spirinchus, Mallotus villosus, lypomesus
olidus, Hypomesus pretiosus, Thaleichthys pacificus, Thymallus sig-
nifer, Stenodus Mackenzit, Coregonus Laurette, Coregonus near Merkii,
Coregonus quadrilateralis, Coregonus Kennicottit, Coregonus Nelsonit,
Salvelinus malma, Salmo purpuratus, Salmo Gairdnerit, Oncorhynchus
chouicha, Oncorhynchus keta, Oncorhynchus nerka, Oncorhynchus
kisutch, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha.

Osmerus is known to range only from the Bristol Bay region to
the extreme northern limit of the Territory. O. dentex is quite
similar in appearance to O. eperlanus and O. mordax of the At-
lantic. O. spirinchus may be simply the spent condition of dentex.
In the region in which they occur the smelts are quite abundant,
and are extensively used by the natives for food, both fresh and
dried.

Mallotus villosus is found in every portion of the Territory, being
extensively eaten by the natives, and forming one of the best
known foods for the codfish in the Gulf of Alaska.

LHypomesus is represented by two species, one of which, ZH. oldidus,
is confined to the western shore of Alaska, being most abundant
to the northward. 4. pretiosus is known only from the Gulf of
Alaska. H. o/idus spawns in fresh-water ponds, while H. pretiosus
is a surf spawner.

LXII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Thaleichthys pacificus (the Eulachon) occurs in the Gulf of
Alaska at least as far west as Katmai, in Shellikoff Straits, where it
is preserved in salt and considered quite a delicacy. The Eulachon
literally swarms in the southeastern part of the Territory, and is
utilized both in a fresh state and for the manufacture of a fat or
oil which the natives use in place of butter, and which has been
experimented with as a substitute for cod liver oil.

Thymallus is known to occur from the Bristol Bay region to the
extreme northern limit of the Territory, abounding in the rapid
rivers. It takes the artificial fly quite readily, according to the
testimony of Lieut. Schwatka, and is generally considered an ex-
cellent food-fish. To the eastward it is known to reach the Mac-
kenzie river region.

Stenodus might be called the giant white-fish. It reaches 50
pounds in weight, and has been recorded as growing toa length of
5 feet. We have it only from the Yukon river region. It was
described, however, from the Mackenzie, and occurs also in the
tributaries of that river. It is one of the finest food-fishes of
Alaska.

The most widely distributed of the species of Coregonus is C.
guadrilaterals, which we now have from the Yukon river region
southward to Kodiak. C. Laurette is also pretty widely distributed,
at least from the Kuskoquim to Point Barrow. The species related
to C. Merkit is a small northern form, which is not of much im-
portance as a food-fish. C. JVe/sonit is a hump-back species, not
important as a food-fish, ranging from the northern limit of the
Territory southward to the Yukon, at least, and probably to the
Kuskoquim. C. Kennicotti’ ranks next in excellence to Stenodus.
It is said to reach 30 pounds in weight, and its range is from the
Kuskoquim to the northern limit of Alaska. All the Coregoni are
important for food except C. WVelsonii and C. Merkit, sub-species.

Salvelinus is abundant throughout the Aleutians and the main-
land of Alaska, north to Colville river. In the northern portion
of its range it grows to an enormous size, reaching fully 12 pounds
in weight. In the sea-run condition it is extensively salted at Ko-
diak, and exported as salmon trout.

Salmo purpuratus is found in southern Alaska and on the island
of Kodiak and Unalashka, It is extremely abundant and attains a
weight of 20 pounds. S. Gairdnerit occurs in southern Alaska and

PROCEEDINGS. LXIII

westward to the Bristol Bay region, It is also known from the
islands of Unalashka and Kodiak. It grows to a weight of 30
pounds, and is a very important food-fish.

One species of Oxchorhyncus, O. gorbuscha, extends over the
whole coast of Alaska northward to Colville river. All the rest
extend at least as far as the Yukon river, and one species, O. eta,
has been obtained from Hotham Inlet. The Oxchorhynchi are the
most important food-fishes of the Territory, and are the most abund-
ant. ‘The principal centers of export are Kodiak and Cook’s Inlet.

Numerous canneries have sprung up lately in these regions,
directing their attention mainly to the red-fish, O. nerka, a salmon
whose flesh is beautifully red, but comparatively inferior. The
finest of the salmon, O. chouicha, is employed principally for salt-
ing, the bellies only being selected for this purpose; the remainder
of the fish is made into wha“.

Sixty-THIRD MEETING, May 3, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. ‘Twenty members were pres- |
ent.

Prof. Theodore Gill read a paper ON THE SYSTEM OF THE SQUALI.
These belong to the Selachians, which constitute a class quite dis-
tinct from the fishes and widely separated from the Ganoids. He
briefly reviewed the salient structural features of the various repre-
sentatives of the order Squali, as well as the history of the classifi-
cation of the group, and concluded with the assertion that there
appeared to be five principal types of structure manifested in the
various forms whose anatomy is more or less satisfactorily known.

(1.) The Pternodonta or Selachophichthyoidei are represented by
but one known species, lately described by Mr. Garman. Its ana-
tomical characteristics are unknown, but will probably be found to
be nearly the same as in the succeeding group, Opistharthri. It is
distinguished from all other known sharks by the very elongated
and almost anguilliform shape as well as by the peculiar teeth,
which have long fixed bases and are not reclinable as in most of
the other types. It was also predicted that the Pternodonta would
probably be found to have the palato-quadrate element articulated

LXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

with the posterior portion of the skull behind the orbits, and the
vertebral column non-segmented or notochordal.

(2.) The Opistharthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate appa-
ratus articulated with the post-orbital processes of the skull, and a
persistent notochord, inferior mouth, and the branchial apertures
in increased numbers. The Notidanide or Hexanchide are the
- only forms.

(3.) The Proarthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
articulated with the anterior orbital region of the skull, the verte-
bral column segmented, the mouth sub-terminal, and the forehead
declivous. The Heterodontidz, represented by the well-known
‘¢ Port Jackson Shark,’’ form the only existing family.

(4.) The Anatthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
not articulated directly with the skull, the vertebral column vari-
able but more or less segmented, and the mouth inferior. To this
group belong all living sharks, excepting those now specifically
eliminated.

(5.) The Rhinz are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
also not directly articulated with the skull, the vertebral column
segmented; the mouth terminal (both jaws being advanced well
forwards),.and the pectorals developing enlarged anterior basal
lobes which are separated by notch-like spaces from the branchial
regions, To this belongs the family Squatinide, including the so-
called angel-sharks. )

The speaker was inclined to consider several of these more than
sub-ordinal, and rather as of ordinal, value, but until they had been
better studied he would reserve opinion on this question. He
would now only add that the first and second groups might be com-
bined in one order, the third isolated in another, and the fourth
and fifth segregated in a third.

There was also one type represented by the extinct Cladodontide,
whose position is doubtful. For these he had formed the group
Lipospondyli, but it is not evident whether it belongs with the true
Squali or whether it may not be related to the Holocephali, the
character of the branchial arches being dubious.

Mr. N. P. Scudder read a paper on CERTAIN ANATOMICAL DE- |
TAILS IN THE Muskrat, and exhibited specimens of the skeletons
of muskrats, showing the number of the lumbar vertebree to be six
and not three as stated by Professor Flower. He also showed that

‘PROCEEDINGS. LXV

the malar bone formed part of the continuity of the zygomatic
arch, correcting the statement of Dr. Coues in his ‘‘ Monograph of
American Rodentia,’’ page 253, with regard to the jugal of the
muskrat, which is there described as ‘‘a mere splint, not forming by
itself any part of the continuity of the arch, for the squamosal and
maxillary spurs are absolutely in contact. This is a strong point of
Fiber.’’ Mr. Scudder remarked that muskrats were able to live
four to six minutes under water, owing probably to the enlarge-
ment of the abdominal aorta. He believed muskrats to be omniv-
orous, and said that the same individual could be taken repeatedly
in the same trap. ;

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt made a communication UPON THE PRESENCE
oF Rips ATTACHED TO THE OCCIPITAL BONE OF THE BLACK Bass,
MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES.* He remarked, in the course of his de-
scription, that he had recently made quite a number of dissections
of this fish, and in every instance had found a pair of ribs upon
the occipital hone, just above and internal to the foramen of the
vagus nerve. They are without epipleural appendages, but other-
wise like the abdominal ribs. If this fact be new to science, it is a
very interesting discovery of great morphological significance, and
introduced an important factor in the theory of the segmentation.
of the skull. It had not been noticed in any of the prominent
works upon comparative anatomy generally used as text-books, nor
in a recent and very thorough article by Dr. Sagemehl upon the
cranial osteology of Amita calva (Morph. Jahrb., Vol. 9, pt. 2,
1883). Dr. Shufeldt had also discovered these ribs, thoroughly
developed, in the tunny, Orcynus thynnus, and thought that they
would doubtless be found 1 in others of the Scombride and Centrar-
chide.

S1xTy-FourTH MEETING, May 17, 1884.

Prof. C. V. Riley, Vice-President, occupied the chair. Thirty-
five members were present.
Dr. J. M. Flint, in a paper on CHINESE MEDICINES, after giving

* 1884. SHUFELDT, R. W. Osteology of the Large-mouthed Black Bass
(Micropterus salmoides). <Science, III, p. 532, 1884.
5 * :

LXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

a brief account of the history of medicine among the Chinese, ac-
cording to their own authors, discussed their theories in regard to
the nature and causes of disease and the action of remedies. Their
ignorance of anatomy and the consequent effects upon their theory
and practice was shown. ‘The materia medica of the Chinese was
then considered in detail, its peculiarities, as well as its resem-
blances to our own, present and past, as illustrated by the collections
of Chinese drugs now in the possession of the U. S. National Mu-
seum,

A paper by Mr. Wiley Britton on the BurraLo Gnat or TEn-
NESSEE was read, in which the author stated that its habitat, in his
opinion, was confined to the Mississippi Valley, below the mouth
of the Ohio river. It generally makes its appearance about the
first of April, and remains from two to four weeks ; it destroys an-
nually considerable numbers of live-stock, particularly mules and
horses, which, however, could be protected by thorough greasing.
The bite of this gnat is poisonous, causing a swelling somewhat
like a bee sting. Prof. C. V. Riley stated that this gnat is a species
of Szmulium.

Dr. Bean read a paper entitled THE WHITE FisHes or NORTH
America.* The speaker said there were twelve species indigenous
to North America, besides the ‘‘ Inconnu,’’ which is not properly a
white-fish, though related to it. He introduced into the list Core-
gonus lavaretus, the German ‘‘ Marzena.’’ He made a few general
remarks concerning the wide distribution, great abundance, and im-
portance of the white fishes as food, and stated the range of each
species, its maximum size and weight, and its variations through
age and conditions of habitat. A brief key to the species, intended
to facilitate their speedy identification, and based upon natural
characters only, was included in the paper.

Dr. Thomas Taylor exhibited a new micrometer of his own in-
vention for measuring accurately and instantly to the 1-2000 inch
the thickness of any object. In a second communication he stated
that Pseudo Bacteria were produced by the heating of blood at a
comparatively low temperature, and proposed to make experiments
for the purpose of deciding whether a continuous fever of four or

* 1884. BEAN, TARLETON H. The White Fishes of North America.
<Trans. Amer. Fish Cultural Association, 13th meeting, 1884, pp. 32-39. -

PROCEEDINGS. LXVII

five days with the blood-at-104° F. would produce the same results
as blood artificially heated to 110° F. Itf-so, it would account for
mistakes that have been made by persons inexperienced in exam-
ining the blood of féver patients, who reported the presence of
Bacteria, or broken blood corpuscles, as shown by Beal and others.
Dr. Taylor also explained a method of obtaining upon a screen
an apparent image of a microscopic object, by placing the micro-
scope horizontally and at right angles to the screen. While looking
through the microscope with one eye, the other is directed toward
the screen, upon which an image becomes apparent, its magnifica-
tion depending upon the distance of the observer from the screen.

S1ixTy-FirTH MEETING, May 31, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty members were pres-
ent.

Prof. L. F. Ward, Chairman of the Committee on Cultivated ©
Plants growing in the District of Columbia, submitted a report of
progress.

Mr. James E. Benedict made REMARKS ON THE RECENT CRUISE
OF THE STEAMER ‘‘ALBATROSS’’ IN THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THE
CARIBBEAN SEA, describing the events of the voyage, and exhibit-
ing some of the most remarkable objects collected.

Ensign E. E. Hayden, U. S. N., presented, through Prof. Ward,
a paper on A NEw METHOD oF FIGURING FossiIL LEAVES AND OTHER
OBJECTS BY THE AID OF PHOTOGRAPHY,* remarking that a saving of
time and increase of accuracy was thereby attained. The method
consisted in drawing with India ink upon a silver print photograph
the outline of the object to be figured, the defects of the photo-
graph being supplied by the draughtsman through comparison with
the specimen. -The photograph is then dismissed, and a photo-
engraving is made from the black lines of the sketch which remains.

In the discussion which followed, it was shown that this process
was novel in its successful application by the author to engrave
fossil leaves.

Mr. J. A. Ryder read a paper on THE DEVELOPMENT OF VIVIPA-

LXVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Rous Minnows.* The species under discussion was the form known
as Gambusia patruelis, B. & G. The points which were especially
alluded to were the following: The fact that the young fish devel-
oped within the body of the female parent and within the follicles
in which the eggs themselves were developed. It was also pointed
out that these follicles, which were covered with a rich net-work of
fine capillary vessels, assumed the office of a respiratory apparatus,
by which the gases were interchanged between the embryo and the
parent fish; and, further, that this follicle also acted as an egg
membrane, being actually perforated by a round opening, which
the speaker termed the ‘‘ follicular pore,’’ and which was analogous
to the micropyle of the ordinary fish egg. The arrangement of the
follicles of the ovary within the body of the female was described
at some length, and the peculiar differences between the two sexes
in the arrangement of the viscera were pointed out. The fibrous
bands, which act as supports, or stays, to the basal portion of the
anal fin of the male, which is modified as an intromittent organ,
were also described. ‘The great difference in the sizes of the sexes
was also referred to, the female weighing over six times as much as
the male. The speaker concluded by expressing his earnest desire
to investigate the other known forms of viviparous fishes, such as
the Embiotocoids of the West coast, the viviparous Blenny, and
other bony fishes which have this habit, and which, in his opinion,
would throw considerable light upon some of the peculiar physio-
logical processes involved in the viviparous methods of develop-
ment.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited a collection of Foraminifera
belonging to the genus Zagena, and made a few Temarks explain-
ing the relation between this genus and the Nodosarine group;
these briefly being that Zagena may be taken as the type of the
group, passing through JVodosaria and ending in C7istellaria as the
most complete manifestation of its method of growth.

* 1882. RyDER, JOHN A. Structure and ovarian incubation of Gamdusia
patruelis, a top-minnow. <American Naturalist, Feb., 1882, pp. 109-118.

ADDRESSES AND COMMUNICATIONS.

THE PRINCIPLES OF ZOOGEOGRAPHY.*

By THEODORE GILL.

Zoogeography, or the science of the geographical distribution of
animals, may be said to have originated with the illustrious French
naturalist of the last century, who inaugurated the era of philo-
sophical zoology in about the same degree as Linnzus did that of
systematic zoology, and who is also well known as the antagonist and
rival of the great Swede. Many of the facts that are the bases of
its propositions had indeed been known before the time of Buffon,
but the relations of those facts to each other, and to the general
doctrine of science, had either been entirely overlooked or were
vaguely appreciated.

It is Buffon who is to be credited with having first promulgated
precise generalizations respecting the geographical distribution of
animals. Buffon, in this respect, not only advanced much beyond
his predecessors, but leaped at once to a position which some of the
the more pretentious naturalists of our own times have failed to |
attain. In brief, he recognized (1) that the inhabitants of the
tropical and southern portions of the old and new worlds were
entirely different from each other; (2) that those of the northern
portions of the two were, to a considerable extent, identical; and

*Annual presidential address delivered at the Third Anniversary Meeting of the
Society, January 19, 1883, in the lecture room of the U. S. National Museum.

In the present address, previous contributions by the author to Zoogeography—
the article “ Zoological Geography ”’ in Johnson’s New Universal Cyclopedia, and
a review of Wallace’s “ Geographical Distribution of Animals,” published in “ The
Nation’ for July 12 and 19, 1877, and republished in “ Field and Forest,” (vol.
iii, pp. 69-74, 78-80, 98-101,) have been borrowed from.

2 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

(3) that the confluence of the two was most apparent towards the
| proximate portions of America and Asia. The truth that animals
in fact had, for the most part, originated in the regions of the earth
where they are now found, became incontrovertible; and geologi-
cal research demonstrated that they were preceded by forms which
were the ancestors of those now living on the soil. Numerous
zoologists from time to time took up the problem of the distribution
of animals as a special study.

But it is not incumbent on us at present to enter into a discussion
of the steps in our knowledge of the geographical distribution of
animals. It will now be sufficient to glance at two of the latest and
rival propositions for the partition of the globe into those primary
zoogeographical divisions, which, in furtherance of an analogy seized
upon by the late Professor Agassiz, in his designation of a well
known portion of North America as the ‘‘ Zoological island of New
England,’’ may be figuratively called Zoological Continents. The
great divisions of this rank have been termed by many American
naturalists ‘‘ realms,’’ and by English writers ‘‘ regions.’’

Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace, in his thoughtful work on ‘‘ The Geo-
graphical Distribution of Animals,’’* published in 1876, has recog-
nized six primary zoogeographical divisions of the globe, which he
has named regions, and, accepting views current in England, has
designated and constituted as follows:

fi Palzearctic region, with four sub-regions :
1. North Europe.
2. Mediterranean, or South Europe.
3. Siberia.
4. Manchuria, or Japan.
II. Ethiopian region, with four sub-regions ; -
East Africa.
West Africa.
South Africa.
Madagascar.

Lo
.

5 ie gan

* Vol. i, pp. 81, 82.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 3

III. Oriental region, with four sub-regions:
1. Hindostan, or Central India.
2. Ceylon.
3. Indo-China, or Himalayas.
4. Indo-Malaya.

IV. Australian region, with four sub-regions:
1. Austro-Malaya.
2. Australia. |
3. Polynesia.
4. New Zealand.

V. Neotropical region, with four sub-regions:
1. Chili, or South Temp. America.
2. Brazil.
3. Mexico, or Tropical North America.
4. Antilles.

VI. Nearctic region, with four sub-regions:
1. California.
2. Rocky Mountains.
3. Alleghanies, or East United States.
4. Canada.

A corresponding member of this Society, and one of the most
learned and thorough of American naturalists, Mr. J. A. Allen,
in an elaborate memoir on ‘‘ The Geographical Distribution of the
Mammalia, considered in relation to the principal ontological re-
gions of the earth, and the laws that govern the distribution of
animal life,’’* published in 1878, has proposed a very different sub-
division. He recognized three categories of general areas—viz: (1)
‘‘ primary divisions or ‘realms,’’’ (2) ‘‘secondary divisions or
‘regions,’’’ and (3) ‘‘ divisions of third rank or ‘ provinces.’ ’’

The several categories have been denominated as follows:

I. An Arctic, or North Circumpolar realm.

* Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey, vol. iv, p. 376.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

IJ. A North Temperate realm, with two regions, viz:
1. American, with four provinces :
a. Boreal.
bd. Eastern.
¢. Middle.
ad. Western.
2. Europzo-Asiatic, with four provinces:
a. European.
é. Siberian.
¢. Mediterranean.
@. Manchurian.

III. An American Tropical realm, with three regions, viz.:
1. Antillean.
2. Central American.

3. Brazilian.

IV. An Indo-African realm, with two regions, viz:
1. African, with three provinces:
a. Eastern.
&. Western.
¢. Southern.
2. Indian, with two provinces:
a. Continental.
6. Insular.
V. A South American Temperate realm, with two provinces, viz:
a. Andean.
6. Pampean.
VI. An Australian realm, with three regions, viz:
1. Australian, with two provinces:
a. Australian.
d. Papuan.
2. Polynesian.
3. New Zealand.
VII. A Lemurian realm (undivided).
VIII. An Antarctic or South Circumpolar realm.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 5

On a comparison of the respective schemes of Messrs...Wallace
and Allen, it is obvious that they must have been influenced by
quite different considerations. Not one of the primary regions of
the two authors is accepted with the same limits by both, and some-
times they differ radically. Mr. Allen recognizes as a peculiar
realm (the ‘‘Arctic realm’’) a division which is considered neutral
territory belonging to the Palearctic and Nearctic regions by Mr.
Wallace ; he degrades the Indian and African realms to subdivi-
sions of a common Indo-African realm, but subtracts from the
former the Malagasy region to raise it to the rank of an indepen-
dent realm—the Lemurian—co-equal with the Indo-African. He
further adds, a South American temperate realm and an Antarctic
realm. ‘The examination and analysis of the evidence which has
led to such different results will be instructive and lead up to some
interesting deductions. We may aptly commence this examination
by a glance at the several ‘‘ realms’’ concerning which there is an
approximate agreement. But the’ premises upon which Messrs.
Wallace and Allen have worked should be first stated.

The conception of Mr. Wallace as to the character of the primary
zoogeographical regions or zoological continents is, that ‘‘it is a
positive, and by no means an unimportant, advantage to have our
named regions approximately equal in size, and with easily defined,
and therefore easily remembered, boundaries,’’ providing that ‘‘ we
do not violate any clear affinities or produce any glaring irregu-
larities.’’ It is further claimed that ‘‘all elaborate definitions of
interpenetrating frontiers, as well as regions extending over three-
fourths of the land surface of the globe, and including places which
are the antipodes of each other, would be most inconvenient, even
if there were not such difference of opinion about them.’’ *

Again, Mr. Wallace says: ‘‘On two main points every system
yet proposed, or that probably can be proposed, is open to objec-
tion ; they are,—1stly, that the several regions are not of equal
rank ;—2ndly, that they are not equally applicable to all classes of

* Wallace, Geog. Dist. Anim., vol. i, pp. 63, 64.

6 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

animals. As to the first objection, it will be found impossible to form
any three or more regions each of which differs from the rest in an
equal degree or in the same manner. One will surpass all others
in the possession of peculiar families; another will have many
characteristic genera; while a third will be mainly distinguished by
negative characters. There will also be found many intermediate
districts, which possess some of the characteristics of two well”
marked regions, with a few special features of their own, or perhaps
with none ; and it will be a difficult question to decide in all cases
which region should possess the doubtful territory, or whether it
should be formed into a primary region itself.’’ *

As to the question ‘‘ Which class of animals is of most importance
in determining Zoological Regions,’’ Mr. Wallace thinks that we
should ‘‘ construct our typical or standard Zoological Regions in the
first place, from a consideration of the distribution of mammalia,
only bringing to our aid the distribution of other groups to determine
doubtful points. Regions so established will be most closely in ac-
cordance with those long-enduring features of physical geography, on
which the distribution of all forms of life fundamentally depends ; and
all discrepancies in the distribution of other classes of animals must
be capable of being explained, either by their exceptional means
of dispersion or by special conditions affecting their perpetuation
and increase in each locality.’’ ‘‘If these considerations are well
founded,’’ he continues, ‘‘ the objections of those who study in-
sects or molluscs,—for example, that our regions are not true for their
departments of nature,—cannot be maintained. For they will find,
that a careful consideration of the exceptional means of dispersal
and conditions of existence of each group, will explain most of the
divergences from the normal distribution of higher animals.’’+

Mr. Allen recalls that he had in 1871 ‘‘ claimed, in accordance
with the views of Humboldt, Wagner, Dana, Agassiz, DeCandolle,
and others, that life is distributed in circumpolar zones which con-

* Wallace, Geog. Dist. Anim., vol. i. p. 53.
7 Wallace, op. cit., vol. i, p. 57.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 7

form with the climatic;zones, though not always with the parallels
of the geographer.’’
Mr. Allen contends * that—

‘In fact, so generally is temperature recognized by the leading
writers on the distribution of marine life that it seems superfluous
to reiterate or emphasize this principle. That the zones of life
should be perhaps a little less obvious over the land areas—in con-
sequence of the diversity of contour resulting from differences of
elevation, and the interruptions and exceptional conditions due to
mountain chains and high plateaus—than over the oceanic expanses,
is naturally to be expected. That there is, however, a similar cor-
respondence between climatic belts and the zones of life seems to me
abundantly evident. As has been already shown, the broader or
primary zones are, first, an Arctic or North Circumpolar Zone, em-
bracing the arctic, subarctic, and colder temperate latitudes of the
northern hemisphere, throughout the whole of which area there is
a marked homogeneity of mammalian life, as well as of animal and
vegetable life in general ; secondly, that below this there is a broad
belt of life, which, in its general /aczes, is distinctive of the tem-
perate and warm-temperate latitudes, and that these two zones of
life are far more closely related zz¢er se than with the life of the in-
tertropical regions, with which regions they may be collectively con-
trasted, and together receive the appropriate name of ‘ Arcfogea ;’
thirdly, it has been shown, so far as the northern hemisphere is
concerned, that the life of the tropical and temperate regions of the
same continent is more widely different than is the life of corre-
sponding portions of the temperate and colder parts of the (so-called)
Old World and the New; fourthly, that the life of Tropical
America has very little in common with that of the tropical por-
tions of Asia and Africa; fifthly, that the life of the South Tem-
perate Zone presents a facies distinct from that of the tropics, and
has still less in common with that of the North Temperate Zone ;
sixthly, that Australasia is so highly differentiated as to form a dis-
tinct primary region, having little in common with other lands,
even with those of contiguous regions, or those having a similar
geographical position ; seventhly, that Madagascar and its contig-
uous islands, while to some extent African in affinity, form also a
highly specialized region ; lastly, that the antarctic and cold south-

* Allen, op. cit., pp. 373-375-
i

8 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

temperate oceanic regions are recognizable as a primary region,
characterized by a peculiar general facées of life, that more strongly
recalls that of the corresponding portions of the northern hemis-
phere than of any other portion of the earth. It has been further
shown that the Australian Realm is divisible into temperate and
tropical portions, and also that the land surface is separable into
zones of even still narrower limits, corresponding in a general way
with those recognized by Dana for marine life.

‘¢ The almost total absence of identical genera, or even of families,
excepting such as are essentially cosmopolitan, in the American and
Old World tropics, as well as the distinctness of the Lemurian
Realm, and the almost total isolation of the Australian Realm, evi-
dently require for their explanation other causes than merely the
existing climates. The geological history of these land-areas and
their faunze must be of course considered in order to understand
their present relationships. As the northern hemisphere at present
most clearly shows, nearly continuous land surface and similarity of
climatic conditions implies identity of fauna, while isolation, especi-
ally when joined with diverse climatic conditions, implies diversity
of life, and a differentiation proportionate to the degree of isolation,
and the length of time such isolation has existed ; in other words,
that the present want of affinity between the life of the Lemurian
and Australian Realms and that of the rest of the world is due
rather to their long geographical isolation than to present climatic
conditions, and that we here find, for reasons perhaps not wholly
apparent, the remnants of a somewhat primitive or early fauna that
was formerly shared more largely by other areas than at present—
that these regions became isolated before the development of many
of the higher and now prevalent types of the larger and more diversi-
fied land-areas, and that here differentiation has proceeded less
rapidly and along fewer and narrower lines than elsewhere ; further-
more, that the present highly diversified fauna of the chief tropical
areas, in comparison with the fauna of the north-circumpolar lands,
is due in part to the southward migration, near the close of the
Tertiary period, of forms adapted to a high temperature, and in
part to the high rate of differentiation favored by tropical condi-
tions of climate. Hence, given: 1. Arctic and cold-temperate
conditions of climate, and we have a fauna only slightly or moder-
ately diversified ; 2. A moderate increase of temperature, giving
warm-temperate conditions of climate, and we have the addition of

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 9

many new types of life; 3. A high increase of temperature, giving
tropical conditions of climate, and we have a rapid multiplication
of new forms and a maximum of differentiation. Again, given: 1.
A long-continued continuity of land surface, and we have an essen-
tial identity of fauna; 2. A divergence and partial isolation of land-
areas, and we find a moderate but decided differentiation of faunz ;
3. A total isolation of land-areas, and we have a thorough and rad-
ical differentiation of faunz, proportioned to the length of time the
isolation has continued. Hence, the present diversity of life is cor-
related with two fundamental conditions: 1. Continuity or isola-
tion, past as well as present, of land surface ; and, 2. Climatic con-
ditions, as determined mainly by temperature.”’

Without further comment, we will proceed to the consideration
(1) of the several regions concerning which there is proximate
agreement, and (2) next to those in dispute.

THE NORTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM OR NEARCTIC REGION.

It is with its widest limits that this territory has been admitted
by Mr. Wallace, while by Mr. Allen it is deprived of the Arctic
region, which has been associated with the isothermal portion of the
Eurasia to constitute together an Arctic realm. This will be the
subject of consideration hereafter. Issue has also been joined as
to the southern limits of the realm and as to the pertinence or non-
pertinence to it of the Sonoran and Lower Californian « regions ”’
of Cope, but this is a question of detail which need not detain us
at the present time.

THE EUROPO-ASIATIC OR PALAZARCTIC REALM.

The only serious point at issue between Messrs. Wallace and
Allen affecting this realm is whether the Arctic portion is, or is
not, an integer, Mr. Wallace including it and Mr. Allen excluding
and uniting it with the American Arctic, and considering the two
as the components of a ‘‘ realm,’’ as will be hereafter seen.

It will be now in order to inquire into the tenability of the other
realms whose adoption has been urged by Mr. Allen. These are

10 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

the Arctic, the Indo-African,.-the Lemurian, the South American
Temperate, and the Antarctic.

THE ARCTIC REALM.

Mr. Allen gives the following reasons for retention of this realm;

‘‘ Whether or not an Arctic Region should he recognized as a
division of the first rank is a question not easy to satisfactorily an-
swer. Naturalists who have made the distribution of animal life
in the boreal regions a subject of special study very generally agree
in the recognition of a hyperboreal or circumpolar fauna, extending
in some cases far southward over the Temperate Zone. The Arctic
portion of this hyperborean region has been frequently set off as a
secondary division, or sub-region, and generally recognized as pos-
sessing many features not shared by the contiguous region to the
southward. For the present I prefer to still retain it as a division
of the first rank. It is characterized mainly by the paucity of its
life, as compared with every region except the Antarctic, and by
what it has not rather than by the possession of peculiar species or
groups. It wholly lacks both Amphibian and Reptilian life, is
almost exclusively the summer home of many birds, and forms the
habitat of the Esquimaux, the Arctic Fox, the Polar Bear, the
Musk Ox, the Polar Hare, the Lemmings, the Walruses, the Narwhal,
and the White Whale, which are confined within it. It has no
Chiropteranor Insectivora, two or three species of Shrews, however,
barely reaching its southern border. Itshares with the cold-temp-
erate belt the presence of the Moose and the Reindeer, several Pin-
nipeds, a number of boreal species of Géres, several fur-bearing
Carnivora, and a-considerable number of birds. Its southern bound-
ary may be considered as coinciding very nearly with the northern
limit of arboreal vegetation, and hence approximately with the iso-
therm of 32° F. Its more characteristic terrestrial forms range
throughout its extent, none being restricted to either the North
American or Europxo-Asiatic continent. Hence it is indivisible
into regions of the second and third grades (regionsand provinces, )
and may be considered as embracing a single hyperborean assem-
blage of life.’’

It cannot be overlooked that the reasons thus urged are very un-
satisfactory, and result in part from the confusion of inland and

marine faunze under the same category. ‘The seals, walruses, and

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 11

cetaceans are not terrestrial mammals, but marine, and their distri-
bution is governed by the same laws which affect marine animals
generally. The very few peculiar species, except the musk ox, are
but little modified relations of forms common to the adjoining
realms, and the absence of most forms is evidently dependent on
the cold climate, and furnishes no more reason for assigning a pri-
mary rank to the territory so characterized than it would to the
mountain peaks and deserts so frequently isolated in the midst of the
adjoining regions, and which are equally distinguished by the
paucity of their animal life. The fact that it cannot be distinctly
relegated to either the North American or Eurasian realms, but is
neutral territory, is scarcely sufficient to warrant its entire isolation
from both.

The next disputed question involves the union or distinction of
the Indian and African territories. The question is thus discussed
by Mr. Allen.

INDO-AFRICAN REALM.

According to Mr. Allen, ‘‘ The Indo-African Realm consists
mainly of Intertropical Africa and Intertropical Asia, to which it
seems proper to add Extratropical South Africa. The small por-
tion of Africa south of the Southern Tropic lies wholly within the
warm-temperate zone. Its small extent and broad connection with
Tropical Africa render its separation as a distinct realm (as I at
one time rather hastily considered it) almost inadmissible, since it
is especially open to theinfluence of the great intertropical African
fauna, as is shown by the extension of many tropical forms down to
within a few degrees of its southern extremity. The area really
possessing a temperate climate is restricted to its extreme southern
border, where alone appear the few generic and family types that
do not have a very general range over the tropical portions of the
continent. This area is many times smaller than the temperate
portion of South America, but, though so small, has quite a num-
ber of peculiar genera, which impart to it quite distinctive features.
It yet seems better to regard it as an appendage of the great Indo-
African Realm rather than as a distinct primaryregion. Madagas-
car, with the Mascarene Islands, on the other hand, while perhaps
possessing a closer affinity with Africa than with any other conti-

12 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

nental region, has yet a fauna made up so largely of peculiar types
that it seems more in accordance with the facts of distribution to

regard it as a separate primary region.

‘*The Indo-African Realm, as thus restricted, forms a highly
natural division. Although its two principal areas are quite widely
separated, being in fact geographically almost wholly disassociated,
they possess a wonderful degree of similarity. Of the fifty com-
monly recognized families of mammalia occurring within its limits,
three-fifths are distributed throughout almost its whole extent. Of
the remainder, one-half are confined to Africa, and one is African
and American, leaving only nine in India that are unrepresented in
Africa; three only of these latter are, however, peculiar to the In-
dian Region; all extend beyond it to the northward, five of them
even occurring over the greater part of the northern hemisphere.
Thus the African region is the more specialized division, only a
small portion of the tropical element in the Indian Region, through
which it is differentiated from the great Europzeo-Asiatic Temper-
ate Region, being unrepresented in the African, while the African
has three times as many peculiar families as the Indian.”’

-Iam quite unable to appreciate the force of this exposition as an
argument in favor of the union of the two regions; it appears to me
that it is, indeed, one that tells for the contrary side. Let it be re-
called that the ten families* peculiar to the African region are very
distinct, and that almost all of the eighteen families ‘‘ common to
both regions ’’ can be added to the twelve ‘‘ of wide extralimital
range,’’ if we take into consideration their distribution in even newer
Tertiary or sometimes Quaternary times. Further, the genera even
were, for the most part, of wide distribution formerly, and there is
strong reason to believe that the thirty forms ‘‘ common to both
regions ’’ were invaders of Africa in the later Tertiary, and that
among those now ‘‘ peculiar to the African region’’ we have the
remnants of older faunz. If we revert to the fishes we find some
striking facts. These can be resolved under two categories. On ~
the one hand a number of forms are peculiar to Africa, or shared
in common with South America; on the other are certain genera

* There are really more.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 13

shared in common with Asia, or very closely related to. Asiatic
forms, and well fitted for extension of their range by tenacity of
life or adaptation for limited erial respiration. The evidence here
again leads to the conclusion that the peculiar types are derived from
very ancient tenants of the territory, while those common to Asia
are of recent introduction. We must of course take cognizance of
these contrary indications in our appreciation of the relations of
the respective regions, and not allow ourselves to be unduly influ-
enced by the predominance of the recent invaders. Africa is a de-
cidedly distinct region so far as its aboriginal population is con-
cerned. Further, its relations, as indicated by its primitive and
more characteristic types, are with South America rather than
with India, as I shall hereafter show.

THE LEMURIAN OR MALAGASY REALM.

Whether the Malagasy region or Lemurian realm of Allen is in-

dependent or an appanage of the African, is the question natur-’
ally next in order. “i

According to Mr. Allen, ‘‘As was long since claimed by Dr.
Sclater,* Madagascar is faunally so distinct from every other onto-
logical division of the globe as to be entitled to the rank of a pri-
mary zoogeographical region. With it, as is generally admitted,
should be associated the Mascarene Islands. The very few mam-
mals indigenous to these islands are decidedly Madagascarine in
their affinities, as are the birds and other land animals. While the
Lemurian fauna shows decided African affinities, it is second only
to the Australian in its degree of specialization. It departs most
strikingly from all other regions in what it lacks, through the ab-
sence of all Carnivores save one peculiar family (Cyftoproctide),
represented by a single species, and four peculiar genera of the
family Viverride ; of all Ruminants and Proboscidians ; all Pachy-
derms, except a single African genus of Swd@,;.and all Rodents,
except a few species of Muride. The Insectivores are almost wholly
represented by one or two species of Crocidura, and a family, em-
bracing several genera, not found elsewhere, save a single genus in

oe Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. i, April, 1864, pp. 213-219 (Allen).

14 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

the West Indies. Four families of Bats occur, but are represented,
with one exception, by a single species each. They belong to
groups of semi-cosmopolitan range, and owing also to the excep-
tional means of dispersal possessed by the Criroptera, have little
weight in determining the affinities of the fauna. The Quadru-
manes are represented only by the Prosimia, of which three-fourths
of all the species occur here, while about four-fifths of the remain-
der are African. The remains of an extinct species of Aippopota-
mus have been found, a type existing at present only in Africa.
Although the Indian genus Viverricuda has recently been established
as occurring in Madagascar, the few types that connect the Lemu-
rian mammalian fauna with the faunz of other parts of the world
are preponderatingly African.’’

There is much that could be said on both sides of this question,
thus ably discussed. When, however, we recall the fact, lately
urged, that most of the types that now characterize Africa are com-
paratively recent immigrants into that continent; that the nearest
existing allies of the peculiar mammalian types of Madagascar are
to be found among the older types of Africa, and that the few fresh-
water fishes of Madagascar are of a decided African type, the diver-
gences of the two are materially lessened ; there is no dispute that
the relations of the Malagasy fauna are most intimate with Africa,
and as the question of the distinction of the former from the latter
is at least doubtful, and must remain so until its fauna is better
known and has been more thoroughly analyzed, we may, provision-
ally, at least, consider the one as an appanage of the other, having
not much less perceptible relations to the main portion than does
the Antillean to the South American.

THE SOUTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM.

In Mr. Allen’s words, ‘‘ What is here termed the South American
Temperate Realm embraces all that portion of the South American
continent and adjacent islands not included in the American Tropi-
cal Realm as already defined. It coincides very nearly with Mr.
Wallace’s ‘South Temperate American or Chilian Sub-region.’*

* Geog. Dist. Animals, vol. ii, p. 36, and map of the Neotropical Region.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.. 15

Its northern limit on’ the Atlantic coast is near the thirtieth par-
allel. On leaving the Atlantic coast, the northern boundary passes
obliquely northwestward, rising in the region of the Chaco Desert,
to, or possibly a little beyond, the Tropic of Capricorn. Again,
descending to about the twenty-fifth parallel, it turns abruptly
northward and eastward, along the eastern border of the Andean
chain, nearly to the fifth degree of south latitude, near which point
it strikes the Pacific coast. It thus embraces a large part of the
great Andean plateau, with the neighboring coast region to the
westward, nearly all the La Plata plains, and the region thence
southward to Tierra del Fuego, which belongs also to this region.

‘As contrasted with the Tropical Realm to the northward, it is
characterized, in respect to mammals, by the absence of all Quad-
rumana and the paucity of Edentates and Marsupials, there being
neither Sloths nor Anteaters, while only two or three species of Opos-
sums barely extend over its borders; the absence of all genera of
Leaf-nosed bats, and of not less than a dozen important genera of
Rodents, the Coatis, the Kinkajou, the Tapirs, and many other
genera characteristic of the American tropics.* As noted by Mr.
Wallace, it is further characterized by the possession of the entire
family of the Chinchillide, the genera Auchenia, Habrocomus,
Spalacopus, Actodon, Ctenomys, Dolichotis, Myopotamus, Chlama-
dophorus, to which may be added the marine genera Ofaria, Arc-
tocephalus, Morunga, Lobodon, and Stenorhynchus, very few of which
range beyond the northern border of this region. The Spectacled —
Bear is also confined to it, and here are also most largely developed
the Murine genera Calomys, Acodon, and Reithrodon.”’

Mr. Allen might have derived additional cogent evidence for the
independence of this realm from the fresh-water fishes, which, in
fact, show more relationship to those of New Zealand and Tas-
mania than to the tropical American types. Indeed, this relation-
ship is such that an English ichthyologist of some note, Dr. Giin-

* «Among the genera of the Brazilian region here unrepresented are, aside from
the Quadrumana, Cercoleptes, Nasua, Tapirus, Bradypus, Chelopus, Myrmeco-
phaga, Tamandua, Cyclothurus, Phyllostoma, Glossophaga, Arctibeus, Dysopes,
_(and other genera of Chiroptera,) Hydrocherus, Cercomys, Dactylomys, Loncheres,
Echimys, Calogenys, Dasyprocta, Chetomys, Cercolabes, Lepus, Sciurus, Ha-
brothrix, Oxymycterus, Holochilus, etc., == 27+.”

16 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ther, has considered the several countries as constituents of a single
‘‘region,’’ called the Antarctic region, whose subdivisions were
designated as the Tasmanian, New Zealand, and Patagonian ‘“sub-

regions,’’ and which were, in his opinion, ‘‘ almost identical.’’

On the whole I am now inclined to follow Mr. Allen in differentiat-
ing this realm from the South American, somewhat contrary to my
former views, although I do so with some hesitation.

THE ANTARCTIC OR SOUTH CIRCUMPOLAR REALM.

Mr. Allen has enunciated the following views respecting an Ant-

arctic Realm:

‘The Antarctic Realm is geographically almost wholly oceanic,
and its fauna hence consists almost exclusively of marine or pelagic
species. It necessarily embraces not only the Antarctic Zone, but
a large part of the cold south-temperate, since very few of its char-
acteristic species are wholly restricted to the Antarctic waters. It
will hence include not only the few small groups of Antarctic
Islands, but also Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands, and
perhaps also the extreme southern shores of South America, while
some of its characteristic forms also extend to New Zealand, and
even Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. The only mammals
that can be considered as strictly characteristic of this region are
Pinnipeds and Cetaceans, of which several genera of each are almost
_wholly restricted to it. A ‘‘South Frigid,’’ ‘ Antarctic,’’ or
‘¢South Circumpolar ’’ *‘ Zone,’’ ‘‘Region,’’ or ‘ Realm,’’: has.
been recognized by various writers for the marine invertebrates,
and, by von Pelzeln for birds, with limitations much as here as-
signed. While the number of species peculiar to it is small, it is
large relatively to the whole number represented, especially in the
colder latitudes. There is, of course, a broad belt along its north-
ern border of a transitional character, where Antarctic types over-
lap the range of groups characteristic of south-temperate lati-
tudes.’’*

As it is admitted that no terrestrial or fresh-water animals have
been found in the Antarctic regions, it is not obvious why such
a realm should have been proposed in connection with the distri-

*Allen op. cit., p. 372.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 17

bution of terrestrial vertebrates, and it will be premature to even
consider it till such animals have been found.

Such are the ‘‘realms’’ or ‘‘regions’’ recognized by Messrs.
Wallace and Allen.

But there still remain large extents of land and water which have
not been recognized as independent realms by either Messrs. Wal-
lace or Allen, but which have been referred to a heterogeneous
Australian one, as a kind of refuge of the destitute. These we shall
consider as a sequel to the determination of the ‘‘ realms,’’ which
our inquiries and criticisms have naturally now led us to.

In fine, we see reason for admitting nine primary divisions of
the earth’s inland surface, characterized by major associations of
animals. Beginning with home, and proceeding to the successively
more differentiated realms, these are (1) the Anglogzean or North
American ; (2,) the Eurygeean or Eurasian; (3,) the Indogzan ;
(4,) the Afrogeean ; (5,) the Dendrogzean or Tropical-American ;
(6,) the Amphigzean or Temperate South American; (7,) the Aus-
trogean or Australian; (8,) the Ornithogeean, or New Zealand ;
and (9,) the Nesogzean or Polynesian.

I.—THE ANGLOGHAN OR ARCTAMERICAN REALM.*

I. The North American or Nearctic Realm embraces North Amer-
ica from its northern boundaries, where it approaches, on opposite
sides, the Eurasiatic realm, southward into Northern Mexico, pro-
jecting into that country to a considerable distance along the exten-
sion of the Rocky Mountains, and ceasing somewhere near the
southwestern boundary of the United States on the lowlands. It
has representatives of 26 families and about 250 species of mammals,
exclusive of the marine types; about 60 families and not far

‘from 800 species of birds (Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway); 25
families, and about 250 species of reptiles; 14 families and about
100 species of amphibians; 17 families and about 600 species of

* Some synonyms of the realm names adopted are given at the commencement
of each paragraph.

18 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

fresh-water fishes, and 1 family and 6 or 7 species of Marsipobran-
chiates. Of these, several are wholly or almost peculiar to the re-
gion. These are, of mammals, the Antilocapride, Zapodide,
Gceomyidz, and Haploodontidz; of birds, the Chamzeidze (of very
doubtful value) ; of reptiles, the Lichanuridz; of amphibians, (ac-
cording to Cope,) the Scaphiopodidz, Plethodontide, Amblysto-
midz, -Amphiumide, and Sirenidz; and of fishes, the Centrar-
chide, Elassomide, Aphredoderidz, Amblyopsidz, Percopside,
Hyodontide, and Amiidz. Of the others, those characteristic of
the northern portions of the region are shared in common with
Europe and Northern Asia, while such as are especially represented
in the southern portions are held in common with South America.
On the whole, however, the predominant type of the region—and
only more decidedly so to the northward—is akin to that of the
Eastern hemisphere, and the South American aspect given to the
region is apparently due rather to the (geologically) recent intru-
sion of South American types than to its being the natal abode of
such forms.

Of the other classes of animals, those most noteworthy are the
gastropods and conchifers ; the former is extremely rich in species
of the family of Ceriphasiidze, which includes Melanioids of peculiar
genera; the latter is even to a still greater degree exuberant in
species representing also numerous sections, or sub-genera, peculiar
to the region. In fact, over 400 species of gastropods, most of
which belong to the Ceriphasiide, and about 600 species of con-
chifers, the greater portion of which are members of the family of
Unionide, have been attributed to the region, but these numbers
are undoubtedly greatly exaggerated. It may be added, in con-
clusion, that several of the families and genera now peculiar to the
realm were, in early geological epochs, represented elsewhere, the
Lepidosteide, for instance, having formerly had members in Eu-
rope. Several of the peculiar genera are also of great antiquity,
characteristic sections or genera of Viviparide, Melaniide, and

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 19

Unionide having existed as early as the Cretaceous and even the
Jurassic period.

II.—THE EURYG#AN OR EURASIATIC REALM.

The European or Palearctic Realm is the largest of all, and
embraces the entire northern portion of the Old World. Its south-
ern limits nearly coincide with the tropic of Cancer in the lowlands,
and its isotherm projected therefrom in the more rugged countries.
In Africa it extends into the Desert of Sahara, and in Asia it is
limited by the Himalaya Mountains and their spurs. It possesses
members of 31 families of terrestrial mammals, 55 of birds (accord-
ing to Wallace), 25 of reptiles, 9 of amphibians (according to Giin-
ther), and 16 of fresh-water fishes. None of these families, how-
ever, are Continuous over the entire area and at the same time pe-
culiar to it. It is true that several families are restricted within
its limits, such as the Trogonophide and Ophiomoride among
reptiles, and the Comephoridz among fishes, but these are very
limited in their distribution; the family Comephoride, e. g., is
represented by a single species, confined to a single lake (Baikal)
of Siberia. The realm is characterized, therefore, rather by what
it has not than by what it has among families, and is based mainly
on the structural modifications of minor value (generic or specific)

of its constituents.
III.—THE INDOGHAN REALM.

The Indian or Oriental Realm is of less extent than either of
the two preceding ones, but is nevertheless richer than either in the
number of species. It extends from the Himalayan range on the
north to the Indian Ocean on the south, and toward the S. E. is
limited by the narrow but deep strait which intervenes between
Celebes Island and its dependencies on the one hand, and Borneo
on the other, and also between the island of Lombok on the
cne hand and Bali on the other; it thus includes the penin-
sulas of Hither and Farther India, and the Indo-Malayan Archi-

20 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

pelago and Philippine Islands. In it are found 33 families of ter-
restrial mammals, 71 families of birds (according to Wallace), 25
families of reptiles, 9 of amphibians, and 15 of fresh-water fishes.
Of these, 12 are peculiar, viz: among mammals, the Tarsiide,
Galeopithecide, and Tupaiide; among birds, the Liotrichide,
Phyllornithid, and Eurylemidz ; among reptiles, the Xenopeltide,
Uropeltidz, and Acrochordide ; and among fishes, the Lucioceph-
alidze, Ophiocephalidz, and Mastacembelidz. As in the case of
other regions, there is considerable diversity of opinion as to its
relations to others, and as to its several subdivisions.

IV.—THE AFROGHAN REALM.

The African or Ethiopian Realm, as the name indicates, in-
cludes the greater part of the African continent, but not all, it be-
ing limited on the N. by the Desert of Sahara, although on all
other sides bounded by the ocean; but it also comprises the island
of Madagascar and the Mascarenes, as well as, according to some
recent authors, the peninsula of Arabia. It is distinguished es-
pecially in that it possesses the highest types, after man, of the order
Primates, and which are in all respects the most anthropoid. This
region is also further distinguished by the restriction to it of as -
many as ten isolated families of mammals, viz: Daubentoniide,
Cryptoproctide, Protelide, Camelopardide, Hippopotamide, Loph-
iomyide, Centetidz, Potamogalide, Chrysochloride, and Orycter-
opide. Among birds, there are six so-called families peculiar to
it—Paictide, Musophagide, Coliide, Leptosomidz, Irrisoride,
and Serpentaride. The most marked, however, are the fishes, of
which there are fourteen families; of these, five are peculiar, viz:
Pantodontidz, Kneriide, Mormyride, Gymnarchide, and Polyp-
teride, and three are shared with South America alone—Cichlide,
Characinide, and Lepidosirenide. . This realm, like all the others,
has been subdivided by Wallace into four regions, or, as he desig-
nates them, ‘‘subregions,’’ viz: (@) the East African, (4) the

West African, (¢) the South African, and (¢) the Malagassy.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRKESS. : oe

V.—-THE DENDROGZAN REALM.

The South American or Neotropical Realm extends from the N.,
near the northern boundaries of Mexico in the lowlands, and lower
down in the highlands, to the temperate regions of South America,
and its dependencies, for with it are also generally associated the
West Indian Islands. It has 30 families of mammals, 73 of birds,
35 of reptiles, 16 of amphibians, and 17 of fresh-water fishes. An
unusual proportion of these are peculiar to the region, or nearly so.
Among the mammals are the Cebidze, Mididz, Desmodide, Dino-
myidze, Caviide, Hydrochceride, Bradypodide, Dasypodide,
Tatusiide, and Myrmecophagide. Several of the families which
are shared in common with North America are also almost as
characteristic, the North American species being rather intruders
therein from the region under question than true autochthones.
Such are the Procyonide, Bassaridide, Saccomyide, Cercolabide,
Phyllostomidz, and Didelphididz. Other families are peculiar in
their distribution: for example, of the Tapiridze, two well defined
genera and several species are found in South America, and the
only other representative is distant as far as the Indo-Malayan Archi-
pelago. These are anomalies, however, that become readily explica-
ble when it is recalled that, in previous geological epochs, both of
the said families were extensively distributed over the northern
hemisphere, and consequently the widely-separated living forms are
evidently simply surviving representatives of formerly widespread
types. Of birds, according to the views of Wallace and many or-
nithologists, 22 families are restricted to the region, and 7 others
are common and peculiar to it and the North American region.
The peculiar families of birds, according to Wallace, are the Czere-
bidee, or sugar-birds ; Phytotomide, or plant-cutters ; Pipridee, or
manakins ; Cotingide, or chatterers ; Formicariide, or ant-thrushes ;
Dendrocolaptidz, or tree-creepers ; Pteroptochidz ; Rhamphastide,
or toucans; Bucconide, or puff-birds; Galbulidz, or jacamars ;
Todidz, or todies; Momotidze, or motmots; Steatornithide, the
guacharo or oil-bird; Cracide, or curassows; Tinamide, or tina-

22 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

mous; Opisthocomidz, the hoazin; Thinocoride; Cariamide ;
Aramide ; Psophiide, or trumpeters ; Eurypygide, or sun-bitterns ;
and Palamedeidz, or horned screamers. The Trochilidz, or hum-
ming-birds, are especially noteworthy on account of their great
numbers. Six families of reptiles have also been claimed as pecu-
liar to the realm, and among the lizards the family of Iguanide is
remarkably developed. Four families of amphibians and four of
fishes are also considered as restricted to the realm. The relation
between the fishes of South America and Africa is another feature
of special significance: there are three families shared between the
two, and found nowhere else, and genera of the respective families
are not distantly related, although none are actually common to the
two realms.

VI.—THE AMPHIGZAN REALM.

The Temperate South American Realm may retain provisionally
the limits assigned to it by Mr. Allen, and as these have already
been specified when considering Mr. Allen’s views, it is unnecessary
to repeat them here. Within its limits occur representatives of several
peculiar groups; there are 18 families of terrestrial mammals, two
of which (the Chinchillidee and Chlamyphoride) are almost con-
fined to it, and two (Ursidze and Camelidz) are shared with the
northern realms without occurring in the contiguous realm; 42 so-
called families, of birds, three of which (the Chionidide, Thino-
coride, and Rheidz) scarcely or not at all encroach northwards;
15 families of reptiles; 11 families of amphibians; 5 families of
fishes, two of which are shared with New Zealand and Tasmania,
and scarcely extend into Tropical America; and one family of
Myzonts, also shared with New Zealand and Tasmania.

VII.—THE AUSTROGAEAN REALM.

The Australian Realm is of all the most distinctly defined
by its fauna. As it will be here limited, it comprises Australia and
the immediately outlying islands, and the Austro-Malayan Archi-

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 93

pelago. It is limited/northward by Wallace’s line or strait, which
separates Lombok from Bali and Celebes from Borneo, including
Papua or New Guinea and the Solomon Islands to the eastward,
and southward embraces Tasmania or Van Diemen’s Land. It is
especially distinguished by its numerous marsupial mammals, and
by the almost complete restriction of the class to representatives of
that order, the rodents and the bats; the Monotremes are also
characteristic of the realm, and entirely confined to it. The class
of birds likewise has a number of very characteristic types: chief
of these are Megapodidze and Casuaridz, but there are several
others—e. g., the Paradiseide, Meliphagide, Menuridz, and At-
richide—that are almost equally peculiar. The reptiles and am-
phibians are perhaps less noteworthy, although they present some
interesting features of detail. The fresh-water fishes are, however,
especially remarkable ; while many of what may be called marine
families are represented by fluviatile species, there are several that
are peculiar to it or only found elsewhere in South America.
Among the former is the family Ceratodontide, which in former
geological epochs was extensively represented in other parts of the
world, but is now peculiar to Australia. Among the latter are the
families Percophidide, Haplochitonide, Galaxiide, Osteoglos-
side, and Symbranchide. The articulates and mollusks also afford
a large number of characteristic forms. The primary subdivisions
of the realm are two.

VIIIl.—THE ORNITHOGAN REALM.

The New Zealand sub-region of Mr. Wallace cannot be satisfac-
torily referred to the Australian or any other realm, and, although
_ its peculiar characters are not very salient, it should apparently be
isolated. as a peculiar realm. The name Ornithogzea, proposed
nearly ten years ago, may be retained for it. In prehistoric times,
it was the abode of a number of gigantic struthiiform birds, which
have been referred to one or two peculiar families—the Dinornithidze
and Palapterygidze—and a related family—the Apterygidee—is still

24 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

represented by four species. There are also many other birds rep-
resenting genera peculiar to New Zealand. Here also live the only
survivors (Sphenodon or Hatterta). of an order of reptiles (Rhyn-
chocephalia) which, in ancient times, had a wide distribution. The
fresh-water fishes are few, but noteworthy. One genus (Ga/axias)
is common to the temperate portions of Australia and South Amer-
ica, another (Profotroctes) to New Zealand and South Australia, a
third (Veochanna) of the family of Galaxiidz is peculiar, and also
peculiar is a genus (/retropfinna) distantly related apparently to the
Argentines (smelts, etc.) of the northern realms. The Gastro-
pod mollusks, and other invertebrates exhibit a peculiar associa-
tion of types, which, at the same time, re-enforces the distinctness
of the realm and gives rise to special problems of zoogeography.

IX.—THE NESOGHAN REALM.

The restricted Polynesian realm is distinguished by negative
rather than positive characters, and is to some extent a “‘ refuge of
the destitute.’’ It includes all the islands of the tropical portions
of the Pacific Ocean combined under the general name Polynesia.
It is distinguished from all others by the total—or almost total—
absence of indigenous types of mammals. The other common
.characters are very few; the avian types, on the whole, recall
mostly the Australian forms. There are, according to Wallace,
‘‘not more than about 50 genera and about 150 species of land-
birds.’’ It is possible that these islands are the remains of one or
more continental areas, and that at least most of them have been
submerged and lost their mammals, and on emergence, or rather
upheaval, have been peopled from other territories. The analysis
of this group would detain us too long, and this realm may, for the
present, be considered as a provisional one, to be hereafter studied
and properly limited.

All the primary zoogeographical divisions recognized by Messrs.
Wallace and Allen have now been considered, but the relations of
the several realms to one another may be glanced at with profit. As

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 25

will be remembered, there are fundamental differences involved in
this respect between the views of Messrs. Wallace and Allen. Mr.

Wallace’s sequence of his ‘‘ regions ’’ implies a reminiscence of an
ancient idea, which was expressed in the translation of the terms
‘*Qld World’”’ and ‘* New World”’ into respectively ‘‘ Paleeogeea’’
and ‘‘ Neogea’’ The realms of Mr. Allen traverse such primary
groups, and are rather subordinated to climatic considerations. Still
other groupings have been proposed, as, for example, by Professor
Huxley, who has segregated the Eurasiatic, Indian, and African
realms into an ‘‘Arcteoga,’’ and the South American, or Austro-
Columbian, Australasian, and New Zealand ones into a ‘‘ Notogza.”’
And the present author has proposed to contrast the North Ameri-
can, Eurasiatic, and Indian realms under the denomination Cen-
ogea, with an Logea, comprising the African, South American,
Australian, and New Zealand realms. Let us look at some of the
facts which may determine our opinion in the case.

On the one hand; those forms of animal life which are capable ot
easy extension over extensive bodies of land or water, such as the
birds, which represent the highest types, physiologically speaking,
of life, are distributed in a manner to a large extent co-ordinate
with the present arrangement of land and water. The birds seem
to have especially become modified and adapted to the present topo-
graphical features of our earth at a (geologically speaking) recent
epoch. On the other hand, those animals of a more lethargic
character, or which are prevented by physical environments from
extending their range, are grouped entirely otherwise. This is
especially the case with the fresh-water animals of various kinds,
and notably with the fresh-water fishes.

If the inhabitants of the fresh waters of the globe are taken into
consideration, the several realms we have defined may be combined
in quite a curious manner, which entirely contradicts the relations
which the present combinations of land and water would suggest.
It will then be seen that the inhabitants of the northern portions of
the several continents of North America, Europe, and Asia belong,

26 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in a great degree, to the same types; and although the realms thus
associated are characterized by a number of forms peculiar severally
to each of them, they form a natural whole in contradistinction
to the others. Very closely connected with this division is the
East Indian, and this forms with them an integral portion of a
great super-realm or hemisphere.

In striking contrast with the association of forms characteristic
of the several divisions alluded to are the fresh-water types of Aus-
tralia. Most closely related to Australia in this respect is South
America, and in the fresh waters of that continent are to be found
several types which are common to the two continents. The only
remaining continent—A frica—although presenting some forms that
are common to it and India, on the whole furnishes us with an as-
sociation of fresh-water forms which recalls the South American
realm more than it does any other. Several families of fishes and
a number of types of other animals are common to the two and
are found nowhere else. —

Combining these facts into a systematic whole, it has been pro-
posed to segregate the several realms in the manner hinted at, and
to combine under the name Zogea (1) the ‘Australian, (2) South
American, and (3) African realms ; and under the name Cenogea
(4) the North American, (5) the European, and (6) the East Indian
realms. og@a gives to us a number of forms which remind us of
the ancient inhabitants of the northern hemisphere, and hence the
name, while Cexogea has lost most of the forms that were character-
istic of the past, and presents the newest aspect of the earth-faunas
in contradistinction with the other. |

An explanation of these relations may be found in one or other
of two hypotheses. (1) The like forms may have originated where
they are now found, and have been ever confined within proxi-
mately their present limits; or (2) they may be the survivors of
anciently widely-distributed races. Neither hypothesis of itself is
a sufficient explanation of all the associations in question, but each
is applicable to different cases.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 27

At this point, I will ask your attention for some problems whose
pertinency to our discussion will be evident, anda_n answer to which
will determine our action in questions yet to be considered.

THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON DISTRIBUTION.

Our experimental knowledge of the influence of temperature on
animal life in isolated cases prepares us to find it a largely control-
ling factor in the geographical distribution of the various minor
types, and the thermo-physiology of many super-generic types is
in strict consonance with their morphology. Many of the forms
which have been noticed as characteristic of specific realms or com-
mon to certain zones are limited in their range by thermometric
conditions. Asarule, temperature exerts a paramount influence
on the distribution of animal life. Nevertheless, the familiar adage
that there is no rule without an exception holds good for all the
laws of zoogeography. For instance, the tiger, which is as-
sociated, in the minds of most persons, with the jungles of torrid
India, flourishes likewise in the frigid Amurland; the humming
birds, so characteristic of tropical America, are represented by
wanderers in the icy regions of both the north and south, and the
cyprinoid fishes live and multiply, with not greatly unequal facility,
in the waters of the torrid and frigid zones. Nevertheless, the rule
in general is that temperature is a most important factor in distri-
bution, and probably to its influence, in connection with the former
distribution of animal types and the bounds of older continents, are
due some of the differences which are now so salient, as, for in-
stance, between the North American and Eurasiatic realms.

In former times, families now confined to America were also rep-
resented in Europe; such are the Snapping turtles or Chelydridz
and the Lepidosteidz. Perhaps their present absence from the Eu-
ropean fauna is due to their former limitation southward, and the
cold of the Quaternary period, which extended over the whole of
their European domain and exterminated the species, while in
America, although the individuals over a large extent of territory

28 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

succumbed, the types continued to survive in the south, and the
deserted lands were repeopled when a gentler climate again pre-
vailed.

It is well known that the equatorial inhabitants of the old and
new worlds are quite dissimilar from one another, and it may be
thought that such dissimilarity is antagonistic to the law that tem-
perature is a primary factor in distribution. The facts in the case,
however, seem at once to justify the law and to necessitate the in-
vocation of another. Undoubtedly there are no hindrances offered
by the climates of the several equatorial regions to the life of any
of the tropical types of life in all of the tropical regions. Their
limitation, therefore, must be looked for in other causes; the con-
ditions imposed by climate on the north and south, where the con-
tinents converge, have forbidden their extension, and the distinct-
iveness of the types characteristic of the several regions is a result
of the laws of evolution acting during the long ages of dissolution
of the respective regions.

WHAT TYPE IS MOST FITTED TO EXPRESS FAUNAS ?

As will, be remembered, Mr. Wallace has especially insisted on
the super-eminent availability of the mammals for the determina-
tion of faunal regions, and in this respect is cordially endorsed by
Mr. Allen. I fail, however, to appreciate the entire force or per-
tinence of their reasons, although to some extent pertinent. The
mammals are certainly the best and the only factors to determine
the mammalian faunas, but for general faunas all animals are to be
considered. The survey of the chronological and geographical
history of the various classes of the animal kingdom reveals marked
discrepancies between the several types in both of these cases, and
we are led to postulate several propositions as tentative hypotheses
for proof or disproof. All other things being equal, (1) the longer
a type has been in existence, the more widely should it have been
disseminated ; (2) the later a type has supervened, the more re-
stricted should ‘it be, and the closer its accommodation to existing

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 29

conditions ; (3) the stricter the environments of a type are, the less
are its means of dispersal ; and (4) the greater the facilities of a type
are for extension of its range, the wider should be its range.

Now, these propositions are such that they might at first appear
to be shallow truisms, but the emphatic proviso that a// other things
should be equal is especially necessary to keep us from error in ap-
plying the several propositions to the actual faunas. A brief glance
at the past history of some classes will render the necessity evident.
For example, on the one hand, even in the Paleozoic period,
among others, representatives of the classes of Lamellibranchiates,
Gastropods, Arachnids, and Insects lived, which are inseparable
from families still in existence, while, on the other hand, extremely
few, if any, families of mammals or birds have a history which ex-
tends back as such into the Eocene Tertiary ; between the two cate-
gories expressed by such types the fishes form an intervening term.
Presumably, we should, therefore, be justified in expecting a wide
distribution of the first series of types, and, inversely, from their
geographical distribution, we should expect a long life history for
them. Our provisions in both cases would be justified by the facts.
And further, a study of the distribution of those types shows that
their ranges, in higher groups, are very imperfectly co-ordinate with
the present distribution of land.

The fresh-water fishes had become more differentiated than the
invertebrate types, in Mesozoic and Tertiary times, and are, there-
fore, better exponents of the later past relations of continental
areas than they are. Their presence, as well as their absence, are
very significant, and the bearings of such distribution have been
partly indicated in connection with the proposition to recognize
the Eogean and Cenogzean worlds. ‘Their study will avail much
hereafter in the reconstruction of the continents of the older epochs,
and the solution of the derivations of their faunas. Suffice it now
to express the opinion that the fishes are among the best indicators
of the ancient continental areas, and that the relations of the sev-

eral southern continents as to their ichthyic faunas can be best under-
f

30 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

stood by the assumption that at some remote epoch or epochs, (but
not probably at any one time,) there was a distribution of land
which eventually permitted an emigration and immigration of types
from one and into another. ‘The absence or slight intrusion of such
forms into the northern continent suggests the doubt as to a perfect
continuity of the land or fresh-water systems. There are, however,
doubtless other explanations available.

Thus far our attention has been confined to the inland—terres-
trial and aquatic—animals, and these alone have been relegated to
definite realms or regions by Messrs. Wallace and Allen. The
marine faunas of the globe have been practically ignored by both of
these students, their attention having been chiefly devoted to the
inland regions. The marine realms, however, are entirely inde-
pendent of the fluvio-terrestrial, and their characteristic associations
of animals are determined by other factors. The groupings which ~
I shall now adopt were first outlined by me in 1875,* but certain of
the fundamental facts were long ago appreciated.

The importance of attention to the temperature of the sea, and
especially to that during the coldest month of the year in the two
hemispheres, in relation to zoogeography, was, perhaps, most fully
appreciated at first by the illustrious and versatile Dana, who,
just about thirty years ago, published, for the time, an excellent
‘‘Tsocrymal Chart to Illustrate the Geographical Distribution of
Marine Animals’’ and an accompanying memoit,f in which zoo-
geographical principles were discussed with eminent learning and

wisdom. ‘The chart is still one of the most useful in existence for
the student of zoogeography, but later ones answering the purpose,

and embodying more recent observations, have been published by

_ *% THEODORE GILL. On the Geographical Distribution of Fishes. <Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4,)-vol. 15, p. 251-2553 April, 1875.| See also John-
son’s New Universal Cyclopzedia, vol. 2 and 4, and The Nation, vol. 24, pp.
27=29, 42, 43; July 12 and 19, 1877. ;
+ JAMes D. Dana On an Isothermal Oceanic Chart, illustrating the geo-
graphical distribution of marine animals. <Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, (2,) vol.
16, pp. 153-167, 314-327; Sept. and Nov., 1853.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 31

the British admiralty, and in the Encyclopedia Britannica*.
Nevertheless, charts based upon the latest observations of the num-
erous explorations that have been made within the’ past decade and
especially adapted for the zoologist are great desiderata, and it is
hoped that our own Coast Survey and Hydrographic Office, or the
United States Fish Commission, may supply the want.

Prof. Dana } recognized nine ‘‘ regions’’ or categories of tem-
perature, segregated under three ‘‘ zones,’’ and all these, except the
equatorial, were duplicated in the respective hemispheres, thus:

I.—TORRID OR CORAL-REEF ZONE.

Regions. Isocrymal limits.
1. Supertorrid, [Eq. ] 80° F. to 80° F.
2. Torrid, [Eq. ] 30” “to 94"
3. Subtorrid, [N., ‘S.F 7 40:68"

II.—TEMPERATE ZONE.

1. Warm Temperate, [N., S.] 6S” tO 62"

a. ‘Téempérate, [N., 5. ] 6" tee GY

3. Subtemperate, [N., S.] BO OBO”

4. Cold Temperate, [N., S.] RO tO 44

5. Subfrigid, [N., S.] fa tO 3h
III. —FRIGID ZONE.

1. Frigid, [N., S.] ac... 16,30"

It is suggested that an additional ‘‘ region, called the Polar, may
be added, if it should be found that the distribution of species living
in the frigid zone requires it, There are organisms that occur in
the ice and snow itself of the Polar regions; but these should be

* The Wind and Curent Charts for the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian Oceans,
giving the isothermals of February for the northern hemisphere, and of August for
the southern, published in 1872, will be found the most useful. These have been
essentially reproduced in the article “ seumeaties ” of the Encyclopzedia Brit-
annica, vol. 16, p. 133, 1883.

+ DANA, op. cit., p. 157.

32 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

classed with the animals of the continents, and the continental iso-
therms or isocrymes, rather than the oceanic, are required for eluci-
dating their distribution.”’

The highest segregations of the marine faunas, as admitted by
Prof. Dana, are three divisions or ‘‘kingdoms,’’ viz: ‘‘1, the
American or Occidental, including east and west America; 2, the
Africo-European, including the coasts of Europe and western
Africa; and, 3, the Orzental, including the coasts of eastern
Africa, East Indies, eastern and southern Asia, and the Pacific.
Besides these, there are the Arcé#e or Antarctic kingdoms, including
the coasts of the frigid ~zones, and, in some places, as Fuegia,
those of the extreme temperate zone.”’

We have thus, from similar data, generalizations tending in op-
posite directions, (1) that which was postulated as to the distribution
of marine life in zones, and (2) the one just recalled, which corre-
lates the distribution rather with the lay of the land.

Much may be said in favor of each proposition, and it is certain,
as I long ago contended,* that ‘‘the relations between the succes-
sive faunas, in a latitudinal direction of the shores of the several
continents, are traversed by relations existing, in a longitudinal
direction.’’

But I am inclined to think that an unconscious bias from the
long-prevalent ideas respecting the pertinence of marine forms to
the inland faunas, may have influenced Prof. Dana more than the
facts so well presented in his discussion.

I repeat further what I then also urged. There appears to be a
total want of correlation between the inland and marine faunas,
and a positive incongruity, and even contrast, between the two in
their relations to others. ‘This antagonism has been appreciated
by very few. In most works it is quietly assumed or insisted upon
that the sea and inland animals of a given region are integral con-
stituents of a homogeneous fauna, and by implication, at least, that

* The Nation, vol. 24, p. 43, July 19, 1877.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 33

such fauna has in its several parts one and the same relation to
others. Such is very far from being the case.

The several tropical faunasare, for example, much more closely re-
lated to one another than they are to the faunas along the same reach
of shore toward the arctic or antarctic regions. ‘This relationship
is evinced more or less in every class and branch of animals, e. g.,
the mammals, the fishes, the mollusks, the crustaceans, the worms,
the echinoderms, and the ccelenterates. Consequently, the marine
faunas cannot be at all correlated with the primary realms or regions
of the globe. To such an extent does temperature determine the
distribution of life in the seas that even bathymetrical conditions
may be subordinated, and types of the shallow arctic and antarctic
seas represented in the cold deep sea under the equator. Some
forms almost identical reappear at the opposite poles. The infer-
ence is irresistible that such types have migrated from common
ground, and may have originally developed either in the deep sea
and thence dispersed in opposite directions, or at one of the ex-
tremes, and wandered thence over the bottom to their final resting
places. However this may be, a primary combination of the marine
faunas is most natural under the categories of Tropicalian, Arctalian,
and Notalian, while the temperate ones are rather the complexes of
the bounding regions.

The views thus enunciated I propose now to reinforce, but it
may be expedient to give specific names to the northern and south-
ern temperate regions. The primary marine regions or realms would,
therefore, be (1) the Arctalian, (2) the Pararctalian, (3) the Tropi-
calian, (4) the Notalian, and (5) the Antarctalian.

I.—THE ARCTALIAN REALM.

Arctalia, or the Arctic realm, for the sake of definition, might
be confined to the seas of the northern hemisphere, limited south-
ward by the course of floating ice, which descends on the eastern
coast of North America as far as the Gulf of St. Lawrence. But so
few types are peculiar to that area, and so many of the character-

34 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

istic forms, such as families of fishes, (Cottide, Anarrhichadide,
Sticheidz, Cyclopteride, Liparididz, Agonidze, Gadidz,) and of
mollusks, (Buccinidz, Lacunideze, etc.,) as well as other invertebrates,
extend further southward, that the isocryme of 44° seems to be a
more natural approximate limit. It has the disadvantage (in which
it is not alone) of being an empirical boundary without any known
relationship to cause, and must be regarded simply as a provisional
limit. The isocryme nearly coincides with Cape Cod on the east-
ern coast, and the Straits of Fuca on the western. Doubtless its
limits will require considerable modification hereafter, and it may
be doubted whether the isocryme corresponds with the natural
limits of the realm elsewhere. All these questions, however, must

be left for future investigation.

Il.—THE PARARCTALIAN REALM.

Pararctalia, or the north temperate realm, may include the various
coast lines between the isocrymes of 44° and 68°, the last being
the northern limit of the reef-growing corals. There are few, and
perhaps no families absolutely peculiar to it, and it is chiefly distin-
guished by generic and specific modifications of the Arctalian and
Tropicalian realms, commingling in common waters. On our east-
ern coast, it is characterized especially by such fish types as the
genera Alosa, Cyprinodon, Fundulus, Lucania, Scombresox, Siph- .
ostoma, Menidia, Xiphias, Pomatomus, Stromateus, Roccus, Cen-
tropristis, Orthopristis, Stenotomus, Archosargus, Pogonias, Liosto-
mus, Menticirrus, Cynoscion, Tautoga, Ctenolabrus, Cheetodipterus,
Astroscopus, Prionotus, Batrachus, Chasmodes, Hypleurochilus, Oph-
idium, Urophycis, Paralichthys, Pseudopleuronectes, and Malthe.
Not one of these belongs to a family peculiar to either the special
region in question or the realm of which it forms a part. Most of
these genera are represented by congeneric species, or closely re-
_ lated generic types in other parts of the realm.

III.—THE TROPICALIAN REALM.

Tropicalia, or the Tropical realm, may be accepted with the

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 35

limits assigned by Dana to the ‘‘ Torrid Zone or Coral-reef Seas,’’ .
including all between the isocrymes of 68° F., the reasons urged
by Dana being quite satisfactory. ‘‘In adopting these lines in
preference to those of other degrees of temperature we have been
guided by the great fact that the isocryme of 68° is the boundary
line of the Coral-reef Seas.’’* The existence of these fixed ani-
mals, and the reefs which they elaborate, are among the best of
living thermometers, and the numerous forms that are associated
with, or dependent on, them for flourishing life concur to make them
the most reliable indicators and coincidents of temperature. The
characteristic types are very numerous, and among the families
nearly or quite confined to it, but common to all its subdivisions,
are, of fishes, the Mureenidz, the Ophichthyide, the Albulide, the
Synodontidz, the Scombresocidz, the Sphyrznide, the Priacan-
thidz, the Serranidz, the Chilodipteride, the Mullide, the Pseudo-
chromide the Carangidz, the Chetodontide, the Acanthuride,
the Polynemide, the Gerridz, the Pomacentride, the Labride, (ex-
cept Labrinz,) the Scaridz, the typical-Scorpzenide (Vert. 10 +
14,) the Eleotrine Gobiide, the Antennariidz, the Triacanthide,
the Balistidz, the Ostraciontide, and the Diodontide. The few
representatives of these families or sections which occur in temper-
ate seas are chiefly summer wanderers, although a few have estab-
lished themselves beyond their legitimate realm. With these are
associated numerous invertebrate types, many of which the most of
_you will be able to recall. It includes a portion of the Floridian

coast. .

IV.—THE NOTALIAN REALM.

Notalia, or the south temperate realm, may provisionally be said
to extend from the southern isocryme of 68° to that of 44°. Like
its northern analogue, it is distinguished by the commingling of
modified derivatives from the cold and equatorial realms rather than
by peculiar family types. Among the most noteworthy and char-

* DANA, op. cit., p. 155.

36 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

acteristic of its fish types are various forms of Nototheniidez, Perco-
phidide, Chilodactylines, Haplodactylines, and Agriopodide.
The Selachian genus Cadlorhynchus is also limited to the realm. It
thus differs much from the Pararctalian, but, nevertheless, a num-
ber of genera, as was long ago shown, reappear in it, although
they are absent in the superficial waters of the tropics.

V.—THE ANTARCTALIAN REALM.

Antarctalia, or the Antarctic realm, corresponds to Arctalia,
and may cover the antipodal ocean up the isocryme of 44°, (the only
continental area thus embraced being Patagonia) northwards on
the east to somewhere near or about the mouth of the Rio Negro,
and on the Pacific coast to about the latitude of 50° S. Asa rule,
the fauna is very different from the Arctalian, and to some extent
the characteristic arctic types of fishes are represented by analogous
types of entirely different families, the role of the Gadidz being as-
sumed by Nototheniide, and that of the Cottide by Harpagiferidee
and Cheenichthyide. Nevertheless, the Gadide have an incon-
spicuous representative and the genera Myxine, Squalus (Acanthias),
and Mer/ucius have typical species scarcely or not at all differenti-
ated from their arctic allies.

Lest an exaggerated idea should still be entertained as to the
demarcations of the several regions, I think it necessary to repeat
specially that not only are the exact limits of such not fixed or fix-
able, and variable even according to the season, but they may ac-
tually coexist in the same vertical, and one may be superposed
over the other, or the reverse. An example among many is to
be found off the New England coast. It has been repeatedly ad-
verted to by Prof. Verrill,* and is familiar to many of you present.
Indeed, as I shall presently show, there are at varying-depths hori-
zontal faunal assemblages of animals as well as those superficial or
shallow-water ones more familiar to most persons.

*A, E. VERRILL, in the Report of the U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries,
part I, pp. 484, 485, 1873, etc.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. $7

¢HE BASSALIAN REALM.

At indefinite distances below the surface, even in the tropics, we
find strange forms of animal life which differ, not only specifically
and generically from those’of the superincumbent water, as well as
from those of the cold extremes of the globe, but sometimes repre-
sent even peculiar families. ‘Those forms which live at moderate
depths, existing as they do, in cold water, are related to, or even
belong to, the polar faunas, but as we go still deeper we find still
other assemblages, of animals. ‘Those of the lowest horizons are
often wonderfully modified, and the deep-sea explorations of re-
cent years have brought to light many remarkable forms. Among
fishes, for example, are certain types that have long been known from
stragglers from the lesser deep, such as the Saccopharyngidze, Nem-
ichthyidz, Notacanthide, Chauliodontidz, Stomiatide, Paralepi-
didz, Alepisaurididz, Alepocephalide, Regalecide, Trachypteride,
Berycidz,* Brotulide, Macruride, and Ceratiidz, several of which
have been greatly increased of late. Other types have been dis-
covered comparatively recently, as the Eurypharyngide, Bathyla-
gide, Bathythrisside, Halosauride, and Chiasmodontide. It is
obvious, then, that we have, in such an aggregate, a combination
of forms very different from any of the superficial faunas we have
heretofore considered. We will be justified, therefore, in recogniz-
ing for them another realm, which we may call Bassaliat or the
Bassalian realm. But caution is timely that it is rather a hetero-
geneous one, and may hereafter require restriction. The data now
available are insufficient, however, for differentiating what are,
doubtless, the several constituents or regions of this realm.

One of the characteristic features of the Bassalian animals ap-
pears to be their wide dispersion and range. The same species may
recur at opposite points of the globe, and they appear to be re-
stricted less by latitude and longitude than by bathymetrical influ-

- *The Holocentride represent another type.

+ Bdcouwy, Doric Greek equivalent of Baus, the deep, and Gita, an assem-
blage.

38 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ences. Most of the species hitherto found, it is true, have been
obtained only about one locality, but it must be remembered that
comparatively few individuals have been found, and their acquisi-
tion is often due to happy accidents rather than special collecting.
On general principles, we are prepared to expect such a wide
range. In the abyssal depths, which these animals inhabit, the
conditions are perfectly uniform, and have so remained practically
for geological ages, and it is, therefore, quite natural that among
such forms we should find representatives of types that long ago
disappeared from other parts of the globe.

It will be observed that I have given for the several realms names
with a uniform termination, employing the suffix g@a for the inland
and aa for the marine ones; the former has been frequently used
before ; the latter is a transliteration of the Ionic Greek diéa, (an
assembly or gathering,) and is selected on account of the flavor or
reminiscence it involves of the salt of the sea, or the sea
itself.* I think myself that such a system of nomenclature will be
convenient on accout of dissociating our ideas of geographical
realms from precise geographical regions, and also emphasizing the
contrast between the inland and marine faunas. Whether they
shall be adopted or not, however, must be left for individual prefer-
ence.

Permit me now to indicate certain desiderata, and how our
knowledge of zoogeography may be extended. Full catalogues of
all the animals found at specific points will be especially useful, but
to insure their usefulness, data should be given respecting their sea-
sonal or permanent sojourn, their abundance, the depths at which
they live, and the temperature of the water at various seasons.
Great caution should be exercised, too, in admitting forms which
may be simply adventitious wanderers, for the cacethes acquist-
tionis May impose serious obstacles to the proper appreciation of
zoogeographical principles. Of course, I do not mean that the

* Compare guvdhifw (from oby and GAtEw) to assemble or, radically, come
together around the salt.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, — 39

casual visitants to a country should be ignored, but I do think that
it is a wrong to science to enumerate, for examples, an European
vagrant to America, never found but once, and not likely to recur
again for an indefinite time, if ever, or an American bird that has
been once found in Britain, in a line with the well-known members
of the respective faunas. Their place would be most natural in an —
appendix or foot note, and they should at least be without the
serial numeration, if such is given, of the catalogue of permanent
and seasonal members of the fauna. Let me also protest, as I have
done several times before, against the incorporation of Bassalian
types with the species of littoral faunas nearest to them geographi-
cally. With catalogues and data, such as I have indicated, at hand,
we could soon determine, as closely as practicable, the limits of most
of our faunas, and the general attention now paid to natural history
holds out the hope that the coming time may not long be deferred.

In conclusion, I submit a few deductions that naturally result
from our observations.

A distinction is to be made between the territory occupied by an
association of animals and the occupants thereof, and the limits of
faunas cannot be exactly correlated with territory, except in rare
cases.

The significance of animal types as indicators of zoogeographical
regions is, other things being equal, in ratio to their recent de-
velopment.

The fresh-water types are the best indicators of the early relations
of the respective regions.

The flying, and especially migratory, types are the most accord-
ant with the actual relations of land areas.

Temperature is a prime factor, and land a secondary, in the dis-
tribution of marine animals. : ?

The lay of the land is a primary, and temperature a secondary,
factor in the distribution of inland animals.

a
Sas

CERTAIN PHASES IN THE GEOLOGICAL HISTORY OF
THE NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT, BIOLOGI-
CALLY CONSIDERED.*

By CHARLES A. WHITE.

It is quite certain that there has never been a time in the history
of mankind when the thoughts of men were so eagerly turned to
biological subjects as they are to-day; nor has there ever before
been a time when an intelligent knowledge of them was so broadly
diffused among cultivated persons. An earnest desire is everywhere
manifested by such persons to obtain substantial knowledge con-
cerning the animal and vegetable life of the earth, and of the broad
significance of that life, which is revealed by a comparative study
of its myriad forms. The investigator immediately finds that this
subject, although it is so comprehensive and so complex, is only a
fragment of a great history of life, which extends back through
unnumbered ages. He finds himself at once confronted by ques-
tions concerning successive multitudes of former denizens of the
earth, the physical conditions which prevailed when they existed,
the probable’ lines of descent by which they came into being, and
by which their successors have come down to the present time; and
the manner in which those lines have probably originated and been
preserved from destruction through successive geological periods.

This prevalent spirit of inquiry among men has been the cause
of a vast amount of patient and exhaustive research, and it has
_ also resulted in a large accumulation of knowledge. But it cannot
be denied that every investigating naturalist, although he may fully
accept the doctrine of evolution, finds the subject of the origin
and derivation of the various groups of animals that now inhabit
the earth, and those which have inhabited it during past geological
time, to be beset with many difficulties and uncertainties.

* Presidential Address delivered at the Fourth Anniversary Meeting of the
Society, January 25, 1884, in the Lecture Room of the U. S. National Museum.
4I

42 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

As a rule, too, he finds that the questions which arise in connec-
tion with the probable manner in which the various groups of ani-
mals have originated and become distributed over the earth are too
complex to allow of their reduction to even approximately simple
propositions. Still, the accumulated results of the various and ex-
tensive investigations which naturalists have made of late years
have placed the general subject of the evolution of organic forms
in such a condition as a working hypothesis, that someof its various
divisions may be treated with considerable detail, even with refer-
ence to extinct faunas. Furthermore, in a great number of cases,
the facts which have been observed are of such a character as to
warrant opinions of so important a nature that they may be legiti-
mately used as a basis for philosophical discussions. It is mainly
upon such facts and opinions as these that the following remarks
are based ; and while the conclusions and opinions which are here
expressed are believed to be fully warranted by known facts, it is
only too evident that much, which it is very desirable to know in
this connection, still remains beyond our reach.

That I may more clearly present my subject, I submit the follow-
ing statement of certain views which I hold in relation to it; and,
for the purpose of greater conciseness of statement in the remarks
which are to follow, I shall refer to those views somewhat as if
they were supported by established and acknowledged facts.

The general subject of the probable origin of the different forms
of animal life, and their perpetuation through geological time being
so broad, I must confine myself to such small portions of it as my
studies have led me to understand as having an important bearing
upon the geological history of the North American continent. I
must, furthermore, confine myself to such portions of the subject
as relate to terrestrial life only, leaving largely out of consideration
the subject of marine life.

Since the points I wish to present are somewhat disconnected by
our present imperfect knowledge, I must trust to making their rele-
vancy more apparent when I come to make the proposed application

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 43

of them. A discussion of formerly existing vegetable forms would
also be of great interest, but I must omit all except incidental
reference to that subject also. :

In all investigations into the history of ancient life upon the
earth, regard must be had to the functions that animals perform,
and to the conditions under which those functions are executed.
The requisite conditions for the performance of the physiological
functions in the simplest animal forms, the Protozoa, for example,
render it practically certain that the primary origin of animal life
occurred in water; and it doubtless occurred in the sea. The first
animal life having necessarily been of aqueous origin, we must
assume that the first air-breathing animals were developed from
those of aqueous respiration. |

Fresh-water mollusks and fishes, especially the former, have, I
believe, primarily become such by a change from their originally
marine habitat, mainly by compulsion; that is, their progenitors
lived in the sea and became land-locked by the unequal elevation
of the sea bottom upon, or over which, they lived while the conti-
nental areas were in process of elevation. The waters of the dis-
tricts thus inclosed and elevated above the level of the surrounding
sea became first brackish, and then fresh, in consequence of the
influx of fresh water from the drainage of the surrounding land,
and a consequent outflow into the open sea. Those of the sea-born
animals which became thus inclosed, and which were capable of
conforming to the new conditions, did 50, and peopled the river
systems which were produced in connection with, and which suc-
ceeded, these fresh-water lakes. Those which could not thus con-
form to the new conditions became extinct; and as these appear to
have constituted the larger part of every fauna which became land-
locked in the manner referred to, we may reasonably conclude that
the lines of descent of many of the groups of marine animals have
been broken by this means.

River systems have resulted upon the disappearance, by final
drainage, of the fresh-water lakes just mentioned, the inlets having

44 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

been prolonged across the former lake bed as upper branches of the
system, the former outlet becoming the main stream, and the whole
a finished river system, with its fauna derived from the lake in which
the system originated.

It is a well-known fact that many fishes, in connection with their
breeding habits, pass from marine to fresh waters, and return to
marine, with entire indifference to the change. Again, some exist-
ing so-called land-locked fresh-water fishes are believed by natu-
ralists to have become such by choice, or by a failure on their part
to continue their periodical returns to the sea where their kind
originated, even when there was no apparent physical obstacle to
their returning. It is probable that many similar cases have
occurred in former geological periods, and also probable that a few
mollusks and other invertebrates have, during those periods, in like
manner changed from a marine to a fresh-water habitat; but I
believe that, as a rule, fresh-water faunas have primarily become
such by compulsion, in the manner that has just been suggested.

Admitting this proposition, we need not attempt to trace the
genetic lines of fresh-water fishes as such any further back than the
time of the compulsory land-locking of their progenitors; but this
would not forbid speculation as to what kinds of marine fishes the
fresh-water forms originated from.
~ Itis possible that, in cases of sinking beneath the sea of land
areas, upon which fresh waters with their faunas had become estab-
lished in former geological periods, the sea has reclaimed and _ pre-
served alive some of its previously alienated mollusks and fishes;
but this is a matter concerning which we can, at best, make only
vague conjectures.

The reason why the animal life of fresh waters is so meagre, as
regards the number and variety of kinds which they contain, when
compared with the teeming and diversified life of the sea, are vari-
ous. First, the presence of sodium-chloride and other salts in
water has evidently been conducive of evolutional differentiation ;

and there can be no doubt that common salt has played a remark-

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 45

ably important part in the evolution of the different forms of animal
iife which have existed upon the earth. Second, in those cases of
land-locking of marine animals by a rise of the sea bottom in the
manner already suggested, only a part of the fauna then existing
there would probably have become inclosed, because many of them
would no doubt have escaped into the outer sea before they were
fully surrounded by land. Third, only a part of those which were
finally land-locked were able to survive the change from salt to
fresh water. Fourth, a large proportion of marine gill-bearing
animals appear to be, and always to have been, wholly incapable of
living in fresh water.

Among those marine animals which seem to have been wholly or
mainly incapable of surviving a change of habitat to fresh waters,
and which, we may assume, did not escape land-locking, together
with the other forms, in the numerous cases of the kind which have
occurred in past geological periods, are several of the entire compre-
hensive groups into which the animal kingdom is divided. For exam-
ple, we learn from the study of existing faunas that, with the excep-
tion of a few inconspicuous forms of the Coelenterata, which are so
abundantly represented in marine waters, this important sub-king-
dom is not represented in any fresh waters ; also, in fresh waters the
entire classes, Echinodermata, Tunicata, Brachiopoda, Pteropoda,
and Cephalopoda, are without any known representation. Besides
these large deficiencies in fresh-water faunas, as compared with
those of the sea, there are numerous minor, but no less important,
deficiencies, occasioned by the entire absence of a considerable
number of orders.and families, as well as parts of others.

It would doubtless be unsafe to say that any of those animals
could not possibly have survived a change to a fresh-water habitat ;
but there is much reason to suppose that they possess some inherent
quality, which has prevented the survival of their ancient represen-
tatives, whenever their habitat may have been changed from a
marine to a fresh-water condition. Indeed, if such changes of
By om condition had been effected suddenly, it is probable that

46 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

none of the marine animals having aqueous respiration, which may
have been thus inclosed by the rising land, would have survived in
any instance. The comparatively few forms that did survive in
fresh waters doubtless had much time in which to conform to their
gradually effected new conditions.

It is probable that air-breathing mollusks have all been originally
derived from those of aqueous respiration ; and that this important
change, and a consequent necessary change of habitat, has been ac-
complished mainly by a process of natural selection which was volun-
tary on their part, as compared with that by which the gill-bearing
mollusks are assumed to have survived the change from salt to fresh
waters. Again, that the air-breathing mollusks are confined to the
class Gasteropoda, while other mollusks have evidently had equally
good opportunities to become air breathers, is a significant fact,
but one which, like that of the origin of the air breathers, I cannot
discuss at this time.

While we may not doubt that the whole of the existing life of
the globe has come down from former geological periods in un-
broken genetic lines, the fact has not been demonstrated by tangi-
ble evidence ; and it is well to consider briefly some of the causes
of the imperfection of the geological record in that respect. By
an investigation of this subject, we shall find that, while a multitude
of such lines have certainly terminated at various periods before
reaching the present time, it is not necessary to infer that any of
them have been imperfect simply because we have not found the
proof of their continuity in the shape of fossil remains. The lack
of such proof is due to various causes. For example, only the
hard parts of animals are capable of fossilization, and many animals
have no hard parts. The greater part of the fossiliferous strata of
the earth, which now exist as such, are not, and never can be,
accessible to human investigation; and a vast amount of fossilif-
erous rocks, now classed as Azoic, may have once contained abun-
dant remains of animal life, but which have become ‘completely
obliterated by metamorphism or other causes.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 47

Finally, even the hard parts of animals, and especially those of
land animals, are, and always have been, subject to rapid decom-
position when exposed to atmospheric influence, although they may
be preserved indefinitely when buried beyond the reach of such
influence. It is this rapid destruction of the remains of land ani-
mals which is largely the cause that their geological history is SO_
incomplete as compared with that of marine life.

An illustration showing how rapidly traces of important land faunas
may have disappeared in former geological times is furnished by
the living bison, or buffalo, of North America. Perhaps the earth
has never witnessed such enormous numbers of any one species of
large animals occupying such a broad continental area, as in the
case of the-buffalo. Its rdnge once extended from the vicinity of
the Atlantic to the mountains which border the Pacific coast, and
from Mexico to near the Arctic circle, and its numbers were so
great, even within the last twenty-five years, as to impede travel
across the great plains of the West. So rapidly is this animal now
passing away that it has disappeared from all but a fraction of its
former range ; and I venture the prediction that there are persons
now living who will witness its entire extinction in its free state.
It is true that relentless man has brought about this wholesale de-
struction, but that does not alter the force of the application I wish
to make of the fact that the buffalo is passing away and leaving, by
natural means, hardly any trace of its former existence. In all that
region where it has lived so many centuries in abundance, traces of
even its bones and teeth are rarely found.

Few places in all its former wide range have furnished the con-
ditions necessary for the preservation, by sedimentary interment,
of the bones of the buffalo beyond the reach of atmospheric influ-
ence ; and the result has been that they have generally disappeared
by decomposition as completely as the flesh has done. It is doubt-
less in a similar manner that the other great terrestrial faunas have
been destroyed in former geological periods, for the remains of ter-
restrial animals have not usually fallen in conditions at all favora-

48 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

ble to their preservation, as compared with those of aqueous ani-
mals, which have had almost immediate sepulture.

I fear that in consequence of these remarks, following those with
which I began to address you, some will be ready to suggest that
naturalists have insecure ground to base their generalizations upon,
as regards the origin of the existing animals of the earth by lineal
descent from extinct faunas. I fully recognize the danger, in such
an address as this, of giving undue prominence to the doubtful side
of the subject. It is difficult also to satisfactorily present the af-
firmative side in a brief and concise manner, because that side is
supported by evidence which is cumulative in its character, rather
than reducible to precise propositions.

My object, however, in showing how completely great faunas
may have been destroyed in past geological time is to plausibly ac-
count for the absence of their remains in places where our methods
of reasoning lead us to expect them; and also to show that, because
their remains have never been discovered, we should not necessarily
infer that the animals which were necessary to complete a regular
genetic scale never existed. Indeed, the fact that certain breaks in
the zoological scale occur at certain horizons of the geological scale
ought to lead us to infer that the missing animal forms did exist
somewhere at such times, rather than that they never existed at all.

Now, as the study of the genetic descent of animals through geo-
logical time is based upon plan of structure, and the methods by
which form is expressed, these indications may be ranged under two
heads, namely, similarity of structure and identity of type. The.
former is a matter of tangible details, but the latter is in some sense
ideal, or a manner in which form, in connection with structure, is
expressed. The former is material in its character, but the latter is
not the less real and important to the naturalist in the philosophi-
cal study of the comprehensive groups of animals.

The word ‘‘ type,’’ like many other words in the English lan-
- guage, is used with a variety of meanings; and as I use it here
in a special sense, I may be excused for adding the following

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 49

words of definition: I regard a type as an ideal representation of a
group of species which may embrace the whole of a comprehensive
genus, or possibly more; or it may be only a subordinate division
of a genus. I do not use the term as interchangeable with any of the
terms which are used in systematic classtfication, such as species,
genus, family, &c.; but sometimes it may be equal in scope to
any of them, as, for example, when only a single species of a genus
or of a family is known. It may, however, be properly substituted
for species, genus, &c., in cases where, as in the Ostreide, for ex-
ample, specific and generic diagnoses cannot be satisfactorily made.
I shall, in the following remarks, have somewhat frequent occasion
to refer to types, as just defined, and to their persistence through
the geological periods, for I shall assume identity of type to be
proof of lineal descent.

The fact that genetic lines of descent among animals have come
down to the present time through successive geological periods be-
ing admitted, we may next inquire as to the manner in which they
have been preserved, or rather how some of them may have escaped
destruction during the physical changes which have occurred since
those lines were established. I must necessarily make occasional
reference to marine faunas in the following remarks, but it is my
present purpose to discuss only those terrestrial and fresh-water
faunas, the remains of which are found within the present limits o1
North America.

- The manner in which lines of descent of the various families and
types of animals have been preserved through the geological ages,
and in which their perpetuation has been secured, has necessarily
been different in the case of different kinds of animals. ‘The sea
having always occupied the greater part of the earth’s surface, not-
withstanding the shiftings of land and sea, which have, from time
to time, taken place eversince land and sea first appeared upon
the earth, one may readily understand how unbroken perpetuity of
marine life may have been secured from the earliest dawn of life to
the present time. It is not to be doubted that numberless lines of

50 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

descent of marine, as well as of land, animals have terminated during
past geological periods, both from catastrophal and cosmical causes ;
but we may reasonably assume that all the multitudinous forms
which people the sea to-day have been derived by direct lineal de-
scent from those earliest forms which the sea contained at the dawn
of life upon the earth. At least, if this has not been the case,
there is nothing in the nature of the proposition that makes it
improbable; that is, there. have been no such changes upon the
earth since life began as would at any time have necessarily de-
stroyed all, or any considerable part, of the marine life previously
existing. 3
The lines of descent of land animals have, however, been subject
to greater vicissitudes; and the conditions under which they have
originated and been perpetuated have been more various than those
which have prevailed in the sea. Still, one may readily understand
how land animals, which may have occupied a given region of the
earth at any geological period when the physical conditions of the
land which they occupied were changing, may, by their power of
locomotion, have shifted to more congenial places, because, as a rule,
such changes have not been too rapid to hasten unduly even the
proverbially slow-moving snail. Thus land and palustral air-breath-
ing mollusks, although they all require a moist habitat, could easily
migrate to other congenial ground, as the land they were occupying
may have become too dry for them or may have subsided beneath
the sea. Therefore, their migration has always been practically
unrestricted; and if, as is believed to have been the case, conti-
nental areas have been continuous, though subject to material
changes and shiftings from early geological times, there appears to
be no reason why, at least, many genetic lines of those animals
should not have been continued from those ancient times to the
present.
The case has been quite different as regards true fresh-water fishes
and fresh-water gill-bearing mollusks, all of which can, of coutse,
exist only in fluviatile and lacustrine waters. When we consider how

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. dl

extensively the earth’s surface features must have been changed
during the successive geological periods, it would at first sight seem
impossible that continuous lines of descent of such animals as these
could have been preserved through any considerable portion of them.
That is, those gill-bearing animals which may have occupied any
given river system could not effect their distribution, or even their
preservation, by migrating beyond its limits, in case their habitat
should be destroyed by movements of the earth’s crust. They could
not pass over the land to any portions of other river systems, nor
could they pass through the sea to reach the mouths of other rivers.
We have, however, very satisfactory evidence that a large part of
the living gill-bearing animals of North American fresh waters have
come down by unbroken genetic lines from some period at least as
remote as the close of the Cretaceous.

Now, a continuity of these lines of descent necessarily implies a
continuity of their fresh-water habitat from the time of the origin
of those lines to the present time. This continuity again implies
the integrity of those river systems in which the mollusks originated,
from those early times to the present. This last proposition, as a_
geological one, is comparatively new; but the labors of Powell,
Gilbert, and Dutton have shown that rivers, in many instances at
least, have been among the most permanent of geological, as well
as geographical, features; that even the elevation of mountain
ranges across their course has not swerved them from their ground ;
but that they have cut their way through the ranges as fast as they
arose. 7

A vast number of rivers, which have drained the land in past
geological times, have undoubtedly been destroyed by the submer-
gence of the land and other causes ; but I think we are justified in
the assumption that many of the streams which were established,
even as far back as the close of the Cretaceous period, are still
flowing as parts of existing river systems. In this way, a large part
of the gill-bearing faunas of the rivers of to-day have, by direct
lineal descent, and in unbroken habitats, been transmitted from

long past geological periods.

52 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. .

As to the manner in which the great vertebrate and articulate
land faunas which now exist, and which have existed in former
geological periods, have been respectively developed from lower forms,
I have, at present, no suggestions to offer; but it is, nevertheless,
assumed that they have been thus developed. It may be remarked,
however, concerning their origin and perpetuation, that while cer-
tain minor faunas of terrestrial animals may have originated and been
perpetuated upon comparatively small areas, it seems certain that
the development and perpetuation of the great reptilian faunas,
which existed during Mesozoic time, and also that of the wonder-
ful mammalian faunas, whose remains are found in Tertiary strata,
required large and congenial continental areas. It also seems nec-
essary to infer that those continental areas, although they, from
time to time, suffered material losses, and received considerable
accessions of land, have been of true continental dimensions from
early geological time.

The general subject of the geological history of continents is so
complex and far reaching, and our present knowledge of that sub-
ject so fragmentary, that I shall not now attempt even an outline
of such a history for North America; but I shall confine myself to
what I conceive to be some of the more salient points of that
history from a biological standpoint only.

If the geological history of animal life is incomplete and frag-
mentary, a like history of continental areas, especially as regards
their location and outlines at different periods, is much more so.
In the former case, we are guided in our investigations and conclu-
sions by a known zoological system, which is based upon the abun-
dant and diversified existing life of the earth. In the latter case,
we are apparently without any available systematic guide; and the
various phases of geological history of continents seem to have
been the result of fortuitous movements of the earth’s crust, in
connection with sedimentation and sub-zrial and aqueous erosion.
Not that those movements and processes have not been governed
by physical laws, but the events, so far as we have yet learned in-

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 53

dications of them from the study of existing continents, appear to
have lacked such relations with each other as to give any satisfac-
tory history of continuous continental growth.

The opinion has prevailed among geologists that the North
American continent, as a whole, had its origin as a result of the
gradual contraction of the mass of the earth, by which certain
depressions and elevations were formed upon its crust.. The former,
it has been understood, became permanently the ocean beds; and
the latter, gradually rising above the level of the sea, became con-
tinents, whose outlines were changed, from time to time, by con-
tinued elevation, alternating with greater or less depressions; and
also by coalescence of previously separated parts, and by accretions
upon, and erosion from, their borders. This opinion implies that
continental areas were pre-determined, that they have been perma-
nent in their location, and that no such areas have ever occupied
the broad spaces which are now occupied by the great oceans.

I do not now intend to discuss this theory, but I may say in pass-
ing, that a number of important facts do not, in my judgment, agree
with it, and I regard it as more probable that continental areas
have shifted from place to place in past geological time. But with-
out reference to that theory, certain known ‘ geological facts seem
to show that the present continent arose from the sea in separate por-
tions, the larger and older being its northeastern portion ; and that
the western portions were elevated afterwards, and finally coalesced
with the eastern. Furthermore, that the continent reached its
present dimensions and shape by more or less extensive accessions
upon its borders, especially those of the great gulf and the Pacific
ocean.

While the following remarks will mainly refer to animal forms,
certain known facts concerning the vegetable life of the past are so
important in this connection that they should be at least briefly
mentioned. If we regard the graphite which has been found in the
Archean rocks, and the petroleum of Silurian strata, as having had
their origin in land plants, the history of the land vegetation of the

54 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

continent begins much further back than the earliest period in the
strata of which we have yet discovered any indications of land ani-
mals. It is probable that land animals of the simpler kinds co-ex-
isted with the first established land vegetation; but with the ex-
ception of some imperfect remains of a species of land snail, and
those of a few insects, which have been found in Devonian strata,
the remains of the earliest known land animals have been found in
strata of Carboniferous age. ‘These Carboniferous land animals
comprise a few batrachians, insects, and air-breathing mollusks;
and although they are so few, they evidently represent portions of
a large and varied fauna which then existed. They are also so
highly organized and so diversified in character as to indicate that
they originated in genetic lines which began in earlier periods,
more or less remote.

The Carboniferous air-breathing mollusks referred to are both
land and pond snails, and they have been found in widely separated
portions of North America. They all belong to types which are
represented by mollusks now living upon this continent, and by
those also which are known to have existed here at intervening
periods. These facts seem to indicate plainly that land surfaces of
considerable extent have been continuous from that early period to —
the present; but they tell us nothing yet of continental movements
which may have taken place in the meantime.

Our knowledge of the relations of the different portions of living
non-marine molluscan faunas would naturally lead us to suppose
that fresh-water gill-bearing mollusks existed simultaneously with
those ancient air-breathers. Nevertheless, with the exception of
certain bivalves, which have been found in Devonian strata, and
others in the Carboniferous, which have been doubtfully referred
to a fresh-water origin, fresh-water gill-bearing animals are not
known to have existed before the beginning of Mesozoic time. It
is, however, reasonable to suppose that such animals did exist in
Paleozoic lakes and rivers, although no satisfactory traces of them,
or of such bodies of fresh water, have ever been discovered.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 55

As regards Paleozoic fresh-water fishes, they may or may not have
existed. According to our present knowledge, teliost fishes, al-
though they have been so abundant in both fresh and marine waters
ever since Mesozoic time, had no existence in Paleozoic time. Ma-
rine ganoids were then abundant, and the Mesozoic, Tertiary, and
living fresh-water ganoids may have been derived from some of
them by lineal descent through fresh waters, but they probably
originated by land-locking from the sea during later periods.

Viewing the animal and vegetable life of the earth as having been
expressed in continuous series of forms, we ought not to expect to
find that the geological ages were separated from each other by
hard-and-fast lines, as regards the fossil remains of those series
which characterize the strata of each age respectively. When such
lines appear to be distinct, I think we are justified in assuming that
the geological record is incomplete; or, in other words, that the
forms necessary to complete that portion of the series really existed
at the close of the one age and the beginning of the next; but that
they are not represented by any discovered fossil remains.

The division between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic of North
America, so far as the geology and paleontology of the continent
is yet known, is much more distinctly marked than it is between the
Mesozoic and Tertiary. This is especially true as regards plants.
The greater part of the peculiar forms which characterized the
abundant vegetation of the Carboniferous age seem to have sud-
denly ceased to exist with the ushering in of the Mesozoic age;
and no repfesentative of the dicotyledonous flora, which was so abun-
dant in the Mesozoic and Tertiary, and which is so preponderant
upon the earth now, has ever been discovered in any of the Paleo-
zoic strata of the earth. From an evolutional standpoint, however,
we cannot suppose that such an extensive and highly organized
flora came suddenly into being; and we are left to infer that it was
gradually developed somewhere, and during a period prior to that
which is represented by the strata which contain the earliest known
remains of the kind. The small number of land animals, that are

56 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

known to have existed in those early periods, do not seem to indicate
so distinct a separation of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic as the plant
remains do; for the types of the former have come down to the
present day. ‘The land snails, before referred to, furnish remarkable
examples of types of animal life which have passed from the Paleo-
zoic to the Mesozoic age, and thence down to the present time.

Although the biological evidence seems to be conclusive that, from
the earlier Paleozoic to the present time, considerable portions of
land have been continuously above the level of the sea within the
area which is now occupied by the North American continent, we
have no indication from such evidence as to the shape and dimen-
sions which those early land areas successively assumed. We are,
however, justified in the opinion that some of them were of great
extent. From a biological point of view, also, I regard it as prob-
able that extensive land areas formerly existed adjacent to that
which the present continent occupies, and that they have been lost
by submergence and erosion. This opinion, I think, derives strong
support from the apparent sudden beginning, and the equally sud-
den termination, of certain extensive faunas of highly organized
land animals, which are known to have existed and become extinct.

I do not forget, however, that our knowledge in this respect is
slight, and that it is possible that the progenitors of these faunas
may have existed within the bounds of the present continent, and
that their remains may have been destroyed, so as to have escaped
the scrutinizing search that has been made for them. But in view
of all the known facts, both geological and biological, I at present
hold to the opinion just expressed. — :

The existence of the immense and diversified dinosaurian¢faunas
of Mesozoic time, subsisting, as they did, largely upon vegetation,
seems necessarily to imply the co-existence of large land areas:
also their apparent sudden introduction at the beginning of that age
seems to make it necessary to conclude that their progenitors ex-
isted somewhere before the close of Paleozoic time, although no
remains of those progenitors have been discovered. Because no

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 57

trace of the progenitors of either the dinosaurian faunas or dicoty-
iedonous floras of the Mesozoic age have been discovered in previ-
ously existing strata, I am disposed to conclude that those progeni-
tors originated upon, and occupied, land areas, which became
gradually submerged, together with their ancient faunal and floral
remains; while their living successors escaped by migration and
dispersion to adjacent and unsubmerged portions of land, which are
now within our continental area.

There is reason to believe that during the Triassic and Jurassic
periods large continental areas were above the level of the sea,
within and near the present limits of the North American conti-
nent; but we know comparatively little of the terrestrial life of
those periods from actually discovered fossil remains.

If we except the Paleozoic bivalve mollusca of supposed fresh water
origin, which have already been referred to, the remains of the
earliest fresh-water molluscan fauna, of which we have any satisfactory
knowledge, are found in Jurassic strata. These Jurassic mollusks
belong to well-known types now living in the fresh waters of this
continent ; and they are also so highly organized as to point back
to a still more ancient period, as that of their origin. These mol-
lusks suggest the existence during the Jurassic period of fresh-water
lJakes and rivers within what is now Western North America, and
the lakes and rivers in turn suggest the existence then of a con-
siderable continental area. It is possible that those Jurassic rivers
were, in part, portions of river systems which had held a persistent
existence from former geological periods; but we have no direct
paleontological evidence of it. This gill-bearing molluscan fauna
seems also to be ancestrally related to faunas which are known to
have existed in subsequent periods; as well as to certain fresh-water
mollusks now living in North America.

A few species belonging to the fresh-water family Unionidz have
been discovered in Cretaceous strata of the western portion of this
continent, but they all appear to be of different types from any of
the family now living. I take this to be an indication that the

3 2
58 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

fresh waters in which those Uniones lived were not continued to
later periods, as some other ancient streams of fresh water were,
together with their molluscan faunas, and that the lines of descent
of those mollusks were consequently cut off and their types ex-
tinguished.

While many rivers have persistently held their ground through
several geological periods, despite even the elevation of mountain
ranges across their course; the fact that great numbers of them have
been destroyed in past geological time by the physical changes which
have taken place in the regions they have occupied, is too evident
to be questioned. One of the many examples of the destruction of
bodies of fresh water which have become established upon the earth
in former geological times is suggested by the presence of a true
estuary deposit among the Cretaceous strata of Northern Utah.
This deposit, which is a rare one of the kind, was evidently formed
at the western border of the oceanic belt, which, it is understood,
then traversed the whole North American area in a northward and
southward direction, between two separate continental areas, and
“at the mouth of a river which then drained part of the western
area. The region which that oceanic belt then occupied is now
the heart of the continent, and all traces of the ancient river
referred to are obliterated. Furthermore, the district which it
drained to the éastward is now drained by other channels running
in the opposite direction, into the Salt Lake Basin. I shall pres-
ently have occasion to refer: again to this estuary deposit and to
others which no doubt co-existed with it along the shores of the
same sea. |

The period which immediately succeeded that in which the last
of the marine Cretaceous deposits were made, and which contains
the estuary deposit that has just been referred to, namely, the Lara-
mie period, witnessed the production of one of the most remarka-
ble features which has ever characterized any continent. This fea-
ture was a great inland sea, holding both brackish and fresh waters,
as the Caspian does now, but which was in other respects more like

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 59

the Black sea, because ‘the latter has an outlet. It was immensely —
larger than either, but its full size is not known. Its deposits,
however, are now found to occupy large districts, at intervals from >
Northern Mexico to the British Possessions, and from near the
meridian of Great Salt Lake to western Kansas and Nebraska. It
occupied the region which, in the immediately preceding period,
was occupied by the oceanic belt before referred to. This belt was
changed from an oceanic condition to that of an inland sea, by such
a rise of the sea bottom at both the northern and southern portions
of the belt as connected together the eastern and western conti-
nental areas, and gave the inclosed sea its inland position upon the
great united continent.

That the waters of this great inland sea were soon considerably
freshened, is shown by the fact that its deposits contain no remains
of true marine forms. ‘That its waters were in part brackish, is
shown by the presence of the remains of a large variety of forms
similar to those which now inhabit brackish waters only, and that
they were in part fresh, is shown by the presence of fresh-water
forms. A commingling of brackish and fresh-water forms is some-
times found in the strata of the Laramie group, but usually the two
kinds are found respectively in alternating layers. This last named
fact indicates that there were, from time to time, such oscillations
of the bottom of this sea and its surrounding shores, as shifted the
salt and fresh-water areas respectively, so that their deposits locally
alternated with each other. And yet sedimentation in the Lara-
mie sea went on continuously from the time when it was a part of
the open ocean, and also continuously into parts of the fresh-water
lakes which succeeded it.

That this great inland sea contained, at times, broad islands, and
extensive marshes covered with a luxuriant vegetation, is shown by
the abundant beds of lignite and other vegetable remains; and that
its marshes were peopled by great dinosaurs and other reptiles, is
shown by their remains, which are now found in various portions of
the Laramie group. That many fresh-water streams emptied into

60 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. /

this great inland sea from the surrounding land, and that the sea
had at least one great outlet, are necessary conclusions.

Now, the waters of the oceanic belt, which immediately preceded
the Laramie sea, contained an abundant marine fauna, a large part
of which necessarily died by the subsequent freshening of the waters,
and in consequence of this, as we may suppose, many lines of ge-
netic descent were broken. The surviving faunas were able to
thrive in brackish and fresh waters respectively, both of which, as
already stated, the Laramie sea contained. That the brackish-
water forms, which survived in the Laramie sea, originated in the
estuaries which existed upon its borders, before that sea was cut off
from the open ocean, is probable, from the fact that those forms are
largely identical in type with certain forms which are known to
have existed in the same region just prior to the Laramie period.
That the progenitors of the fresh-water Laramie species may have
occupied some of the streams which emptied into the sea before it
became land-locked is probable, but I regard it as also probable
that they originated, at least in large part, in the Laramie sea.

Accepting the conclusions which have just been expressed, con-
cerning the former existence and the character of the Laramie sea,
which conclusions I have reached from a biological standpoint, we
obtain a remarkably comprehensive view of the conditions which
prevailed, during the Laramie period, upon what was destined to
be our continent. ‘There rises before the imagination of the investi-
gator—an imagination chastened and curbed by a rational interpre-
tation of facts—a great continent, whose outlines, it is true, are hid-
den in the mists of uncertainty ; but he sees, resting upon its broad
surface, an inland sea, the like of which for magnitude the earth has
never known before or since. On every side stretches away a broad
expanse of comparatively level country ; a few mountains are seen
in the distance, but not a peak of the great Rocky Mountain sys-
tem has yet arisen: ‘The land is covered with verdure and diversi-
fied by forests of wonderful growth; the busy hum of insects fills
the air; the bright scales of fishes gleam in the waters of the sea ;

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 61

huge terrapins crawl upon its beaches, and the jungles along its
shores are peopled by a strange fauna, of which the dinosaurs are
chief.

At the close of the Laramie period, there were such movements of
the earth’s crust as to change to dry land the greater part of the
bottom of the Laramie sea, and the remainder was occupied by
large bodies of water, greatly larger than our present great lakes,
which then became wholly fresh, and so continued through a large
part of the Tertiary period. It isin the deposits which those great
fresh-water lakes have left that have been found the remains of the
wonderful mammalian faunas, which have become so celebrated in
North American geology. Other faunas, equally wonderful, have
probably existed elsewhere, which have shared the fate that is now
overtaking the buffalo, and that might have overtaken those Ter-
tiary animals also, were it not for the very favorable conditions for
entombment of their remains, which the sediments of those lakes
afforded. :

Up to the close of the Laramie period, through the whole of
which a large dinosaurian fauna was continued, and in the strata of
which there is a commingling of Cretaceous and Tertiary types, we
have no evidence, in the shape of fossil remains, of the existence of
any mammals except about a dozen small marsupials. The Eocene
Tertiary strata, which rests directly upon those of the Laramie
group, contain the remains of a mammalian fauna, which, for mag-
nitude, diversity, and high organization combined, has never been
excelled upon the earth. Nevertheless, we know nothing of the
ancestry of this great fauna, so far as fossil remains are concerned,
although the geological series of the preceding formations is quite
complete; and those formations have been carefully searched for
such remains. ‘The dinosaurian fauna of the Laramie period seems
to have ceased as suddenly as the mammalian fauna was introduced.

Since faunas have originated under favoring, and become extinct
under adverse, conditions, the subject of the extinction of faunas
is quite separate from that of their origination, although they are

62 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in this case brought into immediate juxtaposition. ‘The great dino-
saurian fauna of the Laramie period doubtless originated much
earlier, and came down under continuously favorable conditions
from the earlier Mesozoic periods, and which favorable conditions
were not interrupted by the land movements by which the Laramie
sea was inclosed. ‘Their final extinction appears to have resulted
from an unequal struggle for existence, which ensued upon the intro-
duction upon the land they had previously occupied of the immense
mammalian horde whose remains are found in strata immediately
overlying those which contain their own. The mammals thus be-
came the leading forms of life upon this continent, as it then
existed, as the dinosaurs had been during Mesozoic time.

For reasons already stated, we assume that the progenitors of this
great mammalian fauna, whose appearance upon the earth seems to
have been so sudden, really existed somewhere long previous to the
time which is represented by the strata in which the remains referred
to are found. I regard it as probable that those progenitors occu-
pied some continental area, adjacent to that which the present one
now occupies, and which, after the migration of the fauna to the
region where their remains are now found, superimposed upon those
of the dinosaurs, became destroyed or submerged. :

It does not seem to me probable that this mammalian fauna could
have previously occupied either the eastern or western portion of
North America, as they are understood to have existed then, because
those portions were already united at the beginning of the Laramie
period, when the Laramie sea was formed, and their earliest known
remains are found in strata which were deposited after the close of
_ that period; that is, I hold that the known facts warrant the opin-
- jon that the immediate predecessors of the ‘Tertiary mammalia re-
ferred to, themselves of Tertiary types, originated and long existed
contemporaneously with the dinosaurian fauna of the Laramie
period, but in a land which was separate from that which the latter
occupied. Furthermore, that the land area which the mammalia
then occupied is now unknown; but that it became united to the

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 63

dinosaurian region, as one of the results of those land movements
by which the Laramie sea was destroyed.

I am well aware that this proposition is not fully established, but
the series of strata preceding those which contain the mammalian
remains is so complete as to indicate the prevalence of conditions,
through at least the whole of the Laramie period, which were as
favorable for mammalian existence as those of any subsequent
period. And, although that series of strata has been quite as fully
investigated as any other strata of the west, no trace of the ancestry
of the mammalian fauna referred to has been discovered.

The immediate superposition of the remains of the mammals upon
those of the dinosaurs, at the junction of the two formations which
contain them respectively, indicates that the two mighty faunas met
upon the same ground, in a contest for supremacy, which was de-
cided in favor of the mammals, and that the dinosaurs then disap-
peared from the face of the earth. That this veritable ‘‘ battle of -
the giants’’ was sharp and decisive, is probable, from the fact that
there is no such association of the remains of the two faunas as to
indicate that they lived together any considerable length of time.

Other strange and interesting land faunas succeeded those mam-
mals which have just been referred to, but time will not permit me
now to speak of them. [will therefore close my remarks with some
reference to the manner in which, as I conceive, a large part of the
gill-bearing fauna of the Mississippi river system has originated,
effected its descent to the present time, and attained its present
broad distribution.

The close similarity which exists between the molluscan fauna of
the Laramie group and that of the present Mississippi river system,
is apparent even upon casual observation. A large proportion of
those mollusks are not only of the same types in each fauna respec-
tively, but it is difficult to say how some of the fossils differ specifi-
cally from the living forms. This resemblance is strikingly ex-
emplified among the Unionide. Those of that family now living
in the Mississippi river system comprise a large variety of peculiar

64 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

forms, differing so much from those of other parts of the world that
they are designated among naturalists as ‘‘ North American types.’’ .
The Uniones of the Laramie group, of which a considerable number
of species have been discovered, are mainly of these North Ameri-
can types, and I, therefore, conclude that these fossil forms represent
the living ones ancestrally. This conclusion of course implies that
there has been an unbroken habitat for those fresh-water mollusks,
from the Laramie period to the present time. Accepting this con-
clusion, we necessarily understand that the outlet of the Laramie
sea continued to flow as a river after the disappearance of that in-
land sea and down to the present time, and that that river is now
the Missouri, or one of its tributaries. The Laramie deposit also
contains the remains of certain ganoid fishes, which are closely re-'
latedto the gars (Lefidosteus) and dog-fishes (Ama) of the Mississippi,
and the fishes doubtless effected their descent in the same waters
with the Uniones.

If geologists have read the later history of the North American
continent correctly, we learn that at the time those ancient inland
bodies of water existed, the great Southern Gulf extended so far to
the northward that it probably received the outlets of those bodies
of water as separate streams. The same conditions would also have
made the Ohio and Upper Mississippi separate rivers, emptying by
separate mouths. While these two last-named rivers were separate
- from the western one, which drained the lakes and the inland sea,
they doubtless had faunas which were quite different from that.
which now characterizes them. When, by a recedence of the
borders of the gulf to the southward, all those rivers united their
waters to form the main stream of the Mississippi, it is easy to see
how the ancient fauna, which had come down the Missouri branch,
may have become dispersed throughout the great river system.

I have thus endeavored to point out from among the great mass of
evidence of the existence of life upon the earth during successive
geological periods what portions of that evidence have reference
to then existing land areas, for the bulk of it tells us of the ever

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 65

\
present sea. I have tried to indicate some of the relations which
those areas probably had with our present continent, and to draw
intelligible inferences, from the character of the fossil remains which
represent some of the early forms of life, as to the conditions under
which those forms then existed, and their relations to the now ex-
isting life of this continent. I have also offered suggestions con-
cerning some of the changes of land and sea which, from time to
time in the past, have probably taken place within and near the
great area which is now occupied by the North American continent,
and I have spoken also concerning what seem to be the results of
those changes upon the life then existing, as well as upon that
which now exists. }

If my remarks shall have seemed in some respects desultory, I
may, perhaps, claim that the nature of my subject has made them
so. If, in the absence of tangible proof of the ancestry of some
of the highly organized faunas and floras, whose remains are found
in the strata of the different geological periods, I have assumed that
such evidence has once existed, but that it has been destroyed or
undiscovered ; if, in attempting to explain these discrepancies, I
have ignored the possibility of special creations—a belief which
I am well aware is still popularly held—I have done it with no
irreverent or antagonistic intent. As a naturalist, I must accept
only natural explanations of natural phenomena. ‘That I may have
erred in judgment with regard to these questions, it. would be folly
for me to deny; but I claim to have been actuated in my study of
them by a desire, which is the attribute of every true naturalist, to
know the truth and the truth only. If you should not be disposed to
accept the conclusions which I have reached, surely the facts I have
stated cannot fail to interest you.

The subject which embraces these facts is an exceedingly broad
one, and upon them may be’ based other discussions than those
which I have attempted. Other lessons may also be drawn from
them, one of which is that, in the accomplishment of her ends,
Nature is extravagantly wasteful, and terribly cruel.

66 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

And yet, there is so much of order and harmony apparent in all
her ways, so much of the genial sunshine of knowledge gained
to the naturalist who studies them that, with the optimism which
is inseparable from a sound mind in a healthy body, he has an en-
joyment of his occupations such, I believe, as other men rarely
know.

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDZ.
By C. V. RILEY.
(Read May 25, 1883.)

Having been engaged lately in putting together the material for
a study of the Psyllide of North America, I would, in this brief
paper, offer a preliminary statement of some of the results, and
append a few descriptions of the more remarkable forms for pub-
lication in the proceedings.

Knowledge of the European Psyllide has greatly advanced, both
as to morphology and biography, since the time of Linnzeus and
Latreille, mainly through the labors of Hartig, Foérster, Flor,
and more especially, in recent years, through the important publi-
cations of Dr. Franz Low, of Vienna. The Psyllid fauna of the
United States has, however, received little attention from American
entomologists ; yet it is rich in species which are of great interest.

What has hitherto been done in the classification of the North
American Psyllide may be gathered from the following list of the
species actually described. A similar list was published in the
‘¢ Canadian Entomologist ’’ by Mr. Wm. H. Ashmead, (1881,) but
it was somewhat incomplete, and contained some inaccuracies.

Diraphia vernals Fitch.

. Diraphia femoralis Fitch.
Diraphia calamorum Fitch.
Diraphia maculipennis Fitch.
Aphalara arctica Walker.
Psylla tlecis Ashmead.
Psylla rhois Glover.

ho
.

Psylla quadrilineata Fitch.
. Psylla carpini Fitch.

Co OT ANS | D

68 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

10. Psylla annulata Fitch.

11. Psylla pyri (Linn.), Harris, Fitch, Glover, e¢ a/.
12. Psylla pyrisuga (Forster), Barnard.

13. Psylla venusta O.-Sacken.

14. Psylla celtidis-mamma Riley.

15. Lsylla tripunctata Fitch.

16. Psylla rubt Walsh and Riley.

17. Psylla diospyrt Ashm.

18. Psylla magnolia Ashm.

Thus the number of described species amounts only to eighteen.
All other names occurring in Ashmead’s list and in Walker’s British
Museum list, as well as in cabinets, are manuscript names. Of the
eighteen species, four are merely synonyms, while one is an impor-
tation.

The synonyms have been principally caused by the fact that the
imagines of several species quite persistently occur on two or more
widely different plants: thus Psyl/a tripunctata is equally common on
Rubus and on Pinus; but while this is true of the mature insects,
yet each species, so far as we yet know, is confined in its adolescent
stages to one genus of plants, and often to one species.

According to the latest classification by Dr. Franz Léw in his
paper, ‘‘ Zur Systematik der Psylloden,’’* our described species

must be placed as follows:

I.—SUB-FAMILY LIVIINZ.

1. Livia vernaits, Fitch, (synonyms: Diraphia femoralis F.
and D. calamorum ¥.).
2. Livia maculipennis, Fitch. (Diraphia maculipennis Fitch.)

This sub-family, which has but two representatives in Europe, is
at once recognizable by the flat, not prominent eyes, and by the
form of the antenne, the second joint being the largest.

* Verhandlungen der zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1878.

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDZ. 69
II. —SUB-FAMILY APHALARINZ.
3. Aphalara ilicis, Ashm. (Psylla tlects Ashm.)

This sub-family was established by Léw upon genera in which the
petiolus cubiti is as long as, or longer than, the discoidal part of the
subcosta, and in which the frontal lobes are either absent or not
separated from the vertex. Of the four European genera of this
sub-family recognized by Franz Léw I have thus far seen American
representatives of but one genus, viz: Aphalara, which appears to
be well represented in the United States.

III. —SUB-FAMILY PSYLLIN~.

4. Calophya rhots Glover.* (Psylla rhots Glover.)

5. Psylla pyricola Forster, (synonyms Ps. pyri, Harris, Fitch,
Glover, etc. ; P. pyrisuga Barnard.)

This is the Pear-tree Psylla of our northern and western States,
and its reference to Férster’s species is made after comparison with
European specimens received from Meyer-Diir and Lichtenstein.

6. Psylla quadrilineata Fitch.
7. Psylla arctica, Walker. (Aphalara arctica Walk.)+}
8. Psylla carpini Fitch.

* It was one of Glover’s boasts that he never described a species: yet on ac-
count of the marked colorational characters of this insect, he has unwittingly
given, in two or three words, a recognizable description of it with figures. (Agri-
cultural Report for 1876, p. 33, published in 1877.) The name conflicts with
Fr. Léw’s Calophya (Psylla) rhois, also published in 1877, (Abh. K. K. zool.
bot. Ges. Wien, 1877, p. 148.) Without attempting to decide which of the two
names has priority, but to avoid confusion, I would substitufe for our North Amer-
can species the name of zigrifennis, under which Fitch described the species in
his manuscript notes. L6éw’s description is a very careful one, while that of
Glover is accidental and unintentional, the name being used under the impression
that the species had already been described.

+ This is described from Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, (List of Homoptera,
Brit. Mus., part 4, p. 931,) as an Aphalara. It is unknown to me, but Mr. Jno.
Scott, (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1882, p. 459,) who has examined the types,
declares it to be a genuine Psylla.

70 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

9. Psylla annulata Fitch.

10. Pachypsylla (n. gen.) venusta, Osten-Sacken. (Psylla
venusta O.-S.; Ps. ¢.-grandis Riley.)

11. Pachypsylla celtidis-mamma, Riley. (Pyslla c.-mamma,
Riley.)

The sub-family Psyllinze which is characterized by prominent eyes,
short petiolus cubiti, and by the frontal cones (when present) being
well separated from the vertex, seems to be well represented in our
fauna, but a large portion of our species cannot be included in the
European genera. Of the ten genera into which Léw has divided
the Psylline, I have only been able to recognize two in our fauna,
viz: Calophya Fr. Léw, and Psylla, as restricted by Low. The
former genus includes our two Sumac Psyllids, and a third of un-
known habits, but presumably also living on Rhus. Of Pyslla a
moderate number of species are in my collection, indicating the oc-
currence of the genus on both slopes of our continent.

Of the four new genera which I have recognized in our fauna, the
most interesting appears to be that which includes our Hackberry
Psyllids, interesting. not only because of the peculiar structural
characters exhibited in the larva and imago states, but more espec-
ially because of the fact that they are true gall-makers. I have
called this new genus Pachypsylla, and append descriptions of it and
of the principal species which it embraces.

IV.—SUB-FAMILY TRIOZINE.

Next to the Liviine this is the best defined sub-family of Psyllide,
and it is at once recognizable by the prominent eyes, the long dor-
sulum and the absence of the petiolus cubiti. It includes the
following species described from our fauna:

12. Lrioza tripunctata, Fitch. (Psylla tipunctata Fitch ,
synonym: Psyla rubi Walsh & Riley.)

13. Zrioza magnolia, Ashm. (Psyla magnolie Ashm.)

14. TZrioza diospyri, Ashm. (Ps. diospyri Ashm.)

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDZ. 71

Of the genera described, only one, Trioza, has thus far been
found in North America, but this genus is represented by numerous
species. The venation of the front wings offers good characters
for groups, while specific characters are best expressed in the genital
armature of the male. Two species from Florida exhibit very re-
markable structural characters which justify the establishment of two
new genera here characterized.

In the following descriptions I have used those orismological
terms which seem least likely to confuse, chiefly following Fr. Low
and other continental authors. The width of the head includes
the eyes, and length measurements are from vertex to tip of closed
wing.

Sub-family PSYLLINA.
PACHYPSYLLA, new genus.

Body very robust, transversely and longitudinally convex; in some species .
glabrous, in others finely pruinose with exceedingly short and sparse pubescence.
Head large, vertical, vertex rugoso-punctate, longer than usual, but slightly
or not at all narrowed anteriorly ; anterior marginal line well marked, straight;
frontal cones not in the same plane as the vertex, more or less oval, pubes-
cent, vertical, about half as long as the vertex; anterior ocellus not visible
from above ; discoidal impressions punctiform or foveiform (c.-gemma) ; antennz
as long as (or even shorter than) the width of the head, stout, intermediate joints
sub-turbinate. Pronotum of usual length (short in ¢.-gemma), steeply ascending
posteriorly, rugosely punctate, of equal width, lateral impressions well marked,
front and hind margins gently curved; dorsulum less developed than in the true
Psyllas, more than twice as broad as long; sculpture of dorsulum and mesonotum
varying according to species, either nearly smooth (¢.-gemma) or alutaceous (¢.-ve-_
nusta) or rugoso-punctulate (c.-mamma and the rest of the species). Front wings
varying in length and form according to species, flat (less so in c.-gemma), sub-
membranaceous, and not rugose in the majority of the species (more leathery and
rugose in ¢.-gemma), pterostigma more or less distinct, tip of wing between radius
and fourth furcal and nearer to the costal than to the inner margin; petiolus
cubiti much shorter than the discoidal part of the subcosta; marginal cells unu-
sually long, narrow (less so in c.-gemma), and of nearly equal size. Metasternal
processes shorter than in Psylla. Genital plate of male broad, convex at the sides,
slightly lobed posteriorly, forceps simple; genital plates of female simple, ot
varying length. Legs stouter than usual. Larva and pupa with spinous tip of
abdomen and sides of body not acute.

72 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The species, so far as known, are all gall-makers, and confined to
the Hackberry (Ce/tis). | :
There is no genus, among those characterized by Dr. Fr. Low, with
which Pachypsylla can properly be compared. In the convexity of
the body it greatly surpasses Psylla, from which it is at once distin-
guished by the vertical and rugoso-punctate head, the quadrate ver-

tex, the short frontal cones, the less filiform and stout antenne.

Pachypsylla venusta (OsTEN-SACKEN. )

Average length, 5.6 mm. General color, brownish-yellow, variegated with
darker brown, often with a greenish tinge, thorax with brown markings of the
usual shape, front wings whitish speckled with brown, legs variegated with black.
Head with the eyes narrower than the widest part of the thorax, vertical, slightly
ermarginate behind, vertex about one-third wider than long, nearly flat, not nar-
rowing anteriorly, with anterior marginal line straight, slightly elevated along the
inner margin of the eyes, surface rugoso-punctate, discoidal impressions puncti-
form, very distinct, median line fine; frontal cones below the plane of the vertex,
vertical, very little longer than wide at base, rounded at tip and sides, not half as
long as the vertex, and together only half as wide as the vertex, moderately diver-
gent, rugoso-punctate, sparsely pubescent, and in color often brighter yellow than
the vertex; antennze as long as the head is wide, joint 2 a little longer than 1,
joint 3 twice as. narrow as 2 and but little longer than 4, the succeeding joints
gradually decreasing in length, the terminal three closely conjointed, very little
thicker than the preceding joints; each of the intermediate joints at tip a little
wider than the base of the following joint; color, pale yellow, tips of interme-
diate joints and the whole of the last two joints black ; terminal bristles very short.
Pronotum moderately short, of equal width, slightly emarginate behind, steeply
ascending posteriorly, sculptured and colored as‘the head; lateral impressions
well marked. Dorsulum well developed, thrice as long as the pronotum and
about twice as wide as long; posterior lobe distinctly longer than the anterior;
hind margin sinuate each side and truncate at middle; surface finely alutaceous;
color, light brownish yellow, with a large brown apical spot divided by a yellow
median line. Mesonotum convex, wider than the head, sculptured as the dorsu-
lum, with four vittee (longitudinal) of brown or greenish-brown color, the outer
ones usually wider than the inner ones, all bordered and divided transversely by
lines of brighter yellow. Front wings two and one-third times longer than their
greatest breadth, widest at basal half, whitish, semi-transparent, marked with
brown, as follows: an oblique and gradually-diminishing band running from the
tip of radial cell to middle of first furcal vein, more or less interrupted between,
but persistent on the veins; a series of four large quadrate marginal spots at tips
of furcals, a spot at base of pterostigma; paler specimens have these marks well
relieved on a uniformly semi-transparent wing, while darker specimens have them
more or less suffused with brown atoms, which often obscure the apical half of
the wing and gradually intensify towards the posterior margin, where they always
leave four clear, whitish terminal spaces between the veins, the fourth least distinct
and sometimes obsolete ; costal margin much rounded at base, thence straight, tip
very narrowly rounded, nearly angulated, inner margin at terminal third rounded.
Venation moderately strong, discoidal part of subcosta elevated into a prominent
callus, pterostigma distinct, moderately long; petiolus cubiti as long as the stem
of the first fork and one-half as long as the discoidal part of subcosta, which
is as long as, or a little longer than, the basal part ; radius nearly parallel to the stem
of second or outer fork and fourth furcal, slightly curved upward at tip, all fur-

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDA. 73

cals terminating very obliquely upon the margin, the first slightly shorter than the
fourth, the second one-fourth longer than the first, which terminates at about the
middle of the inner margin; stem of second fork as long as the third furcal ; tip
of wing distinctly between the radius and the fourth furcal; outer basal cell one-
fourth shorter than radial cell; second marginal cell as long, but not quite as wide,
as first marginal cell; margin of cubital cell as long as that of second marginal.
Metasternal processes nearly twice as long as wide, constricted at base, apex not
sharply pointed; legs yellowish gray, femora usually with the upper edge and a
sub-apical spot blackish, claw-joint black. j': genital segment as long as the two
preceding ventral segments together, wider than usual; color, yellowish brown,
shining, with sparse, long pubescence; plate nearly as high as the length of the
segment, wide, rounded and convex at the sides, provided with a distinct lateral
lobe; anterior margin straight, posterior margin forming a nearly semi-circular
line, greatest width at apical third; on its outer face the plate is convex and
smooth anteriorly; the posterior lobe is rugose, and separated from the plate itself
by a wide and shallow depression. Forceps two-thirds as high as the plate,
front margin straight, hind margin slightly sinuate at basal half, tip rounded, outer
face smooth and very shining.

© : genital segment a little longer than the rest of the abdomen, opaque, brown-
ish yellow with black markings, with moderately short and inconspicuous pubes-
cence, upper plate gradually tapering apically and drawn out in a very sharp
point, which is slightly turned upward ; lower plate a little shorter than the upper,
rapidly narrowing from the base and pointed at tip, but by no means as sharply
as the upper plate.

Described from numerous specimens reared from a large woody
gall formed on the petiole of the leaf of Ce/#s, a part of the base
of the leaf being included, so as to form a groove on one side.

Pachypsylla celtidis-mamma (Riley.)

Average length,4 mm. Color dirty yellowish-brown, frequently dark brown
or brownish-yellow, upper side usually with a greenish tint; antennze and legs
yellowish, variegated with black; wings subhyaline and whitish, speckled with
brown. Head and thorax more strongly rugoso-punctate than in vemzstz, opaque
and with sparse, extremely short, but glistening pubescence. Vertex as in the
preceding species, frontal cones more transverse; antennz a little shorter than
the width of the head, coloration and relative length of the joints as in venusta,
intermediate joints more distinctly turbinate. Parts of thorax formed and colored
as in venusta, a little less convex, and the brown color more predominant, with
markings on dorsulum and mesothorax less clearly defined. Front wings nar-
rower and, therefore, apparently longer than in vevzzsta, very little wider at ter-
minal third than at basal third; costal margin at base but slightly convex, at tip
more broadly rounded; whitish, subhyaline, more or less densely covered with
small, brownish, scale-like specks, as follows: an oblique and gradually narrow-
ing band (extending from tip of pterostigma to near tip of radius), which runs
across the wing to the tip of the first furcal, is usually freer from these dots than
the rest of the wing, while its edges are usually more crowded with the dots, so
as to bring the pale band into greater relief; quite frequently there is an intensi-
fied patch of brown about discoidal part of subcostal vein and at all vein furca-
tions; also, the terminal space outside the pale oblique band is often uniformly
dark, but with three marginal pale spots mee in each of the cubital, second mar-
ginal, and discoidal cells) always more or less distinctly relieved. This pale band
is sometimes obsolete and the wing more or less evenly speckled; exceptionally,
both inside and outside the oblique band, there is a border of variable extent, of a
uniform dark brown color, not composed of small dots; pterostigma distinct, mod-

74 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

erately wide and long; petiolus cubiti a little more than half as long as the stem
of first fork, and fully three times shorter than the discoidal part of subcosta,
which is distinctly longer than the basal portion; radius nearly parallel to stem of
second fork and fourth furcal, hardly curved upward at terminus, furcals termi-
nating very obliquely upon the margin, third and fourth nearly equal in length,
second very little longer than third, and first very little shorter than third, and
terminating at about the middle of the margin ; stem of second fork as long as third
furcal; tip of wing between radius and fourth furcal; outer basal cell one-third
shorter than radial cell, marginal cells of equal length, the second a little wider
than the first. Metasternal processes pale greenish, cylindrical, hardly narrowed
toward the tip, which is obtuse, not pointed. Legs pale brownish-yellow, femora
usually variegated with black, last tarsal joint blackish. Abdomen either entirely
blackish or brown, or brownish-yellow, in fresh specimens, suffused in pink.

: genital segment a little longer than the preceding ventral segment, brown,
shining; plate as high as the length of the segment, lateral lobe barely indicated,
anterior margin straight, posterior margin very slightly oblique, 72. ¢., the plate
gradually increases in width toward the tip, which is truncate and not arcuate, as
in the preceding species. Forceps as in vemuesta.

©: genital segment a little shorter than the three preceding ventral segments to-
gether, laterally more compressed than in vexzsta; upper plate a little longer than
the lower one, gradually tapering toward tip, which is straight and not so sharply
pointed as in venusta; lower plate also simple.

Described from numerous specimens bred from closed mamma-
like galls on leaves of Ce/ézs.

Pachypsylla (Blastophysa) c.-gemma, new species.

Average length 3.5 mm. Glossy. Dark brown or lighter, head and thorax
dirty brownish-yellow or deep gamboge-yellow, with greenish and often reddish
tint; front wings uniformly yellowish-brown (lighter or darker); abdomen nearly
black, sutures of the segments reddish, often the whole abdomen brownish-yel-
low. Head vertically inclined, as in the other species, with the eyes a little nar-
rower than the widest part of the thorax; vertex shining, rugoso-punctate, yellow-
ish-gray, twice as wide as long, not narrowing anteriorly, very slightly emarginate
posteriorly, anterior margin straight, discoidal impressions large, foveiform, but
shallow and ill-defined; median line fine; frontal cones vertical, somewhat vari-
able in form, but usually subtransverse, always rounded at tip, more or less
strongly divergent, rugoso-punctate, slightly hairy; antennz fully as long as the
width of the head, less stout than in the other species of the genus, yellow,
more or less variegated and tipped with black; joints subturbinate, joint 4 not
quite one-half as long as 3, the succeeding joints a little shorter than 4, but not
decreasing in length, 9 and 10 closely united and together shorter than the pre-
ceding joint; terminal bristles very short; pronotum very short, of equal width,
slightly emarginate behind, shining, impunctate; dorsulum formed as in other
species, usually shining, finely alutaceous, with sparse transverse aciculate lines,
which are sometimes absent; mesonotum formed as in other species, shining, very
finely alutaceous; color of dorsulum and mesonotum very variable, usually
brownish- yellow with greenish tinge, or yellowish-green with more or less indis-
tinct markings of light brown; sometimes the color is more decidedly yellow, or
even orange yellow, or nearly wholly pale green. Wings glossy, decidedly
shorter and more leathery than in the other species, decidedly sub-convex, at
basal third very slightly wider than at terminal third, transversely rugose, uni-
formly immaculate, costal margin at base strongly arched, then nearly straight, tip
of wingly broadly rounded, inner margin regularly curved; venation much less
prominent than in the genuine Pachypsyllas; pterostigma very indistinct; petio-
lus cubiti about half as long as the discoidal part of the subcosta, which is as long

WORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDA. 75

as, or a little longer than, the basal portion; radius nearly straight, third and fourth
furcals of nearly equal length, terminating very obliquely upon the margin, stem
of second fork a little longer than third furcal, first furcal but little longer than
the stem of the first fork and one-third shorter than the second furcal, which is
but little longer than the fourth furcal; outer basal cell very large and nearly as
Jong as the inner one; base of pterostigma nearer to the middle than to basal
third of wing ; first furcal terminating at about the middle; margin of first mar-
ginal cell as long as that of second; margin of cubital cell shorter. Abdomenin
matured specimens dark gray, each segment bordered behind with roseste coler,
in immature specimens brown or brownish-yellow. Metasternal processes pale-
green, elongate oval, obtusely rounded at tip. Femora usually brownish-yellow,
sometimes blackish, with exception of the tip; tibize and tarsi black.

gi genital segment somewhat longer than the preceding ventral segment; plate
as high as the length of the segment, anterior margin straight, posterior lateral lobe
very feebly indicated toward the tip, the plate, therefore, slightly wider at tip than
at base, posterior edge slightly curved, tip truncate; the lobe is hairy, opaque,
rugose, and divided from the main part of the plate by a longitudinal depression ;
forceps three-fourths as high as the plate, anterior edge slightly convex, posterior
edge slightly concave, tip acute.

Q: genital segment somewhat longer in proportion to the rest of the abdomen
than in c.-mzazima, but otherwise not different.

Described from numerous specimens reared from a small, rounded,
more or less irregular swelling of the bud of Ce/z’s.

The species shows sufficient differences, as compared with the more
typical Pachypsylla, to warrant separation into a sub-genus, which
I would designate by the name of Blastophysa, and which in future,
with increased material, will probably be accepted as a good genus.

The following dichotomic table gives the principal differences
between the three species of Pachypsylla just described :

Head and dorsum opaque; front wings submembranaceous or subhyaline,
not rugose; pterostigma distinct; both marginal cells very long, narrow,
and of about equal size and length; anal style of full-grown larva and
pupa long.

Dorsulum and mesonotum alutaceous, glabrous; front
wings narrowly rounded at tip, widest in basal half;
genital segment of female longer than the rest of
the abdomen; anal style of full-grown larva and
irs Notched at top 2 ee epee.

Dorsulum and mesonotum rugoso-punctate, with dis-
tinct but very short, sparse pubescence ; front wings
broadly rounded at tip, widest in terminal half;
genital segment of female shorter than the rest of
the abdomen; anal style of full-grown larva and
pupa pointed at tip ._---- -_---. RPE Val ee aS C.-mamma.
Head and dorsum shining, without pubescence; front wings
somewhat convex, basal half not wider than terminal half,
broadly rounded at tip, distinctly rugose; pterostigma indis-
tinct ;. marginal cells less narrow, the first shorter arid some-
what smaller than the second; genital segment of female
shorter than the rest of the body; anal style of full-grown
larva and pupa very short, nicked at tip .__--. .--...----. ¢.-gemmea.

76 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Sub-family TRIOZINA.
CEROPSYLLA, new genus.

Body moderately slender, slightly convex longitudinally, glabrous, impunctate,
opaque. Head with the eyes slightly narrower than the widest part of the tho-
rax; vertex nearly half as long as wide, convex anteriorly, slightly emarginate
behind; discoidal impressions large and polished, but shallow and ill-defined ;
frontal cones well separated from, and much depressed below, the plane of the
vertex, nearly vertical, a little longer than wide, about half as long as the vertex,
not divergent, not narrowing anteriorly, obtusely rounded at tip, jet black, opaque,
slightly pubescent; antennz more than twice as long as the width of the head,
thin, terminal joints distinctly broader, joint 3 as long as 4 and 5 together, the
last two joints less connate than usual, terminal bristle short. Thorax with the
pronotum very short, deeply emarginate behind, lower than the head, and almost
covered at the middle by the overlapping dorsulum; dorsulum longer than wide,
anterior lobe much more developed than the posterior, laterally convex, gently
ascending posteriorly ; mesonotum nearly as long as dorsulum, of usual form.

Wings flat, perfectly hyaline, not sculptured, two and one-half times longer
than wide, widest beyond the middle, outer costa gradually and slightly arched at
base, tip distinctly angulated; basal part of subcosta unusually long, as long as
the branch of the second fork; the stems of the two forks not starting from
the same point of the subcosta, that of the first fork starting alone from the sub-
costa, some distance before the usual separation point of the principal veins ; dis-
coidal part of the subcosta extremely short—in fact, hardly perceptible; thus the
radius, the radial part of subcosta and the stem of the second fork start from
nearly the same point; radial part of subcosta but little shorter than the stem of
first fork; radius straight, unusually short—shorter than the basal part of the sub-
costa; stem of second fork running, at basal fourth, very close to the radius,
then gradually diverging from it; tip of wing within second marginal cell, but
very close to the fourth furcal, which is nearly equal in length to the first and dis-
tinctly longer than the third furcal; second furcal nearly twice as long as the third
and about as long as stem of the second fork. Basal cells very long, the outer
not quite attaining the middle of the wing, the inner reaching beyond the middle ;
radial cell much shorter than outer basal cell; first marginal cell much larger
than the second, but of similar shape.

Ceropsylla sideroxyli, new species.

Average length, 4.2 mm. To the characters given above in the generic de-
scription but little remains to be added. The color is greenish-yellow on the
_ upper side, abdomen and under side more decidedly green; dorsal marking of
brownish-yellow faintly indicated; antennz black, with the three basal joints
pale yellow; legs yellowish-green or pale yellow. The wings are perfectly col-
orless and transparent, the veins very fine, blackish. The exceptional arrange-
ment of the venation, especially the almost complete absence of the discoidal part
of the subcosta, produces some curious results, viz., the basal part of the sub-
costa ana the radius appear to form a single straight line, and the discoidal cell is
triangular, with the angle towards the base of the wings narrowly produced. The

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDA. 77

radial part of the subcosta terminates nearly at the middle of outer costa, the
radius terminating about half way between the end of the radial part of subcosta
and the tip of the wing; the outer basal cell is about one-third longer than the
radial cell and little shorter, but much narrower than the inner basa! cell.

Described from fourteen specimens.

The secondary sexual parts in the specimens before me are not
well preserved, owing to the immature condition of the specimens,
and I prefer to leave them undescribed at present.

The form of the head and thorax, and, in fact, the general ap-
pearance of this genus, show no important or essential differences
from the typical Triozas, but the wing-venation is without parallel
in the family, and so remarkable that, with but a single specimen
for examination, it might be considered a rather interesting mon-
strosity, such as can occasionally be observed in large series of speci-
mens of other species. The specimens examined, however, show
precisely the same venation, and this character, together with the
singular form exhibited in the full-grown larva, necessitates the es-
tablishment of a new genus. ‘The specimens before me were bred
from the larva, and as they died shortly after acquiring wings,
they are more or less immature. |

Full-grown larve were found by Mr. Wittfeld at Georgiana, in
Southern Florida, on the under side of the leaves of Sideroxylon
masticodendron, imbedded in small scattered cup-shaped excava-
tions, which, on the upper side of the leaves, appear as rough, ele-
vated pustules. A white, wax-like (not flocculent) excretion covers
the dorsal surface of the larva, and has suggested the generic name.

RHINOPSYLLA, new genus.

Body moderately slender, very slightly convex dorsally, opaque, glabrous, im-
punctate. Head (including eyes) wider than the widest part of the thorax, ob-
liquely prolonged and narrowing behind the large and convex eyes, which are
thus widely distant from the pronotum; hind angles obtuse, hind margin nearly
straight, and not quite half as wide as the widest part of the head. Vertex deeply ~
and triangularly excised in the middle of the anterior margin, which is very oblique
each side of the excision. The vertex thus appears to be separated anteriorly in
two cones pointing obliquely forward, and this peculiar bi-rostrate appearance of
the head is enhanced by the basal joints of the antennz forming apparently the

continuation ofsthese cones; no trace of frontal cones; front margin of vertex with-
10

78 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in the incisure not acute, but very narrowly rounded; anterior ocellus at the bottom
of the incisure only visible from the front, but not readily perceptible; discoidal im-
pressions very conspicuous, long, lineiform, reaching the hind margin of the head.

- Antennz more than twice as long as the greatest width of the head; joints 1 and
2 longer than usual, joint 3 longer than 4 and 5 together, and at middle distinctly
wider than the succeeding joints, but narrower than joint 2. Thorax, with the
pronotum moderately short, slightly ascending posteriorly; front and hind mar-
gins but slightly curved, the latter, however, narrowly notched at middle; lateral
impressions deep and large, situated at the hind margin; dorsulum distinctly
wider than long, anterior lobe sub-acuminate in middle of front to fit in the emar-
gination of the pronotum; mesonotum of usual form, subdepressed on the disc,
convex at the sides, nearly as long as the dorsulum; metasternal processes small,
elongate, pointed at tip. Front wings very long and narrow, more than three
times longer than wide, widest at middle, tip distinctly angulated, with the angle
more acute than usual, colorless and perfectly transparent, venation fine; basal
portion of subcosta nearly as long as the stem of first fork and a little longer
than the discoidal and radial portions of subcosta combined; radius straight and
not parallel with stem of second fork; stem of second fork nearly twice as
long as that of the first; tip of wing distinctly within second marginal cell; outer
basal cell as long as radial cell, which is as long as, or little longer than, the mar-
gin of the discoidal cell. Anterior legs longer than the others, and with the
femora laterally much compressed and curved inwardly.

The form and venation of the wings do not offer any differences
from the Triozinz, and more particularly from certain typical Tri-
_ ozas, while the absence of frontal cones, together with the form of
the third antennal joint, seem to point to an affinity with Bacteri-
cera, Puton (a genus which is unknown to me in nature). The re-
markable formation of the head, however, removes Rhinopsylla not
only from the other genera of this sub-family, but from all Psyllidee
hitherto described. The formation of the anterior legs is also a
character not otherwise occurring in the whole family; but this
might be a sexual character, as the female is still unknown.

Rhinopsylla schwarzii, new species.

Length, 3mm. Head and thorax dull brick-red, the latter above indistinctly
marked with pale yellow; upper surface opaque, not pubescent, and without other
sculpture than the usual very fine alutation. Abdomen greenish, femora red,
tibize and tarsi pale yellow, the former blackish at base. Oblique post-ocular pro-
longation of the head nearly as long as the anterior portion of the head; anterior
median excision of the vertex forming an almost equilateral triangle; the two
lobes of the vertex formed by the notch are also triangular, and not more porrect
than the front margin of the eyes, which are semi-globular and very prominent;
discoidal impressions forming each side a longitudinal line reaching to near the

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDA. 79

hind margin of the head, deeply impressed behind and becoming obsolete before
reaching the anterior margin of vertex; basal joints of antennz larger and wider
than usual and reddish; joint 2 narrower and shorter than 1, joints 3-6 and the
bases of 7 and 8 pale yellow, remaining joints black ; joint 3, of the form described
above, longer than joints 4 and 5 together; joints 6, 7, and 8 each a little longer
than joint 4; 9 and ro of usual shape, closely connate; terminal. bristles long.
Pronotum colored as the head, of nearly equal width, laterally less convex than
usual, nearly horizontal longitudinally, moderately long, indentation at middle of
hind margin acutely triangular; dorsulum with very faint traces of paler longi-
tudinal markings, very little higher than the pronotum. Mesonotum nearly as
long as the dorsulum, with two broad pale median bands, separated by a fine
subimpressed dark-colored median line, sublateral yellow lines barely indicated.
Front wings, of the form described above, colorless, except a slight brown shade
alongside the marginal venules; veins fine, yellowish-brown; third furcal one-
third shorter than the fourth, and nearly rectangular upon the margin, second fur-
cal about one-third longer than the fourth, strongly arched, first furcal slightly
shorter than the third, terminating obliquely upon the margin; outer basal cell
much narrower than the inner and as long as the radial cell; inner basal cell at-
taining the middle of the margin, marginal cells unlike in form but about equal
in size. The anterior legs, especially the femora, are much longer than the mid-
dle legs; the anterior femora are, moreover, much wider, flattened, and bent in-
wardly at middle, or rather sinuate at the inner broad side.* The hind legs are
nearly as long as the anterior, but the femora are of normal form. Metasternal
processes rather widely separated, conical, acuminate.

The genital armature of the male cannot properly be described
from the two specimens before me.

Described from two és, found March 11th, 1879, at Baldwin,

Fla., by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, to whom I take pleasure in dedicating
the species, on low plants in the cypress swamps, but the food-plant

of the species still remains unknown.

* This curving of the anterior femora is not equal in the two males before me,
being very conspicuous in the one and less so in the other.

REMARKS ON THE BAG-WORM—THYRIDOPTERYX
EPHEMERA‘FORMIS.

By C. V. RILEy.
(Read April 13, 1883.)
Having been asked by members of the Society quite frequently
of late to explain the facts in relation to the common bag-worm,

and as the facts are somewhat puzzling to the uninitiated, I have
thought it of sufficient interest to state them.

as
: B
iS
ae

e
a)

™

cfs avn

Fic. 1. THYRIDOPTERYX EPHEMERZEFORMIS: a, larva; 6, male chrysalis ;
c, female moth; d@, male moth; ¢, follicle and puparium cut open to show eggs;
f, full grown larva with bag; g, young larvee with their conical upright coverings ;
all natural size.

The bags, as they hang from the trees at the present time, and
as illustrated by these specimens which I now exhibit, will be found
to consist of very strong silk, and, while a large proportion of them
contain little or nothing, many of them have within a brown shell,
known as the puparium, and containing a large number of soft,
yellowish eggs, interspersed with fulvous down. In a few days
these eggs will hatch, the young worms from them will crawl out
of the bags and disperse over the tree, covering themselves with

REMARKS ON THE BAG-WORM. 81

little conical silken coats, to the outside of which they attach bits
of leaves and twigs. These bags are at first held upright (Fig.
1, g), but, with increase in size, they are allowed to hang (Fig.
1,/). In the autumn, after attaining full growth, the worms appear
as in Fig. 1, a. They now fasten the bags to the permanent parts
of the tree, and transform to the pupa state. In due time, the male
pupa (Fig. 1, 4) pushes down toward the anal orifice, and a little,
black, glassy-winged moth (Fig. 1, @), with strongly pectinate an-
tennze, escapes.

The female (Fig. 1, ¢) only partly issues from her pupa shell,
receives the male, and retreats into the puparium, in which she
deposits her eggs. 3

Fic. 2. THYRIDOPTERYX EPHEMER/EFORMIS: a, follicle cut open to show the
manner in which the female works from her puparium and reaches the end of the
bag, natural size; 4, female extracted from her case, enlarged.

In reference to the act of coition, which has not been fully
understood by entomologists, I quote from a former article of
mine : *

‘¢ We have seen that, by means of the partial elongation of her
puparium and her partial extraction therefrom, the female is able

* Sci. Am., Suppl., April 3d, 1878.

82 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

to reach with her head to the extreme lower end of her follicle,
causing, in doing so, the narrow elastic portion of the follicle to
bulge, and the orifice to open more or less, as it repeatedly did
while the larva was yet feeding, whenever the excrement had to be
expelled. Fig. 2, a, shows a follicle cut open so as to exhibit the
elongated puparium, and the female extended from it as she awaits
the male; 4, represents this degraded female more in detail. A
cursory examination of the male shows the genital armature, which
is always exposed, to consist of (1) a brown, horny, bilobed piece,
broadening about the middle, narrowing to and notched at tip, con-
cave, and furnished with a tuft of dark hairs at tip inside; (2,) a
rigid brown sheath, upon which play (3) the genital hooks or
clasps, which are also concave inside, strongly bifid at tip, the
inner finger furnished with hairs, the outer produced’ to an obtuse
angle near tip, and generally unarmed, (Fig. 3, ¢). In repose, this

Fic. 3. THYRIDOPTERYX EPHEMERAFORMIS: 6, the end of male abdomen
from the side, showing genitalia extended; c, genitalia in repose, ventral view;
d, do., dorsal view ; ¢, tip of bifid clasp; 7, tip of penis; all enlarged.

armature appears as in Fig. 3, ¢, from beneath, and as at d, from
above, and is well adapted to prying into the opening of the folli-
cle. The male abdomen is telescopically extensile, while the tip
easily bends or curves in any direction, but most naturally beneath,
as at 6, where it is represented enlarged about six times, and with

REMARKS ON THE BAG-WORM. 83

all the genital parts, expanded; 4, the fixed outer sheath; f the
clasps; g, a pale membranous sheath, upon which the preputium
(A) plays, as on the finger of a glove; 2, the fleshy elastic penis,
armed with retorse hairs, and capable of extending to nearly one-
fourth of an inch; 7, showing the end still more fully enlarged.
With this exposition of details, not easily observed or generally
understood, the act of fecundation is no longer a mystery.

‘¢ Experiments made in 1878 led me to conclude that partheno-
genesis, although not improbable, seldom occurred in this species.
In some sixty instances where I excluded the males, the females
either worked out of their follicles and dropped to the ground
without ovipositing, or else died and dried up in the ends of the
same, likewise without laying. I have found the same to hold true
in those exceptional cases (four have already come under my notice)
where, in a state of nature out of doors, the larva had undergone
its transformations head upward. In every instance the poor female
had worked out of the puparium and butted against the closed end
of the follicle, perishing finally without laying, because the male
could not reach her.* ;

‘¢ The impregnated female that has laid her eggs always works out
of her follicle when her task is completed, and drops to the ground
exhausted ; but she may at once be distinguished from those which
perish without ovipositing by her shrunken, eggless body.

** The fawn-colored down, which the female intermingles with
her eggs, is composed of the silky hair rubbed from her body. If
examined while yet in the puparium, and just before she would
naturally issue therefrom, each ring of the body of the female is
seen to be more or less clothed with this silky material, while the
eggs are perfectly free from it until they are laid. Under the
microscope, this covering is seen to consist of the most delicate
fibres, many times finer than ordinary silk, and it is so easily de-
tached that most of it rubs off and remains in the puparium on the
partial issuing therefrom of the female.”’

* Since this was written more elaborate experiments have fully determined that
parthenogenesis does occasionally occur in the species.

LIST OF PLANTS ADDED TO THE FLORA OF WASHING-
TON FROM APRIL 1, 1882, TO APRIL 1, 1884.

By LEsTER F. Warp.

(Read November 24, 1882. )

[This list is supplemental to Ward’s “Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicin-
ity” (Bulletin, U.S. National Museum). Unless otherwise stated, the species enumer-
ated were found by the author.]

40a. Argemone Mexicana, L. PRICKLY Poppy.
Above Georgetown, near the ice house. Dr. E. Foreman, June 17,
1883.
89a. Viola canina, L., var. sylvestris, Regel. Doc VIOLET.
Left bank of Rock Creek below Pierce’s Mill. First found and re-
ported by Mr. Horace B. Patton,in April, 1883. Collected by
myself May 5, 1883.
93a. Viola tricolor, L. PANsy. HEART’S-EASE.
Reform School region, escaped and much reduced in size. June 25,
1882.
1242. Scleranthus annuus, L. KNAWEL.
Easby’s Point. Theo. F. Streets, May 18, 1883.

1422. Hibiscus Syriacus, L. SHRUBBY ALTHAA.
Escaped in many places.

1426. Hibiscus esculentus, L. Okra. GuUMBO.
Pierce’s Mill road, near Tenallytown, Oct. 22, 1882.

2082. Desmodium ochroleucum, M. A. Curtis.
Mount Hamilton,* Dr. E. Foreman, Sept. 24, 1882. Should be col-
lected before the middle of September.
234a. Phaseolus diversifolius, Pers. WILD BEAN.
Alexandria branch, B. & O. Railroad, above Uniontown, Sept. 10, 1882.
Also by Dr. Foreman near Roache’s Run, Va.
3040. Callitriche Austini, Eng.
North of Mount Hamilton. June 24, 1882.

* The conspicuous hill opposite Mt. Olivet Cemetery, otherwise known as
* Mulligan Hill” and “ Munger’s Hill,” is thus designated on Boschke’s ‘“‘ To-

pographical Map of the District of Columbia,” 1880.
84

3314.

3334:

391a.

4362,

4572.

4974.

5022.

504¢.

6282.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 85

Conium maculatum, L. Poison HEMLOCK.
Rhode Island avenue, on a vacant lot near 17th street. June 17, 1883.
Cicuta bulbifera, L. WatTrer HEMLOCK.

Alexandria Canal, opposite the Arlington estate. Dr. E. Foreman,
1882.

Eupatorium altissimum, L.

Between the canal and the river, a short distance below Chain Bridge.
First reported by Dr. Vasey and Dr. Chas. Mohr at the end of
September, 1882. Collected there by myself Oct. 5, 1882.

Aster ericoides, L., var. villosus, Gray.

Woodley Park, Sept. 17, 1882.

Pluchea camphorata, DC. SALT-MARSH FLEABANE.

Marshall Hall, Md. Collected by Mr. O. M. Bryan in 1883; speci-
mens sent to Dr. Foreman, and by him shown to me.

Galinsoga parviflora, Cav.

Fourteenth street near G, July 25, 1882. First seen by Dr. Chas.

Mohr. Since observed by myself on Sixteenth street.
Leucanthemum Parthenium, Godron. FEVERFEW.

Park near B and Sixth streets. July 10, 1884. Canal road above George-

town, June 17, 1883.
Senecio vulgaris, L. CoMMON GROUNDSEL.
Alexandria branch, B. & O. Railroad, a short distance above Union-

town, May 27, 1883.

. Tragopogon porrifolius, L. ComMMoN SALsIFY. OvysTER-PLANT.

Nearly the same locality as the preceding. Dr. Foreman, May, 1883.

. Campanula aparinoides, Pursh. MARSH BELLFLOWER.

Rock Creek. Mr. M. S. Bebb, 1863.

In preparing the “ Flora,” several species were admitted, which,
though not yet seen by the author or any of the recent collectors,
were yet vouched for by perfectly competent authorities who had
themselves found them in earlier years. In harmony with the rule
thus adopted, I now add, without hesitation, this species which Mr.
Bebb informs me, in a letter, that he was in the habit of collecting
in whilom days. From his description of the locality, I infer that

the spot on which the plant grew is now under cultivation.

Lycopsis arvensis, L. SMALL BUuGLOss.
Near the Outlet Lock, Dr. Foreman, 1882. Collected there by myself

June 17, 188%.

6292.

640a.

661a.

7324.

7382.

7404.

773¢-

7974.

8842.

9862.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Heliotropium EHuropzeum, L. HELIOTROPE.
Georgetown, near the Aqueduct Bridge, Mr. M. S. Bebb, 1863.
The above remarks on Campanula aparinoides apply equally to

this species.

Cuscuta compacta, Juss. DOoDDER.
Specimen found in the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture,
collected near Washington by Dr. Vasey.

Gratiola aurea, Muhl.
Specimen in my herbarium (wrongly labeled) collected on the Eastern
Branch marsh, in 1873.

Scutellaria parvula, Michx. SCULLCAP.
This species was simply overlooked in the catalogue. I have specimens
collected by Prof. Chickering near the Insane Asylum, May 26
1875.

Lamium purpureum, L. DE&EAD-NETTLE.
Soldiers’ Home grounds. I have fine specimens of this species which
I collected in this locality July 20, 1873, but had overlooked in
preparing the catalogue. The omission was observed by Mr.
Patton, who still found it there in 1882, and I again met with it

widely spreading through the grounds on May 20, 1883.

Plantago pusilla, Nutt.
Near the southwest corner of the Soldiers’ Home grounds (outside),
May 20, 1883.

Polygonum tenue, Michx.
Mount Hamilton, Dr. E. Foreman, Sept. 24, 1882. . Collected by my-
self on both sides of the hill, Oct. 1, 1882.

Euphorbia mercurialina, Michx.
In a communication dated Dec. 6, 1882, the late Dr. George Engel-
mann informed me that this species was once sent to him labeled
Washington, D. C., by Mr. F. Pech, who collected here extensively.

Zannichellia palustris, L.
In the canal, above Foundry Run, June 17, 1883.

Eriocaulon septangulare, With.
Eastern Branch (between tides) above Uniontown, Sept. 10, 1882.
Abundant in the Potomac below Analostan Island, and near Custis

Spring. a

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 87

9864. Cyperus flavescens, Le
Specimen found in herb. Dep’t Agriculture, collected in 1872 by Mr.
Rudolph Oldberg, in the vicinity of Washington.

9902. Cyperus inflexus, Muhl.
Chain Bridge, Dr. Chas. Mohr, September, 1882.

9962. Cyperus refractus, Eng.
Collected near Washington by Dr. George Vasey.

1002a. Eleocharis Engelmanni, Steud.
Dried pond above Sandy Landing, June 24, 1883.

10192. Rhynchospora fusca, Roem. & Schult.
Specimens in herb. Department of Agriculture, collected in the vicinity
of Washington by Dr. George Vasey.

to3Ia. Carex muricata, L.

Established in and around the Agricultural Department grounds, fide
Dr. Vasey and Mr. Conant.

1128a. Glyceria pallida, Trin.
North side of Four Mile Run pond, Dr. Vasey, 1883.

11602. Hordeum jubatum, L. SQUIRREL-TAIL GRASS.
Park near B and 4% streets, July 10, 1882.

11692. Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Beauv. OAT GRASS.
Hillside above Boundary street and Conn. Ave., June 17, 1882.

1195¢a. Setaria Italica, Kunth. MILLET, BENGAL GRass.
Agricultural Department grounds, July 22, 1882.

1253¢. Isoetes Engelmanni, Al. Br., var. valida, Eng. QUILLWoRT.
Pool among rocks above Sandy Landing, June 11, 1882.

CORRECTIONS.

The following names should be substituted for those standing in the Check-list

opposite these numbers :

236. Rhynchosia tomentosa, Hook. & Arn., var. erecta, Torr. & Gray,
989. Cyperus microdontus, Torr.

991. Cyperus vegetus, Willd.

1055. Carex glaucodea, Tuckerm.

i129. Glyceria Canadensis, Trin.

88 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PE-
DICULATE FISHES (HALIEUTELLA LAPPA).

By G. BROWN GOODE AND TARLETON H. BEAN.
(Read March 8, 1884.)
HALIBUTELLA, new genus.

Body maltheiform, subcircular, depressed, its width equal to its length; covered
with flaccid, inflatable skin. Spines feeble and less numerous than in Heleutea.
Head merged in body; forehead with a transverse bony ridge; no perceptible
supraoral cavity; no tentacle. Mouth small, terminal; lower jaw slightly curved
forward. ‘Teeth in the jaws minute, cardiform; not discernible on palate, though
possibly present. Carpus broad, slightly exserted. Pectoral fins remote from
tail, obliquely placed, with membranes subvertical. Branchial aperture posterior
to carpus, upon the disk, and not remote from its margin. Dorsal fin 5-rayed,
inserted at junction of disk with caudal peduncle. Anal fin 4-rayed, originating
at root of caudal peduncle.

Halieutella lappa, new species.

Disk subcircular, more than two-thirds as long as the body. Body covered
with a loose, flaccid, inflatable skin, which so obscures its proportions that it is
impossible to determine its exact height, but it is not nearly so much depressed as
in the related genera. When the body is inflated the height and length of the
disk are nearly equal.

Spines rather feeble; about ten between snout and dorsal fin. About six
strong spines, with conical bases and stellular tips on the outer margin of the disk
on each side, the anterior of them being opposite the eye. In front of these
spines on the discal margin, and between them and the snout, are several small,
simple spines, pointing backward. Belly armed with spines similar to those on
the back, but weaker. A stellate spine upon the tip of the snout, with two
weaker, simple spines on each side. Nasal openings midway between eye and
tip of snout. Mouth small, upon the margin of the disk. The upper jaw is
shorter than the diameter of the eye. Teeth as described in the generic diagnosis.
Dorsal fin inserted at posterior limit of disk, with five simple, articulated rays,
its longest ray one-fifth as long as the disk. Anal fin with four simple, articu-
lated rays, inserted directly beneath the fourth ray of the dorsal; its second, and
longest, ray one-fourth as long as the disk. Caudal twice as long as anal and
slightly longer than caudal peduncle, with nine simple, articulated rays. Car-
pus inserted at a distance from the snout equal to twice the length of the long-
est pectoral ray, which is slightly greater than the distance of posterior margin
of carpus, at its junction with disk, from vent. Number of pectoral rays, 15.
Ventral inserted at a point equidistant from the snout and the origin of the anal;
length of its longest ray (the fourth) equal to one-half the distance of the anal fin
from the snout. Number of ventral rays,5. D.5; A. 4; C.9; P. 15; V.5.

A single specimen, 11{ inches long, was dredged by the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion steamer Fish Hawk at station 1151, north latitude 39° 58’ 30’’, west longi-
tude 70° 37’, in a depth of 125 fathoms. Color, yellowish white.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW NORTH AMERICAN
BIRDS.

By RoBert RipGway.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U.S.
National Museum.

1. Parus atricapillus turneri, new subspecies,

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to P atricapillus septentrio-
nas, but still lighter in color, the gray of the upper parts very
slightly, or not at all, tinged with brownish, the sides and flanks with
little or no buff tinge.

6: Wing, 2.70; tail, 2.65-2.90; tarsus, .65-.70. 9: Wing,
2.55; tail, 2.55. ad. Alaska.

Type, No. 70,826, (in collection, U. S. National Museum, ) St.
Michael’s, Alaska, May 1, 1876; L. M. Turner.

2. Psaltriparus minimus californicus, new subspecies

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from true P. minimus in
much lighter colors, especially on the lower parts, which are very
pale brownish gray, or soiled brownish white, only slightly tinged
purplish brown on the flanks. ad. California, except northern
coast district.

In ‘‘ Birds of North America,’’ (page 397), Professor Baird re-
marks thst ‘‘ there is quite an appreciable difference between speci-,
mens of this species from Washington Territory and California ;
the latter are smaller, the under parts paler.’’ He did not separate
them, however, the scant material at his command evidently not
warranting sucha procedure. With numerous additional specimens,
the differences are none the less striking, and, in my opinion,
fully sufficient to justify their separation as well-defined geographi-
cal races.

It may be remarked that specimens from Marin County, just north
of the Bay of San Francisco, are dark colored above like typical

90 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

_ P. minimus, but are light colored beneath as in cadfornicus, being
thus, as should be expected, intermediate ; further north, along the
humid, densely wooded coast, specimens probably approximate
more closely to the typical form. |

Types, Nos. 91,643, @ ad., Baird, Shasta Co., California, May
27, 1883, Chas. W. Townsend; 71,935, 9 ad., Ft. Tejon, Cal.,
Aug. 7, 1875, H. W. Henshaw; 71,924, Walker’s Basin, Cal., fall;
71,918, 9 ad., same locality and collector, Nov. 10, 1875 ; 91,890,
juv., Baird, Shasta Co., California, June 26, 1883, Chas. W. Town-
send.

3. Colaptes mexicanus saturatior, new subspecies.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to C. mexicanus, but much
darker colored. Back, etc., rich, dark umber-brown, throat deep
plumbeous-gray, and lower parts deep vinaceous-pink. ad. North-
west coast, from the Columbia River to Sitka. ©

Types, Nos. 40,063, ¢ ad., Neah Bay, Washington Territory,
J. G. Swan; 13,516, @ ad., Simiahmoo, Washington Territory,
Dr. C. B. Kennerly. :

4. Myiarchus mexicanus magister, new subspecies.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from typical JZ. mexicanus
in much larger size, with proportionally longer and stronger bill.
Wing, 4.05-4.40; tail, 4.10-4.60; culmen, 1.10—-1.27; bill from
nostril, .60-.82 (average about .70) ; tarsus, .88—.95 (average about
.92). Hab. Western Mexico, north to southern Arizona.

Types, Nos. 86,005, ¢ ad., Camp Lowell, Arizona, and 57.640,
2 ad., Tehuantepec, Mexico.

In order to determine positively, if possible, the relationship of
the larger Mexican Afyiarchi, I sent recently to Dr. Sclater a series
of specimens, asking him to compare them with Kaup’s types of his
Tyrannula mexicana and T. cooper’, which were supposed to be in
the British Museum. His reply has just been received, and is, in

substance, as follows: —

‘¢ The original of Kaup’s description [of Z. mexicana] is not in

NEW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 91

the British Museum, . . . . but in that of Darmstadt, whence I ob-
tained the loan of it in 1871. I cannot do this again, but I have
a specimen in my own collection which, on that occasion, I com-
pared with Kaup’s type and found to be similar, except as regards
the abraded plumage of my specimen. This specimen certainly
agrees best with the smaller or eastern race, . . . . that is with JZ
coopert of Baird, . . . . but is smaller in dimensions than Baird’s
type, and, therefore, much smaller than the large western form of
the! same speciés:: .: 5: What Zyrannula cooperi of Kaup was,
it is now, as I believe, impossible to ascertain ; because, if the
specimen so described is in the British Museum, as Kaup affirms, it
is not marked, and is, consequently, unrecognizable.’’

It will thus be seen that the large western race is unnamed,
which is my excuse for providing it with a name as above.

5. Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens, new subspecies.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from true 47. lawrencei of
Eastern Mexico, in very much paler colors: Pileum light hair-
brown, instead of dark sooty brown ; back light grayish olive, in-
stead of dark brownish olive; remiges and rectrices edged with
dull ochraceous-rufous, instead of rusty rufous. Wing, 2.90-3.25;
tail, 3.00--3.25 ; culmen, .65-.70; width of bill at base, .30-.35 ;
tarsus, .7¢-.75. Hab. Western Mexico, north to southern Ari-
zona; in winter, western and southern Mexico, and Yucatan.

Type, No. 57,655, & ad., Sta. Efigenia, Tehuantepec, Dec. 25,
1868 ; F. Sumichrast.

I have carefully examined the type of Mustcapa lawrencit Giraud,
and find that it corresponds exactly with specimens from eastern
Mexico, which are, without exception, (so far as the National Mu- *
seum series are concerned,) much darker colored than those from
western Mexico.

In Hist. N. Am. B. (11, p. 333), AZ lawrencet oltvascens was
erroneously considered to be the true JZ. lawrencet, the dark
eastern race (true JZ dawrencel) being referred to M. nigricapillus
Caban. The latter is similar, but still darker, having the pileum
nearly black, (whence the name). It reaches its extreme develop-

92 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

ment in Costa Rica, but extends northward to Guatemala, whence
northward it gradually passes into JZ. dawrencei. I have not seen
Arizona examples, but would have no hesitation in referring them
to olivascens on geographical grounds alone. That I am correct in
doing so is strongly indicated by the following quotation from Mr.
Brewster’s remarks upon nine specimens obtained in the Santa Rita
Mountains, in southern Arizona, by Mr. F. Stephens. (C/ Bull.
Nutt. Orn. Club, vii, Oct., 1882, p. 205): ‘‘ These show little
variation in color or markings, but the females are slightly smaller
than the males. The characters which separate MZ. lawrenci? from
its respective allies, JZ. ¢ristis, of Jamaica, and J. nigricapillus, of
Central America, are well maintained in this series.’”’ [Cf Hist.
N. Am. B., li, p. 333: |

In this connection it may be well to give a brief review of the
Mexican AMfZyiarchi, from the writer’s standpoint, a special study of
the subject, based upon the extensive series in the National Mu-
seum collection, (including many types,) enabling him to feel
pretty sure as to the limits of the respective species,

In the National Museum we have the following:

1. Ml. crinitus (Linn.) Cas., as a migrant through eastern

Mexico.

2. M. mexicanus (Kaup) Lawre.: @. mexicanus, from eastern
Mexico, north to the lower Rio Grande Valley, in Texas; 4. mag-
ister, NOBIS, from western and southwestern Mexico, and north to

southern Arizona.

3. MW. nuttingt Ripcw., from southwestern Mexico. (Cf Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp. 394, 395-)

4. M. yucatanensis Lawr. from Merida, Yucatan. (This seems
to me to be most nearly related to the Antillean species (JZ
stolidus, etc). I have carefully examined the type, which is in
the National Museum collection, and cannot at all agree to its
reference to AZ, mexicanus.)

5: WZ. lawrence (GiRAUD) BAIRD: @. lawrencel, from eastern

NEW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 93

Mexico (north to southern Texas?); 4. olivascens, NOBIS, from
western Mexico, (southern Mexico, and even Yucatan in winter,)

and north to southern Arizona.

6. JZ. flammulatus LAwr., from southwestern Mexico (Tehuante-
pec to Mazatlan). Several examples of this widely distinct species
are in the National Museum collection.

6. Pedicecetes phasianellus campestris, new subspecies.

PRAIRIE SHARP-TAILED GROUSE.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from P. Ahasianellus colum-
dianus in rather lighter and much more ochraceous coloration
above, with the black bars narrower and less regular, and in having
the V-shaped markings of the lower parts much less distinct (never
deep black).

Types, Nos. 76,743, ¢ ad., Illinois, and 19,173, 9 ad., Rose-
bud Creek, Montana Terr.

In the Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club for October, ©
1882, p. 233, Mr. Brewster alludes to differences between specimens
of the Sharp-tailed Grouse from Fort Walla Walla, Washington
Terr., and others from eastern localities, but concludes that the dif-
ferences noted ‘‘ probably have only a local significance.’’ This
was formerly my opinion also; but many additional specimens
subsequently received at the National Museum show conclusively
that two very different styles of this bird inhabit the regions west
and east of the Rocky Mountains, respectively. P. phastanellus
columbianus is represented in the collection by specimens from
Washington Territory, Oregon, Northern California, and Nevada,
and P. phasianellus campestris by examples from Montana (east of
the mountains), Eastern Wyoming and Colorado, Nebraska, Dakota,
and Illinois.

P. phasianellus campestris is the form described and figured by
Audubon, (B. Am., v, p. 112, pl. 298,) under the name Zesrao

phasianellus.
II

94 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

7. Lophorty=x californicus brunnescens, new subspecies.
BROWN-BACKED VALLEY QUAIL.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from true Z. cadfornicus
in much darker coloration, the upper parts being deep olive-brown
(almost clove-brown) instead of grayish olive, the stripes along inner
edge of tertial deep ochraceous instead of pale buff, and the elon-
gated feathers of the sides deep olive-brown instead of grayish olive.
Had. Pacific coast, from San Francisco Bay north to Washington
Territory.

South of San Francisco, this strongly-marked race appears to be
replaced by the typical Z calfornicus; at least, specimens in the
National Museum collection from San José and Sta. Barbara are of
the paler form. It is true that Audubon describes and figures the
dark race, and says that the male, from which his description and
figure of that sex are taken, was ‘‘ procured on the 6th of March,
1837, near Santa Barbara,’’ but it is well known that the localities
ascribed to Townsend’s specimens were, in many cases, erroneous ;
and, since he made collections near the mouth of the Columbia
River, it is very likely that the specimen in question came from the
latter locality.

It is possible that this race may have already been named, since
there are some points in the Ortyx douglassi Vigors, (Zool. Jour.,
iv, 1829, 354; Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, 27, pl. 11,) which
strongly suggest the female or full-grown young. ‘There are, how-
ever, so many features, both in the description and figure, which
cannot be reconciled with the present bird that their actual identity
is, to say the least, very doubtful.

Types, Nos. 2,829, ¢, ‘‘ Santa Barbara, California,’’ and 2,830,
9, locality unknown ; both types of Audubon’s description and
plate of ‘‘ Ortix californica.”’

8. Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus, new subspecies.

LESSER WHITE-CRESTED CORMORANT.

Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus Ripcw., Cat. Aquat. and Fish-eating
Birds, 1883, p. 27; no description.

NEW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. ot BS

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to P. dilophus floridanus,
but with the nuptial plumes pure white, instead of black. Similar
in coloration to P. dilophus cincinnatus, but much smaller. Had.
Pacific coast of United States, from California (Farallone Islands)
to Cape St. Lucas; Revillegigedo Islands, Western Mexico.

This is the small southern form of céncinnatus, being, like the
latter, distinguished by its white nuptial tufts, but. differs in its
much smaller size, in which respect it agrees closely with floridanus.
P. dilophus thus may be separated into four races, the two southern
ones ( floridanus and albociliatus) distinguished from their northern
representatives (dilophus and cincinnatus) by smaller size alone,
while the western forms (ctnctnnatus and albociliatus) appear to
differ from the eastern ones only in the color of the nuptial tufts,
which seem to be always white or much mixed with white, instead
of black with little or no admixture of white.

_ DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AMERICAN KINGFISHER.

By Rogpert RipGway.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U. S.
National Museum.

Ceryle superciliosa stictoptera, new subspecies.

? Chiloroceryle superciliosa SCL., P. Z. S., 1864, 176, (City of Mexico.)

Ceryle superciliosa LLAWR., Ann. Lyc., N. Y., ix, 1869, 204, (Sisal, Yucatan).—
(?) Id., Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876, 3, (Isth. Tehuan-
tepec).—(?) SumicH., Mem. Bost. Soc.,i, 1869, 560, (hot reg.
of Vera Cruz).—(?) Bouc., Liste Ois. réc. Guat. (in Ann.
Soc. Linn. Lyon), 1878, 26.

Hasirat.—Yucatan ; also, presumably, other parts of Southern
Mexico and Guatemala. (Note.—The references given above,
which are preceded by a mark of interrogation, are so designated
for the reason that specimens from the localities indicated have
not been examined.)

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to C. superciliosa, but outer
webs of secondaries conspicuously spotted with white (in three trans-
verse rows), and with the white on the rectrices much more extended.

96 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Of C. superciliosa (vera), the Museum possesses specimens from
Demerara, Trinidad, Isthmus of Panama, and Costa Rica. These
all have the outer webs of the secondaries either entirely im-
maculate, or else marked with very minute specks of dull fulvous.
These markings are wanting in the two Demerara examples, are
barely indicated in two from the isthmus, and are rather distinct
(though still deep fulvous in color) in the one from Costa Rica—
rendering it, therefore, probable that specimens from intermediate
points might complete the transition from one to the other. It
should be remarked, however, that the Costa Rican example (No.
64,666) is much more like South American skins than those from
Yucatan, upon which the new race (possibly species) is based.

Types, Nos. 39,297, 3, and 39,206, 9, Sisal, Yucatan, May,
1865; Dr. A. Schott.

NOTE ON PSALTRIPARUS GRIND, BELDING.

By Rospert RipGway.
(Read February 23, 1884.)

In my description of this species, on p. 155, vol. 6, of the Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum, I inadvertently
made an erroneous comparison between this species and P. me-
Zanotis, as follows: ‘‘ From the latter [P. pdumbeus] it differs in
much whiter throat and decidedly clearer, more bluish, shade of the
upper parts, in both of which respects there is a close resemblance
to P. melanotis.’’ wrote from memory, not having a specimen
of P. melanotis before me at the time. Upon actual comparison I
now find that while the statement is essentially correct so far as the
coloration of the lower parts is concerned, I was greatly in error re-
garding the coloration of the upper parts. The difference is very
great, P. melanotis having the pileum and nape fine light plumbe-
ous-gray, exactly like the back of P. gvind@, while the back, etc.,
are bright brownish drab, much like the pileum and nape of P.
grinde, only more olivaceous. The relative position of the two
colors is, in fact, exactly reversed in the two species.

NEW BIRDS FROM KAMTSCHATKA. 97

NOTE ON THE GENERIC NAME CALODROMAS.

By Ropert Ripcway.
(Read February 23, 1884.)

In 1873 (‘‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium,’’ p. 156),
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin proposed the name Calodromas for Eu-
dromia elegans, Lafr. & D’Orb. This name, however, is preoccu-
pied, having been given to a genus of Coleoptera by Goudot, in
1832 (Rev. et Mag. de Zool.) I therefore propose as a substitute
Calopezus (xalbs = pulcher, neo = pedestris.)

DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS FROM KAMT-
SCHATKA AND THE COMMANDER ISLANDS.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U. 8.
National Museum.

1. Pica camtschatica, new species.

Diacnosis.—Larger than P. caudata and with longer bill; inner
webs of the longest primaries white to the extreme tip; feathers of
the throat black to the base.

$ 3: Total length, 525 mm.; wing, 218 mm.; tail f., 279 mm.;
expos. culmen, 35 mm.

Has.—Kamtschatka. |

Typres.—Nos. 89,144; 92,695, and 92,698, U. S. Nat. Mus.

2. Corvus grebnitskii, new species.

Diacnosis.—Nearly allied to Corvus corax, from which it differs
in having the fourth and fifth primaries longest, and the latter de-
cidedly longer than the second.

$: Total length, 715 mm.; wing, 460 mm.; tail f., 255 mm.

2: Total length, 660 mm.; wing, 426 mm.; tail f., 235 mm.

Hap.—Commander Islands, Bering Sea.

TypEs.—Nos. 92,759 and 92,760, U. S. Nat. Mus.

98 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

3. Alauda blakistoni, new species.

Dracnosis.—Like A/auda japonica in the rusty tinge and the
dark blackish brown scapulars and interscapulars, but differing in
being larger and having a stronger and larger bill. The hind neck
rusty colored, only dotted with small dark spots, forming a light
collar between the strongly marked pileum and the dark color
of the upper back. |

$ $: Total length, 187 mm.; wing, 116 mm.; tail f., 72 mm.;
exp. culm., 13 mm.

2 @: Total length, 186 mm.; wing, 109 mm.; tail f., 70 mm.;
exp. culm., 12 mm.

Has.—Kamtschatka and Bering Island.

Types.—Nos. 92,658 and 92,660, U. S. Nat. Mus.

4. Dendrocopos immaculatus, new species.

D1acnosis.—Similar to D. ~igra, but with unspotted white under
tail-coverts, and the outer rectrices pure white, without dark cross-
bars, or only with trace of a single bar; white bars on the wing
broader; malar stripe narrow, broken, dusky, but not black.

é: Total length, 167 mm.; wing, 97 mm.; tail f., 61 mm.; exp.
culm., 18 mm.

Hazs.—Kamtschatka.

TypE.—No. 92,700, U. S. Nat. Mus.

REmarks.—This is Picus hamtschathensts of TACZANOWSKI ( 1882),
but not of BONAPARTE (1854), whose type specimen came from
Okotsk, and not from Kamischatka, BONAPARTE’S bird is, in every
respect, a typical D. pifra and the name P. kamtschatkensis conse-

quently an unconditional synonym of the Siberian form.
5. Lagopus ridgwayi, new species.

Diacnosis: ¢ 3, insummer-plumage, above brownish black with
dark ferruginous brown cross-bars and mottlings, but without any
trace of white, whitish, and grayish edgings or barrings; first
summer-plumage with blackish jugulum as in Z. muta; bill longer

NEW BIRDS FROM KAMTSCHATKA, 99

and stouter than in thé latter form ; abdomen blackish in the per-
fect summer-plumage.

$ $: Total length, 382-411; wing, 187-201; tail f., 102-112;
bill from nostr., ro-12 mm.

2 9: Total length, 357-384; wing, 179-189; tail f., 89-110;
bill from nostr., 9.3-10.5 mm.

Has.—Commander Islands.

Types.—U. 5S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 89,059; 89,062; 92,716; 92,709;

89,057 5 92,712.

DIAGNOSES OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF FISHES FROM
THE GULF OF MEXICO.

By TarLeTON H. Bean, M. D., and H. G. DreEsEL, Ensign, U.S. N.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U. S.
National Museum.

The writers are preparing descriptions of all the fishes of the
Gulf of Mexico represented in the collections of the United States
National Museum, to form a bulletin of the Museum. As consider-
able time must elapse before the material can be ready for the press,
they present here brief diagnoses of some of the new species in ad-

vance of the complete publication.
Siphostoma crinigerum, new species.

The types of this species are two males, No. 33,173, taken at
Pensacola, by Jordan and Stearns. The species is closely related
to S. crinitus (Jenyns), a species inhabiting the coast of Northern
Patagonia.

The snout is very short, less than %4 length of head. Eye, 5
times in length of head. Head nearly 11 times in total length to
caudal base. Height of body, half length of head. Length of
marsupium is 4 times in the,total to caudal base. Dorsal of 16 or
17 rays. Body rings 15; caudal rings 38 cr 39. Dorsal fin above
the first 314 to 4 caudal rings. The marsupium occupies 17 caudal

100 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

rings. Minute filaments above the eyes, and apparently along the
sides of the body.

Phycis floridanus, new species.

The type of the species is No. 32,762, taken by Silas Stearns at
Pensacola. It is about 74% inches long. In general appearance it
resembles P. regius, differing from this in its smaller scales, and
more numerous dorsal rays. The greatest height is one-fifth of the
total length to caudal base, and equals four-fifths of the length of
head. Head 4 times in length to caudal base. Eye slightly less
than snout, 5 times in length of head. Maxilla slightly less than
mandible, one-half length of head. First dorsal not produced.
Ventral about five-fourths length of head. Pectoral equal to head
in length. Dorsal XIII,57; Anal 49. Scales between first dorsal
and lateral line in nine or ten rows ; about 120 scales in the lateral
line. :

Ophichthys guttifer, new species.

The type of the species numbered 32,647 in the National Mu-
seum register is 2244 inches in length. It resembles O. ocellatus
(Le Sueur) very closely, but the differences from that species are
so important that we cannot consider them sexual.

The greatest height of body equals the distance from the angle
of the mouth to the tip of the snout. The dorsal fin begins at a
distance behind the vertical from tip of pectoral equal to length of
the snout. The length of the pectoral is nearly 314 times in length
of the head. The head is % of the total length, 34 of the trunk.
Eye 134 times in length of snout, g times in that of head.
Twenty-one or twenty-two small white spots along the median line.

A REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS (LOXIA)
OF THE L. CURVIROSTRA TYPE.

By Rosert RipGway.

Read March 8, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U. 8.
National Museum.

Having long suspected the existence of two forms of the Red
Crossbill in the United States, besides the Mexican race (Z. mex-
tcana Strickl.) which occurs just within our borders in Southern
Arizona (and perhaps also in New Mexico), I was not surprised
to find this conviction fully confirmed by a fine series of speci-
mens presented to the National Museum by Captain Chas. E. Ben-
dire, U. S. A., and obtained by him at Fort Klamath, Oregon,
during the winter of 1882-83. ‘The form under consideration being
unquestionably distinct from both Z. americana and L. mexicana,
as well as from the several Palrearctic races, and being, so far as I
am able to discover, unnamed, I take great pleasure in dedicating
it to Captain Bendire as a slight recognition of his very valuable
services to North American ornithology.

I am at present inclined to consider all the Red Crossbills that
I have seen, from whatever country, as races of Loxta curvirostra
Linn.; and therefore must prefer for the bird under consideration
a trinomial designation, as follows:

Loxia curvirostra bendirei.
BENDIRE’S CROSSBILL.

Loxia americana (part) BAIRD, B. N. Am., 1858, 426.

Curvirostra americana (part) CoopER, Orn. Cal., i, 1870, 148.

Loxia curvirostra var. americana HENSH., Rep. Orn. Wheeler’s Exp. 1873
(1874), 79 (Ft. Garland, Colorado).—(?) BENDIRE, Proc. Bost. Soc. N.
H., xix, 1877, 116 (Camp Harney, Oregon, in winter).

Loxia curvirostra var. mexicana RIDGW., Bull. Essex Inst., v, Nov., 1873, 181,
189 (Colorado).

Loxia curvirostra mexicana MiNoT, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, v, 1880, 229 (Colo-
rado).

Loxia curvirostra bendiret RipGw., MS.
IOI

102 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Hasitat.—Chiefly the western mountain regions of the United
States, from Colorado to Oregon and California; in winter, not
uncommon in Eastern United States (Massachusetts, Maryland,
etc). |

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing from Z. curvirostra anteri-

_canain decidedly largersize. &: wing, 3.55—-3-80 (average, 3.68) ;
tail, 2.20-2.45 (2.34); culmen, .65-. 78 (.71) ; depth of bill, .40-. 45
(.42); gonys, .42-.50 (.47); tarsus, .62-.72 (.67); middle toe,
.50-.60 (.57). Q: wing, 3.40-3.60 (3.50); tail, 2.20-2.30 (2.23) ;
culmen, .65-.70 (.67) ; depth of bill, .35-. 40 (.39); gonys, .40-.55
(.46); tarsus, .60-.69 (.66) ; middle toe, .55-.58 (.56).

This race is about as much smaller than ZL. curvirostra mexicana
as it is larger than americana. In fact, it may be considered as
being about intermediate, so far as size is concerned. Compared
with the Z. curvirostra, it is found to differ in the following re-
spects: (1) much brighter coloration ; (2) shorter wing and tail;
(3) shorter culmen combined with longer gonys, the mandible
being proportionally stronger ; and (4) more slender bill. Z. cur-
virostra mexicana has the mandible still stouter, compared with the
maxilla, and is, besides, much larger in all its measurements.

There is so little uniformity in coloration in the various races of

y this species that color alone is of little value asa race character. In
.the series of the present form, upon which these remarks are based,
there are specimens which agree minutely in colors with examples of
both mexicana and americana. In fact, it seems that ful/-plumaged
specimens of the three American races are constantly much brighter
than the two European forms (LZ. curvirostra and L. curvirostra pityo-
psittacus), although it should be stated that, with one exception, the
males of the latter which have been examined are mounted mu-
seum specimens, and possibly much faded. However this may be,
they certainly do not approach in richness of plumage American
specimens of average intensity of coloration. There are two speci-
mens, however, in the series before me which differ considerably

from others in the tint of the red, which, on the lower parts, is of a

REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS. 103

purplish cast, much /like a dilute tint of ‘* Ruben’s madder,’’ the
middle of the belly and the anal region fading into white. These
specimeps are Nos. 94,877 and 94,887, from Fort Klamath, Oregon,
December 11, 1882, (Capt. Bendire, coll.), and resemble so closely
two adult males from northern Japan (Nos. 91,432 and 91,433, Tate-
Yama, P. L. Jouy, coll.), as to be distinguished only with great diffi-
culty.. Taking, however, No. 94,877, in which the resemblance to
the Japanese birds is closest, and comparing with both the latter,
the following differences are observable: The upper parts are de-
cidedly darker, the pileum in the Japanese specimens being of the
same pale purplish red as the color of the breast, while the brighter
color of the rump corresponds closely to that of the flanks. In
the Fort Klamath specimen, on the other hand, the pileum is much
darker than the breast (being nearly the same color as the back),
while the red of the rump is very much more intense than that on
the flanks.

Three females from Japan are, however, practically indistinguish-
able from as many of the same sex from eastern Oregon (Fort
Klamath, December, 1882, Capt. Bendire). In fact, were it not
for the difference of habitat, these female Japanese Crossbills might
well be regarded as identical with the larger North American form.*

* The Japanese Crossbill has been referred to Z. albiventris Swinhoe, but the
description (Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 437) indicates a bird “ like in color
to L. curvirostra, but differing from all the known species in having the abdo-
men and under tail-coverts white, the latter with large central arrow-head brown
spots. Under quills, whitish. Length 6 inches; wing 33; tail 2; tip of wing
to end of tail, 6. Iris brown; bill brown, light horn-colur along the tomia. Legs,
toes, and claws blackish brown, washed with pink on thesoles.”” Habitat, south-
eastern China. Should the phrase “ like in color to Z. curvirostra”’ be correct,
the Crossbill of middle Japan certainly is not identical with that of China, for the
Japanese specimens, both male and female, which I have examined are far more like
L. curvirostra bendiret than L. curvirostra (vera). At any rate, even should
they prove on comparison to be the same, the name Z. albiventris is pre-occu-
pied, having been bestowed in 1804 by Hermann (Obs. Zool., p. 205) upon a
species of Munia. Regarding the Japanese birds as distinct from ZL. curvirostra
proper (and leaving the question of their relationship to the Chinese bird in
abeyance), it becomes necessary to give them a new name. I therefore propose
to call them— .

Loxia curvirostra japonica NOBIS. SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Differing

104 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

In connection with the present subject, some remarks upon the
other races of ZL. curvirostra (or supposed to be referable to that
species) may not be unacceptable, the observations in question
being based chiefly on specimens contained in the National Mvu-
seum collection.

L. curvirostra pityopsittacus.—There are before me two adult males
and one adult female of this robust species or race. These resemble
most nearly, among the American forms, Z. mexicana, but are
decidedly larger in all their measurements, the bill especially being
much higher; the mandible is broader at the base, though propor-
tionally much shorter. The colors are similar but not so bright.
The measurements of this form, as compared with Z. mexicana
and Z. curvirostra, its nearest allies, are given in a table at the end
of this article.

In Yarrell’s ‘‘ History of British Birds,’’ fourth ed., part x1, page
210, the comparative measurements of LZ. pityopsittacus and L. cur-
virostra, apparently quoted ftom Dresser’s ‘‘ Birds of Europe,’’ are
given, in substance, as follows:

= a
a eee g
x ih ie ee
B r ui a ae to =
3 tp = 6) 8 | ee |S”
} = = S mt
eB = a S 6 | a 5
L. pityopsittacus....... foeacuns 6.30-7.00 | 4.00-4.30 | 2.70-2.80 75 .90 60 50
L. CUPVITOStIA.....e.sceeeceeees 5.70-6.00 | 3.70-3.90 | 2.50-2.70 60-.65 -75-.85 -50 -37-.40

from L. curvirostra (vera) in having the red of a fine rosy or madder-lake tint,
the dimensions somewhat smaller. Female much grayer than that of curvirostra.
Dimensions.—': wing 3.60-380 (3.70); tail 2.30-2.40 (2.35); culmen.70; depth
of bill .45-.48 (.46); gonys .45-.48 (.46); tarsus .65-.70 (.67); middle toe .60.
Q: wing 3.60-3.70 (3.66); tail 2.20-2.35 (2.28); culmen .68-.70 (.69); depth
of bill .42-.45 (.44); gonys .45-.49 (.46); tarsus .65-.70 (.68); middle toe
.57-.58.

NoTe.—Since the above was written, specimens of a red crossbill have been
received at the National Museum from Hakodadi (Nos. 91,386, ¢f' ad., Feb.,
and 91,387, 9 ad., Feb.), which are in every respect similar to European ex-
amples of Z. curvirostra. It would therefore appear that while the form inhab-
iting the middle or main island of Japan is a distinct local race, that found in the
northern island is identical with the European race.

REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS. 105

L. curvirostra (vera).—Of this species or race I have for com-
parison only three adult males and two adult females. There is
not the slightest difficulty in distinguishing any of these examples
from L. pityopsittacus, or from any of the numerous American
specimens. As to the latter, the resemblance of Z. curvirostra is
‘far nearest to Z. mexicana; but the latter has a much more in-
tensely red coloration, has the wing and tail (on the average) de-
cidedly longer, and the mandible decidedly longer and stouter,
both absolutely and in proportion to the upper mandible.

L. curvirostra americana.—When Wilson characterized his ‘‘ Cur-
virostra americana,’’ he thus separated a North American Crossbill
differing from the common European species (Z. curvirostra), among
other characters, in ‘‘ being nearly one-third less.’ This statement
of the difference in size is certainly not exaggerated. Of this form—
which is the prevailing one in northern and eastern North Amer-
ica—I have examined in this connection twenty-four males, and
twenty-three females. The characters presented by this series are
very uniform, scarcely a single specimen being sufficiently larger
than the average to render its position doubtful. |

Compared with the provokingly small series of Z. pityopstttacius
and ZL. curvirostra which is available for the purpose, all the full-
plumaged males of Z. americana are decidedly brighter in colora-
tion.* There is, however, much individual variation in color.

The brightest colored examples are Nos. 83,368, District of Co-
lumbia (spring of 1864; C. Drexler), and 78,186, Santa Cruz, Cali-
fornia (W. A. Cooper), which are much alike, except that the
former has the centre of the abdomen, hinder flanks, and anal
region a rather deep, dull, grayish brown tinged with red, whereas
in the latter these parts are dull grayish white. Both have the red
of a deep ‘‘dragon’s-blood’”’ tint above, deepening on the head
into a tint intermediate between ‘‘ Indian-red’’ and crimson (but

* Tt is true that this is directly contrary to the experience of Messrs. Sharpe and
Dresser, who state (Birds of Europe, pt. xiv) that “the adult male is generally
duller than Z. cusvirostra, the red approaching to dirty orange ;’’ but their obser-
vation was evidently based upon specimens not in perfect plumage.

106 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

much nearer the former), the rump much brighter, and inclining
to clear, dull vermilion. ‘The lower parts are bright ‘‘ dragon’s-
blood-red,’’ with a tinge of crimson. ‘The wings are dark sepia-
brown, the feathers very indistinctly edged with dull reddish-brown.

No. 83,366, from Utica, New York (winter of 1869; J. Davis),
is very similar, but the red is somewhat lighter, inclining more to
a dull vermilion shade. The centre of the abdomen adjoining the
anal region is dull grayish white.

The darkest colored example is No. 86,893, Garrison’s, New York
(Dec. 30, 1874; T. Roosevelt), in which the red is of a dark
madder-brown cast, the rump more brilliant, or of a dark brownish
vermilion tint. The wings and tail are uniform dark sepia, without
reddish edgings; the scapulars uniform dark sepia, and the back
similar, but strongly tinged with dark red.

No. 93,630, from Arizona, has the red very brilliant, the whole
pileum and nape, rump and lower parts being dull scarlet.

There is, in fact, so much individual variation in color that
scarcely two specimens are closely alike.

The following measurements represent the averages of all the
adult specimens of the several races which I have been able to
examine. The males and females are given separately ; and it will
be noticed that Artyopstttacus and americana represent the extremes
of size, the others being intermediate in the order given. JZ.
himalayana Hopes. is said to be smaller than americana, but I
have seen no specimens.

Males.

ar nen
5 : i a

S . : Ge o t
z (ae liebe dy ice cae ae
Ae ae i ae gk ese ae ee a ee ae
> a 5 as) la m = ey
L. pityopsittacus _| 4.10 | 2.60 | .92 .60 |° .60 Le pig Brea 2
‘¢ mexicana ._..| 3.99 | 2:54| 78 53 -49 -70 .63 8
“ curvirostra __.| 3.88 | 2.48 | .79 -46 .48 .68 ing 3
¢ japonica <...:) 3.70 | 2.35) (70 .46 .46 .67 .60 2
“ bendirei _..--| 3.68 | 2.34} .71 -47 -42 .67 57 21
‘s americana____| 3.38 | 2.12 | .60 | .41 35 502 4 583 24

NOTE ON THE ANAS HYPERBOREUS. 107

Females.
L. pityopsittacus _| 3.90 | 2.60 | .75 .50 At. Gee Nerina Wi Bade I
“ mexicana —~~_|------|_..... = ’ (None. )
$¢_ curvirostra,. <...}. 3.754, 2635-1: -72 -49 -45 ay (2? fer eee era 2
‘* japonica -___- 2hart 2.26} .68 1.461: .44 | .68 | 87 3
‘*: Dendirei .._.. S40 S235 b .07 +. 346 -39 .66 56 II
*: amoricana...-| 3.38 |: 2.08 | -.59 -44 Ae 63 33 23

Note.—Since the above was written, Mr. Wm. Palmer has kindly loaned me
for examination three adult males and two females, obtained at Escanaba, Michi-
gan, in June, 1883. These all belong to americana, and doubtless represent
the form which breeds in that region.

NOTE ON THE ANAS HYPERBOREUS, PALL., ,AND
ANSER- ALBATUS, CASS.
By ROBERT RIDGWAY.
(Read March 8, 1884.)

While there can be no doubt that Mr. Cassin did right in sepa-
rating the smaller North American Snow Geese from the larger
ones, it is very evident that he committed an error in giving the
smaller form a new name. Pallas’s Anas hyperboreus was based
upon the birds of this species occurring in eastern Siberia ; and on
referring’ to his description it is perfectly clear that the Siberian
specimens are identical with those from Alaska and other western
portions of North America, which represent the so-called ‘4.
albatus’’ of Cassin. This smaller form of the Snow Goose is not
only the typical race, but has by far the most extensive distribu-
tion, so far, at least, as the United States are concerned, and is
decidedly the more common one in most collections.* The larger
race is the Anas nivalis of Forster (Philos. Trans., lxil, 1772, p.
413), and may therefore be called Chen (or Anser) hyperboreus
‘nivalis (Forst). The habitat of this large race is the region about
Hudson’s Bay (the breeding grounds unknown, however), and
southward in winter chiefly along the Atlantic coast of the United

* The National Museum possesses only three specimens of the larger form, but
has received at least ten times that number of the smaller race.

108 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

States. The smaller form, or true hyperboreus, breeds along the |
arctic coast, from northern Alaska eastward for an undetermined
distance, but at least to the mouth of the McKenzie river; and
throughout this extent of coast-line, and thence southward over the
whole western portion of the continent, entirely replaces the larger
bird.

As to the distinctive characters of the two races, I would remark
that, while the length of the wing is by no means decisive (the
maximum of hyperboreus being about 17.50 inches, and the mini-
mum of wivals 17.00!), nivalis always has a much larger bill, the
culmen in adults of this form measuring from 2.50 to 2.65, and
the length of the bill from tip to point of the basal angles, 3.00 to
3-12, the corresponding measurements of hyperboreus being only
1.95 to 2.28 and 2.50, or less, to 2.75.

REMARKS ON THE TYPE SPECIMENS OF MUSCICAPA
FULVIFRONS, GIRAUD, AND MITREPHORUS PALLES-
CENS, COUES.

By Ropert Ripcway.
(Read March 8, 1884.)

In the ‘‘ Nomenclature of North American Birds’’ (p. 32, Nos.
329 and 329@), I have included, as two races of one species, an
‘* Empidonax Sulvifrons (Giraud) Scl.,’’ and an £. fulvifrons pal-
lescens Coues.’’ This I did under the impression, based upon
previous examination of the type specimens, that they were in
reality sufficiently distinct to justify subspecific separation. Having
recently had the matter brought to mind in another connection, I
have re-examined the types in question, together with other mate-
rial, and have thereby come to the following conclusions: (1)
that 4. pallescens is a decidedly smaller, lighter, or grayer colored
western race, restricted to the western side of the Rocky Moun-
tains, in Arizona and New Mexico, and probably portions of
western Mexico also, although I have not seen specimens from

MUSCICAPA FULVIFRONS. 109

south of the United States boundary; (2) that 2. fulvifrons proper
belongs to the country on the eastern side of the Rocky Mountains,
the National Museum possessing the original type specimen, stated
by Giraud to have come from Texas; (3) that in southern Mexico a
third race exists, which agrees with pal/escens in smaller size, but
differs in decidedly deeper, richer coloration. The latter is the
Empidonax rubicundus Cas. (Mus. Hein., ii, p. 70), but, being
unquestionably conspecific with £. fulvifrons, should, in accordance
with more modern usage, be called 2. fulvifrons rubicundus (Cab.).
We have, therefore, three geographical races of this species: the
typical fulvifrons (Gir.) of ‘* Texas’’ (and probably northeastern
Mexico also), the 2. fulvifrons rubicundus (Cab.) of southern Mex-
ico, and £. fulvifrons pallescens (Coues) of southern Arizona and
western New Mexico, and, probably, western Mexico.

I subjoin measurements of the adult specimens now before me,
including two (from El Moro, New Mexico) which have the

plumage much abraded.

a. £. fulvifrons (Giraud).

Bee Bok Bk
=e ele ae eee Sas a
47091 | scadi [ ™ Tess se sc clk 2.70: f 2.46.1 <.36 21 .60*
* Type of the species.
b. £. fulvifrons pallescens (Coues).
40601 ad.| Ft. Whipple, Ariz..__---.} 2.20 | 1.95 | .35 -20 4) 52%
40602 = és Recs ete ena 2.25 | 2.00: 537 ye -5It
Veta 66.1 Apache, Ariz. 22.5. --.-| 2.40.| 2.30 |. .37 .20 55
68603 g « | El Moro, New Mex.-_-_-- 2.45 |..240:1..38 -20 .60
68604 | <j “ ad “ Sees eo | BEST oe 21 55

* Type of Mitrephorus pallescens Coues.

+ bid.
12

110 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

c. £. fulvifrons rubicundus (Cab).

32914 | iad. a7 .20 52

Ligh Li” a Ree OORT Ei ed Sink | 1.90 |

It may be seen from the above measurements that there is much
variation in dimensions in £. fulvifrons pallescens, from which we
may reasonably infer that the same would be the case in the other
races were an equal number of specimens measured. The colora-
tion, however, is very uniform, none of the specimens of pallescens
(and there are several young birds which are not measured) showing
any approach to either fulvifrons or rubicundus.*

True Z. fulvifrons is of a peculiar shade of dull ochraceous-buff
beneath, the throat and belly slightly paler, but not at all inclining
to white; the upper parts are light dull brown, very slightly darker
and duller on the pileum and lighter on the rump. Z&. pallescens
is light yellowish ochraceous on the breast and sides, with the throat
and belly inclining to yellowish white, and the upper parts are de-
cidedly grayer than in fulvifrons. LE. rubicundus is bright ochraceous
beneath, the belly light creamy yellow, the throat buffy whitish,
and the upper parts decidedly fulvous-brown.

NOTE REGARDING THE EARLIEST NAME FOR CAR-
PODACUS HASMORRHOUS (WAGLER).
By RoBert RipGway.
(Read March 8, 1884.

A reference to plate 386 of Buffon’s ‘‘ Planches Enluminures”’
shows that figure 1 depicted thereon is intended to represent an
adult male of the Mexican House Finch in abnormal plumage, or
having the usual red color replaced by yellow—a variation not

* An additional series from New Mexico and Arizona, which, through the
courtesy of Mr. H. W. Henshaw, I have recently been permitted to examine,
fully confirms the validity of pad/escens, none of the twelve specimens showing
a nearer approach to fwlvifrons than is exhibited by the specimens previously
inspected.

ALASKAN HYDROCORALLINA. 111

uncommon among caged birds of this and allied species, and some-
times seen in wild specimens. This figure is the basis of Frin-
gilla mexicana MULLER (Syst. Nat. Suppl., 1776, p. 165), and also
of Emberiza mexicana Bopp. (Tabl. P. E., 1783, p. 23). This
bird must, therefore, be called Carpodacus mexicanus (Miill.), or,
should intergradation with C. frontalis be proven, C. frontalis mext-
canus (Miill.).

ON SOME HYDROCORALLINZ FROM ALASKA AND

| CALIFORNIA.
By W. H. Dat.
(Read March 22, 1884.)

The descriptions herewith, with one exception, are of species
from an area from which none have hitherto been described.*
They are closely allied to species found in the Oregonian and Cal-
ifornian province described by Prof. Verrill, but have been, by his
kind assistance, compared with his types, and appear to him and to
myself to be distinct species, differing not only in habit and form,
as well as relative size of the calyces, but especially in the sculp-
ture and texture of the surface of the corallum. It is quite proba-
ble that the other species may hereafter be found in southeastern
Alaska, in which case the fauna would comprise—

Allopora venusta Verrill; Allopora Verrillit Dall; Allopora cal-
fornica Verrill; Alopora Moseleyt Dall; Allopora papillosa Dall.

To complete the list of Alaskan coralloid animals, Cadigorgia
compressa of Verrill may be added, as found in the Aleutian Islands,
the only representative of the sea-fans yet known from the region,
which is, however, extremely rich in Sertularian hydroids.

Allopora Verrillii, n. s.

Coenosteum thin, reptate, whitish to pale rose pink, solid, en-
crusting ; with a smoothish irregularly lumpy surface pretty regu-

*A Stylaster rosso-americanus Brandt has been mentioned (Z. Wiss. Zool.,
xxii, 292), but has never been described or figured. It may be an additional

species.

112 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

larly dotted with sporadic calyces, composed of circular gastro-
pores, each surrounded by a circle of five to nine dactylopores, with
occasional sac-shaped ampulle, which are most abundant on the
most elevated projections of the surface, and almost entirely absent
from depressed parts. Diameter of the dactyloporic circle about
1.0™.; of the central gastropore about 0.37™.; the distance from
center to center of the calyces varies from 1.5 to 2.5™".

Gastropores, cup-shaped, shallow (0.25—0.50™™.), smooth inside,
with the tip of a white spiculose nipple-shaped, or roundly conical
style in the bottom of each, projecting about its own diameter or
less into the cup through the aperture of a long nearly vertical
conical tube which it occupies and closely fills. The length of
this style, which resembles a fox’s brush, is nearly equal to the
thickness of the ccenosteum. The margin of the cup in fully de-
veloped gastropores is simple and entire, and depressed slightly
below (or in no case elevated above) the general surface. In im-
mature calyces there is frequently a shallow groove running from
the innermost point of each dactylopore toward or into the gastro-
pore.

Dactylopores variable in number, eight seeming to be the normal,
but seven the most common number, never sporadic, in well-de-
veloped calyces entirely separated from the cavity of the gastropore
throughout their extent ; in immature ones joined to it by a shallow
superficial groove. Transverse section a little ovoid, the wider arch
away from the gastropore, and marked by a vertical, narrow, spongy
lamina forming the style. The exterior margin simple, not elevated
above the general surface, but rather slightly depressed below it.
Neither sort of pore shows tabule. Ampullz, simple sac-shaped
cavities as large as, or larger than, the calyces, not protruding above
the general surface, but more numerous on the prominences of the
crust. |

General surface between the above-described openings imper-
vious, nearly smooth, with the vermicular fine reticulations of the
ccenosteum structure showing through the translucent substance,

and giving the surface a granular look, a vertical section of the crust

ALASKAN HYDROCORALLINE. 113

looking much the same., Soft partsunknown. Crust growing several
inches in diameter, and rarely more than three-eighths of an inch
in thickness, generally found on dead shells of Modiola or pieces of
nullipore from deep water. Habitat: thrown up on beach of
Chika Islands, Akutan Pass, Aleutian Islands, near Unalashka—
five specimens collected May, 1872, by W. H. Dall. Catalogue
number, U. S. Nat. Museum, 4193.

Allopora Moseleyi, n. s.

Ccenosteum thick, nodulous or indistinctly branched, rosy pink,
solid, with an irregular vesicular surface with sporadically dis-
tributed protuberant calyces, consisting of subcircular gastropores
deeply vertically grooved near their margins by seven to twelve
dactylopores whose cavities are continuous with the cavity of the
gastropore. Ampullz not observed. Diameter of the dactylo-
poric circle about 1.5™™.; of the gastropore proper 0.75™™. Gas-
tropores rather deeply (0.50-0.75™".) cup-shaped, with the inner
surface spiculose ; style as in the preceding; margin of the pore
deeply indented by the dactylopores, which are usually nine in
number, but appear to be normally twelve; the whole calyx pro-
jecting, nipple-like, about o.5—o.6™". from the general surface ; re-
calling, in form, a small contracted Zoanthus. A spiculose lamellar
style appears in the depth of each dactyloporic groove on careful
search. ‘The grooves appear to remain always open.

General surface impervious, covered between the raised calyces
by small irregular sparse vesicular projections of the ccenosteum,
otherwise in appearance and compactness much as in the previously
mentioned form. Soft parts unknown. Habitat: Kyska Harbor,
Kyska Island, in the western Aleutians, one specimen on the beach
growing in a cavity between the layers of a mass of nullipore, col-
lected July, 1873, by W. H. Dall. Museum number, 6851.

Allopora papillosa, n. s.

Coenosteum very thin, encrusting, livid madder-pink or brown,
with a regularly papillose surface, with close set sporadic calyces

114 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

composed of deep cylindrical gastropores vertically grooved for
three to six dactylopores, which are wholly continuous with the
cavity of the gastropore. Ampullz not noticed. Diameter of the
calyx about 0.5™"., of the gastropore proper about 0.35™™. ; average
distance between the calyces, o.7—1.3™".

Gastropores deep, cylindrical, with a short, hardly perceptible
style, which comes into the bottom of the gastropore, but, as a ver-
tical section shows, not vertically but obliquely from one side.
Inner surface nearly smooth, a narrow elevated ridge bounding the
margin of the combined gastropores and dactylopores.

Dactyloporic grooves rather shallow, long, each with an evanes-
cent trace of a style on the outer wall; six seems to be the normal
number to each calyx.

General surface spiculose or finely granulated with small, pointed
granules, with regularly-shaped, elevated, uniform papille stand-
ing in the spaces between the pore margins, and rising to about
the same height, but absent on the immature growing margin of
the colony.

Coenosteum less vesicular than in the previously-described forms.
Soft parts unknown. Habitat: on the outside of a living ALilus
californianus, from six fathoms, Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shuma-
gin Islands; collected October, 1874, by W. H. Dall. Museum
number, 6852. -

Errina Pourtalesii, n. s.

Ccenosteum of a saccharine structure, rising in stout, subcylin-
drical, rather round-pointed, occasionally branching stems ten to
fifty millimeters high (possibly much larger at times), and eight or
_more in diameter; color, when fresh, deep rose-red, bleaching to
white or gray'in dead specimens; surface loosely granular, becom-
ing lighter colored and more compact inward toward the central
axis ; gastropores disposed in irregular lines, which, in the specimen
in hand, have a tendency to run from the base spirally to the left,
around the column, but are so crowded that little of the surface is
free from the nariform hoods of the attendant dactylopores; the

ALASKAN HYDROCORALLINA. 115

gastropores average 0,25". apart, but are rather irregular and
occasionally sporadic, a rounded, rather smooth-topped style fills
the pore nearly to the brim; the dactylopores are arranged alter-
nately on opposite sides of the row of gastropores opposite the
intervals between the latter, though sometimes crowded out of
regularity ; they are furnished with subtubular projections, squarely
truncated at the top and open toward the gastropores, rising above
the general surface to about o. 5m, or more ; when perfect the styles
rise nearly to the summit of the enclosing hood, slender, pointed,
and rather feathery ; two-thirds of their length, in general, is above
the surface, and the depth of the gastropores is seldom greater (as
a rule less) than that of the submerged portion of the others. Am-
pullz on the surface, barely covered by a net-work of ccenosteal
granules, which are often broken away, leaving shallow open cups
between the projecting hoods; there are no scales, and the circular
margin of the gastropores is smooth and simple.

Soft parts unknown.

Habitat: in 50-100 fathoms about the Farallones Islands, off the
coast of California, on stones which are frequently brought up on
the fishermen’s hooks entangled in the corals. A large stone with
several specimens upon it was obtained by Count Pourtalés in 1873,
and is now in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, at Cambridge,
from which the specimen described was selected ; other specimens
are in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. This
coral, as well as Allopora venusta and A. cahfornica Verrill, meet
with a ready sale in San Francisco, owing to their beautiful color,”
which, however, is not lasting if the specimens be much exposed
to the light. The present species seems to do a good deal toward
bridging the gap between Z7v7na and Distichopora, as defined by
Moseley. Museum number, 6853.

I may add, in conclusion, that through the kind co-operation of
Prof. G. O. Sars and Miss Birgithe Esmark, I have been enabled
to compare the Alaskan and Norwegian Alloporas, which, however,
do not present any very marked points of resemblance outside of

the generic characters.

116 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

SOME RESULTS BY MASSAGE ET CONTRE-COUP.
By W. S. Barnarp, Ph. D.

Abstract of a communication made December 28th, 1883.

The application of jarring, somewhat stunning, blows in exceed-
ingly rapid succession through a cushioned or elastic medium, to the
head in particular directions at certain points of the cranium and
face have been found in my experimentation to be simple means of
producing local effects on the brain for the treatment of impaired
circulation causing headache, &c. ; also touches of what I denomi-
nate mechanical anzesthesia, and mechanical ataxy of local and
transient character were similarly obtained. By making the blows
very rapidly and through the deadening medium, they need not be
so hard as would be the force of a single blow strong enough to
cause a stunning effect, and the continuance of the effect is gained
by the repetition of strokes in rapid succession. The fleshy por-
tion of the hand was used for applying the strokes, and any elastic
pounder answers. ‘The speaker has been stunned by a single blow
from a rubber ball, and quickly regained his senses without any
noteworthy suffering, and has witnessed like cases of stunning with
little pain from single strokes by boxing gloves. Similar examples,
not uncommon, sustain the reality of mechanical anesthesia and
mechanical ataxy. By applying the rapid blows to parts of the
head, temporary locomotor ataxy was experimentally generated
while walking. The blows repeated as rapidly as possible are made
harder and harder until with sufficient force shown by the effects
instantly resulting as follows, but the blows must be hard enough to
overcome voluntary effort ; their application in a crosswise direc-
tion against the side of the chin caused turning and falling toward
the blows, but similarly applied on the same side against the cra-
nium at a region far backward but upward from the ear caused fall-

PROCEEDINGS. 117

ing and turning in a contrary manner toward the opposite side.
The blows against the chin on one side yielded the same effect as
if against the occiput on the other side. The transmission of
violence from one side of the chin to the opposite side of the upper
back portion of the brain’ was named and explained as rotary trans-
mission and delivery, viewing the head mechanically as a two-armed
hollow lever and as an irregular wheel on the vertebral axis, the chin
terminating one lever arm while the brain is contained in the other
arm, the seat of locomotor control being in that part of the brain
which is in the lever end farthest from the chin, as indicated in
sketches shown. ‘The effect there on one side of the brain inhibi-
ited the use of the leg of the opposite side, &c. Some contre-coup
injuries were similarly explained. The importance of the study
of these and certain related principles, their application, and the
practice of jarring to produce deep effects in the treatment of head
maladies was urged. :

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page
Accidents, results of, on bones of animals.... xl
BORKOr, Dr, G0. Nis scccsoscscsctdsatindsaciacsexcdsesccnste xi
Ackerman, Ensign A. A. ...... xi
BOT OMVCER, 0. ecccgeacessceonadsavabses xlii
Actinomykosis xlii, xliii
Address, presidential...... xxviii
Address, presidential, for 1882.............. xxxviii, 1
Address, presidential, for 1883................Xlviii, 41
Agassia, Mr, AlOXAnGOL 5reccosccccccshessccsncacseiss ix
Ailanthus moth...... xlii
Alaska, Hydrocorallinse from lvii, 111
Alnuda -blakistonk, te Bi ciccisiavtisccckcaccosccesstséce 98
Albatross, str., ichthyological results by......xliii
Albatross, steamer, recent cruise of............ Ixvii
Alewife in lakes of New York................... xxxvi
Ation; Prot. Harrison ..c.5. secesscaceste ss ix
PUREE EET (hes Aico aeeccccscckasaeeeersts sete cu vonesnacr site 1b. aay §

Allen on influence of temperature on distri-
Hotion.of animals: ..;.s.ccsss-5scco50- 7
Allopora Moseleyi, n. s sseev BAB
AMO POFS PAPUIORS. Ts Bo oi-5 ac; a -cctevscadecescescavcsss 113
WTOC VOLT, Bh, Biciseicsscecnsaaadssawancsid scans 111
Amendments to the constitution.....xxix, xxxii,
xxxviii, Iviii
AMNOS. WEE. DOlANG i355 goes svacienescace asa ccsse xii
Amia calva, cranial osteology of.............. 00+ Ixv
Anesthetics, effect of, on animals ............... Ix
PSIATE ET oi ivcccescsa 35 cacheseatgehnee lxiv
Anas hyperboreus, note O1...............ccsccssse eee 107

Anatomical collections of the Army Medical
WE ASO UN 255 6: sccb sce sbasscnsdslssoscneskliwaveussss emcee xlvii
Anatomy, logical method of teaching........... xlv
Anser.albatus, ROC OU ils tdissciveesdscasweeceseseee 107
Anthropological Society ......... xxxvii, xlv, xlviii

Army Medical Museum, anatomical collec-
PIONIB OF5. 55, oc Gsscscasccsenecseccustadocees sia ccagevaneec’ xlvii
PARE RUIMIEON cod casera ran casese aoveco sss costeetes stoteesveacs XXviii
Arrearages, penalty for...........sscs. xxix, xxxviii
Asaphus platycephalus. li
Ashford, Dr. F. A. pe a)
Assessments, collection of ... xxviii
Avifauna of the District of Columbia.......xxxiv

Hasiilus taberculosis...... cco reccoscoccessrasessooese liii
Bacteria Ixvi, I xvii
Bag-worm, remarks on the...... xli, 80
DUEPUE LE TOL: (55.2 cccnes ccconssccesensysshebavuh 2450) cricte ix

Page.

Bakor. Dre rank... cccsssscssscccssee xii, xlii, xlv, xlvi
Baker on the logical method of teaching
ANALODDY «ccceseceiccaseonnscecsteccie vesacatesencdeorw eine xlv
Baker on the new phrenology xlvi
Baker on dextral preference in man............ xlii
Balds of the Southern Mountains ............ xxxiii
Ballots, count of Xxvili
DOCKOY, Mr. Fe Be sscsseccoccdssncssen sepanddsiiusntotiee xii
Barnargd, Dri: W.. Bs <cccesscsese xii, xxxii, xlvii, 116
Barnard on Ectoparasitic Trematodes.......xxxii
Barnard on massage et contre-coup .....xlvii, 116
Bates. Mr. EOI: ssccrscaceyectrcccthssectavunceattcnsp cio XXV

Bean, Dr. T. H....xii, xxxvi, xxxvii, xliv, xlviii,
1, liii, liv, lvi, 1xi, lxvi, 88, 99
Bean and Dresel on three new fishes from
the Gulf of MGX100' csc cccscccccsss cesses liii, 99
Bean on arrested asymmetry in flounders...xliv
Bean on fish-culture cadorainseteae REV,
Bean on Paralichthys dentatus..................... xliv

Kean on the alewife in certain lakes of New

MOVs cceee cc stsse terse erice eae tarde Xxxvl
Bean on the pipe-fish,.....:<cacocsessssccosavesssnaduveee 1
Bean on the Salmonide in Alaska.............. eC
Bean on the white fishes of North America..1xvi
PEAT, CINNAMON ios cc5itesi csc sesecescscsdut soccadetlers xXxxiii
Beckham, Mr: 0. Wd: ccccccescctedsottaccsssccusuteneeay
BOOBY MAE CO 5 coe con rcurciaserqsovonsnasuen ino ecassoaedteebad xlii
Beni Gite; Gaps, ORs csersecesisvcnisesuvsaciicbensntons XxV

Benedict, Mr. J. E xii, xvii
Benedict on a recent cruise of the steamer

AIDS SNORE ioc csicscvasstdvhacteesdoccosvdesevecsnuzacseosed xvii
Bessels, Drs! Bath: oo... 6.cccesceccses scoces xii
BO yor, Drs TsG. cowscswsscieserocsvsbiuscesesssse covecuse xii
Bigelow, Dr. H.R sce issiscrweasesicsed susadesesesces xii
Bigelow, Mr. By D.. wc.ceswavecsvensscdavedveteccavessgooek xii
Billings, Dr. J. Bic ciedandoustexsccscsbiinces xii, xx xvii
Billings on germs and epidemics............ xxxvii
Biological notes from Brazil..................... XXxix
Biology and classification..............cccseseeees xxxix

Bird-fauna of the District of Columbia,
CHANGES. AD sii .ie.sssesccssceed Seveeaces
Birds, description of new North American..liii, 89

Birds, key to North American ............... e008 lii
Birds, new species of, from Kamtschatka
and the Commander Islands................. liii, 97
Birney, Mr. H. H. ........ xii, xlii
Birney on the Ailanthus moth xiii
Birney, Gen. Wm. .............008 decsuerviae staves xii, xxxi
Black bass, occipital ribs of.. Ixv

Bladensburg, field meeting at xli, xlii

119

120

Page
Bligh, Bnsign J. Bo... secvessavenscceresse ecgcansbaacs xii
Boring of ship-worms....... gan sieoonenans Rives seduce xl
Botanical Society, Washington xliii
Bransford, Dr. J. F.. xii
Brewer, Prof, “William He. sv ccscssiecasedsacssss cosese ix
Brewster, Mr. William .............00+see aluldeya shoes ix

Britton, Mr. Wiley xiii, Ixvi

_ Britton on the buffalo gnat. Ixvi
PPO TOT ITS Feiss snecicepeachoapeuceuscasceecesncasces xiii
PPOOkKe, Prot, We: Ki. sci cc ccccassenyoda HR Geieche atch ix
SLOWER IM Ged. Dis sscevedaicebacsctisdeadessodwtbles istaentes xiii
BON WIL EE» Sai ine cases ade cheveciessnavesovedunmdecenteuebee xiii
Browne, Dr. JM... ca eins xiii
BUTT, DEN Easek isk hisses Ah BAAN each xiii
oF eh APR 2 Gee foul ERE Rt aye yi pe ne 8 8 Sui ai pt Re xiii
Bull snake, epiglottis of the... ...... cece wees xliii
Burdick, Mr. E. A....... snvibsess Soscvobto. Ws eshttes pleted xiii
Burgess, Mr. E. S. . xiii
Burnett, Dr. S. M...... AN gabe ka wenneecaeaands shbabeh xiii, liv
Burnett on tuberculosis............ eitidesed PE rare liv
Busey, Dr. S. C,..cccceerserccccessesncecvescessoe acteeercdes xiii
Butterfly larva, burrowing. xlii

C.
California, Hydrocorallinee from............. lyii, 111
Calodromas, note on the generic name...... liii, 97
Cal. pezus, new generic namMe..............006 Seetsi BT
Ganoy Mis Wosshs ncci05 sen babs ebeeawedechilbes dodieds xili
Cafions of the Colorado,,.........ccccsececccece sence ee XI Vi
Carbonate of iron in COal.........ceecceceeceseeeeeee Page |
Carniath, Dr, MiiAiiicws chai oe xiii
Carpocapsa saltitans . Xxxiv

Carpodacus h»morrhous, earliest name of... 110

Cat, domestic instinct in the xliv
Ceratophyllum xliv
Centrar chides, jesssrepessvespunedsacdGnnd nhs edaicduseshevads lxv
Ceropsylla, new genus of Psyllidee 76
Ceropsylla sideroxyli, NeW SPeCieS...........s00 76
Ceryle superciliosa stictoptera, N. 8.............. 95
Chamberlin, Mr. T. C., on the great ice inva-
sion of North America............. xlvi
Chappel, Dr. J. W xiii
Chase, Ensign H. 8S i. eckie ALT
Chester, Comdr. C. M xiii

Chickering, Prof. J. W., Jr...xiii, xxxiii, xxxv, xli
Chickering on the “balds” of the Southern
Mountains xxxiii
Chickering on the grasses.. XXXV
Chickering on physical features of Mt. Ka-

tO GIR... 05 crnsnsideoossqnvese doeres: sdensne wodnpaicchidarciagen xii
Chickering, Mr. J. J « Xiv
Child life among savage and uncivilized

peoples............ xlvi
Chinese medicines ...... lxv
Christie, Mr. A. S xiv
Cladodontid2ar......cccccesssocs-cocses i lxiv
Clams, giant, of the Pacific......... Xxxix
Close: Wr. As Fic casiies enaucupncevnisdedigheayustamaccibest xiv

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Clarke, F. W., on lightning and lightning

POS ais sen eu Sanaa cateedeavundr on eaca cube nwaa boca koaeee xlvi
Cliffs and terraces........... xlvi
Clupea vernalis xxxvi
Cluster flies xxxii
Colaptes mexicanus saturatior, nN. 8............... 90
KIOLIOEG, Ds SHODOR basa scoinecclagicsscoavcestaatabcecccere gee
Collins; Mir. Tea cscheces xiv
Cooling Capk Po Wes sic cuiitncovccstccesncbashscaennclsenae xiv

Commander Islands, new species of birds

batt Sty PSOE CE ER ae liii, 97
Committee on communications ..............se00 viii
Committee on lectures......... eeceseee Vill, XXXii, Xlv
Committee on publications........ Sutiey vba vende viii
Committee on trees and shrubs of Washing-

DMM nada dgvvcwhoescecodeannanave viii, xxxiv, xxxv, Il xvii
Committees, how appointed XXviii
Comstock, Prof. J. H. SE dedben voosia dude se seek ce xiv
Conant, Mr. W. P......... xiv, xxxii
Conant on two cases of snake bite.............. xxxii
CONSUMPU TION. .nssvecesssavescaccotunseteetiaccectibondcnanee xxvii
Constitution, amendments to........... Exix, XXxil,

xxxvViii, lviii
Gone, Prof..Ey Die eens o opaky VE
Cope on origin of human physiognomy........ xlvi
Poral anake, Bite Of cccscuscsvicvassoes daendeeesieaces xxxi
Coregonus Kennicottii..............00 rich bates Ixi, 1xii
Coregonus Laurette 1xi, lxii
Coregonus lavaretbus. ...seceevccdssccscccnseesiecsscectee Ixvi
Coregonus, near Merkiiu..........ccecsseeeeseeees Ixi, lxii
Coregonus Nelsonii...... xi, }xii
Coregonus quadrilateralis............ccsecessees Lxi, ]xil
Correspondence, conduct Of.......-.s008 eeeeee -Xxviii
Corvus erepn tek ll, We Bisisicccsiaeecescasseedens cosine 97

Coues,: Dr. Elliott.....xiv, xxxiv, xxxvii, xx xviii,
li, lii, Ixv

Coues, key to North American birds............ hii
Coues on American Rodentia...........cccesecceeses Ixv
Coues on avifauna of District of Columbia..xxxiv
Coues on North American ornithology......... li
Coues on zoological nomenclature applied to
PISTOLO Piso 6 ands dt eatidoetde sie ceudepemelicnss xxxviii
Council, composition of......... TREE o Airy ges 1 soe X XVI
Council, duties of. xxviii
Council, ex-officio members Of...............c0e00 lviii
Council, list.of, 188S.......scisoscsssseneecessesvacs xxxvii
Council, list. of, 1SB4.......ccicscuccci senses svests vii, xl viii
Council, quorum of...... XXvii
COs. Mr. WW s cictecowotennrcbaibareckoasees mae p oes <6 xiv
Cristellaria Ixviii
Crossbills, review of the American............... 101
Currents, ocean... XXXV
GPNIPS SAGAOLTUS 5s ccacivcitesctsvasscavaranvoesapees xxxiv
D.
Dall, Mr. W. H...... cusses xiv, xxxii, xxxv, xxxvii
xlviii, lvii, viii, 111
Dall on cluster flies....... xxxii

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Dall on fishery exports of San Francisco.....lviii
Dall on Hydrocoralline from Alaska and

COU FOCI. ocscoessseose lvii, 111

Dall on ocean currents....... XXXV

Dall on pearls and pear! fisheries............ xxxvii

Dall on the prepotency of the male parent... lvii
DOV iIG Ge is Ono: ssecsasscssensascaseveeseseis evsravens xiv
Deep-sea. fish, & CUTIOUS..,........sceccacess cesseeaccace xlv
Dendrocopos immaculatus, ND. S.......ceeseeeeees - 98
Derby, Prof. O. A. ..... a ientenn cas tavinataeneaieves x, XXxix
Derby, biological notes from Brazil........... Xxxix
PIGWOV | DEY Ne Bo oo cecvstcesasecidoatoass Wvaaainee sss see xiv
Dextral preference in MAN ..........cc...serseeces ees xiii
Dicotyledons, Mesozoic........ xliv
Daler, Mr. db. Bee cicccasiegsvqupnpesscapucervassintsncons xxv, lii
Diller on metamorphic rock with fossils...... lii
Disbursements Xxviii
POGROP Mer. Biscisscessnigionnsespasnes onvaes ede te sown xiv
Desh, Mr. F., B....,.: xiv
Dredging and marine collecting at Point
PABST OME aia s yp cssets sansosece sstesestonss 1xi

Dresel, Ensign H. G@ xiv, liii, 99
PHiton, Capt Oy Ee cic .ccccssnsdassaceccesess XXXvVii, xlvi
Dutton on rivers ...... XXXVii
Dutton on the Hawaiian islands and people..xlvi

Dutton on voleanoes.........ccceseeseeees XI vi
B.
Eagles, Kamtschatkan..... lvii
FUP SET: Bsn csnses Lasconcyseeseosessersuseossevapsene xiv, lv
Earll on fish-culture........ lv
Echeneidids, relations of the ................000 ZEXI
Fumbleston.: Ov, NGA ccs psicseoceS scccosterectuseses XXV
Egg membrane in fishes............c..eccesser cesses xlvii
Elephant, mental capacity of the.............066 xl
SU ih: PEGE I s <oiteec pgp cts noes iacesen xiv, xlvii
Elliott on appetite of muskrat..........0.0. 000 xl vii
AIZOYs SITS Ma Gein ci ccusoripacicwbetecaiee XV, xxxix, Ivii
Ellzey on hybrid sterility................cccceseee XK

Ellzey on the prepotency of the male par-

To Fane Pa Raia rt ney AE ge aplct Sek fer NEON ME lyii
Engelmann, Dr. George, personal reminis-
, eences 7s Ser eee oe mee BrP pre hbo a gree lvii
MEIAREROTON IDO ody costa cps caske sk cn cascecs och fieo baat XV
Errina Pourtalesii, n. 8..............:.eccce wssaepseee 1i4
Eskimo life at Point Barrow.............cssseeseeees xlvi
Ex-presidents of the Society......... eadaourdehecess lviii

PGS, Mire Mi. So o..sc soonsiosces ikea staaes Uadsatchicsyabeaee XV
Farlow, Prof. W. G....... Lp odeog satis a vabvirgscivatece x
Fattening process in the oyster, rationale

of XXXxiii
Faunas, type most fitted to express.............. 28
Fee, annual........... aseansgesddadeusescucday xxix, xxxviii
Fee, initiation............ xxix, xxxviii
Fees, collection of xxviii

Page
Pere ams: MON TBs siesxse-4)p¢s nen mieans suncacboansé xv
Fish-culture, aims and limitations of........ xlix, 1
Fish-culture, what it has first to accomplish.. liv
Fishery exports of San Francisco ....... w oagenide lviii

Fishes, new genus and species of pedicu-
late
Fishes, three new species from Gulf of Mex-
TOO Senscouwcasrsd svnseauoanvacacenaeseeuee piindeps kabobs liii, 99
Fish in rivers, the influence of temperature
aa shnanomgnbanbactes a teo apd lvi
Fletcher, Dr. Robert XV, XXxvii
Fletcher on human proportion in art and an-

thropometry.......... rere XXXVii
BG Dd eM aos ee ee bo tthes xv, Ixv
Flint on Chinese medicines..............0 beseeneiee lxv
Flora-Columbiana, additions to, during’82..xxxiv
Flounders, arrested asymmetry in xliv
Flower Prot: Wis Eis. se.csquntscsscst oie coe xxXV
Foraminifera of genus Lagena.................. Ixviii
Foreman: Dre i. sesconcscccpsscpsey estas dees XV, Xxxiii
Foreman on trees and shrubs of Washing-

WT aac ccargncanecacadas Sncenasoeteaedeeolisvebeueuee esate xxxiv
Fossil plants from the Fallowatons enesadatvacs xlii
Fossil timber, supposed deposit of............... xliv
Foster, Mr. R XV
BOs, DER WUE. cj sccasatachoncucseusssedesccseccssarstsike Oe
Franzoni, Dr. Gos! Wwasccsstlessicscptaasdvay itera cthatslene xV
Fresh-water shells from Lower Carbonifer-

OUG 25 -cssussoncpurstesnvsooeasgore posses oocwne oxbavavenes Oop xliv
Priedrich, Dre Ei Lice 4. sscssespsctsonstanseeecunesoeae xv
Pristoe;- Prof: Bo Pe cscncccssgqueressens Usisuteuupiee xV
Fungus of foreign grape Vine.................-008 xlv

Galls, jumping seeds and..................sescssses XxXxiv
Gambusin patriuie iss, co... ache. olcvon cesecsosse sues lxvili
Gannett, Mr. Henry ..........+0- peivehasace thvesvanrces XV
Garrett, Dn stete Li Mo :5.cncccensessyeocdsiezogeanedvenk XV
Garter snake, mode of climbing .............000 ~ xii
Geare, Mr. Fe Touc on ccacskostsschsntenesceetseds tenavabevens XXV
Gedney, Mr: Ds sccdisss avssoeets nde Ai sneecteds xv
Geological history of the North American

Continent, biologically considered .....xlviii, 41
Germs and epideMics...........cscsccesescee access xXxxvii
Giplioliy Dts T6. Tes. scceccncadeipveaco sedans ty cqstdacoep x
Gihon, Drs As bsincareairsl aan xv
Gilbert, Mr. G. K xvi, x!vi
Gilbert on cliffs and terraces ADs xlvi

Gill, Dr. Theo...xvi, xxxi, xxxv, xxxvii, xxXViiis
xliii, xlv, xl viii, }xiii, 1

Gill on a curious deep-Sea fish...... ec. eseeeeeeee xlv

Gill on ichthyological results by steamer

Albatross ae xliii
Gill on mythical animals..............sceceeceeess xxxvii
Gill on principles of zoogeography......x xxviii, L
Gill on the Echenetdids......::i..ccks.cvecdeciencc3i xxxi
Gillon th Sonat s.05 5 cio cccccecsupesconan Ixiii
Gill on the Stromateide............ dane’ weiiaike XXXV

122

Page.

Gilpin, Dr.-G. Buses ecceeces iochedductueouecaucshusens NE

Gat, WuFAlO....p..csscecescccssccrecssccdvossvebsoosed sseeee Ixvi
Godding, Dr. W. W., on what shall ‘we do

with the inebriates’ DAE See eae odnaee xlvi

Godwin, Mr. H. P...........06 Mulauee(badtveeasesn tes ceeee xvi

Goode, Mr. G. Brown...xvi, xxxii, xxxvii, xlviii,
xlix, Ivi, 88
Goode and Bean on a new pediculate fish..lvi, 88

Goode on modern fish-culture ............ cccceeeee xlix
Goodrich, Mrs PER vsccieesccaesecctattecadidive eccdaads xvi
Gore SProte Ds EE issdscsssceNuivasesdeacss Seve venses xvi
Grasees, the isis cco cise cians STUDER eT eee «EEZV
GAY; Prof, ASB sciiccccdkadceusiikesistecea soghedarveucsies x
Griffith: Dri Bi Miwa Gacnse ai cuaebiua’s xvi
Guacharo bird of Trinidad..................06 seven ee.
Gurley, Dr. R. R adsuiabenenhtiuseresvan boost xvi
H.
Marmot, Dr. CO. Hivisecisciscssesseiiciocssscscvatecg sciens xvi
Haliseetus leucocephalus...... lvii
Halissetus hypoleucus........ ..sccecercecssescssecceres lvii
Halieutella, n. g....... .... Ls weatics beh patesdescadavesess 88
Halieutella lappa, 1. 8.......ccccsecesceeees lvi, &8
Hamilton. Die du Bo icicisseceusavccutivedes disavbisvocvis xvi
Hadaler. D0. D's) Bovessi<seotedscucisccoanesavtledubtacvaseke xvi
Hatching period of the domestic fowl........... xl
Hawaiian islands and people........cscesseecca scenes xlvi
BRAWOSy Dr. GOW edie cock baebecaae Secenoedegyavtunnsee xvi
Hawkes, Dro Wa tiasinceatciniilineninves xvi
Hayden, Ensign E..E............. saendavelepeke xvi, Ixvii
Hayden on figuring fossil leaves................. xvii
ROHS aw! ME Ee Wn hese icetcaccnsk con ebasdeete abents xvi
PABOBOT ITS The ies ees cavape ge enoeedeatsevecce sncvens panes xvi
Heterodontided............secceeceeee: xiv
Hexanchide ..... J abapemiogd Meese Cada ahedeabitp reset ons Ixiv
Hickling, Mr. D. P. ..... die Gaseeesaeibaentaiven tapes xvi
PICKIN wT. Ds Bi DT ioccsetss Cae Rade anions vacear xvii
Hitchcock, Mr. R............0.. xvii, xlvii, lvii, xviii
Hitchcock on improved microscope stand..xlvii
Hitchcock on Orbitolites............cccccccsseessovees lvii
Hitchcock on the genus Lagena......... sigue I xviii
Fromdly re ieee sscedas otaccsviedoutedon decane xvii
Hoffinan) Dre W.. Diniiancagiin oui xvii
bo Vere sup 8) via 2 Ae 3 PRO pene eae iS XXV
PROC aay, DEP WD cis csicnsiesccacsweesve xvii, xl, xlix
Hornaday on mental capacity of the ele-
SEINE fo ooicca ace cs ences casagts sScbensavenes. Sekine dhghssnvonsangs xl
Hornaday on the Guacharo Dird..........0...+++5 xlix
Hough, Dr. F. B. sittebsil si BK men
Pere WE Be Widens os ack Ste raticn yosene ean xvii
Phoaard W0r. Tis Onn ci cac tk cs ides eatee ela endo xvii
Howe, Dr. F. T.. xvii
Howland, Dr. E. P. xvii, lx
Howland on anesthetics ......ccccccssccssssecseseees 2 Ae
Hubrecht, Prof. A. A. W........ x
Human fauna of the District of Colum-
RI ASED ED LOOT AT Roger a xxxix

Human physiognomy, origin Of, ......0. 000000 XVI

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Human proportion in art and anthropome-
BEE wo sanditncoavabinpsnoacesvnsesaescccscuactations Uoscan xxxvii
Hyaté, Prof. Ais. .ccscckcsseacce sess x
Hybrid oaks of District of Columbia........... xii
Hybrid sterility .............. BE SATS AT CH ma ts XXXix
Hydrocoralline from Alaska and Califor-
nia IRE RTRR reed lvii, 131
FLY POPVESUS OLIGUB. 555.5 casos cous cccncwscecbn waassebacens lxi
Hypomesus pretiosus : lxi
I.
Tce invasion of North America...............s0000 xlvi
Indian mythology XXXVii
Industrial arts in modern pinto Beeppassee eases xlvi
Inebriates, what to do with the... xlvi
Ingersoll, Mr. E......... UN alddatedssssas vesivaactst oteese xvii
Insects, adaptation and interdependence be-
tween plants ANd....ss......cc00 ss -scsesces secon XXXvii
Israel, Mr. G. R........0-06 magnoteusasaketieceyprve ey NeR xvii
J.
Johnson, Mr. A. B.........s000 sligsbbaneewuduneeweess xvii, xl
Johnson on ship-worms xl
‘TOD RSG, ME. Be Pasiciesssscisvsesicrsis dente xvii, xli
Johnson on garter SNake............cccscssseseesecens xli
JORWSON, DK. dx Tiivcensscncecs tslcikaapencd ubeecsasaamunte xvii
PODBSON, MG. Wis Diicccus ssensasacestcepesaadusoisosanons XXV
SOHBNSON, ‘Drs Wi Wiiicsccccccsssckiceeteisadecesss,easdees xvii
Jones, Mr. H. A........00+ Ned ebsedsbaten eboaen cxdeas ebaade xviii
JOPAaH, Pros, Die Sirciccsacscassiieisecsse vvayecevcas ceueon *
TOUS, ER Pe da ccs czecsasscnusadapubacs slaves onaauvessscases xviii
Jumping seed, Mexican........... RUN EG BES SMO xli
Jumping seeds and galls.....ccccsecrcsscreeseeees Xxxiv
K.
Kamtschatka, new birds from...............00.. liii, 97
Katahdin, Mt., physical features of............... xli
Kelly, Mr. T.......cesssesseee XViii

Kennan, Mr. Geo., on mountains and moun-

taineers of the Caucasus..........seseresseeeee XXXVI
Kidder. Dri J otli sev eet eligass xviii, liii
Kidder on Bacillus suberoalosis oe age pps 2 liii
King, Dr. A. F. A xviii
Kingfisher, a new American ............ccceeeres liii, 95
Knapp, Mr. Ey Bau...20.s.c.cs cccccee cass sccccesseesn senese xxv
Koebele, Mr. A Sssd VL
Kogia Goodei xlii

pee
Lagopus AlDU6.........cceeesssccecseseesees ditidilest: ca
Lagopus ridgwayi, 1. 8... secceseeeeereer- ol Vili, 98
Lawrence, Mr. Geo. N......... +000 UE FS aS ok Be x
Lectures, committee on........ enters viii, xx xii, xlv
Lectures, Saturday ......... XxXXxV, xxxvii, xlv, xlvi

xviii

Lee, Dr. Wm...

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page
Leech, Mr. D... .cccccs if. xviii
Lehnert, Rev. E...... .....00. by cacatincns che encnesesaste xviii
Lightning and lightning-rods xlvi
Lignified serpent of Brazil...... eeanéueds dp Seaece xxxvi

Lophortyx californicus brunnescens, 0. s..... 94

Loxia curvirostra bendirei 101, 106
Loxia curvirostra japonica, Nn. S...... ack esse 103, 106
By70ag Mr. By Aciscesisse soon sesncpntessensedopsace xviii, xl

Lucas on results of accidents upon bones of

wild animals....... puis seages xi
Lyman, Hon. Theodore............+ aneHRy asdya 6 <4hea x
M.

Male parent, prepotency Of.............00seseeecerees lvii
Mallotus villosus lxi
Mammals of District of Columbia Rbassdestcaecs xxxiii
Mann, Mr. B. P... xix
Manna........ xliii, xliv
Marcou, Mr. J. B.... xix
Marsh, Ensign C. C......... seshtadsedsveatens Vavissiobesas xix
Peers (Prot. On Cc ccecsccses cecassncesvecctepacesesy sbeees XXV
Martin, Prof. H. N x
WVERACUD IG MED POTS oss sacs acihsiiase vyssee scene scasee xix
BB Kc MET, GOOLES sisieice cetecn ses sentee coves saveeesscen' xix
PEABORES DT; SOUT ie) is scckecsesces scence ode<es'cvocsescesos xxxii

MIX, RXV, XEXVIil, xxix,
xlvi, xlviii
Mason on child life among savage and un-

Mason, Prof. O. T...

GETTUIBEG POODIOSS, 155. <ccizenssencensccessecoctescsnses xlvi
Mason on races of men.............. XXXvii
Mason on the circle of the sciences XXXV

Mason on the human fauna of the District

of Columbia......... Rawarsve idseaccspocacticacessec?: XXxix
Massage et contre-coup........ Snore xlvii, 116
PACAPOIO! DST. Hi. cons ccssssevetescessasdenes seedsesceses xviii
mOUtain> Pnatgn O82 cisccaesccss ston ne cessaee oseres xviii
McConnell, Dr. J. C. xviii
POS O CEG FONSI ccccoiens ce cesianedsxtacecsans xviii, lvi
McDonald on distribution of shad................ lvi
McDonald on influence of temperature on

ERED B01 21 VOT ois ccticsrucanayscosveuchoeiebidvesetesecassee lvi
MRNOROS BIE, FP Bie ccichoiveusniinanerdvebbieracesace xviii
McGee, Mr. W.d aes xix
PME NTEEIO, Dir. W 5 ccosaveronsesicdscrvedcvastdocseneon xix
Meeting, annual ...... So ugatsth apgadascaastyecstecesees XXViii
Meeting, third annual........0ccsceececssuseaseesss xxxvi
Meeting, fourth annisall...........0ac0sssecc:exssoesse xlvii
MINERS AAMT OF cocci sc cacsecdacssenasecenacoceorssuh xlvii, li
Meeting, fourth anniversary ..........se00.s00+ xlviii
tL SD 1G ee Xxix, xi, xii
TOO ETION. NODUMGCE. Of | .sccene vdscares sseseceassoenss evs xxviii
Meetings, special ...................00 xxix
Meetings, stated .. xxviii
Members, classification Of..............ccesesseeees xxvii
Members, election of xxvii
Members, list of............. 000+ ix

Members, non-resident xxix, xxxviii
Membership, admission of women to......... xxxi

123

Page.
Membership, proposals for xxvii
BEGET PAY s Ge Pines iccossavacsihuboek xix, x1, liii
Merrill on metamorphic rock with fossils ... liii
Merrill on siderite in coal............ aaidasscaasauaane xl
Mesmerism in animals ................cecees seoees xxxvii
Metamorphic rock with fossils............. sss. li, lii
Mexico, Gulf of, three new fishes from.....liii, 99
WE MG OOOGE 25555 cs spesvessinidacescn-ooestietcans toe xliv
Micrometer invented by Dr. Taylor........ See As?
Micropterus salmoides ,............0.ssscsscevsce sevens Ixv
Microscope stand xvii

Microscopic objects, vee leetinie images of,

OD BSOPOOD iv cz-ccccsssesesceccssaveesspaadnsescethedal cares Ixvii
PRION, WOE: OG 5 sdsccs dasahe covey scxaeesceueraan nibs xix
Miner, Bnnign 8. Fa. cccasccosestescaccioncsssniceen xix
Minutes of proceedings .............sss0sseceeeeee XXxViii
Mitrephorus pallescens, type specimens of.. 10&
Monachas tropicalis... ..ssoiccdéosssssanioauavecveseans xliv
Morse, Prof. E. 8. x, xlvi
Morse on Japanese social life xlvi
moseley, Prof. TH. Niccssc, ccasssscass ssi xi
Mower, Lieut: TW. ecccchosaceanieas ites xxvi

Mountains and mountaineers of the Cau-

ORBOS 5 Fo iceseaessucsincasdenssaqeceattocesnestiteeees ae xxxvii
bo Au ss Cer) OR & le! Pelech amnesty Th xix, xlvi, lxi
Murdoch on dredging at Point Barrow......... Ixi
Murdoch on Eskimo life at Point Barrow.....xlvi
Muscicapa fulvifrons, type specimens of...... 108
Muskrat, anatomical details of .................02- Ixiv
Muskrat, appetite Of.... .....csscccceeserrerreeseoeee XI Vii
Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens, N. s............. 91
Myiarchus mexicanus magister, n. s............. 90
DEVON is acacscdsacetiutcesexcsivossesicess Gaceccceboeccad lviii
Mythical animals Giveiacta edtceeeteee XxXVii

Name of the Society........ xxvii
Naphthaline as an insecticide..................0000 xlvi
Naphthaline, effects of, on plants and ani-

WIRIN dscns: We unas ase Se taatiemteate eet x] vii
Nelson, Mri Bl Wii tt cosciacecsncces enevacessccacecacs xix
Nelson; DyioBs Cricsscci bce ticcawssceee seks eclas cecnas xix
N@CUGO; MES Bis Ricks teccacccsaasesscascnseceventaceessseuces xix
Newberry, Prof. J. S., on the industrial arts

as factors in modern history .............00.s000 xlvi
Newcomb, Prof. S., on psychic foree............. xlvi
Niblack, Ensign A. P xix
Nichols, Lieut. Comdr. H. E xxvi
NOGOSSLI8 2 iss catecpisacoseussasevcsenchodeicdiasssbucanens Ixviii
Nomenclature, zoological, ‘applied to histol-

OLY i caccrccchive ceavaeiusdev'evtssasebacsaxnsas cabstistssey xxxviii
INOLTIB; DY. Gis cg, ss vexevckessce sccoesapasepecesies Dei
NGAI AG os. 5occccicccasscsesaesensossis-svssscsreniannaucd xiv

Oo.

Oaks, hybrid, of District of Columbia........... xli
Objects of the Society... ........c.ccce-s-00- pee Ss ik

Page
NORTE iinicass slenasininnedinens siaeniens sch ceesdobenies jvnsee LVRS
Officers, classification of............ Sener pavavctas xxvii
fl Geara: GlOCHON OF c ciecssxe conenss aessaansiancivacs xxviii
ORMOE SOP BEB ves 65 cnsknacasadinessancokenaanndersancact xxxvi
Officers for 1884........... pdibeneiniignns Colnehaanenen bones xl viii
SDERDIO TS LAU OYE oc cucscsaanoensacaisedneasdvAsabenerniaante vii
Officers, term Of OfF1CE............0. seccsscrenseseces xxviii
RPA: SE ROIOEE coisa cc cnsenernaronnnnnésetantevense hewn xlv
Oncorhynchus chouicha.,.. ..... ...e.sseseenes xi, ]xiii
Oncorhynchus gorbuscha............... sss 1 xi, xiii
Oncorhynchus keta.............. 1 xi, lxiii
Oncorhynchus kisutch.................ceeeeseees 1 xi, 1] xiii
Oncorhynchus nerka...............cscssses saves: I xi, 1 xiii
Ophichthys guttifer, 0. 8..... ..........ccccsecsseceees 100
SRD ABLEAR LORD Toh sos cxicavass'con ssp sacane ces sapeabucs penacelacaat Ixiv
SPE MEL OE soci tai'sien inensnieetars carendaaedcobetesaoe enone lvii
Orcynus thynnus............scccesseeees PETA Pali. Ixv
Order Of DTAINOBR. ....c.0 60s sessccessnpaconsecs Fansaudes xxix
Ornithology, North American..............s00.0000 li
RPT IAM AEGINA coisa nscnes sosndvsepeceppenaanonpnaaitphains Ixi
OBMETUS SCPETIANUB.c. .......0...ccccccescrrecscnescneses Ixi
APAIISTIS MOTOR 53 cskssnscaciassscen’ aocasesvatenpearnns’ ixi
CRD OT OR BDIRINOR Used ccadeiensncn secceearecedoviusash Ixi
RPEAEE DTS Maeb thepvacane las caccuesatsaveesacebesogruptes “extane sx
Oysters, herMaphroditic.............ccssessceeeeseeees xl

Pachypsylla, new genus of Psyllide............. 71
Pachypsylla (Blastophysa) c.-gemma, n. s...74, 75
Pachypsylla celtidis-mamma..............scseeese 73, 75
Pachypsylla venusta ...............0000 72, 75
Packard. PrOl. A Whycr casscs cos sesseiee wlebneanea oyeeaies xi
Paleontology, the teachings of................ xxxvii
Palmer, Dr. W.G xx
Paralichth ys dOntatus ti...52...c..c..s.ccscesesasasats xliv
Parasitic mites in domestic fowls .............08 xli
Parasitic worm in the egg of common hen... xli
Parker, Mri. ST. .cssssecs ‘ saevaeee Gk
POO TERT GW i Feiss sas vsnpucsns eecienvisegnpsvons cate os x
Parus atricapillus turneri, . 8..............ceceeeee 89
Patella, remarks OD THO oo. ccccco sees sonncesssces sesaes lvii
WORT, BEY: FL. Boe inci poncenpwonse sense guguea-soagmnen tp xx
P'GGUOU; (DATs W Adacenciposscncoccadustessnccsigs sh yertsesibe xx
Pearls and pearl fisheries. ..................sce08+ xxxvii
Peat 6200 DHGBE,. ci... 5incsensesspeussnscicesvicns oat XxXxiv
Pediccetes phasianellus campestris, n.§...... 93
POLMAROG, FOG. Toe <avscoyyesssschuyecednecevensapigeronaonis xx
Persons, Dr. R. ©............ xx
Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus, n.s..... 94
PUR BEY. Tis Fok rnsssancsicvansches ginte eartastastean xx

Philosophical Society xly, xlviii
Photography, a new method of figuring fos-

sil leaves by ............ e000 Ixvii
PHESHOMIET, CG OW 0. 5. siscessccnensseucsiccsha sents xlvi
PIV OR TOTIOGTGS, Th. Bd oy cciccsve cacaccectaseetets . 100
PE GRODUE OUNEYOR UG issicseiseinseccspsnctiertsengss spteo> Ix
Pica Catntschatica, 1. S......ccccesssceceosenseeces ccees 97

Pine trees of North America .................5 xxxiii

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

PUPS 52sec esssensseicdidsavio eeoiceesbcsiosedeees 1
Paty OP OLN ire settee ics esescecauuns eae xiii
Plant life of the globe.............ce sees Sebteceeex XXXvii
Plants and insects, adaptation and interde-
pendence between.............006 Vevebetai eenasee Xxxxvii
Porter Dro) Bei as: Modtece eapaea syouteeans x=
POGEOT. DE; Tis TAs vive <csnid dadsteacbegecusn ie tssser nae xx
Powell, Maj. J. W............. XX, xxXxvii, xlvi, xlviii
Powell on cafions of the Colorado.............-.. xlvi
Powell on Indian mythology...............0000 XxXxXxvii
Powell on Win-tun mythology ....... Soaviekosesse xlvi

Prentiss, Dr. D. W..xx, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvii, xlviii
Prentiss on changes in the bird fauna of the

District of Colum bia. csicecssccsissercsscsoscaice: XXXV
Prentiss on mesmerism in animals.......... Xxxvii
President, dutios Of...cicciicsccsscccccccsccsseescaces xxviii
President, retiring ....0008.00 in oa Xxviii
Presidential address ...........sccessecosceseaessveee xxviii
Presidential address for 1882............... XXXviii, 1
Presidential address for 1883 .............. 00. xl viii, 41
PROMI CN Eee sis eae ites bsaicend basdhaaacne abe mbonee Ixiv
Proceedings... cccccccecceses ccseee xxxi
Proceedings, second edition of vol. I......... XXXV
Protoplasm and karyokynesis, structures

OF canst kiect sie tele aioe aeeiaee yaar oes Xxxix
Protoplasm in the light of recent investiga-

CEOS ois accscs Jaleu cesacacdsavinus gutbantaveueanyb avaasite xlvi
Psaltriparus grinds, notes On............cce0eees liii, 96
Psaltriparus minimus californicus, n. s........ 89
Peeude Date rie iis pease Ixvi
PSYVON le! TORS, eipstiss eckson bank nciom dbeeties xlvi
Psyllidee, notes on North American .............. 67
Psyllide, described species of North Ameri-

CONE ee ckcstestel Sha ae 68
Ptarmigan, shedding of claws in the............ lviii
Pternodonta...... ce dasedtvcttRa aN Weo A cha tal baa abisas AXiii

Q.
Quadrupeds, swimming XXXV

R.
Races of men. xxxvii
Rathbun, Mr. BR... ..c8:....6 5. XX, XxXvii, xlviii, lvii
Rathbun on Oculina..... ........... ii cde sasdacalaons Wii
Rau, Dr. Chas.....:......... xx
ROG ATO MBIA fei saiklaeccesiciiecsdecscdeoabadues reese 20
Resims-A mi phibiccpantcss 2005206265) cis cccasdoncccdesoccers 22
Realm, Anglogeean or Arctamerican.............. 17
Reatoi, Antarctali@n.: .icicia nate 36
Realm, Antarctic or South Circumpolar........ 16
Realm, Arctalian ...... held bake ssSpaecantie eeeaeete i otest 33
Realm, Arctic......... 10
Realm, AUStrogeegniss:..ccccc5; ctecscetssesceense ipo BED. . 22
Realm; Bassalian ieee Ae aes 37
Realm, Den Grogan .ssiciswa tisk sccies A ssicteees 21
Realm, Europso-Asiatic or Palearctic ........ ae
Realm, Eurygeean or Eurasiatic............0.sce00 19

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.

Realm, Indo-African ........ccccccesesereseeesenercecens ll
Realm, Indogeean......ccccersreerersreres | SLES Tee Pe or 19
Realm, Lemurian or Malagasy .....++.++1sseee. 13
Realm, Nesogean..,...-cessceresserseree 5 Sassi deantileete 24
Realm, North American temperate............... 9
Realm, Notalian....,........00ccecseceensnsosbereree tscmna 98
Realm, Ornithogeean..........cccccccceserseeseseeesseces 23
Realm, Pararctalian...........:.cccssessrcenessseosesess 34
Realm, South American temperate............++ 14
Realm, Tropicalian...... 34
Region, Nearctic,...... coccsecoseroaasresisvosester peeves 9
Roy burn, Dr. Ré.scccaceccccsccseossngsossesensonss ons getes rap © <
PAGS WE We a cusicce ctasasidnsumtancpinsdscahacsesssepee xxi
Rhinae.. Ixiv
Bhinoverila, new genus of Psyllidex Stekasasets ae & (
Rhinopsylla Schwarzii, n. s. 78
Rhytina......... J Sieie xl
Richey, Dr. 8. O a xxi
Ridgway, Mr. R......xxi, liii, 89, 95, 96, 97, 101, 107,
108, 110

Ridgway on American crossbills .......-..see000. LOL
Ridgway on Anas hyperboreus and Anser al-

batus kre
Ridgway on Carpodacus hemorrhous .......... 110
Ridgway on generic name Calodromas...... liii, 97
Ridgway on Muscicapa fulvifrons and Mi-

trephorus pallescens ......ss00...000+. 108
Ridgway on new American kingfisher......liii, 95
Ridgway on new North American birds....Jiii, 89
Ridgway on Psaltriparus grinde. .............. liii, 96

Riley, Prof. C.V..xxi, xxxii, xxxiv,xxxvi, xxxvii,
xii, xlii, xliii, xlvi, xl viii, lvi, lvii, lix, lxv, lxvi,
67, 80

Riley on adaptation and interdependence

between plants and i t Xxxvii
Riley on bee-fy larva... .iss.is..csvceseccecsedeasassiceee xiii
Riley on burrowing butterfly larva...........00+ xlii
Riley on jumping seeds and galls............. -XXxiv
Riley on lignified serpent of Brazil........... xxxvi
DRESS OTF TOR csnceschiniebenmccecsseaseviereo sicennss> xliii
Riley on Mexican jumping seed xli
Riley on naphthaline as an insecticide.......... xlvi
Riley on North American Psyllide............... 67
Riley on rust of oranges lix
Riley on the bag-worMm...........cccscssesccevcse ees xli, 80
Riley on the buffalo gnat.........cccococccssesescceees Ixvi
Riley on the late Dr. George Engelmann...... lvii
Rivers jappponsece WAL
Rodentia, American, Ixv
Russell, 'Mr. I. C. xxi

Rust of oranges............. lix
Ryder, Mr. J. A. ...xxi, xx xiii, xxxvi, xxxix, x],
xlvi, xl vii, xlviii, 1, Lxvii
Ryder on a hybrid between shad and rock-
fish XXXVI
Ryder on development of viviparous min-

nows A Xvii
Ryder on hermaphroditic oysters......... ee |
Ryder on protoplasm seeeeeX1VI

125

Page,
Ryder on protoplasm and karyokynesis...xxxix
Ryder on Siphostoma, ..............scccsconsssssas essere 1

Ryder on structure of egg membrane in
fishes
Ryder on the fattening process in the oys-

ter ote nnyuca spaces eae
Ss.

Safford, nsion W.E. .dis..ccsccconcestsgs xxi
Gali CONGBIG 6c soc ctrisan elccconpaaa ead liii
Salmo Gairdnerii..... ........ ‘ lxi, Ixii
Salmo purpuratus xi, !xii
WANTON, DIT. 1). Bivicccscserecanscaetesghareiee xxi, xliii, liv
Salmon on actinomykKosis ............ccecssssecooees xliii
Salmon on tuberculosis.............c0seccoseseseccoreee liv
Salmonide, distribution of, in Alaska........... xi
Salvelinus malma... veo) Xi, Lxii
Samia Cynthia.......... xlii
Saturday lectures, 1882-83............sscceseesees ses XXXV
Saturday lectures, 1883 Xxxvii
Saturday lectures, 1884 ...........cecccsosscsoees xlv, xlvi
BAVIOS, MES Ts 5 scscecccses xxvi
Sonreter. Dr? Bs Maw vissacscoc icc intees xxi, xliv
Scheeffer on Ceratophyllum..............000-.0+ eeaee MAL
Scheeffer on Manna ...c......200. veces xliv
SCHONDOEN. WUE. Te cone caniseoseeceri ence Fees eines xxi
SCHUSEMANI MEE Os We csncsces cckncs cabnchuapsioaeean: xxi
Schwarz, Mr. E. A....... xxi
Sciences, the circle of the.................cceceeees XXxXV
Scombridee .......... Ixv
Sonddor. TET. Co. Wa ssccascanesccscesccacsacceoasagucaaee: xxi

Scudder, Mr. N. P xxi, xxxhs, xi, xiv
Scudder on anatomical details of muskrat...lxiv
Scudder on biology and classification.......xxxix
Scudder on hatching period of the domestic

POW ic cccudoccexes covet cstesstccusessuscdscaavacsaeuesnceciene x!
Scudder, Mr. S. H. ..... Scervesdasscsueaadepantexepeeree xi
BER-COW, APEC Grasccasesndecctsuasien secchessspapaveste sencns x!
BGAIs WORE LTOCION -.-...crceccesscecsutctepsasssccteceearte xliv
Seaman, Dr. W: He j.c:. <sccsess xxi, lili
Seaman on scars of diamond willow............. liii
Seaton sy BET, OooW cicecscscavasdcetbassevhescsacacces xxii

Secretaries, duties of. vasaee Hes XXViii
Section cutting and mounting of hard woods xl

Sections, formation of. xxviii
Seeds and galls, jumping........... ontgasats xxxiv, xli
Selachophichthyoidei.............ssssseeresessees seers )xiii
Shad, distribution of. lvi
Sheldon, Mr. C. S......... xxii
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W..........0.000e. xxii, xlvii, lvii, lIxv
Shufeldt on the patella............ccccsesccsssceeceeeee lvii

Shufeldt on anatomical collections of Army

Medical Museum xlvii
Shufeldt on occipital ribs of black bass......... 1Xv
Shute, Dr. De Ba ccsciccasccesccsscesscvesescccseopsovveces xxii
BIGSTILO..« cccsscncandccsssonsventescccvevasesesiy scsseareaparste xl
Simulium ; Mee $3 4]
BiphostOMa......+.cccrcccscccosssdnceses cocnoessnsesesepsceee 1

126

Page.

Siphostoma crinigerum, n. 8. ROCCOT ECHR AS SOOTHE SEEEES 99.

Smiley, Mr. C. W....... xxii, 1, liv
Smiley on fish-culture

Smiley on what fish-culture has first to ac-

BOPADUBD <ccccsssrcsncccnee : spe Re
PTI AE DTW ccsnaccacoccinsnedsocateetane Neotiaercncemeat
Smith, Prof. S. I xi
Smith, Dr Ts cicecccsece dsBueaucaenis en eanannenacabensae xxvi
MENACE Fei Fs Saks ais ctptedacne penthouse Vegaaniahansa ean’ xxii
Spiith, Mr. W. Ben xxii
Snake bite, two cases Of ............0.cessecseesseees xxxii
Social life among the Japanese......... pranseseseas xlvi
SN IEE Sry, We ccusral cstasacaguecedsncssnnscavecencboceiok xxii
Squall, system Of Che........cccarscoessesevnvesseevandss I xiii
Squatinide cduavAgeondessatac Ixiv
Steatornis Cari peEnsis............scesccscecereseees enners xlix
Stejneger, Mr. L.......... xxii, xli, liii, lvii, lviii, 97
Stejneger on Kamtschatkan eagles............+ lyi?
Stejneger on new birds from Kamtschatka

and the Commander Islands........... ...... lili, 97
Stejneger on shedding of claws in ptarmi-

POA ikke cadebshcvesesvers lviii
Stenodus Macken zZibn. sc. cicccccccossccsessocsctee |xi, lxii
Beephanobery cides. .....ccceasscssiconseacoosecsiovevespns xlv
SOPTMDOTE, TIP. IF. WM nnn. ccocepesssvhicdbeswcnnonss xxii, xliv
Sternberg on micrococci............ xliv
Stevenson, Col. J... xxii
Stewart, Mr. A. H xxii
Stimpson, Mr. W. G..... xxii

SiPSOts DIE Be seaside shes ok aks ces cadsastacdsbewubeesees xxii
Stromateide, characters and relations of...xxxv

Sugar industry of the North xlvi
i

Tare WEY. 20. Bivisevss:peves Eanes Foal Wi ; xxii

Taylot, Mr.3) Wo, xxii

Taylor, Mr. J. H cia antiecseye xxiii

Taylor, Dr. Thos...xxiii, xxxiv, xl, xli, xlii, xlv,
xlvii, xvi, Lxvii

Taylor on actinomykosis xlii
Taylor on a new parasite in fowls...........sce0e. xl
TAYIOT OR DEDDCHAUNGE. (. 5...cisssesnnsrvoochinencnsrey xvii
Taylor On NEW MICTOMETET....... cesccocecsescseees Ixvi
Taylor 00 OidiUmM /TOCKE?L c.scci<cestscsicsaa soins xlv

Taylor on parasitic mites in domestic fowls.. xli
Taylor on projection of microscopic objects

OT BOLO SE ongiceisscesewacslacsdevdessceh oseskoakegbbieces Ixvii
Taylor on pseudo bacteria ..............6. wages anova Ixvi
Taylor on section cutting and mounting of —

FRAP WODOG sin iic Lioness kesetcousachonvon KGtavdteitank xl
Taylor on the pear-tree blight................... xxxiv
PAGO DEBS W. ci recakicedsavsdessvsiecndes xxiii
Temperature, effect of, on distribution......... 27
Thalassoaétus pelagicus.........ccsscccsessssececeesees lvii
Thaleichthys pacificus Ixi, Ixii
Thomas, Dr. 'C.......coscs xxiii, lxi

Thomas on growth of trees in determining
age of mounds ..... couseuses aA

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Thymallus signifer........0cccccssecsssese eossseeelX1, LXUi
Thyridopteryx ephemereeformis.............+5 xli, 80
Thompson, Dr: 5; F....cccccccossasces xxiii
Todd, Prof. J. E., xxiii
‘Toner, Dri JS Mics ct: xxiii
Treasurer, duties Of............cccce sence xxviii
Trees and shrubs of District of Columbia,
COMMILHEE ON ..2......ccscesedeses xxxiv, xxxv, lxvii
Trees, growth of, in determining the age of
mounds ...... Ixi
Trematodes, Ectoparasitic .............scceseceeee =xxie-

Trichina, a new parasite in fowls of the na-

REED OF csc ccscncckisactudpssnive tetwdedocimracnewte: subad xl
Tree, Mr Fo We ass: xxiii, xxxi, xxxiii, xxxv,
xxxvii, xl, xli, xlii, xliv, xlviii

True on arctic sea-cow ....... eeesa se Saseaokesece Seok St
True on bite of coral snake..............cs0eseeee: xxxi
True on Cinnamon bear ........0...s.scecsssces ees xxxiii
True on new pigmy sperm whale................+« xiii
True on parasite from egg of common hen... xli
True on swimming quadruped,..............000 XXXV
True on West Indian seal...............0.sssses seeees xliv
Tupper, Mr. J. B. T. xxiii
Turner, Mr. H. W. xxiii
Turner, Mr. L. M. xxiii

Type most fitted to express faunas............... 28

Ulke, Mr. H See xxiii
Upham, Mr. E. P. ssocet eae
Vv.

Vasey, Dr. Geo.........xxiii, xxxiii, xx xvii, x]viii
Vasey on pine trees of North America......xxxiii
VBS E DET vic cdccrecctnnscecenseineseschasasoucsnvases xi
WPT S PPPOE A Pisces coccacs ok se cpeasathaiecboscbuecsaesde xi
Vice-presidents, duties of xxviii
Viviparous minnows, development of........ xviii
TY COMIIOOR Sie c5 i écidics concevsve wets eekent Lideacaonuketanael xlvi
w.

Walcott, Mr. C. D xxiii, xliv, li, lii
Walcott on Asaphus platycephalus........0... li
Walcott on fresh-water shells from Lower
Carboniferous ...... xliv
Walcott on metamorphic rock with fossils..li, lii
Wallace, Alfred Russel.......ccccccosessscesseecee senses 2, 5
Wallace on geographical distribution of ani-

Ward, Prof. L. F........ xxiv, xxxiii, xxxiv, xxxv,

xxxvii, xli, xlii, xliii, xliv, xlvii, xlviii,

xlix, li, liii, lxvii, 84

Ward on achange in day of meeting......xlvii, li

Ward on additions to flora Columbiana.....xxxiv
Ward on cultivated plants of District of Co-

lumbia..........6

seeee.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page
Ward on. diamond WILLOW .............csescscosssseees liii
Ward on fish culture xlix

Ward on fossil plants from Yellowstone....... Xlii
Ward on oaks of District of Columbia......... xli
Ward on Mesozoic dicotyledons ..............640 xliv
Ward on plant life of the globe..............08 Xxxvii

Ward on additions to flora of Washington... 84
Ward on suppused deposit of fossil timber... xliv
Ward on the Washington Botanical Society..xliii

Washington, plants added to flora of............ 84
"Watson, Dr. SCTON0.....5 ccesccsccvorsvecsasnes Peet ese xi
WIG: Dies Ge oc. ccccos sotces sexadyanevdesvassucecuseceites xxiv
Welling, President J. C..........scccsssccscsesseces. xlviii
Westie Ay Lucci cacessecan ceestscesssvusaetacansstansees xxiv
Whale, new pigmy sperm .........ccccccsserseseccees xii

White, Prof. C. A. xxiv, xxxvi, xxxvii, xlii, xliii,
xliv, xlviii, 41
White on domestic instinct in the cat.......... xliv

White on epiglottis of bull snake xiii
White on geological history of North Amer-
ica, biologically considered..............+ xl viii, 41
White on teachings of paleontology......... XXXVii
Wide. Di OC: Hei cccccsieeccsccscteteeess xxiv
a rat eal ea Bel edb ene xxiv
White fishes of North America..................068 Ixvi
Wiley, Prof. H. W., on sugar industry........... xIvi
PW SEIATOSS DEY, Bois soosassncces cnt sesbescoevecesosessueres xxiv
Willow; the; diamond cc. oss foccccesccsetce: 00s casens liii
WREN OR EOP Rc: ISicpasssaceivessateriodscegereterss seq dacees xi
Wilson, Mr. J. O... xxiv
Witson, Mr. J. M.....<cc008 xxiv

Page
WESOTES AS OMe Ws Diiccssdcassca dessussaaciennone Xxvi
Winslow, Lieut. F.... xxiv, xxxix
Winslow on giant clams ............2. seccosseese xxxix
Win-tun mythology............... xlvi
ONY ONS Wi hake cssccsécccasertunseneec een xxiv
Women, admission of, to membership ........ xxxi
Wortman, Mr. J. L xxvi
a a
VarnaiaDr> Js enccsctse xxiv
Yarrow; Dr. H.C....cc. xxiv
Yarrow, Mr. John xxiv
Yeates, Mr. W.S...... xxiv
Zz.
POV Os AUP 1G Sas veccevesstsssessceaVocesksvencacievsesduettieen 31
ZONE, TOMMPOVAle \.casecesssvestascoctstcvcevaeseevesavecees 31
Zone: torrid: Or Corgl-reel...cccsecesescscenccieeteave 31
Zoogeographical regions, character of. ........ 5
Zoogeography, principles of................. xxxviii, 1
Zoological ContOentss.. ..c.cc,scccevasesccsuvs oveseuave 2
Zoological continents, character Of............06 5
Zoological NOMENC1AtUrE.......c00.. coves sovees xxxviii
LOOLOwIGAL PFOVINCOS vcccncsersvezecs cess 3
MASHORIGA TOGAIAD so<scsccwessxsnas scaacesssinevisiec dues ag
ZOOOZIONL TOKIONR 0.62. sccccscccosesesess 2,3
Zoological regions, animals most important
in determining 6
Zumbrock, Dr. A --XXiV

pwd dae Seles

wis AY
ty we F, ¥

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

PUBLISHED WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

Voutume III.

Jury 1, 1884, ro Fesruary 6, 1886.

WASHINGTON :
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
1886.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

RICHARD RATHBUN, WILLIAM H. DALL,
ROMYN HITCHCOCK, C. HART MERRIAM.
_FREDERIC A. LUCAS.

CONTENTS.

Officers and Council elected January, 1885

Standing Committees; 1886. iis ea ig eye os ie ee eee

Officers and Council elected January, 1886

Standing Committees, 1886

List of Members, January 23, 1886

Constitution Eee le fora te eee gene Sree

Proceedings, November 1, 1884, to February 6, 1886

Addresses and Communications . pats Re eae’ Ge ai Brae eee

The Application of Biology to Geological History; Annual Address
of the President, Charles A. White, January 24, 1885

Description of some new species of birds from Cozumel Island,
Yucatan, Robert Ridgway (February 26, 1885*)

Description of a new species of Chipmunk from California (Zamdzas
macrorhkabdotes, sp. noyv.), C. Hart Merriam (January 27,
1886*)

Ona new method of producing immunity from Contagious Diseases,
D. E. Salmon and Theobald Smith (February 22, 1886*)

The Beginnings of Natural History in America; Annual Address of
the President, G. Brown Goode, February 6, DOO is
Additions to the flora of Washington and Vicinity, from April 1,

1884, to April 1, 1886, F. H. Knowlton. . . . . . .

106

* Author's extras of each of the special papers here enumerated were published at the date

given in parentheses following the author’s name,

Le bay

OF THE

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

OF THE -

BIOLOGICAL SUCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ELECTED JANUARY 10, 1885.

OFFICERS.

PRESIDENT.

G. BROWN GOODE.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

CHARLES V. RILEY, WILLIAM H. DALL,

LESTER F. WARD, OTIS T. MASON.
SECRETARIES.

RICHARD RATHBUN, FRANK BAKER.

TREASURER.

FREDERICK W. TRUE.

COUNCIL.

G. BROWN GOODE, President.

FRANK BAKER, CHARLES V. RILEY,
WILLIAM H. DALL, FREDERICK W. TRUE,
THEODORE GILL,* GEORGE VASEY,
ROMYN HITCHCOCK, CHARLES D. WALCOTT,
JEROME H. KIDDER, LESTER F. WARD,

OTIS T. MASON, JACOB L. WORTMAN,
RICHARD RATHBUN, CHARLES A. WHITE.*

* Ex-Presidents of the Society.
vil

SMe .,

STANDING COMMITTEES

1885.

COMMITTEE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

FREDERICK W. TRUE, Charman.
FRANK BAKER, RICHARD RATHBUN.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.

RICHARD RATHBUN, Chacrman.
CHARLES V. RILEY, ROMYN HITCHCOCK,
WILLIAM H. DALL, WILLIAM H. SEAMAN.
HENRY G. BEYER. ;

COMMITTEE ON LECTURES.

OTIS T. MASON, Chairman.
FREDERICK W. TRUE, WILLIAM BIRNEY,
THEODORE GILL, JEROME H. KIDDER.

COMMITTEE ON THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF WASHINGTON.

- LESTER F. WARD, Chairman.
WILLIAM SMITH, GEORGE VASEY,
FRANKLIN B. HOUGH.
VII

Lis 6

OF THE

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ELECTED JANUARY 23, 1886.

OFFICERS.

PRESIDENT.

G. BROWN GOODE.
\ ;
VICE-PRESIDENTS.

WILLIAM H. DALL, LESTER F. WARD,

CHARLES V. RILEY, FRANK BAKER.
SECRETARIES.

RICHARD RATHBUN, C. HART MERRIAM.

TREASURER.

FREDERICK W. TRUE.

COUNCIL.

G. BROWN GOODE, President.
FRANK BAKER, RICHARD RATHBUN,
TARLETON H. BEAN, CHARLES V. RILEY,
WILLIAM H. DALL, FREDERICK W. TRUE,
THEODORE GILL,* GEORGE VASEY,
ROMYN HITCHCOCK, CHARLES D. WALCOTT,
OTIS T. MASON, LESTER F. WARD,
C. HART MERRIAM, CHARLES A. WHITE.*

* Ex-Presidents of the Society.
1x

STANDING COMMITTEES

1886.

COMMITTEE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

FREDERICK W. TRUE, Chairman.
C. HART MERRIAM, ROMYN HITCHCOCK.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.

RICHARD RATHBUN, Chairman.
WILLIAM H. DALL, C. HART MERRIAM,
ROMYN HITCHCOCK, FREDERIC A. LUCAS,

COMMITTEE ON LECTURES.

OTIS T. MASON, Chatrman.
CHARLES V. RILEY, CHARLES D. WALCOTT,
FREDERICK W. TRUE, FRANK BAKER.

COMMITTEE ON THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF WASHINGTON.

LESTER F. WARD, Chairman.
WILLIAM SMITH, FRANK H. KNOWLTON,
GEORGE VASEY, F. LAMSON SCRIBNER.

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

JANUARY 283, 1886.

HONORARY MEMBER.
Date of Election.
BAIRD, SPENCER FULLERTON, M. D., LL. D., M.N. A. S., | 1881, Jan. 14.
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and Director |
of. the U. S. National Museum; U.S. Commissioner of |
Fish and Fisheries; Foreign Member of the Zoologi- |
cal and Linnean Societies of London. Smithsonian

Institution, and 1445 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER, A. B.,S. B., M. N. A. S., Curator | 1882, Mar. 31.

of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge;

Foreign Member of the Zoological and Linnean Socie-
ties of London. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

AGUILERA, JosE G., Naturalista de la Comision Geogra- | 1886, Jan. 9.
fico Exploradora. City of Puebla, Mexico.

ALLEN, Harrison, M.D. 777 South Twentieth Street, 1882, Dec. 22.
Philadelphia, Penusylvania.

ALLEN, JOEL ASAPH, M. N.A.S., C. M. Z. S., Curator of | 1882, April 8.
Ornithology and Mammalogy, American Museum: of
Natural History; President of the American Ornithol-
ogists’ Union; Editor of ‘‘The Auk.” Mew York City.

BARCENA, MARIANO, Profesor de Geologia en la Escuela | 1886, Jan. 9.
Preparatoria. Czty of Mexico, Mexico.

BREWER, WILLIAM Henry, Ph. D., M.N.A.S., Professor | 1882, April 28.
_ of Agriculture in the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale
College, New Haven. Mew Haven, Connecticut.
xI

XIT BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued. Date of Election,

BREWSTER, WILLIAM, Assistant in the Museum of Com- | 1881, Feb: 25.
parative Zoology, Cambridge. 67 Sparks Street, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.

Brooks, WILLIAM KEITH, Ph. D., Associate Professor of | 1881, Feb. 25.
Biology and Director of the Marine Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore. Baltimore, Maryland.

CoOLLETT, Ropert, C. M. Z. S., Conservator of the Zo- | 1882, Jan. 6.
ological Museum of the University of Christiania.
Christiania, Norway.

Corr, EpwarRD DRINKER, M. A., M. N. A. S., C. M. Z..| 1882, Dec. 22.
S., Editor of ‘‘The American Naturalist.” 2700 Pine
Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

DERBY, ORVILLE ADELBERT, M. S., Curator-of the Geo- | 1881, April 14.
logical Section of the National Museum of Brazil.
Rio de Fanetro, Brazil.

Dosson, GEORGE Epwarp, M. A., M. B., F. R. S., F. 1884, Nov. 15.
Z.-S., Surgeon MajorR. N. Exeter, Devonshire, Eng-
land.

FarRLow, WILLIAM Giison, A. M., M. D., M. N. A. S., | 1882, Jan. 6.
Professor of Cryptogamic Botany in Harvard Univer-
sity. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

FLower, WILLIAM Henry, LL. D., F.R.S., Pres. Z.S., | 1884, Feb. 8.
F. L. S.; Director of the Natural History Departments |
of the British Museum. South Kensington, London,
S.W., England.

GIGLIoLI, ENrico HiLtyeEr, D. Sc., C. M. Z. S., Direc- | 1881, Mar. 11.
tor of the Royal Zoological Museum of Vertebrates,
and Professor of Vertebrate Zoology in the Royal In-
stitute, Florence. R. Jstétuto di Studi Superior?,
Florence, Italy. |

Gray, Asa, M. D., LL. D., M.N. A. S., Fisher Pro- 1882, Jan. 6.
fessor of Natural History in Harvard University; For- —
eign Member of the Royal Society of London, and of |
the Institute of France. Botanic Garden, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

Horn, GeorGe Henry, M. D., Pres. American Ento- | 1884, Feb. 8.
mological Society. 874 North Fourth Street, Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued.

Husrecnat, A. A. W., C. M. Z. S., &c., Professor of Natu-
ral History in the University of Utrecht. Utrecht, Hol-
land. a

Hyatr, ALPHEus, S. B., M. N. A. S., Professor of Zooi-
ogy and Paleontology in the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; Custodian of the Boston Society of Natu-
ral History; President of the Society of Naturalists of
the Eastern United States. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Jorpan, Davin Starr, M. S., M. D., Ph. D., President

of the Indiana University. Bloomington, Indiana.

LAWRENCE, GEORGE N., C. M. Z. S. 45 East 2ist St.,
New York City.

Leipy, Josepu, M. D., LL. .D., M. N, A. S., F. M. Z. S.
L.; Professor of Anatomy in the University of Penn-
sylvania; President of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia. Philadelphia, Penn.

LyMAN, Hon. THeopore, A. M., M. N. A. S.- Brook-
line, Mass.

Mark, EpwarpD LAuRENS, Ph. D., Hersey Professor of
Anatomy, Harvard University, and Assistant in the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

MarsH, OTHNIEL CHARLES, M. A, Pres. N. A. S., Pro-
fessor of Palzeontology in Yale College, and Palzontol-
ogist to the U. S. Geological Survey. Mew Haven,
Connecticut.

MartTIn, Henry NEWELL, A. M., M. D., D. Sc , Profes-

sor of Biology in Johns Hopkins University. Badl¢¢-

more, Maryland.

MorseE, Epwarp S., Ph. D., M. N. A. S., Director of the
Peabody Academy of Science, Salem. Salem, Mass.

Mosetey, Henry Norriwce, A. Mo Por Sy 8 ESS
F. Z. S., &c., Linacre Professor of Human and Com-
parative Anatomy in the University of Oxford. z4 Sz.
Giles, Oxford, England.

PACKARD, ALPHEUS SPRING, Jr., A.M ,M. D., M. N. A.
S., Professor of Zoology and Geology in Brown Uni-
versity, Providence; Editor of ‘‘ The American Natu-

_valist.” Providence, Rhode Island.

XIIT

Date of Election.

1884, Jan. 11.

1882, Jan. 6.

1883, Jan. 5.
1881, April 8.

1884, Dec. 27.

1883, Dec. 14.
1884, Nov. 15.
1884, Feb. 8.

1882, Dec. 22.

1882, Mar. 31.

1883, Nov. 30.

1882, Mar. 31.

XIV

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS—Continued.

PEREZ, FERNANDO FERRARI, President of the University
of Puebla; Naturalista de la Comision Geografico Ex-
ploradora. Czty of Puebla, Mexico.

ScLATER, Puitie Lutriey, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. S., Sec-

retary of the Zoological Society of London. 3 Han-

over Square, London, W., England.

ScuDDER, SAMUEL HuBBARD, A. M., M. N. A.S., Presi-
dent of the Boston Society of Natural History. Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.

SMITH, SIDNEY IRviNG, Ph. B., Professor of Compara-
tive Anatomy in Yale, College, New Haven. New
Haven,. Connecticut.

VELIE, JoHN W., M. D., Secretary and Curator of the’

Chicago Academy of Sciences. 267 Wabash Avenue,

Chicago, Illinois.

VERRILL, ADDISON Emory, A. M., S. B., M. N. A. S.,
Professor of Zoology, and Curator of the Zoological
Collections in Yale College, New Haven. New Haven,
Connecticut.

WATSON, SERENO, Ph. D., M. N. A. S., Curator of the
Herbarium of Harvard University. Botanic Gardens,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

WHITMAN, CHARLES Otis, M. A., Ph. D., Embryolo-
gist, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

WiLson, EpMuUND BEECHER, Ph. D., Professor of Natu-
ral History in Bryn Mawr College. Bryn Mawr,
Pennsylvania.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.*

AcKER, GEORGEN.,M.D. 1407 New York Avenue, N.W.

Ames DELANO. 1600 137th Street, N. W.

ASHFORD, Francis Asspury, M. D. (Deceased.)

BAKER, FRANK, M. D. Office of Light-House Board,
and 326 C Street, N.W.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Date of Election.

1886, Jan...
1884, Nov. 15.
1882, Dec. 22.
1882, Mar. 3
1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, April 28.
1884, Nov. 15.

1882, Mar. 3.

1883, Jan. Ig.
1883, Jan. 19.
Orig. Member.
1881, Jan. 14.

* Unless otherwise stated, all addresses are in Washington. By the words ‘** Original Mem-
ber?’ are designated those who attended the meetings for organization, November 26 and

December 3, 1880.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.
7
BALDWIN, ALBERTUS HUTCHINSON. Smithsonian Insti-
futton.

BARKER, JOHN SHEPARD. » 7/5 H Street, NV. W.

BARNARD, WILLIAM STEBBINS. 9/7 New York Avenue.
Bates, Henry Hosart. U. S. Patent Office, and ‘*The
Portland.”

BEAN, TARLETON HorrMaNn, M. D. Smithsonian Iunsti-
tution, and Summit Avenue, Lanier Heights.

BENEDICT, JAMES EVERARD. Smithsonian Institution,

and 140 B Street, N.E.

BesseELs, Emit. Zhe Cosmos Club.

BEYER, HENRY G., M. D., U.S. N. Smithsonian Instt-
tution, and 1205 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.

BicELow, Horatio Riptey, M.D. (Adsext?.)

BIGELOW, ROBERT PAYNE. (Adsent.)

(Absent.) s1901 Hare-

BIRNEY, HERMAN HoFFMAN.
wood Avenue, Le Drott Park.

BIRNEY, Gen. WILLIAM. sgo1 Harewood Avenue, Le

Drott Park.

BLACKBURN, ISAAC WriIGHT, M. D. Government Hos-
pital for the Insane.

Britton, WILEY. Quartermaster General's Office.

BROMWELL, JosIAH Rosson, M. D. 1738 Connecticut

Avenue, N.W.
BROWN, JAMES TEMPLEMAN. (Deceased.)

BRowNE, JoHN Mitts, M. D., U.S. N. Bureau of Med-
icine and Surgery, U. S. Navy, and ‘* The Portland.”

BRUNER, LAWRENCE. (Adsent.) West Point, Neb.
BRYAN, JosePH H., M. D., U.S. N. 7534 7 Street, N.W.

BurGEsSs, EDWARD SANDFORD. High ‘School and Sro12th

Street, VN. W.
BURNETT, SwAN Moses, M. D. s215 J Street, N.W. |

Date of Election,

1884, Nov. 29.

1882, Mar. 3.

1881, Nov. 11.
1884, April 19.
Orig. Member.
1883, Jan.

1881, Mar.

i)
On

1881, Nov.

1884, Jan.

1883, Mar. 2.

1881, Jan. 14.
1882, Jan. 20.
1885, Nov. 14.

1882, Nov. 24.

1883, Dec. 14.

Orig. Member.
1882, Nov. ;

1882, Dec.
1883, Dec.
1883, Jan. 5.

1882, Mar.

XVI

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Busey, SAMUEL CLAGETT, M. D. gos 76th St., N. W.
CHAMBERS, PAuL, M. D. soos rith Street, N.W.

CHAPPEL, JOHN WILLIAM, M. D. Texnallytown, D. C.

CHASE, HENRY SANDERS, Ensign, U. S. N. (Adsent.)
Navy Department.
CHESTER, CoLtBy M., Commander, U. S. N. (Absent.)

Navy Department.

CHICKERING, Prof. JOHN WHITE, Jr.
Mute College, Kendall Green, N.E.

National Deaf-

CHICKERING, JOHN JAMESON. Kendall Green, N.E.

CHRISTIE, ALEXANDER SmyTH. U. S. Coast Survey
Office, and 507 Sixth Street, N.W.

CLARK, ALONZO Howarp. U.S. National Museum, and

1527 S Street, NV. W.
CoLuIns, JOSEPH WILLIAM. (Adsent.) Gloucester, Mass.

Comstock, Prof. JOHN HENRY.
versity, Ithaca, N. Y.

(Absent.) Cornell Uni-

Conant, WoopBury PAGE. (Adsent.)

Cougs, Exttiottr, M. D.
1720 N Street, N.W.

Smithsonian Institution, and

Cox, WILLIAM VAN ZANDT. U..S. National Museum, and
‘¢ Belmont,” corner 14th Street and Boundary, N.W.

CuRET, ALBERT. U. S. National Museum, and 934 E
Street, NV. W.

CurRTICE, COOPER. Smithsonian Institution.

DALL, WILLIAM HEALEY. Smithsonian Institution, and

1119 12th Street, N. W.

Dewey, FREDERIC Perkins. U. S. National Museum,

and Lanier Heights.
DosH, FRANK BOWMAN. (Deceased.)

DrESEL, HERMAN Georee, Ensign, U. $. N. (Adsentz.)
Navy Department.

Drury, GEORGE A., M. D. szz05 C Street, N.E.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

' Date of Election.

Orig. Member.
1885, April 4.
1883, Jan. 19.

1882, Feb. 17.
1883, April 27.
Orig. Member.

1881, May 20.
1882, Mar. 17.

1881, Jan. 28.

1881, Feb. 23.

Orig. Member.

1881, Dec. 23.
Orig. Member.

1881, Nov. II.
1884, Nov. 29.

1884, Dec. 27.
1881, Jan. 28.

1881, Nov. II.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Dec. 22.

1885, April 4.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

EARLL, ROBERT Epwarp. Smithsonian Institution, and

1336 T Street, N.W.

EGGLESTON, Rev. NATHANIEL HiLtyEr. U. S. Depart-

ment of Agriculture.

ExLxtiotT, HENRY Woop. Smithsonian Institution, and

Cleveland, Ohio.

ELLZEY, MASON GRAHAM, M.D. sor2 TI Street, N. W.

ENTHOFFER, JOSEPH.
I Street, N. W.

FERGUSON, THOMAS BARKER. ‘‘ The Richmond.”

FISHER, ALBERT KENRICK, M. D. U. S. Department of |

Agriculture, and Sing Sing, N. Y.

FLETCHER, ROBERT, M. D. Surgeon General’s Office,
and ‘‘The Portland.”

Fiint, JAMES Mitton, M. D., U.S. N. UW. S. Fish
Commitsston Steamer Albatross.

ForeMAN, Epwarp, M.D. (Deceased.)

Foster, RicHarp. Howard University.

Fox, WiLtLt1amM Henry. (Abdsent.) Rockwood, Roane
Co., Tenn.
FRANZONI, CHARLES Wititiam, M. D. 810 H Street,

NV. W.

Fristoe, Prof. Epwarp T. Columbian University, and
1434 IN Street, N. W.

GANNETT, Henry. U.S. Geological Survey, and 1881
Harewood Avenue, LeDrott Park.

GARRETT, LERoy Mason, Ensign, U.S. N. (Adsext#.)

Navy Department.

GEARE, RANDOLPH ILtTYD. U. S. National Museum.

GEDNEY, CHARLES Dre Forest. U. S. Coast? Survey

Office, and 115 F Street, N.E.

GiHon, ALBERT LEARY, M. D., U. S.N. U.S. Naval
Hospital.

GILBERT, GROVE Kari. JU. S. nba Survey, and
1424 Corcoran Street, N.W.

U. S. Coast Survey Office, and 68 |

“Xvi

Date of Election.

1881, Jan. 28.
1884, May 17.
1881, Feb. 25.
| 1881, Nov. 25.
1882, Oct. 27.
1881, Jan. 28.
1885, Dec. 12.
1881, Mar. 25.

1881, Feb. tr.

1881, Dec. 9.
1883, April 13.
1883, April 27.

1883, Dec. 14.
1883, Jan. ‘5.
1881, Mar. 25.
1882, Feb. 17.

1884, May 3.
Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. 11.

1882, April 28.

XVIII

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Gitt, THEODORE Nicuoias, M. D. The Cosmos Club,
and 321 Four-and-a-half Street, N. W.

GitPIn, GEorGE E., M. D. Tennallytown, D. C.
Gopwin, Harry P. Office of ‘‘ The Evening Star.”

Goopve, GEORGE Brown. Smithsonian Institution, and

Summtt Avenue, Lanter Heights,
GoopricH, JosEPH KinGc. (Adsent?.)

Gore, Prof. JAMES Howarp. Columbian University, and
1305 Q Street, N.W.

Gray, Witt1am M., M.D. Army Medical Museum.

GuRLEY, REVERE RANDOLPH, M. D. 3055 2 Street,
N.W.

HAMILTON, JoHN B., M.D. 9 B Street, NV. W.

HASSLER, FERDINAND AucGustTus, M. D.
Santa Afia, Los Angeles Co., Cal.

(Absent.)

Hawes, GEoRGE WESSON. (Deceased.)

-HAWKEs, WILLIAM Himes, M. D.
Avenue, N. W.

1330 New York

HaypEn, Epwarp Everett. U.S. Geological Survey,
and r6o1 S Street, N. W.

HEIDEMANN, Otto. JU. S. Department of Agriculture.

| HensHaw, HENRY WETHERBEE. Bureau of Ethnology.
Smithsonian Institution, and 13 Iowa, Circle.

HessEL, Rupotew. 574 Tenth Street, N.W.

Hitt, Ropert THOMAS. Smithsonian Institution.

Hircucock, Romyn. Smzthsonian Institution.

HoapDLy, FREDERICK H., M. D. (Absent.)

HoFFMAN, WALTER JAMES, M.D. Bureau of Ethnology,
and 222 E Street, N. W.

HorRNADAY, WILLIAM TELL. U.S. National Museum,
and 404 Spruce Street, LeDroit Park.

Houcu, FRANKLIN BENJAMIN. (Deceased.)

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.

1883, Mar. 30.
1882, Nov. 24.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 27.

Orig. Member.

1885, Dec. 12.

1882, Nov. 24.

1882, Nov. 24.
Orig. Member.

1881, Feb. 25.
1882, Feb. 3.

1882, Feb. 17.

1885, April 4.
1882, Mar. 31.

1881, Jan. 14.
1886, Jan. 23.
1883, Nov. 16.
1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.
1882, April 14.

1882, May 26.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

HouGu, Myron Breach WARNER. (Deceased.)

HowarD, LELANDO. U.S. Department of Agriculture,
and Oakland Avenue, Washington Heights.

Howe, Frank T. Office of ‘‘ The National Republi-
can,” and 1438 Corcoran Street, N.W.

HOWLAND, EDWIN Perry, M. D. 277 Four-and-a-half

Street, NV. W.
INGERSOLL, ERNEST. (Adsent.) Mew Haven, Conn.
ISRAEL, GEORGE RoBertT. High School.

JENKINS, THORNTON A., Rear Admiral, U. S. N.
Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

JouNnson, ARNOLD BurGeEs. Office U. S. Light-House
Board, and 501 Maple Avenue, LeDrott Park.

2115

JOHNSON, BLANCHARD FREEMAN. (Deceased.)

_Jounson, JosepH Taser, M.D. 926 17th Street, N.W.

JOHNSON, WILLARD DRAKE. (Adseut.)

JOHNSTON, WILLIAM WaRING, M.D. 7607 K Street, N. W.

Jouy, PrzrRE Louis. (Adsent.)

KippER, JEROME HeENrRy, M. D. Smithsonian Instttu-
tion, and 1816 N Street, N. W.

KING, ALBERT FREEMAN AFRICANUS, M. D. 726 13th

Street, NV. W.

KNOWLTON, FRANK Hatt. U. S. National Museum,

and 202 5th Street, S.E.

KOEBELE, ALBERT. (Adsent.) Alameda, Cal.

LAMASURE, GEORGE MorTon. 2/6 r2th Street, S.W.

Ler, THomas. Smithsonian Institution.

Lee, WiLLiAM, M.D. 2777 Pennsylvania Avenue, N. W.

LEHNERT, Rev. ERNEST. 320 Four-and-a-half Street,

S.W.
Lucas, FREDERIC Aucustus. U.S. National Museum.

Luccer, Orro. U. S. Department of Agriculture, and
429 N. Carey Street, Baltimore, Md. .

XIX

Date of Election.
1882, April 27.
Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 6.
1881, Feb. 25.

Orig. Member.

1882, Dec. 22.
1885, Feb. 22.
1882, Mar. 3.
1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Feb. 3.
1884, Feb. 23.
1882, Nov. ‘24.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.

1884, Nov. 29.

1881, Novy. 25.
1885, May 30.
1884, Dec. 27.
Orig. Member.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Oct. 27.
1885, Nov. 14.

XX BIOLOGICAL

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

McArpDLE, THomMaAS EuGENE, M. D. 707 s2th Street,
NV. W.

McCLain, CHARLES SUMNER, Ensign, U.S. N. (Adsent.)
Navy Department.

McConneELL, JAMES CULBERTSON, M.D. — (Adsext.)

McDonaLp, MARSHALL. Office U. S. Fish Commission.

McELHONE, JAMES FRANCIS. 7378 Vermont Ave., N. W.

McGee, W.J. U.S. Geological Survey, and 1424 Cor-
coran Street, NV. W.

McMurtrié, Prof. Wirit1am. (Adsent.) Tilinots Indus-
trial University, Champaign, Ill.

Mann, BENJAMIN PICKMAN. U.S. Defartment of Agrt-
culture, and 924 19th Street, N. W.

Marcou, JOHN BELKNAP. JU. S. Geological Survey.

MarsH, CHARLES CARROLTON, Ensign, U. S. N. (Aé-

sent.) Navy Department.

Marx, GeorGe, M. D. U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture, and 924 Mass. Ave., N.W.

Mason, Oris TuFTON. U. S. National Museum, and

1305 Q Street, N.W.
MERRIAM, CLINTON Hart, M.D. Smithsonian Institu-
tion.

MILLER, BENJAMIN. 1576 37st Street, NV. W.

MINER, RANDOLPH HUNTINGTON, Ensign, U. S. N. (Ad-
sent.) Navy Department.

MosER, JEFFERSON FRANKLIN, Lieut., U.S. N. Office
U. S. Coast Survey.

Murpocu, Joun. U. S. National Museum, and r44r
Chapin Street, College Hill.

MurrRELL, Epwarp H., M. D. Lynchburg, Va.

NELSON, Epwarp W. (Adseut.)

NEtson, Henry Ciay, M. D., U. S.'N. Westminster,
Ma.

NisBLack, ALBERT PARKER, Ensign, U. S. N.
Navy Department.

(Absent. )

SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Date of Election.

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, Dec. 28.

1883, April 27.

1881, Jan. 28.

1883, April 13.

1883, Dec. 14:
1881, May
1881, Nov.

Il.

1883, Nov. 3.
1882, Feb.

17.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1885, Nov. 14:

1881, June 3.
1882, Feb. 17.

1884, April 5.
1883, Nov. 30.

1885, Nov. 14.
1881, Dec. 9.
1883, Feb. 2.

1883, Jan. 19.

LIST OF MEMBERS.
ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued,

NicHoLs, Henry E., Lieut.-Comdr., U.S.N. (Adsen?).
.Vavy Department.

Norris, Basit, M. D.,U.S. A. (Adbsent.) Vancouver,
Clarke County, Washington Territory.

PARKER, PETER, JR. Smithsonian Institution, and 2 La-
fayette Square, N. W.

Patton, Horace B. (Adsext?.)

Parton, WiLLiAM Hampron. (Adédsen?.)

PERGANDE, THEODORE. U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, and 614 7th Street, S.W.

PerRsoNS, REMUS CHARLES, M. D., U.S. N. (Adsent.)

Navy Department.
1428 New York Avenue, N.W.
2720 M Street, N.W.

PuHiLuipes, Louis E.
PORTER, JOHN HAMPDEN, M. D.

POWELL, Major JoHN WeEsLEY. UW. S. Geological Sur-

vey, and gio M Street, N. W.

PRENTISS, DANIEL WEBSTER, M. D. 7224 9th Street,

NV. W.
RATHBUN, RICHARD. Smithsonian Institution, and 1622

Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.

Rau, CHARLES. Smithsonian Institution.

REYBURN, RoBertT, M. D.. 2/29 F Street, N. W.

RHEES, WILLIAM JONES. Syithsonian Iustitution.

RICHEY, STEPHEN OLIN, M. D. 7426 New York Ave-

nue, N.W.
RipGway, RosBert. Smithsonian Institution, and r2r4
Virginia Avenue, S.W.

Rirey, CHARLES VALENTINE. U. S. Department of
Agriculture, and 1700 13th Street, N.W.

RuSSELL, IsrAEL Cook. U.S. Geological Survey, and
1424 Corcoran Street, N. W.

RypDER, JouN ADAM. Smithsonian Institution.

SAFFORD, WILLIAM Epwin, Ensign, U. S. N. (Adsent.)
Navy Department.

XXI

Date of Election,

1884, April 19.
Orig. Member.
1882, Dec. 22.

1882, Dec. 22.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 16.

1883, Nov. 16.
Orig. Member.
1881, Feb. 11.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1881, May 20.
1881, Dec. 9.
1882, Oct. 27.,
1882, Mar. 17.

Orig. Member.

1882, April 28.

1882, Mar. 31.
1882, Nov. 24.

XXII

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued,

SaLmMon, Dr. DANIEL ELMER.
Agriculture.

U. S. Department of

SayLes, Ira. U.S. Geological Survey.

SCHAFFER, EDWARD MArrtTIN, M. D.
NV. W.

SCHONBORN, HENRY.

1321 F Street,

213 7th Street, NV. W.

SCHUERMANN, CARL WILHELM. Smithsonian Institution,
and 916 D Street, S. W.

ScHWARZ, EuGENE AMANDus. U. S. Department of
Agriculture, and 600 M Street, N. W.

ScRIBNER, FRANK LAMSON. U.S. Department of Agri-
culture.

ScuDDER, CHARLES WILLIs. Office U. S. Fish Commis-

ston, and 1115 S Street, N. W.
ScuDDER, NEWTON PRATT. Smithsonian Institution.
SEAMAN, WILLIAM HENRY. 7424 71th Street, N. W.
SEATON, CHARLES W. (Deceased. )

SHUFELDT, RoBERT WILson, M. D., U. S. A. (Absent.)
Box 144, Smithsonian Institution.

SHUTE, DANIEL Kerroot, M.D. 976 12th Street, N. W.

SmILEy, CHARLES WESLEY. Office U. S. Fish Commis-
ston, and 943 Mass. Avenue, N.W.

SMILLIE, THOMAS WILLIAM. U. S. National Museum.
SMITH, DExTER A. 876 24th Street, NV. W.
SMITH, JOHN B. U. S. National Museum.

Smiru, THEOBALD, M.D. U. S. Department of Agri-

culture.
SMITH, THOMAS CROGGON, M. D. 7733 tah Street, NV. W.
SMITH, WiLLIAM RosertT. U. S. Botanical Garden.
SNELL, Hon. WiLL1AM B. g¢s K Street, NV. W.

STEARNS, ROBERT EDWARDS CARTER. Smithsourian In-

stitution, and 1635 13th Street, N.W.

STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. Smizthsonian Institution.

BIOLOGICAL SOCLETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

1883, May 25.

1884, May 3.
Orig. Member.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Mar. 11.
Orig. Member.

1885, Dec. 26.

1881, Jan. 14.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.
1882, May 26.
1881, Nov. I1.

1882, Feb. 17.

Orig. Member.

1883, Mar. 2.
1885, April 4.

1885, Nov. 14.
1884, Feb. 8.
1883, Feb. 16.

1881, Nov. 11.
1885, May 16.
1884, Nov.

1881, Nov. 11.

LIST OF MEMBERS. :
ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.
STERNBERG, GeorGE MILLER, M. D., U.S. A. (Absent.)

STEVENSON, JAMEs.
N Street, N. W.

U.S. Geological Survey, and 1913

STEWART, ALONZO HopkKIns. 204 4th Street, S.E.

STIMPSON, WILLIAM GorpDoN. U.S. National Museum.

STREETS, THomas Hare, M. D., U. S. N. (Adsent.)
Navy Department.
Tarr, RALPH STOCKMAN. (Adsezt?.) \

TAYLOR, JAMES HEMPHILL. 482 Loutstana Avenue, N. W.

Taytor, THomas, M.D. U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture, and 238 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.

TayYLor, WILLIAM BowErR. Smithsonian Institution, and

306 C Street, N. W.

THOMAS, CYRUS.
Institution.

Bureau of Ethnology; Smithsonian

THOMPSON, JOHN Forp, M. D. gog zgth Street, N. W.

Topp, Prof. JAMES EDWARD.
Tabor, Towa.

(Absent.) Tabor College,

TONER, JOSEPH MEREDITH, M.D. 675 Louzstana Ave-
nue, N.W.

TRUE, FREDERICK WititiaMm. JU. S. National Museum,

and 1335 N Street, N.W.

TUPPER, JAMES BRAINERD TayLor. Jnternal Revenue
Bureau, Treasury Department, and 510 I Street, N. W.

TURNER, HENRY W. (Adsext.)

TURNER, LUCIEN M. Siw cthsonian Institution.

ULKE, HENRY. 477 15th Street, N. W.

UPHAM, EDWIN PoRTER. Smzthsonitan Instttution.

Vasey, Dr. Grorce. U.S. Department of Agriculture,
and 2012 14th Street, N.W.

WaLcottT, CHARLES DooLiTTLe. U. S. National Mu-
seum. ;

XXIII

Date of Election,

1881, Mar. 25.

1882, Mar. 17.

1883, Dec. 14.
1881, Feb. 25.

1882, Feb. 17.

1882, Nov. °24.
1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 27.
1883, Jan. 5.
1881, Dec. 9.

1881, Jan. 28.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.
1883, Nov. 30.

1832, Oct. 27.
1881, Dec. 23.
Orig. Member.
1881, Mar. 25.
Orig. Member.

1883, Nov. 3.

XXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

ACTIVE MEMBERS—Continued.

Warp, Lester FranK. U. S. National Museum, and
1464 Rhode Island Avenue, N.W.

West, Henry LircHFietp. Office of the ‘‘Washingion
Post,” and 111 E Street, N. W.

WHITE, CHARLES ABIATHAR. U.S. National Museum,
and 312 Maple Avenue, LeDrott Park.

Wuite, CHARLES Henry, M. D., U. S..N. Museum of
Hygiene, and 1744 G Street, N. W.

Wuire, Maurice Putnam. (AdsezntZ.)

WILtcox, JosEPH. (Adsent.) Media, Penn.

WixiiAms, ALFRED. Defartment of State, and 232
North Capitol Street. .

WILson, JosEPH McMINN.
S.W.

r108 Maryland Avenue,

WiLson, Hon. WILLIAM LYNE, M. C. s008 N Sf ‘veet,

WinsLow, Francis, Lieut., U.S. N. (Adsent.) Navy
Department.

WortTMAN, JAcoB L. Army Medical Museum.

Yarrow, Henry Crécy, M. D.
Office, and 814 17th Street, N. W.

Surgeou-General’s

YEATES, W1LLIAM SmitH. U. S. National Museum, and
1403 Oth Street, N.W.

ZUMBROCK, ANTON. 455 C Street, N.W.

WASHINGTON,

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.
1882, Dec. : 22.
Orig. Member.
1883, Dec. 14.

1881, May 20.
1884, Dec. 27.
28.

1881, Jan.
Orig. Member.
1884, Mar. 22.

1881, Dec. 9.

1884, April 19.
Orig. Member.

1881, Feb. 25.°

1882, Jan. 6.

THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

CONSTITUTION.

Adopted December 3, 1880.

—_——_——

ARTICLE I.
Name.

The name of this Society shall be ‘‘ Tue BroLtocicaL Society
oF WASHINGTON.”

ARTICLE II.

Objects.

Its objects shall be to encourage the study of the Biological
Sciences, and to hold meetings at which papers shall be read and
discussed. /
ARTICLE III.

[As amended January 10, 1885.]

Members.

The Society shall consist of active, corresponding, foreign, and
honorary members. Candidates for membership shall be pro-
posed to the Council, in writing, by at least three members, and,
upon recommendation of the majority of the Council present at
its regular meeting, shall be balloted for at the earliest ensuing
meeting. A majority vote of the members present when the
ballot is taken shall be necessary to election.

ARTICLE IV.
[As amended January 10, 1885,]
Officers.
The officers shall be a President, four Vice-Presidents, two

Secretaries, and a Treasurer. There shall be a Council, consist-

ing of the officers of the Society and five members, to be elected
XxV

XXXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

by the Society. A quorum of the Council shall consist of seven

members. Its duties shall be to act on nominations for member-
ship, have the direction of the finances, audit the accounts of the
Treasurer, and provide a programme for each meeting of the
Society. :

The officers shall be elected by ballot at each annual meeting,
and shall serve one year, or until their successors are elected.

Presidents of the Society shall be members of the Council after
the expiration of their term as President, without election thereto,
in addition to the members of the Council otherwise provided for
by the Constitution.

ARTICLE V.

President and Vice-Presidents.

The President, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents,
shall preside at meetings of the Society and Council. The pre-
siding officer shall appoint all committees in the Council and in
the Society, unless otherwise ordered. It shall be the duty of the
retiring President to deliver an address at the second meeting in
January.

ARTICLE VI.

Secretaries.

ARTICLE VII.

Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall have charge of all money and other prop-
erty of the Society, and shall make disbursements under the
direction of the Council. He shall collect all fees and assess-
ments, and notify members who may be in arrears.

ArTIcLE VIII.

Sections.

Sections for special work in any department of Biology may
be formed upon the recommendation of the Council.

CONSTITUTION, XXVIIL

ARTICLE IX,
Meetings.

Stated meetings shall, unless otherwise ordered, be held on
Friday of each alternate week, at eight o’clock P. M. The
annual meeting for the election of officers shall be the first meet-
ing in January. Special and field meetings may be called by the
Council.

ARTICLE X.
[As amended February 2, 1883.]
Fees.

The initiation fee shall be one dollar; the annual fee two dol-
lars. Members in arrears for one year shall, after due notification
by the Treasurer, be dropped from the rolls, except in the case of
those absent from the city for a year or more, who may be retained
on the list as non-resident members during their absence. No
member in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the annual meeting
for the election of officers. 3 |

ARTICLE AL.

Amendments to the Constitution. |
The Constitution of the Society may be amended by a two-thirds
vote of the members present at any regular meeting, after at least
four weeks’ notice.

ARTICLE XII.
Order of Business.

The order of business at each regular meeting, unless otherwise
provided by the Council, shall be as follows:

I. Reading of minutes.
Il. Reports of Committees
Ill. Balloting for members.
IV. Nominations for membership.
V. Miscellaneous business.
VI. Reading of papers, discussions, and exhibition of speci-
mens.

Article XII may be suspended at any time by a two-thirds vote
of the members present.

PROCEEDINGS.

Sixty-SixtH MEETING, November 1, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, ani thirty-five members were
present.

The President announced the death during the summer inter-
mission of Mr. Blanchard F. Johnson and Mr. M. B. W. Hough,
active members of the Society.

He also gave notice that those present were invited to partake,
at the close of the meeting, of a collation that had been spread in
an adjoining room. It was explained that a number of members
were desirous of introducing this new feature at the meetings of
the Society, in order to promote social, as well as _ scientific,
intercourse between the members, and that a committee had been
appointed to report upon the subject.

Mr. William H. Dall made a communication upon the Zoo-
LOGICAL POSITION OF TURBINELLA,* stating as his conclusions
that Zurdznella proper, as typified by 7. pyrum, was closely
related to the group typified by Cyzodonta cornigera; and that
the investigation of the soft parts, hitherto unknown, corroborated
previous conclusions from the shell.

Dr. T. H. Bean exhibited specimens of A Cuimarip Fisu
New To THE WESTERN ATLANTIC, obtained from deep water
during the summer of 1884 by the Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross, and explained its relations to described species.

Mr. John A. Ryder, in a paper entitled THE DEVELOPMENT OF
THE SuNFISH, MoLa,f stated his belief that Molacanthus was
merely a stage in the development of JZo/a.

*1885. Dati, W. H. Ox Turbinella pyrum, Lamarck, and its den.
tition. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., viii, pp. 345-348, pl. xix.
¢ Chapter viii of a paper entitled Ox the Origin of Heterocercy and the
Evolution of the Fins and Fin-rays of Fishes. (In press).
XXIX

XXX BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,
S1xTy-SEVENTH MEETING, November 15, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, and forty members were
present.

Mr. A. B. Johnson exhibited a collection of plants obtained by
Sergeant Connell, a member of the Greely Expedition, at Fort
Conger, lat. 81° 44’ N., long. 64° 45° W. Dr. Vasey offered
provisional identifications of the seven species as follows: Ran-
unculus (perhaps 72. Welson?), Potentilla, sp., Vesicaréa (per-
haps V. arctica), Calandrina, sp.. a species of the family
Portulacacee, a fern, and a moss (perhaps Brym, sp.).

Prof. Theodore Gill made a communication upon THE CLAssI-
FICATION OF THE MONOTREMATA,* sketching the history of
opinion concerning their affinities, and calling attention to the
fact that their oviparity had been recorded as early as 1822, by
Fleming. 7

Prof. C. V. Riley read a paper on THE PuytropHacic HABirT
In Isosoma,f giving a historical and critical review of past
opinion, and claiming to have finally demonstrated the life history
of the Isosoma and its allies.

Mr. F. W. True spoke of his recent studies of THE Hasits oF
THE BoTTLE-NOsE Do.tpuin,{ and of the porpoise fisheries of
Cape May and Cape Hatteras, which he had visited.

Sixty-E1entu Meetine, November 29, 1884.
The President occupied the chair, and forty-four members were
present.
A communication was received from the Secretary of the Philo-
sophical Society of Washington, inviting the members of the
Biological, Society to be present on the occasion of an address

* 1884. GILL, THEopoRE. The Eggs of Ornithorhynchus. <Science,
iv, PP. 452-453. 7

+1885. Rirey, C. V. The Larger Wheat-straw TIsosoma, Isosoma
grande, Riley. <Rept. [U. S.] Commiss. Agric. for 1884 (1885). (Riley,
C. V. Report of the Entomologist, [Jan.] 1885), pp. 357, 358 [73-74],
pl. 7, fig: 2, 3; pl. 8, fig. 3,4

$1885. Science, v, p. 338, 1 fig.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXI

by the president, Dr. J. C. Welling, at the annual meeting of
that Society. The invitation was accepted.

Dr. W. K. Brooks, of Johns Hopkins University, made a com-
munication upon THE ORIGIN OF ALTERNATION OF GENERATION
IN THE Hypro-MeEpusz.*

Mr. Sanderson Smith, of New York, read a paper entitled
Tue Recent EXPLORATIONS OF THE STEAMER ALBATROSS,
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THEIR GEOLOGICAL TEACHINGS.

Srxty-NintH MEETING, December 13, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-six members were
present.

The following communications were made :

Mr. Leohhard Stejneger, THE SHEDDING OF cHE BILL IN
_AuKs.f

Dr. George Vasey, THE GRASSES OF THE ARID PLAINS, an
account of observations during a recent trip to the western part of
the United States.

Mr. C. D. Walcott, THE OLpEstT KNown FAUNA ON THE
AMERICAN CONTINENT,{ a description of the characteristic fos-
sils of the Primordial Group, of St. John, New Brunswick.

Prof. L. F. Ward, THe OccurRRENCE OF THE SEVENTEEN-
YeraAR Locust IN VIRGINIA, IN OcTOBER, 1884,§ and ADDITIONS
TO THE FLorA OF WASHINGTON DURING 1884.|| In his second

* Abstract of a memoir entitled The Life History of the Hydro-Meduse ;
a Discussion of the Origin of the Medusa, and of the Significance of |
Metagenesis, now in course of publication by the Boston Society of Nat-
ural History.

+1885. <Results of Ornithological Explorations in the Commander
Islands and Kamtschatka, by Leonhard Stejneger. Bulletin of the U. S.
National Museum, No. 29, Washington, 1885, pages 25-62, pls. i~v...

+1884. Watcott, CHARLES D. On the Cambrian Faunas of North Amer-
ica. Preliminary Studies. Review of the Fauna of the Saint John Forma-
tion contained in the Hartt Collection at Cornell University. Bull. U. S.
Geological Survey, No. 10; Washington, 8vo., pp. 56, pls. i-x.

§ 1885. . WarRD, LESTER F. Premature Appearance of the Periodical
Cicada. <Science, v, June 12, p. 476.

| 1886. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, viii, p. 106.

XXXII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

communication, Prof. Ward announced that the names of 18
plants had been added to the Flora Columbiana during the past
year, some of these having been new discoveries, and others
based upon earlier observations, to which his attention had first

been called during 1884.

SEVENTIETH MEETING, December 27, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty members were
present. 7

Dr. Charles Sedgwick Minot, Secretary of the Society of Nat-
uralists of the Eastern United States, made a statement concern-
ing the annual meeting of that Society, to be held in Washington,
on Monday and Tuesday of the following week.

Prof. R. E. C. Stearns, Dr. H. G. Bever, and Mr. Benjamin
Miller were appointed a committee to audit the accounts of the
Treasurer, on account of his expected absence from the city after
January tf. 3

Mr. F. W. True read a paper respecting A New Spercirs oF
PorpoisE, PHoc#NA DALLI, FROM ALASKA.*

Mr. John A. Ryder made a communication upon THE De-
VELOPMENT OF THE FIN-RAys IN FISHES.T

Mr. John Murdoch exhibited A CoLLEcTION oF MARINE IN-
VERTEBRATES OBTAINED BY LiguT. A. W. GREELY, AT CAMP
Ciay, CAPE SABINE, SMITH Sounp,{ all of which were well
known Arctic forms.

Mr. G. Brown Goode spoke upon THE Natura History
FEATURES AT THE WorLD’s Exposition AT NEw ORLEANS.

Seventy-First MEETING, January 10, 1885.

(Fifth Annual Meeting).

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-nine members
were present.

*1885. TRUE, FREDERICK W. On a New Shecies of Porpotse, Phocena
Dalli, from Alaska. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., viii, pp. 95-08, pls. ii-v.

+1885. RypeR, JoHN A. The Development of the Rays of Osseous
Fishes. <Am. Naturalist, Feb., pp. 200-204.

+t Abstract in The Pastime, Ww shington, vol. iii, No. 7, p. 11, 1885.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXTIT

The following amendments to the Constitution were unani-
mously adopted :

Article III, of members; the first sentence to be altered by the addition
of the word *‘ foreign,” and to read as follows: The Society shall consist
of active, corresponding, foreign, and honorary members.

Article IV, of officers; to insert the following sentence: Presidents of
the Society shall be members of the Council after the expiration of their
term as President, without election thereto, in addition to the members
of the Council otherwise provided for by the Constitution.

The Society then proceeded to ballot for officers for the ensuing
year, with the following results :

Prestdent—Mr. G. Brown Goode.

Vice-Presidents—Prof. Charles V. Riley, Prof. Lester F.
Ward, Mr. William H. Dall, Prof. Otis T. Mason.

Secretaries—Mr. Richard Rathbun, Dr. Frank Baker.’

Treasurer—Mtr. Frederick W. True.

Additional Members of the Counctl—Dr. J. H. Kidder, Mr.
C. D. Walcott, Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, Dr. George Vasey, Mr.
J. L. Wortman.

SEVENTY-SECOND MEETING, January 24, 1885.

The fifth anniversary meeting was held in the lecture-room of
the National Museum, the President, Mr. Goode, in the chair,
and about one hundred ‘persons present.

The retiring President, Dr. White, delivered an address upon
Tue RELATION oF BioLoGy To GEoLoGIcAL HisTory,*. at the
close of which, on motion of Mr. Dall, seconded by Prof. Mason
and Prof. Ward, a vote of thanks was tendered him for his excel-
lent communication, and for the very acceptable manner in which
he had conducted the affairs of the Society during the past two
years.

SEVENTY-TuHIRD MEETING, February 7, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-five members
were present.

*1885. Proc. Biol. Soc., iii, pp. I-20.

XXXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. True announced that at the next meeting he would move
to reconsider the day of meeting of the Society.

Mr. John A. Ryder made a communication upon THE Pros-
ABLE ORIGIN AND HoMOLOGIES OF THE FLUKES oF CETACEANS
AND SIRENIANS.*

SaturpDAy Lectures, 1885.

The fourth course of Saturday Lectures, under the auspices
of the Biological Society and the Anthropological Society, was
begun February 7, 1885. The lectures were delivered in the
lecture room of the National Museum, and the following pro-
gramme was carried out:

February 7: Prof. JoHN Fiske. Results in England of the
Surrender of Cornwallis.

February 14: Dr. GEorGE M. SternBerG, U.S.A. Germs
and Germicides.

February 28: Hon. EuGENE ScuuyLer. The Machinery of
our Foreign Service.

March 7: Mr. Wittram T. Hornapay. Natural History
and People of Borneo.

March 14: Mr. Cuartes D. Wa corr. Searching for the
First Forms of Life. ’

March 21: President E. M. Gattaupet. The Language of
Signs and the Combined Method of Instructing Deaf-Mutes.

March 28: President James C. WELLING. Oldest History in
the Light of Newest Science.

April g: Mr. Freperick W. True. Ornithorhynchus; a
Mammal that Lays Eggs. ;

April 11: Dr. A. L. Giron, U. S. N. Sanitary Ignorance
among High and Low.

April 18: Mr. J. S. Ditter. A Trip to Mt. Shasta, Cali-
fornia.

April 25: Dr. D. E. Satmon. Our Invisible Enemies, the
Plagues of Animal Life.

May 2: Prof. T. C. MENDENHALL. Weighing the Earth.

*1885. Amer. Naturalist, vol. xix (May), pp. 515-519. (Abstract).

PROCEEDINGS. XXXV

SevEeNTY-Fourtu Meerine, February 21, 1885.

The President in the chair, and ten members present.

Dr. H. G. Beyer, U. S.N., read a paper upon Tue GENITAL
APPARATUS OF LINGULA.*

Mr. J. L. Wortman described A Mernuop or Exuisitinc
THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE BONES OF THE SKULL, the plan
consisting in painting the bones with different colors.

Mr. F. W. True made some remarks on. Tue Recent Cap-
TURE OF RicHtT WHALES ON Lone ISLAND.

SEVENTY-FirtH MEETING, March 7, 1885.

Professor Ward, Vice-President, in the chair, and twenty-five
members present.

Dr. C. A. White described THe Use or Gutta PErRcHA IN
MAKING Casts oF Fossits. |

Dr. H. G. Beyer, U. S. N., read a paper entitled Report on
INTRACELLULAR DIGESTION AND ITS RELATIONS TO PATHOL-
OGY.T :

An informal ballot was taken to ascertain the sentiment of the
members present with respect to the proposed change in the day
of meeting, two-thirds of the members voting against the change.
The Secretary was instructed to communicate with all the mem-
bers of the Society in regard to this matter, and to report the
result at a subsequent meeting.

SEVENTY-SixTH MEETING, March 21, 1885.

Mr. Dall, Vice-President, occupied the chair, and twenty-eight
members were present.

The following paper, by Mr. Robert Ridgway, submitted for
publication in the Proceedings, was read by title: DEscripTIONS

*1886. Bryer, H.G. A Study of the Structure of Lingula (Glott?-
dia) pyramidata Stim. (Daill.) <Studies from the Biol. Lab. Johns Hop-
kins Uniy., Baltimore, iii, No. 5, March, pp. 227-265, pls. xiii—xvii.

71885. Bryer, H. G., Surg., U. S. N. Adbstract from an Article on
Intracellular Digestion by Dr. Elias Metschnikof. <Monthly Jour. of
Microscopy, vi, pp. 61-65.

AXXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

oF somME NEw Species oF Brrps FROM CozuMEL ISLAND,
YUCATAN.*

Mr. W. H. Dall made a communication ON THE MarsuPIuM
oF MILNERIA MINIMA,} a small Californian bivalve shell belonging
to the family Carditide.

Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr., exhibited a series of drawings and
paintings of the flowering plants of the Shenandoah Valley,
made by Mr. William T. Allen, a farmer of Gaylord, Clark Co.,
Virginia.

Dr. T. H. Bean spoke of Some FEaTuRES oF COLLECTING
AT CozuMEL IsLanp, YucaTAN,{ which he had recently visited,
with the Fish Commission Steamer Albatross.

Mr. J. A. Ryder made a communication upon THE DEVELOp-
MENT OF THE MAMMARY GLANDS IN CETACEA,§ based upon
recent studies of sections of a female embryo of the black fish
( Globtocephalus melas), two inches long.

Prof. L.-F. Ward described the PHyLLoTAxy oF PAULOWNIA
IMPERIALIS, and made some remarks on the general subject of
leaf arrangement.

SEVENTY-SEVENTH MEETING, April 4, 1885.

Prof. Ward, Vice-President, occupied the chair, and twenty
members were present.

The chair announced that 107 replies had been received in re-
sponse to the circulars sent out by the Secretary, asking expres-
sions of opinion respecting the proposed change of meeting-day.
The greater number indicated a preference for Friday and Satur-
day, the same number of votes (thirty-four) having been received
in favor of each of those days. On motion of Mr. A. B. Johnson,
action upon this question was indefinitely postponed.

*1885. Proc. Biological Society, iii, pp. 21-24.

¢ 1885. Orcutt, CHARLES R. Wotes on the Mollusks of the vicinity
of San Diego, Cal., and Todos Santos Bay, Lower California, with com-
ments by W. H. Dall. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., viii, pp. 534-552, pl. xxiv.

t New York Times, May 3, 1885.

§ 1885. Ryper,JounA. Ox the Development of the Mammary Glands
of Cetacea. <Am. Nat., xix (June), pp. 616-618. Ox the Development
of the Mammary Glands and Genitalia of the Cetacea. <Bull. U. S.
Fish Com., v, pp. 135-142, one figure in text.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXVII

The following communications were made:

Mr. Frank H. Knowlton, ON Some ALASKAN WILLOWS AND
BirCHES COLLECTED By Mr. C. L. McKay, ar NusHacak, IN
1881. *

Dr. Frank Baker, MuscuLar EQUILIBRATION.

Dr. C. A. White, SomE REMARKS ON VEGETABLE CELLs.

Prof. W. H. Seaman stated that he had recently noticed in the
Washington markets what is to this region a new species of tropi-
cal plant, known in New Orleans as the Japanese plum. The
supplies had been received from Georgia. The fruit is indige-
nous to China and Japan, and in the former country is known as
Loo- Chee. |

SEVENTY-E1cHtTH MEETING, April 18, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-five members
were present.

The President announced the recent death of Dr. Edward
Foreman, a member of the Society, and appointed Messrs.
White, Seaman, and Ward, a committee to prepare a report
upon his services to science.

Dr. Theobald Smith read a paper, detailing Kocn’s Metuop
oF ISOLATING AND CULTIVATING BACTERIA, as used in the
laboratory of the Bureau of Animal Industry.f ‘

Mr. A. B. Johnson presented a communication upon THE
SHIP-wWoRM, TEREDO NAVALIS, AND THE SHEEPSHEAD, ARCH-
OSARGUS PROBATOCEPHALUS. He exhibited sections of the piles
of wharves, which had been gnawed by the sheepshead, in order
to feed upon the teredos, thus aiding in the work of destruction
which is sufficiently rapid when left to the latter species alone.

After adjournment, Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited, under the
microscope, a series of preparations showing the comma bacillus
of chalera, according to Koch.

* 1885.. KNOWLTON, FRANK H. List of Plants collected by Mr. Charles
L. McKay, at Nushagak, Alaska, in 1881, for the United States National
Museum. <Proc- U. S. Nat. Mus., viii, pp. 213-221.

+1885. SAtmon, D. E., and SmirH, THEOBALD, Drs. Koch's Method
of Isolating and Cultivating Bacteria, as used in the Laboratory of the
Bureau of Animal Industry, Dept. Agriculture. <Am. Monthly Micro.
Jour., vi, p. 81. \(Abstract).

XXXVIIL_ BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
~ Seventy-Nintu Meetine, May 2, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-eight members
were present.

Dr. Thomas Taylor made a communication on THE WHITE
Rust oF CABBAGES, CySTOPUS CANDIDUS.

Mr. H. W. Henshaw read a paper entitled Hysrip QualIL,*
the case of hybridism presented being between the California
Valley quail (Lophortyx californicus), and Gambel’s quail
(Lophortyx Gambelz) .

Mr. W. H. Dall spoke of Opservations Mave DurIneG A
RECENT JOURNEY IN FLoRIDA.

E1cHTIETH MEETING, May 16, 1885.

The President in the chair, and twenty-five members present.

Mr. F. W. True exhibited A SpecIMEN oF THE ADULT MALE
GuEREZA MoNKEY, COLOBUS GUEREZA, recently purchased by
the National Museum, and made some remarks upon the colora-
tion, geographical distribution, and habits of the species.

Dr. T. H. Bean exhibited specimens of A NEw GENUS AND
Species oF Fish FROM FLORIDA, RELATED TO MURANOIDES,T
a genus known to occur only in temperate and Arctic regions.

Mr. J. L. Wortman presented a communication on THE ReE-
DUCTION OF THE MOLAR TEETH OF THE CARNIVORA.

Prof. O. T. Mason read a paper ON Post-MorTEM T’REPAN-
NING, { describing especially a specimen recently sent from Peru,
by Dr. W. H. Jones, U. S. N., and considered by Prof. Mason to
be the most remarkable example yet brought to light.

E1cuty-First MEetinc, May 30, 1885.

The President in the chair, and thirty-two members present.
Prof. L. F. Ward, in a communication entitled Recent FLlow-

*1885. HrensHaw, H. W. Aybrid Quail (Lophortyx Gambeli x L.
californicus). <The Auk, vol. ii, No. 3, July, pp. 247-249.

+1885. Bran, TARLETON H. Ox Stathmonotus, a new genus of fishes
related to Murenoides, from Florida. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Ms., viii, pp.
IgI—192, pl. xiii.

t1885. Mason, Oris T. The Chaclacayo Trephined Skull. <Proc.
U. S. National Museum, viii, pp. 410-412, pl. xxii.

PROCEEDINGS. XXETX

ERING OF THE GINKGO TREE IN WASHINGTON,* stated that two
trees of Ginkgo biloba, L.,a male and a female, had flowered for
the first time in the Botanical Garden, and the artificial polliniza-
tion of the female tree had been successfully effected.

Dr. H. G. Beyer, U.S. N., read a paper on THE Puysio.oer-
cAL EFrFects oF CocaAINE.}

Prof. C. V. Riley presented a paper entitled NoTEs ON THE
PERIODICAL CicADA,{ in which he described the two extensive
broods of this year, and discussed the specific value of the differ-
ent forms.

Dr. Thomas Taylor made a communication on How To Dis-
TINGUISH BETWEEN ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE F arts,§ giving an
account of his recent experiments on the subject.

E1GHty-SEeconp MEETING, October 31, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty members were
present.

Col. Marshall McDonald made a communication entitled Fisu
CuLturE A NECESSITY FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THE SHAD
FisHery,|| illustrating his arguments by a comparison of the
statistics for 1880 and 1885.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall read a paper on DEEP-SEA MOLLUSKS AND
THE LAws ILLUSTRATED IN THEIR DEVELOPMENT, exhibiting
specimens collected by the Coast Survey Steamer ‘‘ Blake” and
the Fish Commission Steamer ‘‘ Albatross.”

Prof. O. T. Mason exhibited a series of casts taken from the

*1885. Warp, Lester F. The Ginkgo Tree. <Science, v, June 19,
PP. 495-497; Io figs.

+1885. Beyer, H.G. The Influence of Atropine, Cocaine, and Caffeine
on the Heart and Blood Vessels. <Am. Jour. of the Medical Sciences,
Phila., July, pp. 1-31, 2 pls.

t1885. Rirey. C. V. The Periodical Cicada. <Science, v, June 26,
pp- 518-521.

§ Proc. Am. Assoc. Advancement of Science, 1885; Proc. Am. Soc. of
Microscopists, 1885; Ann. Rept. U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, 1885.

1885. The Results of Shad Propagation on the Atlantic Coast.
<Science, vi, No. 145, suppl., pp. 433-434. (Abstract). Abstracts also
printed in the American Angler, Forest and Stream, and other papers.

XL BLOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

surfaces of a set of Haidi gambling sticks, the carvings on which
were illustrative of Haidi mythology.

Eicuty-Tump MEretinc, November 14, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-six members
were present.

Mr. Richard Rathbun read a paper entitled REMARKS ON THE
Woon’s Hott STATION oF THE U.S. Fisu Commission, in which
he described the quarters recently constructed for the purposes of
fish culture and investigation.

Dr. W. S. Barnard exhibited A NEw StyLe or METAL CasE
FOR MountinG NATURAL History SPECIMENS.

The cases are of different shapes and sizes, and without sharp
angles to give greater strength. They are intended for both
dry and fluid preparations, and may have a glass face on one side.
They are so constructed as to receive a tablet on which the speci-
mens may be mounted. The lid has a groove with soft packing,
to prevent evaporation or the entrance of museum pests.

Mr. John A. Ryder described A NEw AND PRACTICAL SYSTEM
OF RaIsING SEED OysTERs.*

Mr. F. W. True made a communication ON Aa SpoTTED
Do.pPHIN APPARENTLY IDENTICAL WITH PRODELPHINUS DORIS,
Gray,f basing his remarks upon a specimen recently taken off
Cape Hatteras by the Fish Commission Steamer Albatross .

E1cuty-FourtH MEETING, November 28, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and thirty-six members were
present.

Letters were read from the Secretaries of the Philosophical So-
ciety and the Chemical Society, inviting the members of the
Biological Society to attend the next meetings of those Societies,
at which presidential addresses would be delivered.

* 1885. Forest and Stream, xxv, No. 13, Oct. 22, pp. 249-250. Science,
Nov. 28. —

+ TRuE, FreperickK W. Ox a Spotted Dolphin Apparently [dentical
with the Prodelphinus doris of Gray. <Rept. U. S. National Museum

for 1884, pp. 317-324.

PROCEEDINGS. : XLI

Dr. Theobald Smith exhibited A Stmpte Devicr ror Sror-
ING CovER-GLASSES ILLUSTRATIVE OF BACTERIAL DisEASE.

Dr. W. 8. Barnard explained A New Metuop or MountINnG
GLAss SPECIMEN TusBEs. Punched wads of some material that
is proof against insects and fluids were recommended as stoppers
for specimen tubes, being both economical and efficient. The
tubes are mounted on tablets or labels by means of sheet-metal
end clips which also serve to hold inthe stopper; several different
styles were exhibited.

Dr. C. Hart Merriam read a paper on THE Worxk oF THE U.
S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE IN ECONOMIC ORNITHOLOGY.

Mr. C. D. Walcott made a communication upon EvIDENCE oF
THE Loss or ViraL Force in CERTAIN TRILOBITES ON Ap-
PROACHING EXTINCTION.

Mr. F. W. True presented A NEw Strupy oF THE AMERICAN
Pocket Rats, GENus Dipopomys.

Ercuty-FirtH MereEtinc, December 12, 1885.

The President occupied the chair.

Dr. J. M. Flint, U. S. N., read a paper entitled THz CoL.zc-
TION AND MeEtTHOp oF STuDYING FOoRAMINIFERA, exhibiting
representative specimens from the dredgings of the U. S. Fish
Commission Steamer Albatross.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock made a communication upon THE Rep
Snow,* showing specimens derived from several sources.

Dr. W. S. Barnard spoke upon ENVIRONMENTAL DiGEsTION.

Prof. C. V. Riley presented a paper entitled THE MILDEws
OF THE GRAPE VINE.}

E1cuty-SixtH Meretinc, December 26, 1885.

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-five members

were present.

_ *1885. The Red Snow. <Am. Monthly Micr. Jour., vi, pp. 221-224.
+Ritey, C. V. The Mildews of the Grape Vine. An effectual remedy
for the Peronospora. <Rural New Yorker, Feb. 6, 1886, illustrated. (Also

separate reprint).

XLII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The following communications were made :

Dr. C. Hart Merriam, DEscripTIoNn OF A NEW SPECIES OF
STRIPED SQUIRREL, TAMIAS MACRORHABDOTES, FROM CALI-
FORNIA ;* and DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUB-SPECIES OF THE
Common EasTeERN CHIPMUNK, TAMIAS STRIATUS LYSTERI.T

Mr. F. H. Knowlton, THe MULTIPLICATION IN THE GYNOE-
CIUM OF DATURA STRAMONIUM.

Prof. O. T. Mason, MuTILATIONS OF THE Human Bopy,
CoNSIDERED ETHNICALLY.

EIGHTY-SEVENTH MEETING, January 9, 1886.

The President occupied the chair, and twelve members were
present.

This meeting was called as the annual meeting for the election
of officers, but, on account of the small number of members
present, due to very inclement weather, it was voted to defer the
election to the next regular meeting-day. +

Eicuty-E1cHtu MEETING, ‘January 23, 1886.

(Sixth Annual Meeting).

The President occupied the chair, and twenty-eight members
were present. .

The following board of officers was elected for the ensuing
year: :
President—Mr. G. Brown Goode.

Vice-Presidents—Mr. William H. Dall, Prof. Charles V.
Riley, Prof. Lester F. Ward, Dr. Frank Baker.

Secretartes—Mr. Richard Rathbun, Dr. C. Hart Merriam.

Treasurer—Mr. Frederick W. True.

Additional Meméers of the Counctl—Mr. Romyn Hitchcock,
Mr. Charles D. Walcott, Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, Prof. Otis T.
Mason, Dr. George Vasey.

* 1886. Proc. Biological Society, iii, pp. 25-28.
+1886. Merriam, C. Hart, M.D. Description of a New Subspecies
of the Common Eastern Chipmunk. <Am. Nat., xx, pp. 236-242.

PROCEEDINGS. - XLII

Ereuty-NinTH MEETING, February 6, 1886,

The Sixth Anniversary Meeting of the Society was held this
evening in the Lecture Hall of the National Museum, Mr. Wil-
liam H. Dall, Vice-President, presiding. The President, Mr.
Goode, delivered the annual address, his subject being THE
BEGINNINGS OF NaturRAL History ry AMERICA.*

Many members of the other scientific societies of the city were
present by invitation.

*1886. Proc. Biological Society, iii, pp.35—-105.

dees
wei

eae)
Sie, hae

Eee
Bea ae

is
Cae Fa
OE MATE Asap
force Se ee
ba fete

ADDRESSES AND COMMUNICATIONS,

THE APPLICATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL
HISTORY.*

By Cuarztes A. WHITER.

I have chosen the subject which has just been announced by
the Chairman, because I have been so long identified with the
geological and paleontological work of our country that I think
you will naturally expect my retiring address to have reference to
some subject connected with the biological history of the earlier
ages of the earth. It has become customary upon occasions like
the present for the speaker to select some subject relating to his
own special lines of research; and it is often the case that such
addresses are real contributions to science and records of its
advancement, as indeed it is well that they should be; but after
much hesitation I have decided that my remarks upon this occa-
sion shall be of a somewhat opposite character. That is, I shall
endeavor to show that certain prevalent ideas are erroneous, and,
incidentally, how they have retarded rather than aided philo-
sophical inquiry. ,

It is much pleasanter for one to record and announce the
triumphs of long and patient research, and to show the evidence
of a steady increase of knowledge in the branch of study to which
he is devoted, than to point out the existence of errors in unex-
pected quarters. But it is well that we should pause occasionally

in our labors and question the truth of every proposition upon

* Annual presidential address delivered at the Fifth Anniversary Meeting
of the Society, January 24, 1885, in the lecture-room of the U. S. National
Museum.

which we have been wont to act, and to inquire whether they
will bear the light of rapidly increasing knowledge. I propose
to-night not only to point out the insufficiency of the evidence
which is relied upon to support some of the assumptions of
paleontology, but to challenge the truth of some of the proposi-
tions which its leading men have been in the habit of treating as
fixed laws of unquestionable and universal application, and to
show that they are not in harmony with the facts of philosophical
biology. I comprehend the danger that those who are not
familiar with the leading principles of paleontology, hearing only
a statement of the misconceptions which its votaries have fallen
into, will be inclined to underestimate its fundamental truths,
which are really unassailable. I wish to say, therefore, that I
have no intention of treating my subject wantonly; and I shall
be sorry to weaken the faith of any one in the general truths of
a.science which has done more than any other to broaden the
minds of men as to the problems of animal and vegetable life ;
and which has a future before it, the brilliance of which is in no
danger of being obscured. |

The remarks which I am about to make refer mainly to certain
errors, not yet entirely eliminated, which early obtained a foot-
hold in paleontology, as a natural consequence of the biological
opinions then prevailing, and which were inseparable from its
stage of transition and growth. Modern paleontology, like the
other sciences, has been a matter of growth; and errors once
introduced have been found difficult to eradicate, even after an
increase of knowledge has shown them to be such; and it is
an unpleasant fact that our science, as it is now taught and
practised, even by some of the best authors, is marred by some
of its early defects.

The first and principal question which I propose to discuss
relates to the chronological order of succession of animal and
vegetable types, and their geographical distribution during their

existence.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 3

As aids to the correlation of the geological formations, fossils
began early to be used. At first they were treated merely as
tokens of the formations in which they occurred, without any
reference to their character as representatives of formerly exist-
ing life; but it was soon perceived that by their use a system-
atic classification of the stratified rocks could be made. We
now know that without their use we could not have obtained
any adequate conception of geological history; and the present
recognized scheme of the formations, or the geological scale,
as it is sometimes called, could have never been devised. It
is true that the order of succession of the few formations which
may be favorably exposed in limited districts might have been
made out by means of the lithological character of the strata
alone; but the correlation of such limited groups of strata with
those of other and distant districts would have been by such
means impossible. |

After the order of succession of the different groups of strata
had been made out for certain regions and correlated with those
of other regions, it began to appear that certain types of animal
and vegetable remains characterized certain portions of the geo-
logical scale which was devised as a result of that correlation.
That scale, which is the foundation of the one now in general
use, was necessarily at first more or less defective and artificial.
It has from time to time been much improved, and, although it
is still imperfect, it is a marvellous monument of the results of
inductive reasoning. Geology and biology. have each come to
the other’s aid until not only has the foundation been substan-
tially laid, but the structure itself is approaching completion in a
perfect form.

In Europe, where geological science was first studied, and
where it has ever since been prosecuted with remarkable energy,
it was found that the chronological range of the types of fossils
which characterize the respective formations is well defined.

And when researches were extended into the adjacent parts of

4 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Asia and Africa, the European standards were still found suffi-
ciently exact for at least general conclusions. Even in Eastern
North America the order of the formations and the types of
the fossils which characterize them are closely like those of
Western Europe, and in many cases the species are regarded as
identical.

It was natural, then, that the conditions which were found to
have formerly prevailed in those regions where geology was
first studied should be held to have been the normal conditions
for the whole earth. Such were the opinions formed by the
earlier European geologists; and their successors still hold the
European standard to be applicable to every region, and to every
condition of climate which the earth has known. The leading
idea which is embodied in this chronological scheme would, I
think, be fairly illustrated by a diagram which may be con-
structed by taking such a section of the geological formations as
is usually given in the text-books of geology, that of Dana’s
Manual for example, and projecting a series of circular lines from
the boundary lines of each of its divisions and subdivisions. Let
this series of circles represent approximately the time-equivalent
of the geological column of formations and the assumed universal
definition of each of its subdivisions.

It will of course be understood that such a.diagram could not
be intended to illustrate the time ratios of the different epochs,
periods, and ages into which historic geology has been divided.
It has been suggested only to illustrate the rigid character of the
paleontological time-standard which European geologists have
erected for themselves, and which they seek, with the consent of
most of the geologists of other countries, to apply to the whole
earth, even in minute detail.

It was formerly held that not only have all species of animals
and plants been specially created, but that a majority of them
became extinct during or at the close of each epoch; and that

each period was closed with a universal catastrophe, by which

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 5

_ every living thing upon the earth was destroyed. Furthermore,
that the whole earth, at the beginning of each successive period,
was stocked anew by special creation, with all its forms of life ;
and that these forms were everywhere impressed with the type-
characters peculiar to the respective epochs. Even after it
became known that in numerous instances species and genera
continued their existence from one period to another, it was still
held that these were extra-limitary forms, and that their existence
did not affect the exclusive character of the types of those
animals and plants which were ordained to bear the chrono-
logical impress. |

Accepting such a scheme of creation as this, it was natural to
suppose that the types of animal and vegetable life which charac-
terized each of the geological periods should be universal in its
distribution, and strictly confined to the period for which it was
specially created. |

Although the doctrine of evolution is now accepted by every
working naturalist, this idea of a successive series of narrow
chronological horizons of universal extent, each characterized by
its own peculiar types of organic forms, which are everywhere
the same, and none of which exist in any other horizon, prevails
to almost as great an extent as before. The later naturalists, it is
true, based their views of this assumed constancy, not upon the
idea of special creation and universal distribution“in each period,
as their predecessors did, but upon that of a progressive evolu-
tion, by distinct and world-wide steps, from pre-existing forms.
The views which were held by the older naturalists were the
result of a rational deduction from their own premises ; but that
similar views should be held by the naturalists of to-day is cer-
tainly unphilosophical. In accordance with the old views little’
opportunity was given for the variation of types, because, as they
believed, all the species in which those types were expressed
were sure to be extinguished at the close of each period, and

they were to be succeeded by a newly-created series.

6 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

To the modern naturalist, a belief in the universal distribution,
and narrow and rigidly restricted chronological range of organic
types which characterize each successive epoch, implies that
evolution has occurred in all instances in exactly the same mathe-
matical ratio; for animal as well as vegetable forms ; for aqueous
as well as for terrestrial life ; for the life of fresh waters as well as
that of the seas; and under every environing condition of climate
and of geological change. It implies the existence of some un- |
known and unexplainable law which, at the close of each epoch,
required the utter and speedy extinction of exactly such types as
had specially characterized those epochs, even if the physical con-
ditions under which they had formerly existed had continued the
same. That such ideas do prevail among paleontologists at the
present time one has abundant proof in their published writings.

In Europe it was found that during the successive geological
epochs certain types of plants and vertebrate and invertebrate
animals all lived simultaneously ; and the actual and relative rate
of progress of evolution of the types in each of these great bio-
logical divisions, seeming to be a natural one, was regarded as
under the influence of some cosmical law which necessarily made
that rate uniform for the whole earth. When, therefore, even a
single type, whether of plants or vertebrate or invertebrate ani-
mals, such as is known to characterize any European group of
strata, has been found in any other part of the earth, it has been
customary to hold that the animal or plant, as the case might be.
which is represented by that type, existed simultaneously with its
European congeners. Although the folly of relying upon such
slender evidence has again. and again been shown, it is not
uncommon to see it presented in important paleontological pub-
lications with all the force that such words as ‘‘ certainly,”
‘‘ undoubtedly,” ‘* unquestionably,” &c., can give it.

I have made the foregoing statements, first, to call attention
to the existence of the erroneous views which I have indicated ;

and, secondly, that they may serve as a suggestion of the reason

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. | 7

why they have obtained a foothold. I am confident that if the
geological scheme had yet to be devised upon: the basis of the

advanced knowledge which naturalists have now acquired, it

would be free from the defects which I have mentioned. In’

fact, it seems that these defects are due to the: erroneous bio-
logical views which naturalists formerly entertained; and that
they have remained solely because it is so difficult for men to
free their minds from impressions which have once become
firmly fixed, even after their fallacy has become apparent.

These errors have by no means escaped the attention of lead-
ing naturalists; and several years ago Prof. Huxley proposed the
term ‘‘ homotaxis” to express the existence of close biological
relationship between formations in different parts of the world
respectively, which might not, or could not, have been contem-
poraneously deposited. In using this term instead of ‘* equiva-
lent,” ‘* synchronous,” &c., as has usually been done in relation
to formations in separate regions which contain closely similar
faunas or floras, one does not thus commit himself to any opinion
as to the actual geological age of such formations, but only to the
fact that the forms of life were similar when and where those
formations were respectively deposited. Professor Huxley’s idea
may be represented graphically by superimposing upon the dia-
gram which I have suggested a complementary series of lines,
much as isothermal lines are superimposed upon a map with its
lines of latitude. But to express the present state of our knowl-
edge, these complementary or isotaxial lines must be sadly
broken and fragmentary.

This idea of homotaxy necessarily has reference to some
acknowledged standard of the order in which the geological
formations have been deposited ; and in using the term I shall of
course have reference to that which is in general use, which is
practically the European standard.

Various authors have shown, not only that many formations

have been found in different parts of the world to be homotaxi-

8 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ally related to each other by their respective faunas and floras
which certainly were not contemporaneously deposited, but also
that many foreign formations contain faunas which respectively
embrace homotaxial representatives of two or more European
formations. After I had selected the subject, and written out the
greater part of these remarks, the address of Mr. W. T. Blanford
and the article of Mr. J. Starkie Gardner, read before the British
Association for the Advancement of Science, at Montreal, reached
my hands. I find from a perusal of them that both of those
gentlemen have so far anticipated much which I intended to say
that I cordially recommend my hearers to read those productions.
Both of them, especially that of Mr. Blanford, record some start-
ling exceptions to the generally received rule that formations
homotaxially related were of contemporaneous origin. I shall
have occasion to refer to some of the cases of this character
which they have mentioned, and [ shall also cite other instances
which have come under my own observation. First, I shall
mention instances where there is apparent reversion of the chro-
nological order of the formations, and afterward those in which a
commingling in one formation of the characteristic types of two
or more epochs occur.

Mr. Blanford, in his address, cites a considerable number of
instances where the order of occurrence of faunal and floral types,
according to the accepted chronological scale, is reversed. One
of these instances occurs at the famous Pikermi beds, near the
ancient city of Athens. These beds contain a rich mammalian
fauna which is so characteristically Miocene that the French
committee of the International Congress of Geologists specially
mention it as of that age. Some of the species of the Grecian
locality referred to are identical with those of some of the fully
recognized Miocene strata of other parts of Europe. Now, Pro-
fessor Gaudry found in the lowest of these Grecian beds which
bear Miocene vertebrates several species of well-known Pliocene
mollusca, and he also found that this bed in turn rests upon a

** marine bed of undoubted Pliocene age.”

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. )

A similar condition of things occurs among the Tertiary
deposits along the southern base of the Himalayas in India, in
what are known as the Siwalik beds. These beds contain a
mammalian fauna which European paleontologists have unhesi-
tatingly referred to the Miocene; but the geologists of the
Indian survey have shown that they have many thousand feet of
Miocene strata beneath them; and upon other grounds, also, they
show that they cannot be of earlier age than the Pliocene.

Perhaps one of the most remarkable instances of the apparent
reversion of the chronological order of the formations, as it is
known in Europe, occurs in the great series of strata in India
which is known as the Gondwana System. Mr. Blanford, in
his address, gives an account of this remarkable case in detail.
Certain of the beds of this system of formations contain a fauna
which paleontologists agree in classifying as Triassic. These
Triassic beds are found overlying beds which contain a Rhetic
flora, or one which has its homotaxial representative in Europe
between the Jurassic and Triassic; and these Rhetic beds are
found to overlie those which contain a flora that paleobotanists
refer with confidence to the Jurassic period. In the other cases
mentioned, there is a reversion of two homotaxial epochs ; but in
this Gondwana System the reversion embraces three of them.
That is, the order of all the three is reversed, so that the
ascending order in India is the same as the descending order in .
Europe.

Again, it has been shown by experienced geologists that in
Australia there are beds which bear a flora that paleobotanists
declare to be typically Jurassic, and which are interstratified with
marine beds that bear an abundance of characteristic Lower
Carboniferous molluscan species. And, furthermore, that these
beds are overlaid by a fresh-water formation which has been
referred with confidence to the Permian period.

Coming to our own country, the most remarkable case of ‘the

reversion of the order in which the. faunal and floral types are

10 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

found to characterize the European formations is found in the
Cretaceous series of the valley of the Upper Missouri river.
Here we have a series of strata which has been held to represent
the European Cretaceous series from the Gault to the Upper
Chalk, inclusive. In the lower division of this American series
there has long been known to exist a flora which, when it was
first discovered, was referred by the best authority to the age of
the Eocene Tertiary. Even so late as the past year, Mr. J.
Starkie Gardner has expressed the opinion that these plants are,
more likely to be of Eocene age than earlier. Now the strata
containing this assumed Tertiary flora are overlaid by a series,
several thousand feet in thickness, which contains an abundance
of marine types that correspond with those of the Cretaceous of
Europe. Indeed, several of the species are regarded as identical ;
and the types embrace reptiles, fishes, and celenterata, as well
as all the classes of mollusca. ‘Then, resting upon this series,
and its Atlantic border equivalent, we find the whole Tertiary
series, at least up to the close of the Miocene. Furthermore,
a considerable ‘number of these American Tertiary forms are
usually regarded as identical with European Tertiary species. It
would thus seem that both the stratigraphical and concurrent
paleontological evidence are decidedly against the Tertiary age
of that flora, and in favor of its Cretaceous age, notwithstand-
ing its homotaxial relationship to the Tertiary flora of Europe.
The commingling of types in one formation which, in Europe,
respectively characterize two or more separate formations, is a
matter of not uncommon occurrence in America and other parts
of the world. These cases occur where the order of the forma-
tions seems to agree well with that of the accepted European
standard; and they apparently merely show that the types re-
ferred to began their existence earlier, or continued it later, as
the case may be, than they were known to have done in Europe.
In the other cases the discrepancies are seen to occur as between
marine faunas on the one hand, and land faunas and floras on the

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 11

other; and those discrepancies amount to an actual reversion of
the usual order. In the cases which I shall now mention, how-
ever, the discrepancies consist in either the actual or relative
earlier introduction, or later continuation, of certain types among
both marine and continental faunas and land floras, than is
required by the European standards. In these latter cases there
is of course a confusion of homotaxial relationship, of the forma-
tions which contain the commingled types, with other forma-
tions ; but there is not necessarily any reversion of the order of
occurrence of the types, as there is in the cases already men-
tioned.

I ought not in this connection to omit mention of the so-called
colonies of Barrande, in Bohemia, which, as he contended, bear
a marine Silurian fauna, alternating with strata which bear a
Primordial one. ,But as the truth of Barrande’s position has
been seriously questioned, I need not discuss it in these remarks.

Even after what we have seen of the history of the received
opinions concerning the synchronism of formations, it is still a
somewhat remarkable fact that, although the blending of the
faunas of certain formations into each other by the commingling
of types, which are regarded as characteristic of each respectively,
has been so long known and so often demonstrated, that the idea
of universal restriction of types to narrow time-horizons should
be so persistently held. Indeed, the fact that such a commin-
gling of types as I have referred to has been so well recognized
that it has made its impress upon the terminology of geology.
Thus the term Permo-Carboniferous has long been used in
America to designate strata which partake of both Coal-Measure -
and Permian characteristics; and the same term has been ap-
plied by Dr. Toula to strata which bear a similar fauna on the
island of Spitzbergen. *

The terms Cretaceo-Jutassic and Cretaceo-Tertiary have been
respectively applied to New Zealand strata for obvious reasons,
The ‘former term has also been applied to Chilian strata by

Darwin; and the latter, (but erroneously, I think,) to the Lara-

12 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

mie Group of our own country. Mr. Gardner would even extend
the application of this latter term so as to embrace all that series
of strata from the Dakota Cretaceous to the Laramie Group, inclu-
sive. These terms, and the instances I have given of their appli-
cation, are quite sufficient to show the existence of the facts to
which I have called your attention. But the following instances
of the early introduction and late continuance of certain import-
ant types are of especial interest in this connection.

From strata in Northwestern Punjab, India, which are by all
geologists admitted to be of Carboniferous age, a remarkable
collection of fossils was made which contained specimens of a
species of Ammonites. Upon the announcement of this fact its
truth was not only questioned by European ‘paleontologists, but
some went so far as to deny the possibility of the association of
that genus with a Carboniferous fauna. Afterward the well-
known paleontologist Waagen visited the locality and himself
collected there specimens of Ammonites, Ceratites, and Go-
ntatites, all associated together in the same layers with charac-
teristic Carboniferous forms. |

That Gonzatites should be found in Carboniferous strata was
to have been expected ; but if the Ceratztes and Ammontztes had
been found separately and unassociated with any other fossils, no
European paleontologist would have hesitated to refer the one to
the Triassic, and the other to the Cretaceous. In fact, Dr.
Waagen has placed the Ammonite referred to under a generic
group which is an especially characteristic one among Cretaceous
faunas. This instance of the commingling of types which are
characteristic of different periods is a remarkable one in all
respects, and especially as showing the very early differentiation 3
of even subgeneric forms, which are generally believed not to
have existed until a much later period. Confirmatory of the fact
of this introduction before the close of the Paleozoic age, of
types which are especially characteristic of the Mesozoic, Pro-
fessor Heilprin has announced the discovery of an Ammonitic

form among a characteristic Carboniferous fauna from Texas.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 13

The commingling in New Zealand strata of types which are
usually found to characterize separate formations has already
been referred to, but in this connection I also wish to mention
the reported discovery in those islands of Lelemnites, Belem-
nitella, and Plestosaurus in strata which have usually been
classed as Tertiary. . There seems to be little reason to doubt
that this is an instance of a natural transition from the Creta-
ceous to the Tertiary, so gradually accomplished that it cannot
be said where the one ends and the other begins. 7

A similar survival of Mesozoic types into an epoch, the strata
of which bear otherwise the fullest evidence of homotaxial rela-
tionship to the Eocene Tertiary, occurs in California. Here
there is found a species of Ammonite associated with numerous
genera which all paleontologists have agreed in regarding as
characteristic of the Tertiary. The series of strata which con-
tains this belated Ammonite is some ten thousand feet in thick-
ness, the lower part of which is homotaxially related to the
Cretaceous, and the upper part is similarly related to the Ter-
tiary, with the exception just mentioned. Still, this series of
strata has every appearance of having been produced by continu-
ous sedimentation, and of presenting an intercommingling of
Cretaceous and Tertiary types through the greater part, if not the
whole, vertical range of the series.

‘In the cases which have just been mentioned, the continuation
of ancient types among those of later origin, or of more modern
characteristics, the comparison was made between the different
members of one and the same fauna for the different portions of

its existence; but in the case now to be considered, the com-
"parison is to be made between continental faunas and _ floras.
The case referred to is that of the Laramie Group. It will be
remembered that in my address before this society last year I
made some extended remarks upon this group, showing that it
was deposited in a great inland sea of brackish and fresh waters.
Comparison, therefore, is to be made between the aqueous fauna

14 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

of such a sea, and the land fauna and flora which existed upon
its borders. I have upon several occasions called attention to the
fact that brackish and fresh-water faunas have undergone far less
differentiation during the lapse of geological epochs than marine |
faunas have. I cannot now contrast the aqueous fauna of the
Laramie Group with any open-sea fauna, but, together with its
contemporaneous flora and land molluscan fauna, it contrasts
strangely with its contemporaneous land vertebrate fauna.

The aqueous fauna of the Laramie Group is mainly molluscan ;
and while the brackish-water forms show their relationship to the
preceding Cretaceous marine fauna, the fresh-water and land
mollusca are largely of types that now exist. The flora is also
of a very modern character; but the vertebrate land fauna is
largely Dinosaurian. I need not tell a paleontologist that here
is a most remarkable mixture of types. The extraordinary bio-
logical character of this group will be still more conspicuously
seen when I mention that I have collected the characteristic
mollusca of this group where they were associated with Dino-
saurian remains; and in the same series of layers I have also
obtained numerous species of plants, several of which have by
competent authority been identified with European Miocene
species, and two of them with species now living in the United
States. That is, we have evidence that a large molluscan fauna,
and a luxuriant dicotyledonous flora, both containing species that
we can with difficulty, if at all, distinguish from hving forms,
existed contemporaneously with great Dinosaurian reptiles such
as have always been regarded as peculiar to the Mesozoic age.

The instances which I have presented demonstrate that in
different parts of the world there are many and material depart-
ures from the European paleontological standard ; but in no case
have we seen that departure to be so great when marine forma-
tions are compared with each other as they are when formations
containing a marine fauna are compared with those containing

a continental fauna or flora. I therefore quite agree with those

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 15

who regard the marine faunas as much the most reliable indices
of geological age.

During geological time the open sea has certainly afforded far
greater uniformity of conditions for the existence and evolution of
the different forms of life which it has contained than the land
and fresh waters have done. Therefore, it is reasonable to con-
clude that, as a rule, the progress and ratio of the differentiation,
evolution, and decadence among marine forms have been more
uniform throughout geological time, and over greater areas, than
has been the case with continental life. While, as we have seen,
the ratio of evolution and decadence of marine types among
themselves has not been so uniform as it has been assumed to
have been by the European paleontological standard, such a ratio
for the continental forms of life has often not only an extraordi-
nary want of uniformity among themselves, but it is often at great
variance with that of marine life.

Now it seems to me that the absence of a uniform ratio of
evolution and decadence between marine, fresh-water, and land
faunas and land floras, respectively, is just what we ought to
expect when we consider the great variety of character of the
various forms of life involved, and the great diversity of physical
conditions under which they have existed. All that we yet know
of ancient continental life points to the conclusion that the evolu-
tion of its various forms has been subject to frequent accelerations
and retardations ; and that, as a rule, they have been more subject
to abrupt extinction than marine forms have. It is true, how-
ever, that some of the types among the continental faunas and
floras which are now living have come down to us from very
ancient times. It is also evident that a uniform rate of evolution
of similar forms of continental life did not obtain in all parts of
the world during the respective geological periods. An illustra-
tion of my meaning in this respect is afforded by our Cretaceous
dicotyledonous flora already referred to. In America that flora
had reached the European Tertiary stage long before the close of

the Cretaceous period.

16 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The instances which I have mentioned, besides many others
which might be referred to, show that the confidence with which.
many paleontologists have decided upon the question of the syn-
chronism of formations in widely separated portions of the earth.
some of which are at most only one or two hundred feet in thick.-
ness, is quite unjustifiable.

I would gladly end here my arraignment of the unwarrantable
positions which paleontologists have hitherto assumed, but I
have yet to refer to others, especially to the custom of deciding |
upon the homotaxial relationship, or so-called equivalency, of
formations upon insufficient evidence. Before the student of
living animals and plants is prepared to decide in a satisfactory
manner upon the forms which he is investigating, he requires not
only a series of perfect specimens of his species, but also all that
can be known of its anatomy and physiology, its habits and
habitat, its associated forms, and its specific and generic rela-
tions. On the contrary, the paleontologist, as is well known, is
confined to the study of such of the hard or skeletal parts of
animals as may have escaped destruction by decomposition or
other means; and the imprints or fragments of plants, mainly
leaves.

One cannot cease to wonder at and admire the large amount
of real knowledge which has been gained by the study of even
such imperfect material as this. In fact, all that we know of the
ancient life of the earth has been derived: from this source; and
by means of comparisons with related living forms we are often
able, by the aid of a perfectly legitimate use of the imagination,
to restore toa large extent the faunas and floras of long past
geological periods. Encouraged by this success, and urged by
the necessities of geology, paleontologists have assumed not
only to decide upon the specific and generic identity of the forms
represented by such imperfect material, but also to base upon it
generalizations of the greatest importance in both geology and

biology.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. ¥7

Every investigator knows how small a clue will sometimes
lead to the unravelling of obscure problems in scientific research,
and no one has more frequent occasion to give earnest attention
to such clues than the working paleontologist. Indeed, some of
his best results would often have escaped him if such clues had
been disregarded. Such a use of even the most insignificant
facts is perfectly legitimate ; but I wish to refer especially to the
practice which has prevailed of publishing what are ostensibly
conclusions which have been reached from legitimate investiga-
tion, when in reality they are at best little more than mere
surmises. I will give a couple of instances of this kind to
illustrate my meaning.

In California and Western Nevada, where the country is
mountainous and the rocks are much displaced and more or less
altered, several isolated and limited exposures of strata have been
found which contained a few fossil shells. At some of the
localities half a dozen species are represented, but at some only
one or two species. Most of these specimens are too imperfect
to serve as the basis of even a satisfactory specific description ;
and none of the types presumably represented by them are of
such a character as to give reasonable assurance of even homo-
taxial relationship with those of any European formation.

The most that can be said of this meagre fauna is that it is
probably of Mesozoic age. And yet the equivalency of these
rocks with the Jurassic of Europe has been confidently asserted,
and broad generalizations have been based upon that assumption
as to the age of mountain uplifts and other great geological
events.

Again, there is in the western portion of the United States
domain a formation which all geologists and paleontologists
have agreed in referring to the Jurassic period. It is true that
its invertebrate fauna is not full enough to afford entirely satisfac-
tory evidence on this point, but the rich vertebrate fauna which

18 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Professor Marsh has published from that formation has been
accepted as conclusive. Furthermore, the position of the for-
mation in relation to those which underlie and overlie it is
confirmatory of the received opinion as to its Jurassic age.
Notwithstanding this weight of evidence in the direction indi-
cated, the paleontologist of the Canadian Geological Survey has,
upon what I believe to be the mistaken identification of a com-
paratively small collection of imperfect and uncharacteristic fossil
shells, referred the formation bodily to the Middle Cretaceous.
_ When such a circumstance as this is possible it is certainly time
we should examine well the grounds of our conclusions before
we publish them to the world or base other results of our labors
upon them.

While belief in the general applicability to all parts of the
world of the chronological scale now in common use will prob-
ably never be seriously shaken, it is plain that we must abandon
the idea that formations in widely separated parts of the world
were necessarily synchronous in their origin because certain por-
tions of their faunas or floras are similar. The custom has been
to recognize a complete chronological scheme of the formations,
of universal application, as already established, and to prosecute
the geology of every part of the earth with the express view of
making it conform to that scheme. But I submit that the
geology of each of the large divisions of the earth ought to be
studied independently,-and untrammelled by preconceived notions
of necessary conformity to a foreign standard. In my opinion, the
time has not yet come for the construction of a complete and
detailed chronological scale for the whole earth, and that it will
not have fully arrived until the whole earth shall have been care-
fully studied. |

If geology were studied in the different divisions of the earth
with the ideas in view which I have indicated, its prosecution —

would be relieved of much useless labor, as well as freed from a

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 19

large proportion of the now prevailing liability to error. I do
not wish to be understood as trying to discourage comparisons
of the geology of different parts of the earth with each other.
On the contrary, this ought constantly to be done; but what I
wish to insist upon is that the study of each separate division of
the earth should not be trammelled by a standard erected for
another.

I have shown that the study of geology and paleontology has
always been interdependent; but among certain geologists and
paleontologists, respectively, there has been manifested a dispo-
sition to pursue the study of each branch separately, if not
independently. A large part of the paleontological work which
has been published has been done by men who have made
no systematic study of field geology, or none in connection with
their paleontological work. Much of their work has evidently
been done in the belief that the paleontologist can sit in his study
and fix with precision the geological horizons and the order
of succession of the formations from. which every collection
submitted to him may come. If a difference of opinion in this
respect has arisen between the field geologist and the paleontol-
ogist, each has contended for the truth of his own position, and
each has often been shown to be in error.

It is therefore evident that the field geologist and paleontol-
ogist must work in concert. Indeed, the field geologist who
ignores the use of fossils, as some have affected to do, is sure to
burthen science with the results of worthless work; and the
paleontologist who does not go to the field and study there the
formations from which his fossils have been obtained is sure to
produce results of work which will be worthy of the condemna-
tion of both geologists and biologists.

But I am confident that there is a better day near at hand for
the science to which so many able men have devoted their lives ;
and that the evils to which I have called your attention are already

20 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

passing away, and will soon be entirely of the past. When we
remember what rapid strides have been made in all the branches
of natural science within the memory of even the youngest
workers, we have reason to anticipate a future for all those

branches which will equal our most extravagant desires.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS FROM
COZUMEL ISLAND, YUCATAN,

By Ropert Ripcway.
[Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.]

A collection of birds made by Mr. J. E. Benedict, Naturalist of
the U. S. Fish. Commission Steamer ‘‘ Albatross,’’ assisted by Dr.
T. H. Bean and Mr. Thomas Lee, on the Island of Cozumel, in
January, 1885, contains the following new species. A full report
upon the collection is in course of preparation and will soon be
published in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum.

1. Harporhynchus guttatus, sp. nov.

Sprciric CHARACTERs.—Similar to A. dongirostris (Lafr.), but
smaller, darker in color, the bill wholly deep black, and all the
markings more sharply defined. Type, No. 102,454, ¢, U. S.
Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 23. | i

2. Troglodytes beani, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Above plain brown, more castaneous on
rump and tail, the latter indistinctly barred with darker, the rem-
iges more distinctly barred. Lower parts, pure white; the sides,
flanks, and crissum, light cinnamon-brown; the under tail-coverts
barred or spotted with dusky. Wing, 2.20; tail, 1.90; culmen,
.81; bill from nostril, .50; tarsus, .80; middle toe, .50. Type,
No. 102,473, ¢, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 28.

3. Dendroica petechia rufivertez, subsp. nov.

SupsPEcIFIc CHARACTERS.—Similar to D. petechia ruficapilla
(Gmel.), of St. Thomas, and other Lesser Antilles, but with shorter
wings and tail, and more intense coloration, Wing, 2.40; tail,
2.05. Type, No. 102,508, ¢, U.S, Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 28.

XXI

92, BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
4. Vireosylvia cinerea, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Agreeing with V. magister Baird, in
absence of dusky sub-malar streak and streak on side of crown, but
plumage ashy, instead of olive-brown. Wing, 3 00; tail, 2 30.
Type, No. 105,656, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 29.

5. Vireo bairdi, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Above deep olive-brown, the wings with
two broad bands of yellowish-white. Lores and median lower
parts, pure white; the lateral lower parts, from cheeks to flanks,
inclusive, deep cinnamon-ochre, in strong and abrupt contrast with
the white. Type, No. 102,635, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 25.

6. Cyclorhis insularis, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to C. flaviventris Lafr., but
agreeing with C. ochrocephala, Tschudi, in coloration of the lower
parts. Type, No. 102,659, 9, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 28.

7. Spindalis benedicti, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Most like S. seva (Linn.), of the Ba-
hamas, but much larger, the bill altogether heavier, the back and
scapulars dark olive-brown instead of black, the lesser wing-coverts
chestnut, and the yellow throat stripe entirely confluent with the
chestnut of the jugulum. Wing (2), 3.40; tail, 2.90. Type No.
102,675, 6, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 29.

8. Huetheia olivacea intermedia, subsp. nov.

SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Intermediate between and connect-
ing £. olivacea (Gm.) and £. olftvacea pusilla (Sw.), having the
grayer cheeks of the former and greater extension of black on the
breast of the lafter. Type, No. 102,710, ¢, U. S. Nat. Mus.;
Cozumel, Jan. 28. :
9. Centurus leei, sp. nov.

SpEcIFIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to C. dudius (Cabot), but lower
rump and upper tail-coverts barred with black, and lower parts
darker. Type, No. 102,777, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 28.

NEW BIRDS FROM COZUMEL ISLAND. 23

10. Attila cozumele, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC, CHARACTERS.—Most like 4. céfreepygia (Bonap.), but
lower parts grayish white, the throat and jugulum very indistinctly
streaked with darker. Type, No. 102,767, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Cozu-
mel, Jan. 29.

11. Lampornis thalassinus, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Most like Z. Arevosti (Less.), but upper
parts less bronzy or more of a grass-green, the black on the throat
much more extended, and the breast greenish-blue. Type, No.
102,796, 3, LU. S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 24.

12. Chlorostilbon forficatus, sp. nov.

Speciric CHARACTERS.—Most like C. caniveti (Less.), but tail
much longer (1.90 inches, forked for 1.15). Type, No. 102,812,
$, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 23.

13. Empidonax gracilis, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Above ash-gray, more brownish, but
still decidedly gray, on lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts ;
a distinct orbital ring, two broad wing-bands, and broad edges to
tertials, grayish-white ; sides of head, light ash-gray, fading to
grayish-white on throat ; jugulum and sides of breast, light brownish-
gray; rest of lower parts, white. Wing, 2.50; tail, 2.20; culmen,
553 bill, from nostril, .25 ; width of bill at base, .23 ; tarsus, .60 ;
middle toe, .30. Type, No. 102,737, 9 (?), U.S. Nat. Mus ; Coz-
umel, Jan. 22.

14. Myiarchus platyrhynchus, sp. nov.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Above dull brown, without olive tinge,
darker on pileum ; upper tail-coverts and edges of rectrices, rem-
iges, and greater wing-coverts, rusty. Chin, throat, and jugulum,
pale ash-gray ; rest of lower parts, very pale sulphur yellow. Wing,
3.00 ; tail, 2.00; culmen, .85; bill, from nostril, .50; width at
base, .33; tarsus, .80; middle toe, .42. Type, No. 102,738, ? (?),
U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel, Jan. 22.

94 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
15. Cardinalis saturatus, sp. nov.

SpeciFiIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to C. virginianus coccineus.
Ridgw., but still more deeply colored, the bill shorter and relatively
much thicker. Female, with the capistrum dark slaty and very
conspicuous. Type, No. 102,720, &, U.S. Nat. Mus.; Cozumel,
Jan. 24.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHIPMUNK
FROM CALIFORNIA ( Zamidas macrorhabdotes sp. nov.).

By Dr. C. Hart MERRIAM.
(Read December 26, 1885.)

I have recently secured, from the Sierra Nevada mountains of
central California, a series of Chipmunks or Ground Squirrels
which differ markedly from any known species. In size they
closely approach typical examples of Zamdéas asiaticus town-
sendi ; and in coloration they are in some respects intermediate
between vars.’ /ownsendi and borealis, while in other respects
they are peculiar. They may be distinguished at a glance from
all other described forms by the great length of the ear, the
clearness and sharpness of definition of the light stripe which
occupies its posterior half, and by the large size and whiteness of ©

the spot behind its base.
Tamias macrorhabdotes* sp. nov. LONG-EARED CHIPMUNK.

Dracnosis.—Ears exceedingly long, measuring from 16 to 17
mm. in height from the occiput (average of ten, 16.20 mm.).
Crown grizzled grayish-brown, more or less mixed with rusty ;
convex surface of ears sharply bicolor vertically, anterior half
sooty-brown, with a slight admixture of rusty near the anterior
margin, posterior half ashy-white in striking contrast; a large
white spot (nearly as large as the ear itself) on each side of the
neck just behind the ear and continuous with its ashy-white pos-
terior half and with the white cheek-stripe under the eye, and

almost continuous posteriorly with the external lateral white

, ‘ry . ¥. > , .
* Macro-rhabd-stes: pazpos, long; pdjdug, stripe; obs, WTS, ear, —in
allusion to the long, striped ear, which is diagnostic of the species.

26 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

stripe; five dark dorsal stripes (outer often indistinct), rusty um-
ber to sepia brown; the two outer of each side separated by a
grayish-white stripe which is almost continuous anteriorly with
the white blotch behind the ear; the median and inner of each
side separated by a grayish stripe more or less obscured with
rusty; rump grizzled gray sometimes tinged with brownish ;

sides pale fulvous to deep rusty fulvous, the color extending well

TAMIAS MACRORHABDOTES.

up on the neck, but never back over the hips; under parts white
or soiled white; tail above sub-terete, almost black, with hoary
tips to the hairs and with more or less hazel showing through ;
tail below distichous, mesially bright hazel, heavily bordered
with black and edged with hoary. The facial stripes are highly
developed and are five in number, three rusty umber and two
white, as follows: A narrow white stripe runs from the tip of the
nose to the anterior base of the ear, passing over the eye; it is
bordered above by a stripe of rusty umber (which is broadest
and darkest from the eye to the ear), and below by another of the
same color which passes through the eye and terminates at the
meatus; below this is a second white stripe, broader than the
first, which runs just below the eye and thence backward under

the root of the ear, where it bends upward and backward, becom-

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CHIPMUNK. 27

ing continuous with the white spot behind the ear; below this
still is another rusty umber stripe which ends against the white
just back of the ear.

MEASUREMENTS.—The twelve specimens before me are all
skins, but they are well prepared and afford measurements which
may be regarded as approximately correct. The length of head
and body varies from 125 to 140 mm. and the tail with hairs
from 105 to 130 mm. The hind foot with claw averages be-
tween 34 and 35 mm.

CrANIAL CHARACTERS.—The nasal bones are both relatively
and absolutely longer in macrorhaédotes than in its nearest ally,
townsendz, notwithstanding the fact that the latter is-the larger
animal. The longest nasal in the four skulls of cowzsendz before
me measures 11.00 mm., while the smallest of five adult macro-
rhabdotes measures 12.60 mm. and the largest 13.20mm. The
nasals usually project backward in macrorhabdotes beyond the
line of the fronto-premaxillary suture, while in towzsendi they
generally end flush with the suture. Their ratio to the basilar
length in fowmsendi is 35.73 mm. (average of two), against
44.54 in macrorhabdotes (average of five fairly adult specimens).
In addition to their shortness, the nasal bones in towmsendz aver-
age a little broader, particularly behind; thus the average width
(at the fronto-premaxillary suture) of four specimens of fowz-
sendt is 3.27 mm., while the average of eight specimens of macro-,
rhabdotes is 2.85 mm. Hence the average of the ratios of the
posterior breadth of the nasal bones to their length in nine. skulls
of macrorhabdotes is 22.97, while in four skulls of townsendz it
IS 30.75.

Interorbitally, the frontal bone averages somewhat broader in
macrorhabdotes than in townsend. The palate is longer in the
latter. The average ratio of the length of the palate to the ba-
silar length in eight specimens of macrorhabdotes is 53.96,

while in two specimens of fowzsendz it is 56.80.

28 -- BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The parietal and supra-occipital bones co-ossify so early in life
that in the adults it is generally impossible to detect the suture
between them; hence they are here measured together. They
are very much shorter in macrorhabdotes than in townsend,
measuring from 10.60 to 11.00 mm. (four-tenths of a millimetre
covering the limits of variation in nine specimens) ; while in
townsendi two specimens measure respectively 13.50 and 13.00
mm. The average of the ratios of the length of the parietals and
supra-occipital, thus united, to the basilar length in eight skulls of
macrorhabdotes is 37.87; in two of townsendd it is 45.77.

The first upper premolar is decidedly smaller in macrorhabd-
otes than in townsend; it has evidently ceased to be functional
and is fast becoming obsolete—one of many characters point-
ing to the higher differentiation of the new species.

The pretty little Striped Squirrel which forms the subject of
the present paper is one of peculiar interest. It is surprising
that an animal of its size and diurnal habits, and one which
differs so markedly from even its nearest relative, should have
escaped so long the notice of the many naturalists and collectors
who have traversed the region. The most natural explanation is
that the Long-Eared Chipmunk is an exceedingly local species,
restricted in its range by certain physiographical conditions of
which we are at present ignorant—conditions which were influ-
ential, doubtless, in bringing about the modifications which dis-
tinguish it from its congeners and mark it as one of the most
highly specialized of the genus Zamdas. That this genus is pe-
culiarly susceptible to environmental influences is amply attested
by the number and perplexing characteristics of the incipient
species already known from the United States.

The specimens of this new species were collected by C. A.
Allen, of Nicasio, California, and the accompanying figure was
drawn by Ernest E. T. Seton.

ON A NEW METHOD OF PRODUCING IMMUNITY
* FROM CONTAGIOUS DISEASES.

By D. E. Satmon, D. V. M., anp THEOBALD Smirn, M. D.
(Read February 20, 1886.)

More than four years ago * one of us, in the study of the sub-
ject of insusceptibility to contagious diseases, reached the con-
clusion that, in those diseases in which one attack protects .from
the effects of the contagion in the future, the germs of such mal-
adies were only able to multiply in the body of the individual at-
tacked because of a poisonous principle or substance which was
produced during the multiplication of those germs. And also
that, after being exposed for a certain time to the influence of
this poison, the animal bioplasm was no longer sufficiently af-
fected by it to produce that profound depression and modification
of the vital activity which alone allowed the growth of the path-
ogenic germs and the consequent development of the processes
of disease. After several ‘series of experiments, made at that
time with only negative results, it became necessary to suspend
these investigations until points connected with them, and which
were then obscure, should be cleared up, and until it should be-
come possible to repeat the experiments under more favorable
conditions. Our expectations in regard to this important sub-
ject have at last been realized by the results of experiments re-
cently made in the laboratory of the Bureau of Animal Industry.

The bacterium, which we have lately discovered and which we
believe to be the cause of swine plague, is killed in liquid cul-

tures by an exposure to 58° C. for about ten minutes.
This method of destroying the bacterium in liquid cultures was

resorted to in studying the effects on pigeons of the chemical

* Department of Agriculture, Annual Report, 1881-2, pp. 290-295.

30 ‘ BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

products (ptomaines?) formed by the bacteria in their vegetative
state, and which are probably dissolved in the culture liquid.
The heated cultures used in these experiments were always
tested by inoculating fresh tubes therefrom, and, if no growth fol-
lowed this inoculation, the death of the microbes was considered
established.

It had been previously determined that the subcutaneous in-
jection of .75 cc. (7 dram) of a liquid culture of the swine
plague bacterium containing 1% of peptone was invariably fatal,
in the majority of pigeons within 24 hours. One half of this
dose. was fatal to a few only.

As a preliminary experiment, four pigeons were inoculated
December 24, 1885, with a liquid culture that had been heated
for 2 hours at 58°-60° C. Three of these (Nos. 10, 8,9) re-
ceived subcutaneously .4, .8, and 1.5 cc. of the heated culture,
respectively. The fourth (No. 7) received 1.5 cc. of the pure
culture liquid, into which no microbes had been introduced.
No. g, the one which had received the largest dose, was evidently
sick the next day, but slowly recovered. The others did not
show any symptoms of illness.

January 11, the one which had received a hypodermic injec-
tion of the simple culture liquid (No. 7), and the one which had
received the largest dose of heated virus (No. 9), received sub-
cutaneously about .75 cc. each of a liquid culture five days old,
which had been prepared from a potato culture 15 days old. It
is probable that this virus was not so strong, therefore, as a more
recent culture from the pig would have been. Both pigeons were
sick on the following day. No. 7 died seven days after inoculation.
The bacterium of swine plague was found abundantly in the pec-
toral muscle, in the spleen, kidneys, and liver in moderate num-

bers.* The other pigeon (No. 9g) slowly recovered, but had

*In this animal the major part of both pectoral muscles appeared as if
they had been boiled; they were whitish, bloodless; the fibres could be
easily broken and crushed with the forceps. The muscular tissue sur-
rounding the dead portion was very dark, gorged with blood. The liver
was dark in patches; spleen and kidney pale.

NEW METHOD OF PREVENTING CONTAGION. 31

lost the use of its legs. It seemed perfectly well when killed, 15
days after inoculation. It was quite fat, the crop filled with
food. In the pectorals were found imbedded two elongated
masses of dead tissue or sequestra about 2 cm. long ‘and 1 cm. in
diameter, entirely separated from the surrounding tissue by a
dense, smooth membrane. In this animal the multiplication of
the pathogenic bacteria was purely local, the resistance of the
tissues being sufficiently powerful to confine, and finally destroy,
the bacteria. The sequestra were made up of dead muscular fi-
bre, which was pale and parboiled in appearance. Each was en-
veloped by a more or less hyaline homogeneous layer. <A liquid
culture, inoculated with blood from the heart, remained sterile.

This experiment pointed evidently to an immunity obtained
from the chemical products of the bacterium of swine plague.
To confirm this view another experiment was made.

January 21, three pigeons (Nos. 11, 12, 13) received hypo-
dermically 1.5 cc. of heated culture liquid in which the bacterium
of swine plague had multiplied for two weeks, and was then
destroyed by exposure to 58°-60° C. for several hours. A fourth
pigeon (No. 14) was kept as a check. No. 10, which had re-
ceived .4 cc. of heated virus Dec. 24, now received a second
dose, this time of 1.5 cc. For the following three or four days
all were somewhat ill, and remained rather quiet, with feathers
slightly ruffled.

January 29, when all seemed well, three of the four (Nos. 10,
11, and 12) received hypodermically another dose of 1.5 cc. of
heated culture liquid. The other (No. 13) had been fiercely
attacked by its fellows, and its head was so injured that it was
thought best not to give it an injection at this time, and it was
placed in a spacious coop alone. None of the birds seemed much
affected by this dose. }

February 6, a final injection was practised upon the four, No.
13 having recovered from the effects of its injuries. The dose

was, as before, 1.5 cc. All seemed well a few days later.

32 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

February 13, one week after the last injection, these birds were
inoculated with strong virus, the quantity injected being .75 cc.,
which had hitherto proved invariably fatal, with the single excep-
tion of the bird that had been previously treated with heated virus.
Those inoculated were Nos. 10, 11, 12, 13, which had received
the heated virus, also No. 14, the check pigeon, which had not
been touched, and No. 8, which had received a small quantity,
.8 cc. of heated virus, December 24, over 50 days before.

On the following day the check pigeon (No. 14) was found
dead ; the one which had received the smaller dose (No. 8) was
very ill and died before the next day. The other pigeons were
perfectly well. The effect of this dose of strong virus, so re-
markable on the unprotected pigeons, was even more evanescent
than that of the heated virus in which all life had been destroyed.

There can be no doubt, therefore, from this very positive
result, that the pigeons had acquired an immunity through the effect
upon the tissues of the chemical products formed by the bacterium
in the culture liquid.

A table giving the dates of the injections and the quantity intro-

duced into each animal is given below :

1885. - 1886.
Total
Dec. 24. | Jan. 21, | Jan. 29. | Feb. 6. Feb, 13.
“Pigeons. ss ee of Heated Remarks,
Heated Heated Heated Heated Strong Virus.
Virus. Virus. Virus. Virus. Virus.
ce ce, ce, ec ec, ce
NOG Bi iccss BB. cid puvasekeebanke! | svecssancdesear tees epateee eae .75 .8 Died in 48 hours
after injection
of strong virus,
ppt hen 4 1.5 1.5 1.5 .15 4.9 Well Feb. 20.
OP Aa icgehe Laschebanagestte 1.5 1.5 1.5 15 4.5 Same.
BO y BUN! cade bos bsauantasans 1.5 1.5 1,5 .75 4.5 Same. °
Bee 5) Fae ahict gacasbanbe bGe i ese 1.5 15 3.0 Same.
Oe NM icles h Ss dea sainevodetal seca ope duades Peo chaccetun kote mee ete enan GAO > ek vedietbers’ Died in 24 hours
after injection
of strong virus.

In the birds that died, (Nos. 8 and 14), the pectoral muscles at
the place of injection were pale and friable. Necrosis was

NEW METHOD OF PREVENTING CONTAGION. 33

already at hand. The internal organs were not macroscopically
altered, excepting the spleen of No. 8, which was enlarged and
dark. The presence of the bacterium of swine plague in the blood
from the heart was demonstrated by liquid cultures, which, inocu-
lated with a minimum quantity of blood, were turbid with this
specific microbe on the following day.

The conclusions to be drawn from this experiment we believe
are of superlative importance to a correct understanding of the
phenomena of contagious diseases, and the methods by which
these diseases are to be combated. They probably apply to all
bacterial plagues of men and animals in which one attack confers
immunity from the effects of that particular virus in the future.
These conclusions are:

r. Immunity is the result of the exposure of the bioplasm of
the animal body to the chemical products of the growth of the
specific microbes which constitute the virus of contagious fevers.

2. These particular chemical products are produced by the
growth of the microbes in suitable culture liquids in the labora-
tory, as well as in the liquids and tissues of the body.

3. Immunity may be produced by introducing into the animal
body such chemical products that have been produced in the

laboratory.

a an Mt
iia Sa Phar Pee

ner

4 pee
7, ae
Ped geno
*

nin Wes
ag

THE BEGINNINGS OF NATURAL HISTORY IN
AMERICA.*

By G. Brown Goopkg.

Is not Science a growth? Has not Science its embryology?
And must not a neglect of its embryology lead to a misunder-
standing of the principles of its evolution and of its existing
organization ?

—SPENCER: The Genesis of Science.

ANALYSIS.

———

Page.

I. Thomas Harriott, the earliest English naturalist in America. . 35
II. Harriott’s Spanish and French predecessors and contemporaries. 44 .
III. Garcilasso de la Vega and the biological lore of the nativ

Americans. : ‘ P . ; : ; ‘ ‘ 49

IV. Anglo-American Naturalists of the seventeenth century. We.

V. European explorations in the new world, 1600-1800. 2 67

VI. The founders of American Natural History. ‘ ; ese 7 |
VII. The debt which the naturalists of the present owe to those of

the past. ‘ : ° é ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘ ° IOI

Three centuries ago the only English settlement in America
was the little colony of one hundred and eight men which Raleigh
had planted, five months before, upon Roanoke Island, in North
_ Carolina.

The 17th of August, 1885, was the anniversary of one of the
most noteworthy events in the history of America, for it marked
the three hundredth return of the date when Sir Richard Gren-

* Annual presidential address delivered at the Sixth Anniversary Meet-
ing of the Society, February 6, 1886, in the Lecture Room of the U. S.
National Museum.

36 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ville brought to its shores this sturdy company of pioneers, who,
by their sojourn on this side of the Atlantic, prepared the way for
the great armies of immigrants who were to follow.

It was also the anniversary of an important event in the history
of science, for among the colonists was THOMAS HARRIOTT
—the first English man of science who crossed the Atlantic. His
name is familiar to few, save those who love the time-browned
pages and quaint narrations of Hakluyt, Purchas, and Pinkerton ;
yet Harriott was foremost among the scholars of his time—the
Huxley or the Stokes of his day—a man of wide culture, a skillful
astronomer, a profound mathematician, the author of a standard
treatise upon algebra, and a botanist, zoologist, and anthropolo-
gist withal. ‘*He had been the mathematical instructor of Ra-
leigh, and in obeying this summons to go forth upon the present
expedition, gave to it,” says Anderson, ‘‘ the most valuable aid
which could be derived from human strength.” *

This eminent man deserves more than a passing notice on this
occasion, and I have taken pains to bring together all that is known
about him. He was born at Oxford in 1560, or as old Anthony
Wood quaintly expresses it, ‘*he tumbled out of his mother’s
womb into the lap of the Oxonian muses,” and, at an early age,
was entered as a scholar in St. Mary’s Hall, receiving his bache-
lor’s degree in 1579. He was soon received into Raleigh’s family
as his instructor in mathematics, and, at the age of twenty-five,
made his voyage to America.

After his return he was introduced by Raleigh to Henry Percy,
Earl of Northumberland, one of the most munificent patrons of
science of that day, who allowed him a pension of £120 a year.
‘About the same time,” we are told, ‘*‘Hues, well known
by his ‘ Treatise upon the Globes,’+ and Walter Warner, who is
said to have given Harvey the first hint concerning the circu-

lation of the blood, being both of them mathematicians, received

* ANDERSON: History of the Church of England in the Colonies, p. 80.
+ Tractatus de Globis, etc., 1611.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 37

from him (Northumberland) pensions of less value; so that in

1606, when the Earl was committed to the Tower for life, Har-
riott, Hues, and Warner were his constant companions, and were
usually called the Earl of Northumberland’s Magi.” *

. One thing, at least, have three centuries accomplished for sci-
ence. Its greatest workers are not now, as they were at the begin-
ning of the seventeenth century, dependent upon the liberality and
caprice of wealthy men, classed as their ‘* pensioners” and ‘‘ ser-
vants,” and assigned places at their tables which they must needs
accept or famish.

Harriott appears to have passed the latter years of his life at Sion
College, in Oxford, where he died in 1621. He was buriedin St.
Christopher’s Church, and the following eulogy was embodied in
his epitaph :

QUI OMNES SCIENTIAS CALLUIT AC IN OMNIBUS EXCELLUIT
MATHEMATICIS, PHILOSOPHICIS, THEOLOGICIS.
VERITATIS, INDAGATOR STUDIOSISSIMUS,

DEI TRINIUNIUS PIISSIMUS.

He was especially eminent in the field of Mathematics.
‘¢ Harriott,” says Hallam, ‘‘ was destined to make the last great .
discovery in the pure science of algebra. * * * Harriott ar-
rived at a complete theory of the genesis of equations, which
Cardan and Vieta had but partially conceived.” f

His improvements in algebra were adopted, we are told, by
Descartes, and for a considerable time imposed upon the French

as his own meeneee; but the theft was at last detected and ex-
4

. * Harriott was also a fiend ae companion of Raleigh during his im-
prisonment in the Tower (1603-16), and was his collaborator in the prep-
aration of the ‘‘ History of the World.” His fidelity was rewarded by that
distinguished authority, Chief-Justice Popham, who denounced him from
the bench as ‘‘a devil.”

+Hatiam: Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 4th ed., 1854;
i, pp. 454, 4563 ii, p. 223; iii, p. 181. See also MontucLa: Histoire des
Mathematiques, and ERSCH AND GRUBER: Algemeine Encyklopedie.

38 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

posed by Dr. Wallis in his ‘* Treatise of Algebra, both Theoreti-
cal and Practical,” London, 1685.*

‘* Oldys, in his Life of Sir Walter Raleigh, has shown,” says
Stith, ‘* that the famous French philosopher, Descartes, bor-
rowed much of his light from this excellent mathematician, and
that the learned Dr. Wallis gave the preference to Harriot’s im-
provements before Descartes’. altho’ he had the advantage of
coming after and being assisted by him.” +

Harriott’s papers were left after his death in the possession of
the Percy family at ‘‘ Petworth,’’ where they were examined in
1787 by Dr. Zach, and later by Prof. Rigaud, of Oxford, who,
in 1833, published in his supplement to the works of James
Bradley, ‘‘ An Account of Thomas Harriot’s Astronomical Pa-
pers.” His observations on Halley’s comet in 1607 are still re-
ferred to as being of great importance. Zach pronounced him
an eminent astronomer, both theoretical and practical. ‘‘ He was
the first observer of the solar spots,on which he made a hundred
and ninety-nine observations ; he also made many excellent obser-
vations on the satellites of Jupiter, and indeed, it is probable
that he discovered them as early if not earlier than Galileo.” ¢

A posthumous work, ‘‘ Artes Analytice Praxis ad A®quationes |
algebraicas nova, expedita et generali Methodo resolvendas, e
posthumis Thomas Harriot,” was published in 1631 by his
friend and associate, Walter Warner, and there is in the library
of Sion College a manuscript work of his entitled ‘‘ Ephemeris
Chyrometrica.”

Wood says that, ‘‘notwithstanding his great skill in mathe-
ena he had sbange thoughts of the scriptures, always under-

* It weal appear, however, that Wallis may have been too enthusiastic ~
in his admiration of the English mathematician. Hallam states that he
ascribed to Harriott a long list of discoveries which ee since been re-
claimed for Cardan and Vieta.

+Sritu: Héstory of Virginia, 1747, p. 20.

{ Goop AND GREGORY: Pantologia, vol. v.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 39

valued the old story of the creation of the world, and would never
believe that trite proposition, ‘ Ex nihilo nihil fit.’ ”

Stith, the historian of Virginia, protests, however, against the
charge that Harriott had led his pupil Raleigh into atheism. ‘As
to this groundless Aspersion,” he remarked, ‘‘the Truth of it,~
perhaps, was that Sir Walter and Mr. Harriott were the first who
ventured to depart from the beaten Tract of the Schools, and to
throw off and combat some hoary Follies and traditionary Errors
which had been riveted by age, and rendered sacred and inviolable
in the eyes of weak and prejudiced Persons. Sir Walter is said
to have been first led to this by the manifest Detection, from his
own Experience, of their erroneous Opinions concerning the
Torrid Zone, and he intended to have proceeded farther in the
Search after more Solid and important Truths ’till he was chid
and restrained by the Queen, into whom some Persons had infused
‘a Notion that such Doctrine was against God.” *

The erroneous opinions concerning the torrid zone which were
called in question by Harriott and Raleigh were based upon a
statement of Aristotle, in those days accepted as an article of faith,
that the equatorial zone of the earth was so scorched and dried by
the sun’s heat as to be uninhabitable. Even the experience of
explorers was for many years overpowered by the weight of this
time-worn dogma. ‘The Jesuit, Acosta, was accused of atheism
on the same grounds, by his Spanish contemporaries, but he re-
joiced that he had seen for himself, and that the climate under the
equator was so different from what he had expected that ‘‘ he
could but laugh at Aristotle’s meteors and his philosophy.”

Harriott’s “‘ Brief and True Report of the New Found Land
of Virginia,” a thin volume in quarto, printed at Frankfort-on-
the-Main in 1590, ¢ is now one of the rarest and most precious

*Sritu: History of Virginia, p 20. :

+1590. HARIOT (or Harriott), THOMAS. A briefe and true report | of
the new found land of Virginia | of the commodities and of the nature and
man | ners of the naturall inhabitants. Discouered ty the English Col-

AQ BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

works relating to America,* and is full of interest to the natural-
ist. Harriott’s description of the Indians and their customs and
beliefs, though strongly tinctured with prepossessed ideas con-
cerning them, is thorough and scholarly, and one of the fullest
and most reliable of the early treatises upon the inhabitants of
North America. :

The chief man of the Roanoke colony, Sir Ralph Lane, usually
spoken of as the first governor of Virginia, was a man of great
energy and enterprise, + and with the help of Harriott planned
and conducted expeditions in every direction; southward eighty
leagues to Secotan, ‘* an Indian town lying between the rivers
Pampticoe and Neus,” to the northwest up the Albemarle Sound
and Chowan River, to the forks of the Meherrin and Nottaway ;
and north one hundred and thirty miles to the Elizabeth River,
on the south side of Chesapeake Bay.

Besides his description of the Indians, Harriott wrote ‘‘a particu-.
lar narrative of all the beasts, birds, fishes, fowls, fruits, and roots,

and how they may be useful.” A systematic report could hardly
ony there seated by Sir Richard | Greinuile Knight In the yeere 1585.
Which rema | ined Vnder the gouernment of twelue monethes, | At the
special charge and direction of the Honou-| rable SIR WALTER
RALEIGH Knight lord Warden | of the stanneries Who therein hath
beene fauoured | and authorised by her MAIESTIE | : and her letters pat-
ents: | This fore booke Is made in English | By Thomas Hariot, seruant to
the above named | Sir WALTER, a member of the Colony and there | im-
ployed in discouering | CUM GRATIA ET PRIVILEGIO CAES. MA:
SPECIAt! | Francoforti ad Moenum | Typis Ioannis Wecheli, sumtibus
vero Theodori | DeBry Anno CIO IC XC, | venales reperuunter in officina
Sigismundi Feirabendii. | 4°. pp. 1-33 (1). Tttle page with ornamental
border of architectural design.

* There are now only six or seven perfect copies in existence. These,
we are told by Sabine, are in the British Museum and Bodleian libraries,
and in the private collections of Messrs. Lennox. Brown, Christie-Miller,
and Mann, besides an imperfect copy in the library of Harvard College
and one in the possession of Sir Thomas Phillipps. Ata sale in London
in 1883 a copy sold for 300 pounds. A reproduction in photo-lithographic
fac-simile was issued by Sabine in New York in 1875.

Tt See Life of Sir Ralph Lane, by Edward Everett Hale. Archwologia
Americana, iv, pp- 317-347:

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 41

be expected from one who lived a century and a half before Lin-
nus, but if we keep in mind the condition of zoology at that day
we can but be pleased with the fullness of his narrative.

He collected the names of twenty-eight species of mammals,
twelve of these, including the black bear, the gray squirrel, the cony
or hare, the otter, and the possum and raccoon, (Saguendéckot and
Magquéwoc) , he saw, beside the civet cat or skunk, which he ob-
served by means of another sense. He was the first to distinguish
the American from the European deer, stating that the former
have longer tails, and the snags of their horns look backward—
a brief diagnosis, but one which was not replaced by a better one
for nearly two centuries. |

Of birds he collected the names of eighty-six ‘‘ in the countrie
language,” and had pictures drawn of twenty-five. He mentions
turkeys, stockdoves, partridges, crows, herons, and in winter,
great store of swans and geese.

With aquatic animals he seems to have been well acquainted.
He refers to some by English names, and to many others which
had no names ‘but in the countrey language.” In the plates
accompanying the first edition of his book are figured several
familiar forms, then for the first time made known in Europe,
among them the gar pike (Zefzdosteus),* and the horse shoe
or king crab (Limulus), ‘‘ Seekanauk, a kinde of crustie shell
fishe which is good meate, about a foot in breadth, having a crus-
tie tayle, many legges like a crabbe, and her eyes in her back.”

* Subsequently referred to by Champlain in 1613, and Sagard in 1636,
under the name chaousarou, and figured by Champlain on his map of
Nouvelle France. Creuxin in his History of Canada, 1664, also men-
tions it.

tIt has been generally supposed that Champlain was the first to notice
this characteristic American animal, and Slafter, in his notes upon Cham-
plain’s works, [Publications of the Prince Society, Champlain’s Voyages,
vol. ii, p 87,] makes a statement to that effect, and is followed by Hig-
ginson in his History of the United States. Actually, the French ex-
plorer did not observe it until twenty years after Harriott, and his account
of it was not printed until 1613.

42 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Harriott also alludes to various kinds of trees and shrubs, usu-
ally by their Indian names. Among them may easily be recog-
nized the pitch-pine, sassafras, shoemake, chestnut, walnut,
hickory, persimmon, prickly pear, Nelumbium, Liriodendron,
holly, beech, ash, and so on, beside the maize and tobacco culti-
vated by the natives. :

A companion of Harriott’s, whose labors are deserving of no-
tice, was John With or White, the first delineator of plants and
animals who visited this continent. Concerning him and the ul-

timate utilization of his work, Stith discourses as follows: |

UPON this Voyage, Sir Walter Ralegh, by the Queen’s Ad-
vice and Directions, sent, at no small Expence, Mr. John With,
a skilful and ingenious Painter, to take the Situation of the
Country, and to paint, from the Life, the Figures and Habits of
the Natives, their Way of Living, and their several Fashions,
Modes and Superstitions, which he did with great Beauty and
Exactness. There was one 7heodore De Bry, who afterwards
published the beautiful Zatzz Edition of Voyages in six Vol-
umes, /oléo, a most curious and valuable Work. He being in
England; soon after, by the Means of the Rev. Mr. Azchard
Fackluyt, then of Chrést’s- Church, in Oxford, obtained from
Mr. Weth a Sight of these Pieces, with Permission to take them
off in Copper Plates. These, being very lively and well done,
he carried to Frankfort on the Maznue, where he published a
noble Edition of them, with Latin Explanations, out of /Johx
Wechelius’s Press, in the Year 1590., And there are the Origi-
nals from which Mr. Beverley’s and the Cuts of many of our
late Writers and Travellers have been chiefly imitated.*

With’s drawings are still in the British. Museum,f where they
were examined in 1860 by Dr. E. E. Hale, who reported upon
their condition to the American Antiquarian Society.{

This collection, he says, consists of 112 drawings in water-
color, very carefully preserved. They are very well drawn,
colored with skill, and even in the present state of art would be
considered anywhere valuable and creditable representations of

*Stitu: History of Virginia, p. 16.
+ Sloane & Additional MSS., 5270.
t See Archeologia Americana, iv, pp. 21-24.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 43

the plants, birds, beasts, and men of a new country. Mr. Hale
gives a list of these drawings as identified by Sloane and others.
Among these were the bald eagle, the red-headed, hairy, and
golden-winged woodpeckers, the bluebird, red-wing blackbird,
. towhee, red-bird, blue jay, and fox-colored thrush, the crow black-
bird, and apparently the mocking bird —“ Artamockes, the linguist ;
a bird that imitateth and useth the sounds and tones of almost all
birds in the Countrie.” Among the fish we recognize the mullet
( Zetszo), the menhaden or old-wife (Masunnehockeo) , and the
sturgeon (Coppauleo), and ee the squeteague or chigwit
( Chigwusso).

The science of North America, then, began with Thomas
Harriott. Let us review together to-night its progress for a period
of two centuries—a period coinciding almost exactly with the
colonial portion of the history of the United States.

‘‘ The present: generation,” says Whewell, ‘‘ finds itself the
heir of a vast patrimony of science, and it must needs concern.
us to know the steps by which these possessions were acquired
and the documents by which they are secured to us and our heirs
forever. Our species from the time of its creation has been trav-
elling onwards in pursuit of truth ; and now that we have reached
a lofty and commanding position, with the broad light of day
around us, it must be grateful to look back on the line of our past
progress ; to review the journey begun in early twilight amid pri-
meval wilds; for a long time continued with slow advance and
obscure prospects; and gradually and in later days followed
along more open and lightsome paths, in a wide and fertile re-
gion. The historian of science, from early periods to the present
time, may hope for favor on the score of the mere subject of his
narrative, and in virtue of the curiosity which the men of the
present day may naturally feel respecting the events and persons

of his story.”

44 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
ii.

Although Harriott was the first who described the natural char-
acteristics of North America, it would not be proper to ignore
the fact that the first scientific exploration of the western continent
was accomplished by Spaniards and Frenchmen.

Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdes, the first historian of
the New World, [b. 1478, d. 1557], was an Asturian of noble
birth, who began life as a page in the palace of Ferdinand and
Isabella. He saw Columbus at Burgos on his second return from
America in 1496. He came over in 1514 to Santo Domingo,
having been appointed inspector of gold-smelting, and was sub-
sequently governor of that island and royal historiographer of the
Indies. In 1525 he transmitted to Charles V. his ‘‘ Sumario de
la Natural Historia de las Indias,” printed’ at Toledo two years
later, and in 1535 began the publication of his ‘‘ Historia General
y Natural de las Indias,” a task which was finally completed only
thirty years ago by the Spanish Royal Academy of History.

Las Casas said that Oviedo’s books were ‘ as full of lies almost
as pages,” but whatever may have been his methods in the dis-
cussion of history and politics, he seems, in his descriptions, tc
have been both minute and accurate. Among the American ani-
mals which he was first to mention was the tapir or dant—*‘ of
the bignesse of a meane mule, without hornes, ash-coloured,”
and the churchia, evidently a species of Didelphys, allied to our
possum. This was the first notice of any member of the great
group of marsupial mammals. I quote a portion of the descrip-
tion in Oviedo’s ‘* Sumario,” employing the quaint phraseology
of Purchas’s translation :

‘* The Churchia is as bigge as a small Conze, tawnie, sharpe-
snowted, dog-toothed, long-tayled and eared like a Rat. They
do great harm to Hennes, killing sometimes twenty or more at
once to sucke their bloude: And if they then have young shee
carrieth them with her in a bagge of skin under her belly, run-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 45

ning alongst the same like a Satchell, which shee opens and shuts
at pleasure to let them in and out.”*

He characterized and described at length many other animals,
among them the manatee, the iguana (/wazna), the armadillos
(Lardatz), the ant-eaters, the sloth, the pelican, the ivory-billed
woodpecker, and the humming birds.

‘‘ There are found in the foune land,” he wrote, ‘* certaine
birds, so little that the whole body of one of them is no bigger
than the top of the biggest finger of a man’s hand, and yet is the
bare body, without the feathers, not half so bigge. This Bird,
besides her littlenesse, is of such velocitie and swiftness in flying
that who so seeth her flying in the aire cannot see her flap or beat
her wings after any other sort than doe the Humble Bees or
Beetles. And I know not whereunto I may better liken them
then to the little birds which the lymners of books are accus-
tomed to paint on the Margent of Church Bookes and other
Bookes of Divine Service. Their feathers are of manie faire
colours, golden, yellow and greene.”

That the spirit of Oviedo’s work was scientific and critical, and
not credulous and marvel-seeking, like that of many of his con-
temporaries, is everywhere manifest. His materials are classified
in systematically arranged chapters. His methods may be illus-
trated by referring to his chapter ‘‘ On Tigers.”

‘¢In Terra Firma,” he begins, ‘‘ are found many terrible beasts
which the first Spaniards called tigers—which thing, neverthe-
less, I dare not affirm.” He then reviews concisely and critically
what is known of tigers elsewhere, and goes on to describe the
supposed American tiger at length, and in such terms that it is at
once evident that the mammal under discussion is one of the
spotted cats, doubtless the jaguar (/elzs onxca) .t

The second in order of time to publish a book upon American
natural history was Jean de Lery, [b. 1535, d. 1611], a Calvin-
istic minister, who was a member of the Huguenot colony founded
by the Chevalier de Villegagnon in 1555, on the small island

* Sumario, Cap. xxvii. PurcHas: h7s pilgrimes, iii, p. 995-
t+ Sumario, Cap. xi.

A6 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in the bay of Rio de Janeiro, which still bears his name. He re-
mained in Brazil, less than five years, and in 1578 published at
Rouen a work entitled ‘* Voyage en Amerique, avec la descrip-
tion des Animaux et Plantes de ce Pays.” :
José d’ Acosta was another Spanish explorer who preceded
Harriott, and was a man of much the same school and temper of
mind. Born in the province of Leon about the year 1539, he
entered the society of Jesuits at the age of fourteen, and in 1571
went to Peru, where he travelled as a missionary for seventeen
years. After his return to Spain he filled several important eccle-
siastical offices and died February 15, 1600, rector of the University
of Salamanca. His first book, ‘‘ De Natura Novi Orbis Libri
Duo,” was published in 1589. His ‘‘ Historia Natural y Moral
de las Indias ” appeared in 1590, and is one of the best known and
most useful of the early Spanish works on America, having passed
through numerous editions in many languages. 7
Acosta was, perhaps, the most learned of the early writers upon
America, and his writings, though modeled after those of the
medieval schoolmen, were full of suggestive observations, ‘* touch-
ing the naturall historie of the heavens, ayre, water and earth at
the West Indies, also of their beasts, fishes, fowles, plants, anc
other remarkable varieties of nature.’’ He discoursed ‘* of the
fashion and form of heaven at the new-found world,” ‘* of the ayre
and the winds,” of ocean-physics, of volcanoes and earthquakes.
as well as of metals, pearls, emeralds, trees, beasts. and fowls.
He discussed the appearance and habits of the manatee and the
crocodile, and described the Indian methods of whaling and pearl-
fishing. He dwelt at length upon the condition of the domestic
animals, sheep, kine, goats, horses, asses, dogs and cats which
the Spaniards had introduced into the New World and which
were already thoroughly acclimated. It seems strange to learn
from his pages that in the year 1587, 99,794 hides of domestic
cattle were exported from St. Domingo and New Spain to Seville.
Lynceus has suggested that some of these skins were from the

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Aq

bison-herds, believed at that time to have been abundant in the
north of Mexico.

He gives a formidable catalogue of the animals of Central and
‘South America, in which occur the familiar names of armadillo,
iguana, chinchilla, viscacha, vicugna, paco, and guanaco, and
describes many of them at length, especially the peccary (Sazvo),
the tapirs, the sloths, and the vicugna. He speaks of the cochi-
neal insect, which had already become of importance in the arts.

He was the first to call attention to the existence in South
America of immense fossil bones; these he supposed to be the
remains of gigantic individuals of the human species.

His description of the Flora is very full, and he dwells at
length upon the useful applications of the cacao-bean and its
product, the drink which they call chocolate—‘* whereof they
_ make great account in that Country, foolishly and without rea-
son,’—the plantain, the yucca, the cassava, the maguey, the
tunall or cactus, and very many more. i

It is, however, as a scientific theorist that Acosta has the high-
est claim to our attention. He appears to have been the first to
discuss America from the standpoint of the zodgeographer.

In considering the question, ‘* How it should be possible that
at the Indies there should be any sorts of beasts, whereof the like
are nowhere else,” he owns that he is quite unable to determine
whether they were special creations, or whether they came out of
the ark. He evidently prefers the first alternative, although so
trammelled by the prevalent opinions of his day and sect that he
is unable to bring himself quite to its avowal. He approaches
so close to the limits of heterodoxy, however, that Purchas, in
his Pilgrimes, feels obliged to print a foot-note pronouncing it
‘‘ unchristian. to say that America was not drowned with the
flood.”

Acosta thoroughly appreciated the peculiar character of the
American fauna and remarked that ‘‘ if the kinds of beasts are to

be judged by their properties, it would be as reasonable to call

48 BIOLUGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

an egg a chestnut as to seeke to reduce to the known kinds of
Europe the divers kinds of the Indies.”” He was even willing to
admit that it may not be necessary to say that the creation of the
world was finished in six days, and that beasts of a more perfect
character may have been made subsequently ; and in his anxiety
to escape the alternative of a Noah’s ark almost committed him-
self to a theory of evolution. ‘* We may consider well upon
this subject,” he wrote, ‘‘ whether these beasts differ in kinde
and essentially from all others, or if this difference be accidentall,
which might grow by divers accidents, as we see in the Images
of men, some are white, others black, some Giants, others Dwarfes ;
and in Apes, some have no taile, others have; and in Sheepe,
some are bare, others have fleeces, some great and strong with a
long necke as those of Peru, others weake and little, having a
short necke, as those of Castile. But to speak directly who so
would preserve the propagation of beasts at the Indies, and re-
duce them to those of Europe, hee shall undertake a charge he
will hardly discharge with his honour.”

Francesco Hernandez, a representative physician and man of
science, was sent by Philip IT. of Spain to Mexico, with unlimited
facilities for exploration, and remained in that country from I 593
to 1600. His notes and collections seem.to have been very exten-
sive, and it is. said that over-1,200 drawings of plants and ani-
mals were prepared under his direction. Editions of his works
were published in Mexico in 1604 and 1615. I am assured by
Mexican’ naturalists that his work was careful and valuable, the
only defect being that he trusted too implicitly in what he was
told by the native Mexicans.

Among the animals not met with in previous writings are the
coyote (Aztec, Coyot/), the buffalo, the axolotl, the porcupine
( Hottztlacuatzin) , the prong-buck (JZazame) , the horned lizard
(Zapayaxin), the bison, the peccary (Quapézotl), and the
Toucan.

Among those of which figures are for the first time published

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 49

are the ocelot ( Oce/ot/), the rattlesnake ( Teuwhtlacot zanhgut),
the manatee (Zanatz), the alligator (Aguetzpalin), the arma-
dillo (Ayotochti¢), the pelican (AyotoZ/).

The figures of plants are numerous, and in most instances, I
should judge, recognizable.

Many other Spaniards published their observations upon Amer-
ica in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, but it is perhaps

_not necessary to refer to them even by name. They were, as a

rule, travellers, not explorers. Purchas assures us that ‘‘ Acosta
and Oviedo have best deserved of the studious of Nature—that is,
of the knowledge of God in his workes.” :

III.

‘

A personage who must on no account be overlooked in the con-

sideration of these early days is Garcilasso de la Vega. Born in
Peru in 1530, his father the Spanish governor of Cuzco, his
mother a princess of the Inca blood, he boasted of a lineage
traced through the line of ancient Peruvian monarchs back to
Manco Capac and the Sun. He served as, a soldier in Europe
and died in Spain about the year 1615. His ‘* Royal Commen-
taries of Peru,” constitutes a magnificent ,contribution to the
history of pre-Columbian America, and was said by some au-
thorities to have been first written in the Peruvian language.*

Be this as it may, De la Vega’s commentaries, though more
valuable to the civil than to the natural historian, will always
possess a peculiar interest, not only because the author was the
first native of America who wrote concerning its animals and
plants, but for the reason that it represents to us the historic and

scientific lore of the aboriginal inhabitants of this continent.

* A Paris edition of 1633 had the following title: Commentaire Royal ou
Histoire des Yncas, Roys de Peru, &c. Ensemble une description par-
ticuliére des Animaux, des Fruits, des Mineraux, des Plantes, &c., Ecrité
en langue Peruvienne et traduit sur la version Espagnole, par Baudouin,
Paris, 1633. Amsterdam, 1704 and 1715. See Artedi, Bibliotheca Ichthy-

ologica, 1788, p. 65.

50 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

De la Vega describes in an intelligible manner ‘the condor

( Cuntur) of South America, of which, as he tells us, there was
a famous Indian painting in the temple at Cacha, the mountain
cats or ocelots (Inca Ozcollo, Aztec Ocelot/), the puma, the
viscacha, the tapir, and the three-toed ostrich. He was one of
the first to notice the skunk (AZephztis, sp.) , ‘* which the Indians
call Annas, the Spanish Zorcuanas.” ‘It is well,” he remarks,
‘¢ that these creatures are not in great numbers, for if they were,
they were able to poison and stench up a whole Countrey.” He
devotes a chapter to ‘‘ the tame cattel which God hath given to
the Indians of Peru ”—the llama and the huanaco—and speaks
also of the paco and the vicuna, clearly distinguishing and de-
scribing the appearance and habits of the four species of Tylop-
_ oda which occur on the west coast of South America, although
European naturalists a century later knew but two of fhem. He
describes the annual vicuna hunts which were conducted by the
Inca kings in person, assisted by twenty or thirty thousand In-
dians.
The fauna of Peru, as catalogued by him, included nearly fifty
species, and the minuteness of his observations and the accuracy
of his descriptions are very surprising. He discusses at length
the plants of Peru, especially the maguey, the pineapple, the to-
‘bacco, and ‘* the pretious leaf called Cauca,” whose virtues phar-
macologists now hold in such high esteem, and devotes chapters
to ‘¢ The Emeralds, Turquoises and Pearls of that Countrey ;” to
gold and silver, and to quicksilver.

De la Vega refers to a certain place in the city of Cuzco, where
lions and other fierce creatures were kept in captivity. The taste
for menageries and gardens seems to have been less pronounced
in Peru, however, than in Mexico.

Much has been written concerning the wonderful collections of
animals and plants which the Spanish conquestadors found in
Montezuma’s capital city. Carus, in his ‘‘ Geschichte der Zodl- ;
ogie” declares that at the time of the discovery of Mexico, Europe

)

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. SI:

had no menageries and botanical gardens which could be com-
pared with those of Chapoltepec and Huaxtepec, a statement
which is quite within the bounds of truth, for the earliest botani-
cal garden in the old world was that founded at Pisa in 1543.*
Our fellow-member, Dr. Charles Rau, has also described the
zoological gardens of Mexico in glowing terms,f and Prof. E. B.
Tylor states that in the palace gardens of Mexico all kinds of
birds and beasts were kept in well appointed zodlogical gardens
where there were homes even for alligators and snakes, and de-
clares that this testifies to a cultivation of natural history which
was really beyond the European level of the time.

Is it not to be regretted that the capital of the United States in
1885 is still unprovided with a means of public instruction. which
was to be found in the capital of Mexico four hundred years ago? |

I have examined the historians of Mexico with care and must
express my conviction that the truth is more nearly touched in
the bluff, soldier-like narrative of Cortez himself, than in the
flowery and redundant paraphrases of Prescott. We may proba-
bly safely accept the story as told by Bernal Diaz del Castillo,
‘one of the companions of Cortez, to whom Torquemada, Robert-
son, Lockhart, Rau and others give high praise as a truthful nar-
rator.

Diaz presents a most vivid word-painting of the city of Mexico,

and was particularly impressed by the royal aviaries :

‘¢ We saw here every kind of eagle, from the king’s eagle} to
the smallest kind included, and every species of bird from the
largest known to the little colibris§ in their full splendor of plum-
age. Here also were to be seen those birds from which the Mex-
icans take the green colored feathers of which they manufacture
their beautiful feathered stuffs ; these last-mentioned birds very

* WHEWELL: History of the Inductive Sciences, iii, p. 325.

*Caru Rau: Thiergdrten. < New Yorker Staats-Zeitung, April 26,
1863.

t The golden eagle, says Aguilera.

§ Humming-birds.

i BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
|

much resemble our Spanish jays and are called by the Indians
guezales .*

‘* The species of sparrows } were very curious, having five dis-
tinct colors in their plumage—green, red, white, yellow, blue.

‘* There were such vast numbers of parrots and such a variety
of kinds that I cannot remember all their names; and geese of
the richest plumage and other large birds.

‘¢ These were at stated periods stripped of their feathers, that
new ones might grow in their place. All these birds had appro-
priate places to breed in and were under the care of several In-
dians of both sexes, who had to keep their nests clean, give to
each kind its proper food, and set the birds for breeding.”

In another place, near a temple were kept all manner of
beautiful animals, the names of which were not noted by Diaz,
nor their peculiarities described.

‘‘In the building where human sacrifices were perpetrated
there were dens in which were kept poisonous serpents and
among them ‘a species at the end of whose tail there was a kind
of rattle.’ This last-mentioned serpent, which is the most dan-
gerous, was kept in a cabin in which a quantity of feathers had
been strewed : here it laid its eggs, and it was fed with the flesh
of dogs and of human beings which had been sacrificed.

* * * When all the tigers and lions { roared together with
the howlings of the jackals§ and foxes and hissing of the ser-
pents, it was quite fearful, and you could not suppose otherwise
than that you were in hell.”

This is the first record of the rattlesnake, and brings to mind -
the captive snakes of the Mokis, their annual snake dance, and
their use of feathers in the same connection. ||

I am not yet prepared to believe in the marvellous aquaria de-
scribed by Prescott, although fish ponds there doubtless were.

I am assured by our fellow member,Senor Aguilera, that the
locations of the gardens of Montezuma are well identified and
that the Mexican Indians still possess a marvellous knowledge of
the medicinal virtues of plants, which is handed down by tradition

* Trogons, known as guetzales by the Mexican Indians of to-day. Ex-
cellent examples of their pictorial use of trogon feathers may be seen in
the U. S. National Museum.

+ Cyanospiza versicolor.

t Ocelots, jaguars, pumas, eyras, jaguarundis.

§ The coyote (coyotl), Canis latrans.

|| See BourKE: The Snake Dance of the Moguts of Arizona, New York,
1884.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 53

from generation to generation. From this he infers that in the
days of Aztec glory, the knowledge of the uses of plants must
have been very comprehensive.

Who shall say that the spirit of true science did not inspire the
Inca Pachacutec, when many centuries ago he handed down to his

descendants maxims such as this:

‘¢* A herbalist who knows the names but is ignorant of the vir-
tues and qualities of herbs, or he who knows few but is ignorant
of most, is a mere quack and mountebank, and deserves not the
name and repute of a physician until he is skilful as well in the
noxious as in the salutiferous qualities of herbs.”

Impressed: with the extent of the knowledge of nature among
the aborigines of America, I asked one of the most learned
of our anthropologists for his opinion in regard to its character,

and received the following statement:

WASHINGTON, January 5, 1886.

My pEAR Mr. GoopeE: |

We make a very grave mistake if we think there was no study.
of nature before the science of natural history. In all branches
of study whatever there was lore before there was science. Be-
fore the weather bureau was weather lore, a kind of rough in-
duction which the ancient people made, and which was very far
from erroneous. Dr. Washington Matthews read a paper. before
the Washington Philosophical Society more than a year ago* to
draw attention to the marvellous intimacy of the Navajo Indians
with the plant kingdom around them, and their vocabulary which
contained names for many species constructed so as to connote
qualities well known to them. You are familiar with the stories
concerning the respect in which certain animals are held by the
Eskimo, and the minute acquaintance of all our aborigines of
both continents with the life histories of many animais. The
Eskimo as well as the Indian tribes carve and depict forms so well
that the naturalist can frequently determine the species. Mr.
Lucien Turner collected carvings in ivory of foetal forms.

Very truly yours
cee age T. MASON.

Professor Mason also called attention to a long paper upon

* WASHINGTON MatTTHEws: WVatural Naturalists. < Bull. Phil. Soc.
Washington, vii, 1885, p. 73, (abs.)

54 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

‘*Tame Animals Among the Red Men of America,” by Dr.
E. F. im Thurn,* in which it is stated that the Indian of South
America finds means to tame almost every wild bird and beast of
his country, so that these domesticated animals are ever among
the most prominent members of his household, not because of
any affection for them, but because he enjoys their bright colors,
makes use of them in various ways, and employs them as a me-
dium of exchange. They even know how to change the colors
of a living bird from green to yellow. In one settlement he
counted twenty-one kinds of monkeys. Nearly all of the thirty
or more species of Guiana parrots are tamed, two species of
deer, two of peccaries, two of coati-mundis, jaguats, pacas,
capybaras, agoutis, hawks, owls, herons, plovers, toucans, troup-
ials, rupicolas, and iguanas were also observed in captivity. The
mere fact that these animals are kept in captivity is not in itself
especially significant, but it renders it possible to understand how
the splendor-loving rulers of Mexico succeeded in building up
their great menageries.

Bearing in mind the animal myths which’ Major Powell has
found so prevalent among the Indians of Arizona and New Mexico,
and has so charmingly translated, and those which Schoolcraft
and others recorded in the north long ago, and which Longfellow
has arranged in metric form, we cannot but be impressed with
the idea that the red man of old, living close to nature as he did,
knew many of her secrets which we should be glad to share with
him at the present day.

Garcilasso de la Vega was not the only descendant of the aborig-
inal Americans who has written upon their history. Among the
authors of works upon Mexican archeology published in the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries were Taddeo de Niza and
Gabriel d’Ayala, ‘‘ noble Indians ” of Tlazcala and Tezcuco, the

* Timehri, being the Journal of the Royal Agricultural and Commercial
Society of British Guiana. Demerara, vol. 1, 1882, pp. 25-43-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 55

three named I[xtlilxochitl, and ten or twelve more. Gongora, a
native Mexican, professor of mathematics in the University of
Mexico, was one of the earliest American astronomers, the author
of the ‘*‘ Mexican Cyclography,” printed two centuries ago.
Herrera, Martinez, Garcia, Torquemada, Castillejo, De Betan-
court, De Solis, Del Pulgar, and Beneducci have done what they
could to preserve a portion of this ancient American lore, and it
seems almost incredible that, some time in the future when Amer-
ican archeology shall have gained a firmer footing, some of the
treasures of fact which these men garnered up are not to have an
important function in elucidating anthropological problems which

are as yet entirely unsolved.
IV.

The colony on Roanoke Island having been abandoned by
the English, twenty years elapsed before their next effort to-
ward peopling America. Then came the adventurers to James-
town in 1606, and with them that picturesque personage, Cap-
tain John Smith, who. though unversed in the mathematics and ~
astronomy which made up to a great extent the science of the day,
was a keen observer, and an enterprising explorer. His con-
tributions to. geography were important, and his descriptions of
the animals and plants of Virginia and New England supplement
well those of, his predecessor, Harriott. :

Captain Smith was the first to describe the raccoon, the mus-

quash, and the flying squirrel :

‘‘ There is a beast they call Aroughcun (raccoon), much like a”
badger, but useth to live on trees, as Squirrels doe. Their Squir-
rels some are neare as great as our smallest sort of wilde Rabbets,
some blackish, or blacke and white, but most are gray. A small
beast they have they call Assapanick, but we call them flying
Squirrels, because, spreading their legs, and so stretching the
largenesse of their skins that they have been seene to fly 30 or 40
yards. An Opossum hath a head like a Swine, and a taile like a
Rat, and is of the bignesse of a Ca‘. Vnder her belly she hath
. a bagge, wherein she lodgeth, carrieth, and suckleth her young. A

56 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mussascus (musquash) is a beast of the forme and nature of our
water Rats, but many of them smell exceedingly strongly of
Muske.”’

And in the same strain he goes on to mention a score of mam-
mals, identifying them with those of Europe with surprising
accuracy.

His ‘‘ Utchun guoyes, which is like a Wild Cat,” is evidently
the bay lynx. With the birds he was less familiar, but he men-
tions a number which resemble those of Europe, and states that
many of them were unfamiliar. He was the first to refer to the
red-wing blackbird (Ageleus phoeniceus).

He catalogues 25 kinds of fish and shell-fish, using the names
by which many of them are known to this day.

He gives also a very judicious account of the useful trees of
Virginia, referring, among novel things, to the Chechingquamin,

(chinkapin), and another which no one can fail to recognize.

‘¢ Plums,” hesays, ‘‘ are of three sorts. * * * That which
they call Putchamins grow as high as a Palmeta; the fruit is
like a Medler; it is first greene, then yellow, and red when it is
ripe; if it be not ripe it will draw a man’s mouth awry with much
torment.”*

In his description of New England, Smith mentions twelve

species of mammals, including the ‘* moos,” now spoken of for
the first time,t 16 of birds, and 27 ‘‘ fishes.” His descriptions

of the abundance of fishes are often quoted.}{

Smith’s first work upon Virginia was printed in 1612 and his
General History in 1624. In the interim, Raphe Hamor, the
younger, secretary of the Colony, issued his ‘‘ True Discourse of
the Present Estate of Virginia,” published in London in 1615.§

* Generall Historie, 1624, p. 27.

+ From the Indian word Moosoa. Slafter, in his notes on Champlain’s
Voyages, i, p. 265, supposes the Oréguac referred to by this explorer in
his De Sauvages, etc., Paris, 1607, to have been the Mase and his Cerf
to have been the Caribou.

t Generall Historie, pp. 216-17.

§ A copy of this rare work was sold in London, 1883, for 69 sounbdn. A

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 57

Hamor was not a naturalist, but his name is usually referred to
by zoédlogical bibliographers, since he mentions by name over
sixty native animals. He was the first to describe the great flocks
of wild pigeons, of which he remarks: ‘‘ In winter, beyond num-
ber or imagination, myselfe hath seene three or foure houres to-
gether flockes in the aire so thicke that even they have shadowed
the skie from us.”* He gives an amusing description of the
‘‘ opossume,” and also speaks of the introduction and successful
acclimation of the Chinese silk-worm.

In 1620, the Plymouth Colony was planted, and its members
also began to record their impressions of the birds and the beasts
and the plants which they found, for the instruction of their kins-
folk at home. ; 7

Bradford and Winslow’s Journal, printed in London in 1622,
contains various passing allusions to the animals and plants ob-
served by the Pilgrims, as does also Bradford’s History, which,
however, was not printed until long after its completion. They
added nothing, however, to what had already been said by Smith.

Edward Winslow’s ‘‘ News from New England,” printed in
London in 1624, contains one of the earliest descriptions of the
Indians of the Northeast.

William Wood’s ‘* New England’s Prospect,” which was is-
sued in London in 1634, and Morton’s ‘* New English Canaan,”
printed three years later in Amsterdam, were the first formal
treatises upon New England and its, animals and plants. The
two authors were very unlike, and their books even more so—yet
complementing each other very satisfactorily. Morton was the
best educated man, brightest, and most observant; Wood, the
most conscientious and the most laborious in recording minute
details.

‘¢ Thomas Morton, of Clifford’s Inn, Gent.,” was by no means

reprint was issued by Joel Munsell at Albany in 1860, but this privately
printed edition consisted of only 200 copies and it is already scarce.
* P.. 2I. 2

58 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

a representative man in the Puritan community in which he
lived. His habits were those of an English man of fashion, and
his Rabelaisian humor, when directed against his fellow-colonists
and their institutions, was no recommendation to their favor. We
cannot wonder that he was hunted from settlement ‘to settlement
and-even cast into prison, to endure, without bedding or fire, the
rigor of a New England winter.

As a naturalist, Morton appears to have been the most accurate
of the two of this time. In those parts of his book which de-
scribe animals and plants he manifests a definite scientific purpose.
He discriminates between species, and frequently points out
characters by which American and European forms may be dis-
tinguished. He was the first to banish the lion from the catalogue
of the mammals of eastern North America. Even Wood, though .
he admitted that he could not say that he ever saw one with his
own eye, evidently believed that lions inhabited the woods of Mas-
sachusetts. _Morton was a skeptic because, as he said, ‘*‘ it is con-
trary to the Nature of the beast to frequent places accustomed to
snow ; being like the Catt, that will hazard the burning of her tayle,
rather than abide from the fire.” His brief biographies, especially
those of mammals, indicate that he was an observer of no slight
acuteness.

Twenty species of mammals, thirty-two of birds, twenty of
fishes, eight of marine invertebrates, and twenty-seven of plants
are mentioned, usually in such definite terms that they may readily
be identified. ne

A thorough pagan himself, he seems to have commanded the
confidence of the Indians more than others, to have lived in their
society, and learned to comprehend the meaning of their customs.
His first book, ‘* The Originall of the Natives, their manners and
customs,’’ seems to have been the careful record of rather critical
observations.

_Wood’s book is no less deserving of praise. The climate and
the soil are judiciously discussed, and the herbs, fruits, woods,

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. _ 59

waters, and minerals, then ‘‘ the beasts that live on land,” ‘* beasts
living in the water,” ‘* birds and fowls both of land and water,”
and fish, after which follows a topographical description of the
colony. His catalogues of species are in verse, and his adjectives
are so descriptive and pictorial that his subsequent remarks in
prose are often superfluous. I quote his catalogue of the trees of
New England, an imitation in manner and metre of Spenser’s

famous catalogue in The Faerie Queene :

Trees both in hills and plaines in plenty be

The long liv’d Oake, and mourneful Cypris tree

Skie towring pines, and Chestnuts coated rough,

The lasting Cedar and the Walnut tough ;

The rozin dropping Firre for masts in use.

The boatmen seeke for Oares light neeate growne sprewse,
The brittle Ash, the ever trembling Aspes,

The broad-spread Elme, whose concave harbours waspes
The water-springie Alder, good for nought

Small Elderes by the Indian Fletchers sought

The knottie Maple, pallid Birtch, Hawthornes,

The Horne bound tree that to be cloven scornes ;

Which from the tender Vine oft takes his spouse,

Who twinds embracing armes about his boughes.
Within this Indian Orchard fruites be some

The ruddie Cherrie, and the jettie Plumbe

Snake murthering Hazell, with sweet Saxaphrage
Whose steemes in beere allays hot fever’s rage.

The Diar’s Shumach, with more trees there be

That are both good to use and rare to see.

Thus he describes the ‘*‘ Animals of New England :”

The Kingly Lyon and the strong arm’d Beare

The large limbed Mooses, with the tripping Deare.
Quill darting Porcupines, and Rackcoones bee
Castelld in the hollow of an aged Tree

The skipping Squirrel, Rabbet, purblinde Hare
Immured in the selfe same Castle are

Least red-eyed Ferrets, wily Foxes should °

Them undermine‘if ramperd but with mould.

The grim fac’t Ounce, and ravenous howling Woolfe
Whose meagre Paunch suckes like a swallowing Gulfe,
Black glistening Otters and rich coated Beaver

The Civet scented Musquash, smelling ever.

His subsequent remarks upon the mammals are expanded from
his rhyme, and extended by tales which he has heard from hunt-
ers. One of the animals whose name would not lend itself to

60 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

poesy is the ‘* squuncke,” which he classified among the ‘* beasts
of offence.” This seems to be the first use of the name.

In the second part of Wood’s book the Indians are discussed,
and a very creditable vocabulary is given.

Most admirable work was now being done among the Indians
by some of the colonial clergymen. Chief among them was tbe
Rev. John Eliot, [b. 1604, d. 1690], who, during a residence of
more than half a century at Roxbury, mastered the language of
the Massachusetts branch of the great Algonquin tribe, and pub-
lished his grammars and translations. He was a graduate of Jesus
College, Cambridge, and came to Massachusetts in 1631. The
Rey. Abraham Peirson, one of the founders of the colony at
Newark, during his residence in New itngland made valuable
investigations upon the language of the Quiripi or Quinnipiac
Indians of the New Haven Colony. The extensive bibliography
of which Mr. Pilling has recently published advance sheets gives
an excellent idea of the attention which American linguistics have
since received.

That very eminent colonial statesman, John Winthrop, the
younger, the first Governor of Connecticut, [b. 1587, d. 1649],
stood high in the esteem of English men of science, and was in-
vited by the newly founded Royal Society, of which he was a
fellow, ‘‘ to take upon himself the charge of being the chief cor-
respondent in ‘the West, as Sir Philiberto Vernatti was in the
. East Indies.” The Secretary of the Royal Society said of him:
‘¢ His name, had he put it to his writings, would have been as
universally known as the Boyles, the Wilkins’s, and the Olden-
burghs, and been handed down to us with similar applause.” *

Governor Winthrop’s name occurs from time to time in the
Philosophical Transactions, and it was to him that science was
indebted for its first knowledge of the genus Astrophyton.

_ John Winthrop, F. R. S., [b. 1606, d. 1676], son of the last,

*Dr. Cromwell Mortimer in the Dedication of vol. xl, Philosophical
Transactions. .

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 61

and also Governor of Connecticut in 1662, is said to have been
‘* famous for his philosophical knowledge.” He was a founder
of the Royal Society, being at the time of its origin in England
as agent of the colony. And the second Governor’s grandson,
John Winthrop, F. R.S., [b. 1681, d. 1747), who passed the
latter part of his life in England, was.declared to have increased
the Royal Society’s repository “with more than six hundred
curious specimens, chiefly in the mineral kingdom,” and since
the founder of the museum of the Royal Society, ‘‘ the benefac-
tor who has given the most numerous collections.”* ;

The Rev. John Clayton, rector of Crofton, at Wakefield, in
Yorkshire, made a journey to Virginia in 1685, and in 1688 com-
municated to the Royal Society ‘‘ An account of several observ-
ables in Virginia and in his voyage thither.” + Clayton seems to
have been a man of scientific culture, and to have been the author,
in company with Dr. Moulin, of a treatise upon Comparative
Anatomy. He was of the same school with Harriott and Wood,
though more philosophical. His essay was, however, the most
important which had yet been published upon the natural history
of the South, and his annotated catalogue of mammals, birds and
reptiles is creditably full.

Thomas Glover. also published about this time ‘* An Account of
Virginia,” { in which he discussed the natural history of the colony |
after the manner of Wood and Morton. The Rev. Hugh Jones
also published a similar but shorter paper upon ‘‘ Several Ob-
servables in Maryland,” § in which, however, no new facts are
mentioned. He collected insects and plants for Petiver.

Benjamin Bullivant, of Boston, was another of the men who,

to use the language of the day, was ‘‘ curious” in matters of nat-

* Tuckerman, of. cét., pp. 123-4. See also The Winthrop Pagers.
< Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., Fifth Series, vol. viii.

+ Phil. Trans, xvii, pp. 781-795, 978-999; xviii, pp. 121-135, and in A@7s-
cellanea Cutrtosa, vol. iii; also reprinted in Force’s Historical Tracts,
~ vol. iii.

t Phil. Trans., ix, p. 633.
§ Phil. Trans., xxi, p. 436.

62 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ural history. One of his letters was published in the Philosophical
Transactions,* and his notes on the ‘¢*hum-bird” are sometimes
referred to.

Bullivant was not a naturalist; he is less' worthy of our con-
sideration than Harriott, although a century later. A fit com-
panion for Bullivant was John Josselyn.

Josselyn’s famous work entitled ‘* New England’s Rarities Dis-
covered in Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Serpents, and Plants of that
Country,” was printed in London in 1672; his ‘* Account
of two voyages to New England ” in 1675, (‘* Second Addition’).
No writer of his period is more frequently quoted than Josselyn,
whose quaint language and picturesque style are very attractive.
Although no more in sympathy with his Puritan associations than
the author of ‘* N ew England’s Prospect,” he was evidently more
justly entitled to subscribe himself as ‘* Gentleman,” and his books
are not disfigured by personalities and political aspersions.

Josselyn does not seem to me to be the peer, as a naturalist, of
many of those who preceded him. He was a bright, though su-
perficial man, and a ready compiler. He evidently had some
botanical work in his possession, possibly as Tuckerman has sug-
gested, a recently published edition of Gerard’s ‘ Herbal,” and
this he used with such skill as to give him a certain standing in
botanical literature. In his zodlogical chapters I find little which
had not been recorded before, while the author’s fondness for
startling anecdotes greatly mars ‘the semblance of accuracy in his
work. His catalogue of fishes is a strange olla-podrida of names ~
and scraps of information, compiled, collected and invented.
His method of arrangement is not more scientific than his spirit,
and_ it is questionable whether he is entitled to a place among
naturalists.

Here is an example of his style: |

- ** The Basse,” writes he, ‘‘ is a salt-water fish too; one writes

* Phil. Trans., xx, p. 168.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. a Ae

that the fat in the bone of a Basses head is his braines, which is
a lye.”

To this period belongs, also, Lawson, the author of a ‘‘ History
of North Carolina” and ‘* A New Voyage to North Carolina,”
made in 1700 and the following years, while acting as surveyor
general of the colony. Lawson was burnt at the stake in 1709 by
the Indians, who resented his encroachments upon their territory.
His lists of the animals and plants of the region are very full and
his observations accurate. Coues’s ‘‘ Lawsonian period” in the
history of American ornithology is hardly justifiable. Lawson
belonged to the school of Harriott and the first Clayton.

Edward Bohun and Job Lord, of Carolina, appear to. have
been interested in natural history at this time and to have. been
collecting specimens for Petiver in London, while William Vernon
was engaged in similar occupations in Maryland.

In those early days all Europe. was anxious to hear of the
wonders of America, and still more eager to see the strange
objects which explorers might be able to preserve and bring
back with them. Public museums were as yet unknown, but
the reigning princes sought aa 2 to secure novelties in the
shape of animals and plants.

Columbus was charged by Queen Tsatella to collect birds,
and it is recorded that he took back to Spain various skins
of beasts. Even to this day may be seen, in Siena,. hanging
over the walls of the old collegiate church, ‘a votive offering,
placed there nearly four centuries ago by the discoverer of
America, then in the’ prime of his glory. It consists of the
helmet and ‘armor .worn by him when he first stepped upon
the soil of the New World, and the rostrum of a swordfish
_ killed on the American coast. 3 rae

The State papers of Great Britain contain many entries of
interest to. naturalists. King James I. was an enthusiastic
collector. December 1 5, 1609, Lord Southampton wrote to

64 ' BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Lord. Salisbury that. he had told the King of the Virginia
squirrels brought into England, whicli were said to fly. The
King very earnestly asked if none were provided for him—
whether Salisbury had none for him—and said he was sure
Salisbury would get him one. ‘The writer apologizes for
troubling Lord Salisbury, ‘+ but,” he continues, ‘* you know
so well how he (the King) is affected to such toys.”

Charles I. appears to have been equally curious in such mat-
ters. In 1637 he sent John Tradescant, the younger, to Vir-
ginia ‘‘ to gather all rarities of flowers, plants, and shells.”

‘In 1625 we find Tradescant writing to one Nicholas that it
is the Duke of Buckingham’s pleasure that he should deal with
all merchants from all places, but especially from Virginia,
Bermudas, Newfoundland, Guinea, the Amazons, and the East
Indies for all manner of rare beasts, fowls and birds, shells and
shining stones, et cetera.*

In the Domestic Correspondence of Charles I. in another
place,t July, 1625, is a ‘* Note of things desired from Guinea,
for which letters are to be written to the merchants of the
Guinea company.” Among other items referred to are ‘ an
elephant’s head, with the teeth very large; a river-horse’s head ;
strange sorts of fowls; birds’ and fishes’ skins ; great flying and
sucking fishes ; all sorts of serpents; dried fruits, shining stones,
etc.” Still further on is a note of one Jeremy Blackman’s
charge—in all, £20—for. transporting four deer from Virginia,
including corn and a place made of wood for them to lie in.

Not only did ‘the kings make collections, but the keepers of
public houses made museums then, as they oe now, for ae pleas-
ure of their patrons.

At the middle of the ee century there appear to have been

several collections of curiosities.

* Calendar of Colonial Papers, 1625, p. 75.
ft Vol. iv, Nos. 155-6. Cal., p. 77.
$ Calendar of Colonial Papers, p. 285.

he nme sgie

cod

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 65

In Artedi’s ichthyological works there are numerous references
to places where he had seen American fishes, especially at Spring-
garden,* and at ‘‘ the Naggshead,” and the ‘‘ White-bear,” and the
Green Dragon in Stepney, in those days a famous hostelry in
London. He speaks also of collections at the houses of Mr.
Lillia and Master Saltero’s¢ in. Chelsey and at Stratford, and
‘also i in the collection of Seba, in Amsterdam, and.in that of Hans
Sloane.

With the exception of ‘‘ the monk or Angel-fish, Anglis, aliis
Mermaid-fish,” probably a species of Sguatina, which he saw at
the Nag’s Head, all the fishes in these London collections be-
longed to the order Plectognathi.

Josselyn, after telling us how a Piscataway colonist had the for-
tune to killa Pilhannaw—the king of the birds of prey—continues,
‘* How he disposed of her I know not, but had he taken her
alive and sent her over into England, neither Bartholomew or
Sturbridge Fair could have produced such another sight.” {

Shakespeare’s mirror strongly reflects the spirit of the day.
When Trinculo, cast ashore upon a lonesome island, catches a.

glimpse of Caliban he exclaims:

‘¢'What have we here? A manor a fish? Dead or alive?
A fish: he,smells like a fish; a very ancient and fish-like smell.
* * * A strange fish! Were I in England now, as once I
was, and had but this fish painted, not a holiday fool there but
would give a piece of silver; there would this monster make a
man; any strange beast there makes a man; when they will not
give a doit to relieve a lame beggar, they will lay out ten to see a
dead Indian.”§

The compilers of the great encyclopedia-like works on natural
history -were quick to pick up the names and descriptions of the
American animals which had found their way to Europe, and

* Later known as Vauxhall Gardens, a famous place of resort. °
+ The barber-virtuoso, described in Bulwer’s ‘‘ Devereux.”
tJossELYN: Two Voyages to New England (1638-1673).

§ A Winter's Tale.

«66 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

many such are mentioned in the writings of Gesner, Clusius and
Aldrovandus, Lister, Laet and Willughby.*

Creatures of remarkable appearance, which could be preserved
with ease were the first to become known. Among fishies, for
instance, those with a hard, inflexible integument, such as the
trunk-fishes. Every species of the family Ostractontide was
known in Europe as early as 1685; most of them probably a
century before. We know that Columbus caught a trunk-fish and
described it in his ‘* Voyages.”

Professor Tuckerman has traced in a most instructive manner
the beginnings of European acquaintance with American plants,

finding traces of the knowledge of a few at a very early period:

‘¢ Dalechamp, Clusius, Lobel, and Alpinus—all authors of the
sixteenth century—must be cited occasionally in any complete
synonomy of our flora. The Indian corn, the side-saddle
flower (Sarracenia purpurea and S. flava), the columbine,
the common milk-weed (Asclepias cornutz), the everlasting
(Antennaria margaritacea) and the Arbor vite, were known
to the just mentioned botanists before 1600. Sarracenia flava
was sent, either from Virginia, or possibly from some Spanish
monk in Florida. Clusius’s figure of our well-known northern
S. purpurea was derived from a specimen furnished to him by
one Mr. Claude Gonier, apothecary at Paris, who himself had it
from Lisbon, whither we may suppose it was carried by some
fisherman from the Newfoundland coast. The evening primrose,
Oenothera biennis, was known in Europe, according to Lin-
nus, as early as 1614. Polygonum sagittatum and arafolium
(tear thumb) were figured by DeLaet, probably from New York
specimens, in his Movus Orézs, 1633. Johnson’s edition of
Gerard’s ‘* Herbal,” 1636, contains some dozen North American
species, furnished often from the garden of Mr. John Tradescant
-and John Parkinson, whose ‘‘ Theatrum Botanicum” (1640) is
~ declared by Tournefort to embrace a larger number of species than
any work which had gone before. It describes a still larger
number.t :

*In Nehemiah Grew’s ‘‘ Catalogue and description of the natural: and
artificial Rarities, belonging to the Royal Societyand preserved at Gresham
College, Whereunto is subjoined the comparative Anatomy of Stomachs
and Guts,” London, 1681, are descriptions and figures of many American
animals. : ;

t Archeologia Americana, iv, pp. 116-117.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 67

All the early voyagers were striving for the discovery of a
western passage to India, and the West Indies, so-called, were
considered simply a stage on the journey towards the East
Indies. It is not strange, therefore, that writers should often
have failed to distinguish the faunal relations of the animals
which they described. Many curious paradoxes in nomenclature
have thus arisen— Casszs madagascariensis, for instance ; a very

misleading name for a common West Indian mollusk.

The seventeenth century bears upon its roll the names of many
explorers besides those of English. origin who have already been
named. Within fifty years of the time of Harriott and of the
planting of the colony at Roanoke, the number and extent of the
European settlements in America had become very considerable.
Virginia and the New England plantations were growing popu-
lous and Maryland was fairly established. Insular colonies were
thriving at Newfoundland and Bermuda and on Barbados, and
elsewhere in the West Indies.

New Spain and Florida marked the northern limits of the do-
main of the Spaniards, who had already overrun almost all of
South America.

New France bounded New England on the north, and the
French were pushing their military posts and missionary stations
down into the Mississippi valley.

The Dutch were established on Manhattan Island and else-
where in the surrounding country, and the Dutch West India
Company had already a foothold in Brazil and Guiana. A colony
of Scandinavians had been planted by the Swedish West India
Company near the present site of Philadelphia, and the forsaken
Danish colonies of Greenland were soon to be re-established. The
Portuguese had flourishing settlements in Brazil, for the possession
of which they were contending with the Dutch. :

Every European nation was represented in the great struggle

68 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

for territory save Italy and Germany, Switzerland and Russia;
but the Italians and Germans, the Swiss and the Russians were
tv hold their own in the more generous emulation of scientific
exploration which was to follow.

During the 17th and 18th centuries numerous explorations were
made both in North and South America by Spanish, French,.
Dutch, German, and Scandinavian explorers. Although these
men have been studied in the preparation of this address, I do
not intend to speak of them at any length, but to confine my
‘attention in the main to the growth of scientific opinions and
institutions in the English colonies.

The number of volumes of reports and narratives, often sump-
tuously printed and expensively illustrated, which were published
during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, impresses upon
one most ‘powerfully the idea of the earnestness, diligence, and
intelligence of their writers.

The Spaniards.—Even as early as the beginning of the century,
Spanish influence was less prominent in the affairs of the New
World; in no respect more strikingly so than in explorations.
The political supremacy of ‘Spain was gone, her intellectual ac-
tivity was waning, and the mighty storm of energy, by which her
domain in America’ had been so suddenly and widely established,
seemed to have completely exhausted the energy of her people,
depleted as it had been by wars without and religious persecution
within.

From this time forward the record of Spanish achievements in
the fields of science and discovery is very meagre. Between the
day of Hernandez-and that of Azara and Mutis, who explored
South America in the latter part of the eighteenth century, I find
but two names worthy of mention, and these seem properly to be-
long with the naturalists who lived a hundred years before them.
I refer to José Gumilla who published, in 1741, a work on the
natural history of the Orinoco Region, and Miguel Venegas,
whose ‘‘ Noticia de la California” appeared in 1757.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 69

The French.—One of the first French explorers who left a
record of his observations was Samuel de Champlain, who made
a voyage to the West Indies and Mexico, 1599-1602, and began
his travels in New France in 1603. He was the founder of Quebec,
where he died in 1635, and his geographical explorations and
maps are of great value. His observations upon the animals and
plants are disappointing. He describes the gar-pike and the
king-crab, already described and figured by Harriott many years
before, and refers in unmistakable terms to the shearwater, the
caribou, the wild turkey, and the scarlet tanager. His lists of
animals which occur now and again in the course of his narrative
are too vague to be of value.*

Much higher in the esteem of naturalists was Gabriel Sagard
Theodat, a Franciscan friar, whose ‘‘ Grand Voyage Du Pays
Des Hurons,” printed in 1632, was the most scholarly work upon
America which had yet appeared, and whose History of Canada
and of the journeys made by the Franciscans for the conversion
of the infidels also contains most valuable records.

The first work on the plants of North America was that of |
Cornuti—‘‘ Canadensium Plantarum, aliarumque nondum edita-
rum Historia ”’—printed in Paris in 1635, which described thirty-
seven species, thirty-six of these being illustrated by elaborate
engravings upon copper. The botanical part of this treatise is
usually ascribed to Vespasian Robin, and Tuckerman supposes
that the local notes, as well as the specimens described, were
probably the result of the labors of the worthy Franciscan mis-
sionary, Sagard.t

A few years later, Pierre Francois Xavier de Charlevoix,
[b. 1682, d. 1761], a Jesuit priest, having by royal command
travelled through the northern part of North America, published
his ‘* Histoire et Description Générale de la Nouvelle France,”

*Publications of Prince Society, Boston, 1878. Hakluyt Society, vol.
xxiv, 1850.
t+ Archeologia Americana, iv, p. 119.

70 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Paris, 1744, which was full of important biological and ethno-
logical observations, the accuracy of which is not questioned.
' He subsequently travelled in South America, and published in
1760, a work full of statements concerning the animals, plants,
and fruits of that country, and also particularly interesting from
the account which it gives of the singular Jesuit establishment
_ in Paraguay.

Other French missionaries, Brebceeuf, Du Poisson, Jaques, Jo-
liet, La Chaise, Lallemand, Marquette, Senat, and Souel fol-
lowed Charlevoix in the exploration of these regions. Their
works contain many valuable notes upon animals and plants.

Jean Baptiste du Tertre, in his ‘+ Histoire Générale des An-
tilles, habitées par les Francois,” published in Paris in 1654,
[ed. 1654-1667], described and illustrated many of the New
World animals. ;

In 1672 Nicolas Denyse published in Paris two comprehensive
works upon America, viz: ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Peuples, des
Animaux, des Arbres et des Plantes de ’ Amérique,”’* and ‘* De-
scription Geographique des costes de l’Amérique Septentrionale,
avec Histoire Naturelle du Pays.”

F. Froger, a companion of De Gennes in his voyage made in
1695-97 to the coast of Africa, the Straits of Magellan, Brazil,
Cayenne and the Antilles, published a report in 1698.{ The book
has been overlooked by recent bibliographers, but, judging from
Artedi’s remarks upon its ichthyological portion, it was fully
equal to similar works of its day.

Baron de la Hontan, Lord Lieutenant of the French Colony at
Placentia, printed at the Hague in 1703 his ‘* Voyages dans
Amérique,” which is sometimes referred to by zodlogists.

Louis Feuillée, who travelled by royal commission from 1707-12
in Central and South America, published four volumes of physical

mathematics and botanical observations, 1714-25, in Paris.

* Paris, 1672, 8°. tT 1672, 13°, 2°Vol.
t Paris, 1698; Amsterdam, 1699; London (translation), 1698.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 71

The Pere Jean Baptiste Labat, visited the West Indies as a
missionary early in the eighteenth century, and ‘‘ Nouveau Voy-
age aux Isles de Amérique,” printed in Paris, 1722, is very full
of interesting and copious details of natural history.

The Pere Laval, visited Louisiana, and published in Paris,
1728, his ‘* Voyage de la Louisiane.”

M. LePage DuPratz followed, in 1758, with his ‘‘ Histoire de
la Louisiane,’”’* full of geographical, biological, and anthropolog-
ical observations upon the lower valley of the Mississippi, and
Captain Bossu, of the French Marines, also published a book
upon the same region,} translated into English in 1771 by John
Rembold Forster, whose notes gave to the work its only value.
These men are all catalogued with the seventeenth century nat-
uralists because they were of the old school of general observers
and only indirectly contributed to the progress of systematic
zoology. :

Charles Plumier [b. 1646, d. 1704] was sent thrice by the King
of France to the Antilles during the latter years of the seven-
teenth century. He published three magnificently illustrated
works upon the plants of America,{ and left an extensive collec-
tion of notes and drawings of animals and plants, many of which
have proved of value to naturalists of recent years. His colored
drawings of fishes were of great service to Cuvier in the prepara-
tion of his great work upon ichthyology, and in some instances
species were founded upon them.

The Dutch.—There were few lovers of nature among the col-
onists of Manhattan, and with the exception of certain names
which have clung to well-known animals, such as the mossbunker
and weakfish, naturalists have little to remind them of the days
of Van Twiller and Stuyvesant. Van Der Donck, in 1659, de-

* Paris, 1758.

+ Nouveaux Voyages aux Indes Occidentales, etc., Paris: 1768.

{ 1693. Nova Plantarum Americanarum Genera, 1703. Traité de Fou-
géres d’Amérique, 1705.

72 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

scribed the fauna, and Jakob Steendam’s poem, ‘‘ In Praise of
the Netherlands,” catalogued many of the animals.

The achievements of Prince Maurice of Nassau, [b. 1604, d.
1679], the conqueror of Brazil, during his residence in that
country from 1636 to 1644, were far more important than those
of any one man in the seventeenth century, and entitled the
Netherlands to a leading place in the early history of American
scientific explorations. The notes and figures which were col-
lected by him and _ his scientific assistants, Marcgrave, Piso, and
Cralitz, were published in part under the editorship of Golius,
and Laet, and have been frequently used by naturalists of the
present century. An atlas of colored drawings from the hand of
Prince Maurice is still preserved in the Royal Library in Berlin.
Here are depicted 34 species of mammals, 100 of birds, 55 of
reptiles, 69 of fishes, and 77 of insects, besides many of plants.

Marcgrave’s ‘‘ Historia Rerum Naturalium Brasiliz ” was
printed in Amsterdam in 1648, four years after his untimely death
while exploring the coast of Guinea.

Piso’s ‘* Medicina Braziliensis,” 1648, and his Natural History
and Medicine of both Indies, 1658, were also results of Prince
Maurice’s expedition.

Among other contributions made by the Netherlands to the nat-
ural history of America were the ‘‘ Relation du Voyage de Isle
Tobago,” Paris, 1606, and the ‘* Histoire Naturelle et Morale
des Isles Antilles,” Rotterdam, 1658,* written by N. Roche-
fort, a Protestant missionary to the West Indies, and Jan
Nieuhof’s ** See und Landreize benessens een bondege Besch-
reyving von gantsch Nederland Brazil so van Landschappen
Steden, Deren Gewaffen,” &c., printed in 1682.

Jan Jacob Hartsinck, a Dutch traveller in Guiana, printed a
book of scientific travels at Amsterdam in 1770.

Philippe Fermin, a Dutch naturalist, resident for many years

_ *Firstedition without name of author; others, Paris, 1665; Lyons, 1667;
Amsterdam, 1716.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 73

in Surinam, published in Amsterdam two important works upon
the natural history of that region, in 1765 his ‘* Histoire Natu-
relle de la Hollande Equinoxiale,” and in 1769 his ‘ Descrip-
tion de Surinam.” I refer to these works as important, not
because they are of great value to zoédlogical writers of to-
day, but because they, in their day, marked distinct advances
in knowledge. |

Lhe Scandinavisms.—Danish enterprise at an early day sent
explorers to the western continent, and the scholarly tendencies of
the Scandinavian mind were soon manifest in a literature of geo-
graphical and scientific observations.

Hans Egede, a missionary who went to Greenland at least as
early as 1715, published in 1741 his comprehensive work upon
Greenland, of which so many editions have been published.

Otho Fabricius, [b. 1744, d. 1822], another missionary, long
resident in Greenland, published in 1780 his ‘‘ Fauna Green-
landica,” a work which in scientific accuracy has never been
excelled—a most important contribution to systematic zodl-
ogy. David Crantz’s ‘‘ History of Greenland,” published in
1770, is another important scientific work from the hand of
a missionary, and Zorgdrager’s notices of the Greenland. fish-
eries deserve a passing notice.

The travels of Kalm, a Swede and a pupil of Linnzus, are
noticed elsewhere. Peter Loefling, another pupil of Linnzus,
visited Spanish America, and in his ‘* Iter Hispanicum,”
printed in Stockholm, 1758, described many animals and plants
observed by him.

Olaf Swartz, a Swede, discovered and described 850 new spe-
cies of West Indian plants from 1785-89. He spent a year in the
southern United States before going to the West Indies.*

The Germans.—Germany, too, soon began to send its students
across the Atlantic. Johann Anderson, a Burgomaster of Ham-
burg, published in 1746 his ‘‘ Tidings from Iceland, Greenland,

* Brendel. —

74 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

and Davis Straits, for the benefit of Science and Commerce.”
Hans Just Winkelmann published in Oldenburg in 1664 ‘ Der
Amerikanischen neuen Welt Bescreibung,” &c., with descrip-
tions and figures of animals and plants.

Christian Bullen, in 1667, made a voyage to Greenland and
Spitzbergen, an account of which, including interesting observa-
tions on whales and the whale fishery, was printed at Bremen in
1668. 7

Marcerave, Krieg, the two Forsters, and Schoepf are referred
to elsewhere. Steller, Pallas and Chamisso are mentioned in
connection with Russian explorations.

Madame Maria Sibilla Merian, [b. 1647, d. 1717], who was a
native of Frankfort, was an enthusiastic entomologist who trav-
elled in Surinam from 1699-1701. Her paintings of tropical in-
sects were reproduced in a magnificent folio volume, printed
1705-9, which was one of the wonders of her day, and which,
together with her other writings upon insects, have secured her a

prominent place in the early history of science.
Vi.

The seventeenth century was not, upon the whole, a period fa-
vorable to the promotion of -science, for all Europe was agitated
by war and political strife, and men had neither opportunity nor
inclination for intellectual pursuits. During its latter half, how-
ever, and with the return of peace and tranquillity, science grew
in favor as it had never done before. The restoration of the
Stuarts to the English throne was quickly followed by the estab-
lishment of the Royal Society. Louis XIV. made the period of
his accession memorable by founding the Royal Academy of
Sciences, and by building an observatory.

This was the period of intellectual activity which followed the
revival of letters in Europe. Carus, in his History of Zodlogy,
calls it the period of encyclopedia-making, (Perzode der en-
cyklopidische Darstellungen), filling the interspace between

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 75

‘¢ The Zoélogy of the Middle Ages ” and ‘*‘ the period of System-
atic Classification.” Students of science had ceased to compile
endless commentaries on the works of Aristotle and had begun to
record their own observations and thoughts, to gather new facts
and materials, which were to serve as a basis for the systematic
work for their successors.

The greatest names of the day among naturalists were those of
Ray, Tournefort, Lister, Jonston, Goedart, Redi, Willughby,
Swammerdam, Sloane, Jung, and Morrison; names not often
referred to at the present day, but worthy of our recollection
and veneration, for they were men of a new era—the pioneers
in systematic zodlogy and _ botany. |

Among the earliest representatives of the new school in
North America were Banister, Clayton, Mitchell, and Garden.
John Banister, a clergyman of the Church of England, emi-
grated to Virginia before 1668, and in addition to his clerical
duties applied himself assiduously to the study of natural history.
He was a disciple and also, no doubt, a pupil of the great Eng-
lish naturalist, John Ray, who called him, in his Historia
Plantarum, ‘‘ erudissimus vir et consummatissimus Botanicus,”
and corresponded also with Lister, and Compton, Bishop of Lon-
don. He was the first to observe intelligently the mollusks and
insects of North America. In a paper communicated to the
Royal Society in 1693 he refers to drawings of ten or twélve
kinds of land snails and six of fresh-water mussels. The draw-
ings were not published, nor were the notes, except those in ref-
erence to the circulation of a species of snail.*

He sent to Petiver, in 1680, a collection of 52 species of
insects, his observations upon which, with notes by Petiver,

were a few years later communicated to the Royal Society.+

*Phil. Trans., xvii, 1693, pp. 671-672. See also Trans. Linnzan Soc.,
Vii, p. 227.

+t Some Observations concerning Insects made by Mr. Fohn Banister in
Virginia, A. D. 1680, with Remarks on them by Mr. Fames Petiver, &c.
Phil. Trans., xxii, 1701, pp. 807-814.

76 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Among them many familiar forms are recognizable—the mud-
wasp, seventeen-year locust, cimex, cock-roach, firefly, the
spring beetle (ater), and the tobacco-moth. He appears to
have drawn and described several phases of the life history of
the ichneumon-fly. He had in his possession in 1686, and ex-
hibited to an English traveller, large bones and teeth of fossil
mammals from the interior of Virginia, the first of which we
have any record in North America.*

It was as a botanist, however, that he was best known. He
made drawings of the rarer species, and transmitted these with
his notes and dried specimens to Compton and Ray. Banister’s
‘‘Catalogus Plantarum in Virginia observatarum,” printed in
1686,} was the first systematic paper upon natural history which
emanated from America. In one of his botanical excursions,
about the year 1692, he visited the falls of the Roanoke, and,
slipping among the rocks, was killed.

Lawson, the historian of North Carolina, writing at the begin-
ning of the next century, remarked: ‘‘ Had not the ingenious Mr.
Banister (the greatest virtuoso we ever had on this continent)
been unfortunately taken out of this world, he would have given
the best account of the plants of America of any that ever yet
made such an attempt in these parts.”§ The memory of John
Banister is still cherished in Virginia, where his descendants are
numerous. || —

John Clayton was also an excellent representative of the new
school, and should not be confounded with the Rev. John Clayton
who visited America in 1685. John Clayton, the naturalist, as

* Perhaps the Megalonyx Feffersoniz, subsequently discovered.

+t In Ray’s Historia Plantarum.

{ His papers and collections were sent to the Bishop of London. The
plants are said to have passed into the hands of Sloane, and to be still
preserved in the British Museum. It would be interesting to know what
has become of his manuscripts.

§ Lawson: History of North Carolina, Raleigh Ed., p. 134. .

|| See The Bland Papers and SLAUGHTER’S History of Bristol Parish,
ist and 2d editions.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 77

he is styled in Virginian history, appears to have been born in
Fulham, a suburb of London, in 1686, and to have accompanied
his father, John Clayton, subsequently Attorney-General of Vir-
ginia, when he came to this country in 1705. He was clerk of
Gloucester County, Virginia, for fifty-one years, and died De-
cember 15, 1773. ‘* He passed a long life,” says Thacher,
‘** in exploring and describing the plants of this country, and is
supposed to have enlarged the botanical catalogue as much as any
man who ever lived.” He was a correspondent of Linnezus,
Gronovius, and Collinson, and the latter wrote of him in 1764 as
‘* my friend John Clayton, the greatest botanist of America.”
Clayton’s ‘* Flora Virginica,” which was edited by Gronovius,
assisted by the young Linnzus, who was just entering upon his
career of success, and was then resident in Leyden, began to ap-
pear in 1739, subsequent portions being published in 1743 and
1762. It seems to be the opinion of botanists that Gronovius de-
serves less credit for his share in this work than has usually been
allowed him, and _ that Clayton’s descriptions were those of a
thorough master of botanical science as then understood. He
communicated to the Royal Society various botanical papers, in-
cluding one upon the culture of the different kinds of tobacco.
At his death he left two volumes of manuscripts, and an herba-
rium, with marginal notes and references for the engraver who
should prepare the plates for his proposed work. These were in
the possession of his son when the revolutionary war commenced,
and were placed in the office of the clerk of New Kent county
for security from the invading enemy. The building was burned
down by incendiaries, and thus perished not only the records of
the county but probably one of the most important works on
American botany written before the days of Gray and Torrey.
Jefferson declares that Clayton was a native Virginian, and
such is the confusion in the records that it is quite possible that

such may be the fact.*

*See Spotswood Letters, i, pp. 1, 8; ii, pp- 44, 58, 355-

78 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Still another pioneer was Dr. John Mitchell, born in England
about 1680 and settled, early in the last century, at Urbanna,
Virginia, where he remained nearly fifty years practising medi-
cine and promoting science. He appears to have been a man
of genius and broad culture, and was one of the earliest chemists
and physicists in America. His political and botanical writings
were well received, and his map of North America is still an au-
thority in boundary matters. He was a correspondent of Lin-
nzus, and in 1740 sent Collinson a paper in which thirty new
genera of Virginia plants were proposed.* His Dissertation
upon the Elements of Botany and Zoologyt was dated Vir-
ginia, 1738, and was thus almost contemporary with the first
edition of the Systema Nature of Linneus, though it was not
- printed until ten years after it was written. This was the first
work upon the principles of science ever written in America. In
1743 he communicated to the Royal Society an ‘‘ Essay on the
Causes of the Different Colours of People in Different Climates,” +
writing from the standpoint of an evolutionist. He also com-
municated an ‘* Essay on the Properties and Uses of the Different
Kinds of Potash,” § and a ‘‘ Letter concerning the Force of
Electrical Cohesion.” || His fame rests chiefly, however, upon
his investigations into the yellow fever epidemic of 1737-42,
published after his death. In. 1743 he appears to have been en-
gaged in physiological researches. upon the opossum, which,
however, were never published. In 1746 Dr. Mitchell returned
to England, and upon the voyage was captured by French or
Spanish pirates, and his collections, and apparently his manu-
scripts, destroyed. He became a Fellow of the Royal Society,

_ * DARLINGTON, p. 21.

+ Dissertatio brevis de Princtpits Botanicorum et Zoologorum, deque
novo stabiliendo nature rerum Systemati congruo, cum Appendice aliquot
generum plantarum recens conditorum et in Virginia observatum. Nurem-
burg, 1748. ‘ :

t Phil. Trans., xliii, 1744. || Phil. Trans., 1. .
§ Phil. Trans., xlv. q Amer. Med. & Phil. Reg., iv.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 79

and in 1748 was writing a work upon the natural and medical
history of North America.* He died at an advanced age, about
1772. His name is perpetuated in that of our beautiful little
partridgeberry, Atchella repens. ** Mitchell and Clayton to-
gether,” says Tuckerman, ‘‘gave to the botany of Virginia a
distinguished lustre.”

Dr. John Tennent, of Port Royal, Va., seems to have been a
man of botanical tastes. He it was who brought into view the
virtues of the Seneca snake root, publishing at Williamsburgh, in
1736, an essay on pleurisy, in which he treats of the Seneca as an
efficient remedy in the cure of this disease.t He also wrote other
botanical treatises.{ Dr. Greham, of Dumfries, Va., was a man
of similar tastes, and it is said by Mr. Jefferson that we are in-
debted to him for the introduction into America of the tomato.

David Krieg, F. R. S., a German botanist, collected insects for
Petiver in Maryland, and gathered also hundreds of species of
plants. He seems to have returned to England very early in the
century, for his name appears in the Philosophical Transactions
in 1701. , |

Col. William Byrd, of ‘‘ Westover,” Va., [b. 1674, d. 1744],
was a man of European education, the owner of a magnificent
library, in which Stith wrote his history of Virginia, founder of the
city of Richmond, colonial agent in London, and President of the
King’s council. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society, to which
he communicated a paper ‘‘ concerning a negro boy dappled with
white spots,”§ and was a correspondent of Collinson, Bartram,
and other naturalists. His ‘‘ History of the Dividing Line” and
his ** Journey to the Land of Eden,” in 1733, contain many inter-

*SmuitH : Correspondence of Linnaeus, ii, pp. 442-451.

+ THACHER: Medical Biography, i, p. 73-

t Mitchell writing to Linnzus, in 1748, remarks: ‘‘I can now only send
you * * * some dissertations of Mr. Tennant upon the Polygala, two
of which only have come out among his latest publications. His former
ones, of inferior merit, are not now to be had.”

§ Phil. Trans., 1697.

80 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

esting observations upon Indians and general natural history. He
it was who, in 1694, carried to England a female opossum, which
iurnished the materials for the first dissertation upon the anatomy
of the marsupiates.*

One of the most eminent of our colonial naturalists was Dr.
Alexander Garden, born in Scotland about 1728 [d. 1791]. He
emigrated to America about 1750, and practised medicine in
Charleston, S. C., until after the close of the revolutionary war,
when he returned to England and became very prominent in
scientific and literary circles, and vice-president of the Royal
Society in 1783. He was an excellent botanist, but did his
best work upon fishes and reptiles. He sent large collections of
fishes to Linnzus, which were so well prepared that when I
examined the fishes in the Linnzan collection in London, in 1883,
I found nearly every specimen referred to by him in his letters in
excellent condition, though few collected by others were identifi-
able. Garden was the discoverer of Amphiuma means, and was
instrumental in first sending the electrical eel to Europe. His
letters to Linneus and to Ellis are voluminous and abound in val-
uable information. In 1764 he published a description of Spége-
lia marilandica, with an account of its medicinal properties.

James Logan, [b. 1664, d. 1751], a native of Ireland and
member of the Society of Friends, accompanied William Penn
to this country in 1682 in the capacity of secretary, and became a
public man of prominence, serving for two years as governor of
the colony of Pennsylvania. He was a man of broad culture and
was the author of a translation of Cicero’s ‘‘ De Senectute,”’
printed by Benjamin Franklin in 1744. To Logan belongs the
honor of having carried on the first American investigations in
physiological botany, the results of which were published in
Leyden, in 1739, in an essay entitled ‘* Experimenta et Melete-

mata de Plantarum Generationis.” This essay, which related to

*EDWARD TysON: Carigueya seu Marsupialis, or the Anatomy of an
Opossum, &ec., Kc. < Phil. Trans., xx, 1698, p. 105.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 81

the fructification of the Indian corn, was accepted in its day as a
valuable contribution to knowledge.

Cadwallader Colden [b. 1688, d. 1776] was also a statesman and
a naturalist. A native of Scotland, he came to America in 1708,
and, after a short residence in Pennsylvania, settled in New York,
where he held the office of surveyor-general and member of the
King’s council, and in later life was for many years lieutenant-
governor, and frequently acting-governor of the province. His
intellectual activity manifested itself in various directions, and his
‘‘ History of the Five Indian Nations of Canada,” New York,
1727, was one of the earliest ethnological works printed in
America. Healso was interested in meteorology and astronomy,
and as a correspondent of Linnezus and Collinson did much to
advance the study of American Botany. His daughter, Miss
Jane Colden, was the first lady in America to become proficient
in the study of plants. She was the author of a Flora of New
York which was never published.* Governor Colden’s ‘‘ Plantae
Coldenhamiae,” the first part of a catalogue of the plants growing
in the neighborhood of his country residence, ‘‘Coldenham,” near
Newburgh, was the first treatise on the flora of New York. It
was published in 1744 inthe Acts of the Royal Society of Upsala.t
A most interesting collection from the scientific correspondence
of Colden was published many years ago by Dr. Asa Gray.{

Hans Sloane, a young Irish physician, [b. 1660, d. 1753], who
had been a pupil of Tournefort and Magnol, visited the West
Indies in 1684, and after his return printed a Catalogue of Jamaica
Plants in 1696, and, later, a sumptuously illustrated work on the
natural history of Jamaica (1707-25). After his return he be-
came an eminent physician, and in 1727 succeeded Isaac Newton
as President of the Royal Society. The collection of animals and
plants made by Sir Hans Sloane in America was greatly increased

by him during his long and active life, and, having been be-

* BRENDEL in Amer. Nat., Dec., 1879. + TorrEY: Flora of New York.
t Amer. Journ. Science, xiv.

82 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

queathed by him to the nation, became, upon his death in 1.753,
the nucleus of the British Museum.

Another naturalist of the same general character was Mark
Catesby, [b. 1679, d. 1749], who lived in Virginia, 1712 to 1721,
collecting and making paintings of birds and plants; in the Caro-
linas, 1722 to 1725, and a year also in the Bahamas. His mag-
nificent, illustrated work upon the Natural History of Carolina,
Florida, and the Bahamas,* is still of great value to students of
natural history.

The name of John Bartram, the Quaker naturalist of Philadel-
phia, is possibly better remembered than those of his contempo-
raries. This is no doubt due to the fact that he left behind him
a lasting monument in his botanic garden on the banks of the
Schuylkill. He was the earliest native American to prosecute
studies in systematic botany, unless Jefferson’s statement concern-
ing Clayton proves to be true. Linnzus is said to have called him
‘*the greatest natural botanist in the world,” and George III.
honored him in 1765 with the title of ‘* Botanist to his Majesty
for the Floridas,” and a pension of fifty pounds a year. Bartram
was a most picturesque and interesting. personage, and a true
lover of nature. He did great service to botany by supplying
plants and seeds to Linnzus, Dillenius, Collinson, and other Euro-
pean botanists. He was a collector, however, rather than an
investigator, and his successes seem to have been due, in the
main, to the patient promptings and advice of his friend Collin-
son in London. Garden, whom he visited at Charleston, in
1765, after his appointment as King’s Botanist, wrote of him to
Ellis :

‘¢ [ have been several times into the country with him and have
told him the classes, genera, and species of all the plants that oc-
curred which 'I knew. I did this in order to facilitate his en-
quiries, as I find that he knows nothing of the generic characters
of plants and can neither class nor describe them, but I see that,

* London, 17 54-71 ?

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 83

from great natural strength of mind and long practice, he has much
acquaintance with the specific characters; though his knowledge
is rude, inaccurate, indistinct, and confused, seldom determining .
well between species and varieties. He is, however, alert, active,
industrious, and indefatigable in his pursuits.”*

Fothergill says in his Memoir of Collinson ‘ that the eminent
naturalist, John Bartram, may almost be said to have been created
by my friend’s assistance.”

The foregoing remarks concerning the elder Bartram are sim-
ply for the purpose of calling attention to his proper position
among the American naturalists of his day. It is not that I esteem
Bartram the less, but that I esteem Garden, Clayton, Mitchell
and Colden more. The name of Bartram brings up at once that
of his friend and patron, Peter Collinson, just as that of Garden
reminds us of John Ellis.

Collinson and Ellis were never in America, yet if any men de-.
serve to be called the fathers of American natural history it is
they. For a period of thirty years or more, that period during
which Linneus was bringing about those reforms which have -
associated his name forever with the history of the classificatory
sciences, these enlightened and science-loving London merchants |
seem to have held the welfare of American science in their keep-
ing and to have faithfully performed their trust. I know few
books which are more delightful than Darlington’s ‘‘ Memoir of
Bartram” and Smith’s ‘‘ Correspondence of Linnzus,” made up
as they are largely of the letters which passed between Collinson
and Ellis and their correspondents in America, and with Lin-
neus, to whom they were constantly transmitting American
notes and specimens.f+

Humphrey Marshall [b. 1722, d. 1801] was a farmer-botanist
of the Bartram type, and the author of ‘‘ The American Grove,”
a treatise upon the forest trees and shrubs of the United States,

*SmitH: Correspondence of Linnaeus, i, p. 537-
+ DarRLinGctTon: Memoirs of Bartram and Marshall.

84 ' BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

the first botanical work which was entirely American. Darling-
ton’s ** Memorials of Bartram and Marshall” is a worthy tribute
to this useful man. _

Moses Bartram, a nephew of John, was also a botanist, and
William, his son, [b. 1739, d. 1823], was a much more prominent
figure in American science. His ‘‘ Travels through North and
South Carolina,” published in 1791, was, in the opinion of
Coues, the starting-point of a distinctively American school of
ornithology.

Collinson was a correspondent of Benjamin Franklin, and is
said not only to have procured and sent to him the first elec
trical machine which came to America, but to have made known
to him in 1743 the results of the first experiments in electricity,
the continuation of which gave to Franklin his European repu-
tation as a man of science. Collinson was instrumental in in-
troducing grape culture in Virginia, and in acclimating here
many foreign ornamental shrubs.

Ellis was a more eminent man of science, and his name is
associated with the beginnings of modern marine zodlogy.

Linneus wrote to him in 1769: * Your discoveries may be
said to vie with those of Columbus. He found out America,
or a new India, in the West; you have laid open hitherto
unknown Indies in the depths of the ocean.” He was royal
agent for West Florida, and had extraordinary facilities for
obtaining specimens from the colonies.

His nephew, Henry Ellis, F. R. S., [b. 1720, d. 1805], was the
author of ‘* A Voyage to Hudson’s Bay in 1746 and 1747 for discov-
ering a Northwest Passage,” which contains some valuable
notes upon zodlogy. He was in 1756 appointed governor of
the colony of Georgia, and in 1758 published in the Philo-
sophical Transactions an essay on ‘‘ The Heat of the Weather
in Georgia.” In 1760 he made a voyage for the discovery
of a new passage to the Pacific, and later was governor of

Nova Scotia, where we can but believe he continued his ob-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 85

servations and his correspondence with the savans of Europe.

‘* Finally,” says Jones, ‘* having attained a venerable age, and
to the last intent upon the prosecution of some favorite physical
researches, he fell in sleep, as did Pliny the Elder, within sight
of Vesuvius, and upon the shores of the beautiful Bay of
Naples:”* :

Jones, in his ‘* History of Georgia,” [I, p. 444], refers to the
Rev. Stephen Hales—‘‘ equally renowned as a naturalist and a
divine”—who lived fora time in Georgia during the last cen-
tury. Can this have been the famous author of ‘‘ Vegetable
Statics: I have been unable to find any allusion to a sojourn in
America, in the published notices of the English Hales, and
equally unable to discover a second Hales in the annals of science.

The central figure among eighteenth-century naturalists was of
course Linneus. His Systema Nature was an epoch-making
work, and with the publication of its first edition at Leyden in
1735 the study of the biological sciences received an impress which
was soon felt in America.

In 1738, while in Leyden, he assisted Gronovius in editing the *
notes sent by Clayton from Virginia, and it is evident that Lin-
nzus was already, at the age of thirty, recognized by European
botanists as an authority upon the plants of America. It was in
this year that he visited Paris. He at once made his way to the
Garden of Plants, and entered the lecture-room of Bernard de
Jussieu, who was describing some exotics to his pupils in Latin.
There was one which the demonstrator had not yet determined,
and which seemed to puzzle him. The Swede looked on in
silence at first, but observing the hesitation of the learned Profes-
sor, cried out: ‘‘ Haec plantam faciem Americanam habet.”
Jussieu turned about quickly with the exclamation, ‘‘ You are
Linnzus.”

It is interesting to notice how strongly the Linnean reforms
took root in American soil, and how soon. Collinson wrote to

* History of Georgia.

86 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

‘
Bartram in 1737: ‘* The Systema Nature is a curious perform-
ance for a young man, but his coining a new set of names
for plants-tends but to embarrass and perplex the study of Botany.
As to his system, * * * botanists are not agreed about it.
Very few like it. Be that as it will, he is certainly a very ingeni-
ous man, and a great naturalist.”* Six years later he wrote to

Linnzus himself:

‘¢ Your system I can tell you obtains much in America. Mr.
Clayton and Dr. Colden at Albany are complete professors, as is
Dr. Mitchell at Urbana, in Virginia.’’}

This may not seem a very numerous following, but twelve
years after this (1755), only seven English botanists were men-
tioned by Collinson in response to a request from Linneus to
know what botanical people in London were skilled in his plan.{

It is a fact not often referred to that during his period of poverty
and struggles, Linnzus received, through the influence of his
patron, Boerhaave, an appointment in the colony of Surinam.
His prospects for a successful career in Europe had, however,
brightened, and he decided not to come to America.

His interest in American natural history was always very
great, and his descriptions of New World forms seem to have been
drawn up withespecialcare. Garden, Colden, Bartram, Mitchell,
Clayton and Ellis were all, as we have seen, active in supplying
him with materials, and his pupils, Kalm, Alstroem, Loefling,
Kuhn and Rolander (who collected for many years in Suri-
nam) sent him many notes and specimens.

The progress of systematic zodlogy in the interval between
Ray and Linnzus may perhaps best be illustrated by some brief
statistical references. The former, in 1690, made an estimate of
the number of animals and plants known at that time.

The number of beasts, including serpents, he placed at 150, ad-

* DARLINGTON, p. 106. + SMITH, i, p. 9.
t SMITH, i, p. 33-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 87

ding that according to his belief not many that are of any con-
siderable bigness in the known regions of the world have escaped
the cognizance of the curious.

Linneus in his 12th edition (1766) described 210 species of
beasts or mammals, and 124 of reptiles so called. Of the mam-
mals known to Linneeus, 78, or more than one-third, were Ameri-
can, and 88 of the reptiles were attributed to this continent.

‘* The number of birds,” said Ray, ‘‘ may be near 500.”
Linnzus catalogued 790, of which about one-third were American.

Although at this time the Middle and Southern States were the
most active in the prosecution of scientific researches, there were
in New England at least two diligent students of nature. Paul
Dudley, F. R. S., [b. 1675], chief-justice of the colony of Massa-
chusetts, was the author of several papers in the Philosophical
Transactions. Among these were ** A Description of the Moose
. Deer in America,” * ‘*‘ An Account of a Method Lately Found
Out in New England for Discovering Where the Bees Hive in
the Woods,” ** ‘* An Account of the Rattlesnake,” + and ‘* An
Essay Upon the Natural History of Whales, with a Particular >
Account of the Ambergris Found in the Spermaceti Whale,” {
which is often quoted.

Others were an ‘‘ Account of the Poison Wood Tree in New
England,” § and ‘‘ Observations on Some Plants of New Eng-
land, with Remarkable Instances of the Nature and Power of
Vegetation.” || He also appears to have sent to Collinson a
treatise upon the evergreens of New England. |

“The Rev. Jared Eliot, [b. 1685, d. 1763], minister at Killing-
worth, in Connecticut, and one of the earliest graduates of Yale
College, described by his contemporaries as ‘*‘ the first physician
of his day,” and as ‘ the first botanist in New England,” appears

* Phil. Trans., xxxi, 1721. t Phil. Trans., xxxiii, 1725, pp. 256-69.
** Phil. Trans., xxxi, 1721, p. 148-50. § Phil. Trans., xxi, p. 135.
f Phil. Trans., xxxii, p. 292-5. || Phil. Trans., xxxiii, p. 129.

{See Tuckerman in Archeologia Americana, iv, pp. 125-6.

88 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. OF WASHINGTON.

to have been a correspondent of Franklin, and a scientific agri-
culturist.

In 1781 appeared Jefferson’s ‘* Notes on Virginia.” This was
the first comprehensive treatise upon the topography, natural his-
tory, and natural resources of one of the United States, and was
the precursor of the great library of scientific reports which have
since been issued by the state and federal governments.

The book, although hastily prepared to meet a special need,
and not put forth as a formal essay upon a scientific topic, was, if
measured by its influence, the most important scientific work as
yet published in America. The personal history and the public
career of Thomas Jefferson are so familiar to all that it would be
an idle task to repeat them here. Had he not been a master in
statecraft, he would have been a master of science. It is prob-
able that no two men have done so much for science in America
as Jefferson and Agassiz—not so much by their direct contribu-
tions to knowledge as by the immense weight which they gave
to scientific interests by their advocacy.

Many pages of Jefferson’s ‘‘ Notes on Virginia” are devoted to
the discussion of Buffon’s statements: (1) that the animals com-
mon to both continents are smaller in the New World; (2) that
those which are peculiar to the New are on a smaller scale; (3)
that those which have been domesticated in both have degen-
erated in America, and (4) that, on the whole, America exhibits
fewer species. He successfully overthrows the specious and
superficial arguments of the eloquent French naturalist, who, it
must be remembered, was at this time considered the highest au-
thority living in such matters. Not content with this, when
Minister Plenipotentiary to Europe a few years later, he forced
Buffon himself to admit his error.

The circumstance shall be related in the words of Daniel

Webster, who was very fond of relating the anecdote :

‘‘ It was a dispute in relation to the moose, and in one of the
circles of the Aeaux-esprits in Paris, Mr. Jefferson contended for

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 89

some characteristics in the formation of the animal which Buffon
stoutly denied. Whereupon Mr. Jefferson wrote from Paris to
General John Sullivan, then residing in Durham, New Hamp-
shire, to procure and send him the whole frame of a moose. The
General was no little astonished at a request he deemed so ex-
traordinary, but well acquainted with Mr. Jefferson, he knew he
must have sufficient reason for it; so he made a hunting party of
his neighbors and took the field. They captured a moose of

unusual proportions, stripped it to the bone, and sent the skeleton *
to Mr. Jefferson at a cost of fifty pounds sterling. On its arrival, |

Mr. Jefferson invited Buffon and some other savazts to a supper
at his house and exhibited his dear bought specimen. Buffon
immediately acknowledged his error. ‘ I should have consulted

you, Monsieur,’ he said, ‘ before publishing my book on Natural .

9 99

History, and then I should have been sure of my facts.

In still another matter in which he was at variance with Buffon
he was manifestly in the right. In a letter to President Madison,
of William and Mary College, he wrote:

*¢ Speaking one day with M. de Buffon on the present ardor of
chemical inquiry, he affected to consider chemistry but as cookery,

and to place the toils of the laboratory on a footing with those of
the kitchen. J think it, on the contrary, among the most useful

of sciences and 4zg with future discoveries for the utility and

safety of the human race.”

It was the scientific foresight of Jefferson, so manifest in such
letters, which led him to advocate so vigorously the idea that
science must be the corner-stone of our Republic.

In 1789 he wrote from Paris to Dr. Willard, president of Har-
vard College :

To Dr. WILLARD:

What a field have we at our doors to signalize ourselves in.
The botany of America is far from being exhausted, its miner-
alogy is untouched, and its Natural History or zodlogy totally
mistaken and misrepresented. * * * Itis for such institutions
as that over which you preside so worthily, sir, to do justice to
our country, its productions, and its genius. It is the work to
which the young men you are forming should lay their hands.
We have spent the prime of. our lives in procuring them the
precious blessing of liberty. Let them spend theirs in showing
that it is the great parent of sczezce and of virtue, and-that a

nation will be great in both always in proportion as it is free.
- THOMAS JEFFERSON.

90 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

To Jefferson’s interest was due the organization of the first
government exploring expedition. As early as 1780 we find him
anxious to promote an expedition to the upper portion of the
Mississippi Valley, and offering to raise 1000 guineas for the pur-
pose from private sources, and while he was President he dis-
_ patched Lewis and Clarke upon their famous expedition into the
_ northwest—the precursor of all the similar enterprises carried on
by the general Government, which have culminated in our mag-
nificent Geological Survey.

Jefferson’s personal influence in favor of science was of in-
calculable value. Transferred from the presidency of the prin-
cipal American scientific society to the presidency of the nation,
he carried with him to the Executive Mansion the tastes and
habits of a scientific investigator. Mr. Luther, in his recent
essay upon ‘* Jefferson as a Naturalist,”* has shown that during
his residence in Paris he kept the four principal colleges—Har-
vard, Yale, William and Mary, and the College of Philadelphia—
informed of all that happened in the scientific circles in Europe.

He wrote to one correspondent: ‘* Nature intended me for
the tranquil pursuits of science by rendering them my supreme
delight.” To another he said: ‘‘ Your first gives me infor-
mation in the line of natural history, and the second prom-
ises political news. The first is my passion, the last my duty,
and therefore both desirable.”

When Jefferson went to Philadelphia to be inaugurated Vice- —
President he carried with him a collection of fossil bones which
he had obtained in Green Brier county, Virginia, together with
a paper, in which were formulated the results of his studies
upon them. This was published in the Transactions of the
American Philosophical Society, and the species is still known
as Megalonyx Jefferson.

‘¢ The spectacle,” remarks Luther, ‘‘ of an American states-

* Magazine of American History, April, 1885.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 9]

man coming to take part as a central figure in the greatest po-
litical ceremony of our country, and bringing with him an
original contribution to science, is certainly one we shall not
soon see repeated.” *

When Jefferson became President, his scientific tastes were
the subject of much ridicule as well as of bitter opposition
among the people in whose eyes, even in that day, science was
considered synonymous with atheism. William Cullen Bryant,
then a lad of thirteen, wrote a satirical poem, ‘‘ The Embargo,”
since suppressed, in which the popular feeling seems to have

been voiced:

‘* Go, wretch, resign the Presidential chair;
Disclose thy secret measures, foul or fair.
Go search with curious eyes for horned frogs
Mid the wild wastes of Louisianian bogs,
Or, where the Ohio rolls his turbid stream,
Dig for huge bones, thy glory and thy theme.”

A prominent personage in the history of this period was Peter
Kalm, a pupil of Linneus and Professor in the University of
Aobo, who was sent to America by the Swedish government,
and travelled through Canada, New York, New Jersey, and
Pennsylvania from 1748-51. Although the ostensible object of
his mission was to find a species of mulberry suitable for accli-
matization in Sweden, with a view to the introduction of silk-
culture, it is very evident that he and his master were very willing
to make of applied science a beast of burden, upon whose back
they could heap up a heavy burthen of investigations in pure
science. Kalm’s botanical collections were of great importance
and are still preserved in the Linnzan herbarium in London.
His ‘* Travels into North America ” are full of interesting obser-
vations upon animals and men, as well as upon plants, and give us
an insight into the life of the naturalists at that time resident in

_America. After his return to Sweden he published several pa-

_ pers relating to his discoveries in America.

*op. cit. |

92 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Another traveller who deserves our attention, Johann David
Schepf, [b. 1752, d., in Baireuth, 1800], the author of one of the
earliest monographs of the Testudinata, was a surgeon of merce-
nary troops under the Marcgrave of Anspach, and was one of
the hated ‘* Hessian” auxiliaries during the revolutionary war
(1776-83). While stationed at New York he wrote a paper upon
the Fishes of New York, which was published in Berlin in 1787.
This was the first special ichthyological paper ever written in
America or concerning American species. Immediately after the
treaty of peace in 1783, Schoepf made an extensive tour through
the United States, proceeding from New York south to Florida
and the Bahamas. He was accompanied in his more southern
excursions by Prof. Marter and Dr. Stupicz, who with several
assistants had been sent to America from Vienna to make botan-
ical explorations. Scheepf’s ‘* Nord Amerikanische Reisen” is
full of interesting notes upon natural history, and describes nearly
all the scientific men at that time resident in the United States.
His **‘ Materia Medica Americana,’ re in 1787 at Erlangen,
was a standard in its day.*

One of the most prominent names in American natural history
is that of Johann Reinhold Forster, [b. 1729, d. 1798], who was
a leader in zoological studies in England during the last century.
He was a native of Germany, and at the time of his death Pro-
fessor of Botany at Halle. He spent many years in England,
and was the naturalist of Cooke’s second voyage around the
world (1772-75). In 1771 he published in London, in an ap-
pendix to his translation of Kalm’s Travels, ‘* A Catalogue of the
Animals of North America, compiled from the writings of Lin-
neus, Pennant, Brisson, Edwards and Catesby, and in the same
year a similar nominal catalogue of the plants of North America.
His account of the birds sent from Hudson’s Bay, published in
1772, was a valuable contribution to American ornithology,

*Erlangen, 1788, 2 vols., 8°.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 93

‘* notable,” says Coues, ‘‘ as the first formal treatise exclusively
devoted to a collection of North American birds sent abroad.”
Fifty-eight species were described, among which were several new
to science. Other papers of equal value were published upon
the quadrupeds and fishes of the same region. Forster was one
of the earliest students of the geographical distribution of animals,
and his ‘* Enchiridion of Natural History” was in its day a
standard. His son, John George Forster, who was his companion
in the voyage of circumnavigation, owes his fame to his literary
rather than to his scientific labors.. He published a paper on the
Patella or Trumpet Fish found at Bermuda.*

The annals of Russian explorations upon the west coast of
North America have been so exhaustively recorded by Dall in his
‘** Alaska and its Resources,” that only passing mention need be
made of the two German naturalists, Steller and Chamisso, whose
names are identified with the natural history work of the Russian
explorer.

Among the other naturalists whose names are associated with —
America during this period may be mentioned Sonnini de Manon-
court, an eminent French zoologist, who travelled in Surinam
from 1771 to 1775 and made important contributions to its ornith-
ology. Don Felix de Azara, [b. 1746, d. after 1806], who carried
on researches in Spanish America from 1781 to 1801; Don An-
tonio Parra, who published a useful treatise on the natural history
of Cuba in Havana, in 1787; Don Jose C. Mutis, a learned Span-
ish ecclesiastic and physician, professor of natural history in the
University of Santa Fe de Bogota, in Grenada, who carried on a
voluminous correspondence with Linnzus and his son from 1763
to 1778,+ and Joseph Jussieu, botanist to the King of France, who
went to ‘the west coast of South America in 1734 as a member of
the commission sent by the Royal Academy of Sciences to make
observations to determine more accurately the shape and magni-

*Phil. Trans., 1, p. 859.
¢SmirH: Correspondence of Linneus, ii, pp. 507-550.

94 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

tude of the earth. ‘‘ His curiosity,” says Flourens, ‘‘ held him
captive for many years in these regions, so rich and unexplored,
where he often joined the labors of the engineer with those of the
botanist. To him Europe owes several new plants, the heliotrope,
the marvel, of Peru, &c., with many curious and then unknown
species.”” Here, also, should be mentioned the eminent French
ornithologist, Francois Levaillant, [b. 1753, d. 1824], who was a
native of America, and the two Mexican naturalists, also native
born, Jose A. Alzate, [b. in Ozumba, 1729, d. in Mexico, Feb. 2,
1790], a learned botanist, and Francisco Javier Clavigero. —

Francisco Javier Clavigero, the historian of Mexico, was one
of the earliest of American archeologists. Born in Vera Cruz
Sept. 9, 1731, the son of a Spanish scholar, he was educated at
the college of Puebla, entered the Society of Jesuits, and was
sent out as a missionary among the Indians, with whom he spent
thirty-six years. He learned their language, collected their tra-
ditions, and examined all their historical records and monuments
for the purpose of correcting the misrepresentations of early
Spanish writers. When the Society of Jesus was suppressed by
Spain, in 1767, Clavigero went to Italy, where he wrote his
‘*¢ Storia Antica del Messico,” printed in 1780-81.

Clavigero was a man who, in his spirit, was fully abreast of
the science of his day, but whose methods of thought and argu-
ment were already antiquated. :

His monastic training led him to write from the standpoint of
a commentator rather than that of an original observer, and his
observations upon the animals and plants of Mexico were subor-
dinated in a very unfortunate manner to those of his predecessor,
Hernandez. In the ‘ Dissertations,’”’ which make up the fourth
volume of his history, he throws aside, in the ardor of his dispute
with Buffon and his followers, the trammels of tradition, and
places upon record many facts concerning American natural his-
tory which had never before been referred to. He here presented a
list of the quadrupeds of America, the first ever printed for the en-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 95

tire continent, including 143 species ; not systematically arranged,
it is true, but perhaps as scientific in its construction as was pos-
sible at that time, even had its author been trained in the school
of Linneus.

Clavigero’s dissertations are well worthy of the attention of
naturalists even of the present day. His essay upon the manner
in which the continent of America was peopled with living
forms, shows a remarkable appreciation of the difficulties in the
way of the solution of this still unsolved problem. The position
taken by its author is not unlike that held by zodégeographers
of to-day, in considering it necessary to bridge with land the
waters between Asia and Northwestern America, and Africa and
South America.* In his first ‘‘ Dissertation of the Animals of
Mexico ” he combats the prevailing European views as to the in-
feriority of the soil and climate of the New World and the de-
generacy of its inhabitants, engaging in the same battle in which ©
fought also Harriott, Acosta, and Jefferson.

Clavigero’s contributions to archeology and ethnology are ex-
tensive and valuable, and we can but admit that at the time of
the issue of his ‘‘ Storia Antica” no work concerning America
had been printed in English which was equally valuable.

Although in his formal discussion of the natural history of
Mexico he follows closely the nomenclature and arrangement
of Hernandez, there are many important original observations
inserted. I will instance only the notes on the mechanism of
the poison-gland and, fang of the rattlesnake, the biographies
of the possum, the coyote and the tapir, and the Tuza or -
pouched rat, the mocking-bird, the chegoe and the cochineal
insect. Clavigero states that Father Inamma, a Jesuit mission-
ary of California, has made many experiments upon snakes
which serve to confirm those made by Mead upon vipers.

To the post-revolutionary period belongs Dr. Manasseh Cutler,

*See similar speculation in George Scot’s Model of the Government of
the Province of East New Fersey tn America. Edinburgh, 1685..,

96 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

_ for fifty-one years minister of Ipswich Hamlet, Mass., [b. 1743,
d. 1823], who in 1785 published ‘*‘ An Account of some of the
Vegetable Productions naturally growing in this part of America,
botanically arranged,’’* in which he described about 370 species.
Cutler was a correspondent of Muhlenberg in Pennsylvania,
Swartz and Payshull in Sweden, and Withering and Stokes in
England. He left unpublished manuscripts of great value. He
was one of the founders of the settlement in Ohio, and at one
time a member of Congress. After Cutler, says Tuckerman, there
appeared in the Northeastern States nothing of importance until
the new school of New England Botanists, a school characterized
by the names of an Oakes, a Boott, and an Emerson, was founded
in 1814, by the publication of Bigelow’s ‘‘ Florula Bostoniensis.”

Thomas Walter [b. in Hampshire, 1740] published in London,

in 1787, his ‘* Flora Caroliniana,” a scholarly work describing
the plants of a region situate upon the Santee river.

Dr. Hugh Williamson, of North Carolina, [b. 1735, d. 1819],
was a prominent member of the American Philosophical Society.
He was concerned in some of the earliest astronomical and
mathematical work in America; published papers upon comets
and climatology, which were favorably received, and secured his
election to many foreign societies, and in 1775 printed in the
Philosophical Transactions his ‘‘ Experiments and Observations
on the Gymnotus Electricus or Electric Eel.”

Dr. Caspar Wistar [b. 1761, d. 1818] was one of the early
professors of chemistry [1789] and anatomy [1793] in the Col-
lege of Philadelphia. He was the discoverer of some impor-
tant points in the structure of the ethmoid bone, a man of emi-
nence as a teacher, and versed in all the sciences of his day.

Dr. James Woodhouse, of Philadelphia, [b. 1770, d. 1809],
made investigations in chemistry, mineralogy, and vegetable

physiology which were considered of importance.

*Mem. Amer. Acad. Sci., 1785.
t See Brendel, American Naturalist, Dec., 1879, p. 759-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 97

The story of the origin of American scientific societies has
been so often told that it need not be repeated here. The only
institutions of the kind which were in existence at the end of the-
period under consideration were the American Philosophical
Society, an outgrowth primarily of the American Society for the
Advancement of Natural Knowledge, founded in Philadelphia in
1743, and secondarily of Franklin’s famous ‘* Junto,” whose origin
dates back to 1727, and the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, founded in 1780.

The relations of the colonial naturalists to the scientific socie-
ties of England have not so often been referred to, and it does
not seem to be generally known that the early history of the
Royal Society of London was intimately connected with the
foundation of New England, and that the first proposition for the
establishment of a scientific society in America was under con-
sideration early in the seventeenth century. ‘* The great Mr.
Boyle,” writes Eliot, ‘* Bishop Wilkins, and several other learned
men, had proposed to leave England and establish a society for
promoting natural knowledge in the new colony, of which Mr. —
Winthrop, their intimate friend and associate, was appointed
governor. Such men were too valuable to lose from Great
Britain; and Charles II. having taken them under his protection,
the society was there established, and obtained the title of the
Royal Society of London.’”*

For more than a hundred years-the Royal Society was the chief
resource of naturalists in North America. The three Winthrops,
Mitchell, Clayton, Garden, Franklin, Byrd, Rittenhouse, and
others were among its fellows, and the Philosophical Transactions
contained many American papers.

As at an early date the Society of Arts in London began to
offer prizes for various industrial successes in the colonies, for in-
stance, for the production of potash and pearlash, for the culture

of silk, and for the culture of hemp, the vine, safflower, olives,’

*Eviot: Biographical Dictionary.

98 . BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

logwood, opium, scammony, burilla, aloes, sarsaparilla, cinna-
mon, myrtle wax, the production of saltpetre, cobalt, cochineal, the
manufacture of wine, raisins, and olive oil, the collection of gum
from the persimmon tree, and the acclimation of silk grass. A
medal was given in 1761 to Dr. Jared Eliot, of Connecticut, for the
extraction of iron from ‘* black sand.”* In 1757 we find their sec-
retary endeavoring to establish branch societies in the colonial
cities, especially in Charleston, Philadelphia and New York, and
Garden seems to have tried to carry out the enterprise in Charles-
ton. After two years he wrote that the society organized had
become ‘‘ a mere society of drawing, painting, and sculpture.”’

In a subsequent letter he utters a pitiful plaint. He has often
wondered, he says, ‘‘ that there should be a country abounding
with almost every sort of plant, and almost every species of the
animal kind, and yet that it should not have pleased God to raise
up one botanist.”

The American Academy of Arts and Sciences was founded by
the Legislature of Massachusetts in 1780 and its first volume of
memoirs appeared in 1785.

In 1788 an effort was made by the Chevalier Quesnay de Beau-
repaire to found in Richmond, Virginia, the ‘‘ Academy of Arts
and Sciences of the United States of America ” upon the model
of the French Academy. The plan was submitted to the Royal
Academy of Sciences in Paris, and received its unqualified en-
dorsement, signed, among others, by Lavoisier. A large sub-
scription was made by the Virginians and a large building erected,
but an academy of sciences needs members as well as a president,
and the enterprise was soon abandoned. {

In 1799 was organized the Connecticut Academy of Arts and

Sciences, which, after publishing one volume of Transactions,

*See Dosste: Memoirs of Agriculture. London, vol. i, 1768, pp. 24-6,
e¢ seg., also Brock in Richmond Standard, April 26, 1879, p. 4.

+SmitH: of. cit., i, p. 477. :

tSee Morpecai: Richmond in By-gone Days. A copy of the original
pamphlet of proposals is still preserved in the Virginia State Library.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 99

went into a state of inactivity from which it did not arouse itself
until 1866.

This sketch would not be complete without some reference
also to the history of scientific instruction in America during the
last century.

The first regular lectures upon a special natural history topic
appear to have been upon comparative anatomy. A course upon
this topic was delivered at Newport, Rhode Island, in 1754, by
Dr. William Hunter, a native of Scotland, [b. about 1729], a
kinsman of the famous English anatomists, William and John
Hunter, and a pupil of Munro. His course upon comparative
anatomy was given in connection with others upon human anat-
omy and the history of anatomy, the first medical lectures in
America.*

The first instruction in botany was given in Philadelphia in
1768 by Kuhn, who began in May of that year a course of lec-
tures upon that subject in connection with his professorship of
Materia Medica and Botany in the College of Philadelphia.
Adam Kuhn [b. in Germantown, Pa., 1741, d. 1817] was edu-
cated in Europe, and had been a favorite pupil of Linneus. He
did not, however, continue his devotion to natural history, though
he became an eminent physician. William Bartram, son of John
Bartram, was elected to the same professorship in 1782. In 1788
Prof. Waterhouse, of Harvard College, read lectures upon Natural
History to his medical classes, and is said to have subsequently
claimed that these were the first public lectures upon natural his-
tory given in the United States. This was doubtless an error,
for we find that in 1785 a course upon the philosophy of Chemis-
try and Natural History was delivered in Philadelphia. ‘‘ People
of every description, men and women, flock to these lectures,”
writes a contemporary. ‘‘ They are held at the University three

evenings in a week.”

* One of the original tickets to these courses is in the Library of the
Surgeon-General’s office in Washington.
+ DARLINGTON, p. 535.

100 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The first professor of chemistry was Dr. Benjamin Rush, who
lectured in the Philadelphia Medical School as early as 1769.
Bishop Madison was professor of chemistry and natural phil- ©
~ osophy at William and Mary College, from 1774 to 1777; Aaron
Dexter, of chemistry and materia medica at Harvard, 1783 to
1816; John Maclean, at Princeton, 1795-1812, being the first to
occupy a separate chair of chemistry. Before the days of chem-
ical professorships, the professor of mathematics seems to have
been the chief exponent of science in our institutions of learning.

John Winthrop, [b. 1714, d. 1779], for instance, who was Hollis
Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy at Harvard
from 1738 to 1779, was a prominent Fellow of the Royal So-
ciety, to whose Transactions he communicated many important
papers, chiefly astronomical. We read, however, that Count
Rumford imbibed from his lectures his love for physical and
chemical research, and from this it may be inferred that he taught
as much of chemistry as was known in his day. William Small,
professor of mathematics in William and Mary from 1758 to
1762, was a man of similar tastes, though less eminent. He was
the intimate friend of Erasmus Darwin. President Jefferson was
his pupil, attended his lectures on natural philosophy, and got
from time to time his ‘‘ first views of the expansion of science
and of the system of things in which we are placed.”

Dr. Samuel Latham Mitchill [b. 1764, d. 1831] was the first
man to hold a professorship of natural history, lecturing upon
that subject, together with chemistry, in Columbia College i in 1792.
Dr. Mitchill was eminent as a zoodlogist, mineralogist, and chem-
ist, and not only published many valuable papers but in 1798
established the first American scientific journal.

Harvard appears to have had the first separate professorship of
natural history, which was filled by William Dandridge Peck,
a zodlogist and botanist of prominence in his day.

A professorship of botany was established in Columbia College,
N. Y., as early as 1795, at which time Dr, David Hosack [b. in

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 101

New York, 1769, d. 1835] was the incumbent. Dr. Hosack
brought with him from Europe in 1790 the first cabinet of min-
erals ever seen in the United States. In its arrangement he was
assisted by one of his pupils, Archibald Bruce, who became, in
1806, Professor of Mineralogy, and who, soon after, in 181,
established the American Journal of Mineralogy.

Dr. Hosack was the founder of the first public botanic garden—
this was in New York in 1801; another was founded in Charles-
ton in 1804. These had disappeared forty years ago, and the one
at Cambridge, established in 1808, is the only one now in exist-
ence.

The first public museum was that founded in Philadelphia, in
1785, by Charles Wilson Peale; the bones of a mammoth and a
stuffed paddle-fish forming its nucleus. This establishment had

a useful career of nearly fifty years.
VII.

We have now rehearsed the story of the earliest investigators
of American natural history, including two centuries of English
endeavor, and nearly three if we take into consideration the
earlier explorations of the naturalists of continental Europe.

We have seen how, in the course of many generations, the intel-
lectual supremacy of the Western Continent went from the Span-
iards and the French and the Dutch to the new people who were
to be called Americans, and we have become acquainted with the
men who were most thoroughly identified with the scientific en-
deavors of each successive period of activity.

The achievements of American science during the century
which has elapsed since the time when Franklin, Jefferson, Rit-
tenhouse, and Rumford were its chief exponents have been often
the subject of presidential addresses like this, and the record is
a proud one. During the last fifty years in England, and the
last forty in America, discovery has followed discovery with

such rapid succession that it is somewhat hard to realize that

102 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

American science in the colonial period, or even that of Europe
at the same time, had any features which are worthy of consid-
_eration.

The naturalists whose names I have mentioned were the intel-
lectual ancestors of the naturalists of to-day. Upon the founda-
tions which they laid the superstructure of modern natural history
is supported. Without the encyclopedists and explorers there
could have been no Ray, no Klein, no Linneus. Without the
systematists of the latter part of the eighteenth century the school
of comparative anatomists would never have arisen. Had Cuvier
and his disciples never lived there would have been no place for
the philosophic biologists of to-day.

The spirit of the early naturalists may be tested by passages
in their writings which show how well aware they were of the
imperfections of their work. Listen to what John Lawson, the
Carolina naturalist, wrote in the year 1700:

‘¢ The reptiles or smaller insects are too numerous to relate
here, this country affording innumerable quantities thereof; as
the flying stags with horns, beetles, butterflies, grasshoppers,
locust, and several hundreds of uncouth shapes, which in the
summer season are discovered here in Carolina, the description
of which requires a large volume, which is not my intent at pres-
ent, besides, what the mountainous part of this land may hereaf-
ter open to otir view, time and industry will discover, for we that
have settled but a small share of this large province cannot imag-
ine, but there will be a great number of discoveries made by those
that shall come hereafter into the back part of this land, and
make enquiries therein, when, at least, we consider that the west-
ward of Carolina is quite different in soil, air, weather, growth
of vegetables, and several animals, too, which we at present are
wholly strangers to, and seek for. As to a right knowledge
thereof, I say, when another age is come, the ingenious then in
being may stand upon the shoulders of those that went before
them, adding their own experiments to what was delivered down
to them by their predecessors, and then there will be something
towards a complete natural history, which, in these days, would
be no easy undertaking to any author that writes truly and com-
pendiously as he ought to do.”

Herbert Spencer, in his essay on ‘‘ The Genesis of Science,”

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, | 103

lays stress upon the fact that the most advanced sciences have
attained to their present power by a slow process of improve-
ment, extending through thousands of years, that science and
the positive knowledge of the uncultured cannot be separated
in nature, and that the one is but a perfected and extended form
of the other. ‘‘Is not science a growth?” says he, ‘*‘ Has not
science its embryology? And must not the neglect of its embry-
ology lead to a misunderstanding of the principles of its evolution
and its existing organization?”

It seems to me unfortunate, therefore, that we should allow the
value of the labors of our predecessors to be depreciated, or to
refer to the naturalists of the last century as belonging to the un-
scientific or to the archaic period. It has been frequently said by
naturalists that there was no science in America until after the
beginning of the present century. This is, in one sense, true, in
another, very false. There were then, it is certain, many men
equal in capacity, in culture, in enthusiasm, to the naturalists of
to-day, who were giving careful attention to the study of precisely
the same phenomena of nature. The misfortune of men of science
in the year of 1785 was that they had three generations fewer of
scientific predecessors than have we. Can it be doubted that the
scientists of some period long distant will look back upon the
work of our own time as archaic and crude, and catalogue our
books among the ‘‘ curiosities of scientific literature?”

Is it not incumbent upon workers in science to keep green the
memory of those whose traditions they have inherited? That it
is, I do most steadfastly believe, and with this purpose I have
taken advantage of the tercentenary of American biology to
read this review of the work of the men of old.

Monuments are not often erected to men of science. More
enduring, however, than monuments are those living and self-
perpetuating memorials, the plants and animals which bear the
names of the masters who knew themand loved them. Well have
the Agassizs remarked that ‘‘ there is a world of meaning” hid-

104 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

den under our zoélogical and botanical nomenclature known only
to those who are intimately acquainted with the annals of scien-
tific life in its social as well as its professional aspect.” *

I hope I am not at this day entirely alone in my appreciation
of the extreme appropriateness of this time-honored custom,
although [ know that many of our too matter-of-fact naturalists
are disposed to abandon it, and that it is losing much of its former
significance. In fact, in these days of unstable nomenclature,
such tributes are often very evanescent. It seems fortunate that
the names of some of the most honored of the early naturalists
are perpetuated in well established generic and specific combina-
tions.}

When I see the Linnea borealis, 1 am always reminded
of the sage of Upsala, as he is represented in the famous
Amsterdam painting, clad in Lapland fur, and holding a
spray of that graceful arctic plant. Magnolia and Wistaria
call up the venerable professors of botany at Montpelier and
Philadelphia. TZradescantia virginica reminds me of John
Tradescant and the Ashmolean Museum, whose _ beginnings
were gathered by him in Virginia. The cape jessamine
(Gardenia), the spring ‘beauty (Claytonza), the partridge
berry (A@tchella), the iron weed (Vernonia), the Quercus
Bartramit (=. heterophylla), the Scarus Catesbyt, Tha-

* Seaside Studies in Natural History, p. 25.

+ The genus Harriotra has been dedicated by Goode and Bean to the
memory of Thomas Harriott. It is intended to embrace a long-rostrated
chimeroid fish from deep water off the Atlantic coast of North America.
The description is not yet published. ‘‘ Heriot’s Isle,” named for Harriott
by the early explorers, and shown upon Vaughan’s map, in Smith’s
‘‘Generall History of Virginia,” has entirely disappeared. It was situate
on the north side of Albemarle Sound, about midway between Roanoke
Island and the mouth of Chowan river. Whether it has been swept
away by the tides, or has become a part of the main-land, it is difficult to
say. The latter supposition seems the most probable, and since it is
in all likelihood ‘‘ Reed’s Point” which now occupies its former location.
the propriety is suggested of calling this little cape, ‘‘ Harriott’s Point,”
in memory of the explorer. |

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 105

lictrum and Asclepias Cornuti, Macrurus Fabricii, Didel-
phys and Canis Azara, Chauliodus Sloaneti, Alutera
Schepfit, Sterna, Forstert, Stolephorus Mitchilli, Malacan-
thus Plumtert, Salix Cutleri and Pinus Banksiana, the
Kalmia, the Jeffersonia, the Hernandia, the Comptonia,
the Sarracenia, the Gaultheria, the Kuhnia, the Eillisza,
the Coldenza, the Robinia, the Banzsterta, the Plumderia, the
Collinsonia, the Bartramia,all bear the names of men associ-
ated with the beginnings of Natural History in America.

Yet, pleasant as it is to recall in such’ manner the achieve-
ments of the fathers of natural history, let us not do them the
injustice to suppose that posthumous fame was the object for
which they worked. Like Sir Thomas Browne, they believed
that ‘‘ the world was made to be inhabited by beasts, but to
be studied by man.” Let us emulate their works and let us share
with them the admonitions of the ‘‘ Religio Medici.”

‘The wisdom of God,” says Browne, ‘‘ receives small honor
from those vulgar heads that rudely stray about, and with a gross
rusticity admire his works; those highly. magnify him whose
judicious inquiry into his acts, and deliberate research into his —
creatures, return the duty of a devout and learned admiration.
Therefore,” he continues—

‘‘ Search while thou wilt and let thy reason go
To ransom truth, even to the abysse below,
Rally the scattered causes, and that line
Which nature twists be able to untwine.

It is thy Maker’s will, for unto none
But unto reason can He e’er be known.”

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON
| AND VICINITY, FROM APRIL 1, 1884,
TO APRIL 1, 1886.

By F. H. Know tron, B. S.

(The following notes are supplementary to Ward’s ** Guide to the Flora of: Washington and
Vicinity ” (Bulletin No, 22, U. S. National Museum), Thespecies added to the Flora between
April 1, 1884, and April 1, 1885, were enumerated by Prof. Ward in a paper read before the
~ Society Dec. 13, 1884; the additions and changes for 1885 were presented by the author in a
paper read March 20, 1886. The first collector of each species is given due credit in the

proper place. ]

ANALYSIS.
I. List of Vascular Plants added to the Flora from April 1, 1884,

OD AP REN a is os aaa Fy ars Ge lec N ag at! De OO
II. Revision of the Musciand Hepatice of Washington and Vicinity. p. 110
III. List of the Lichens of Washington and Vicinity... ... . .p. 118
IV. Changes in Nomenclature. ae p- 127
V. New Localities for Rare SPOR ee A in) SA Aes BaD
VI. Species Excluded. p- 132

I. LIST OF VASCULAR PLANTS ADDED TO THE FLORA OF
WASHINGTON FROM APRIL 1, 1884, TO APRIL 1, 1886.

11a. Trautvetteria palmata, Fischer & Meyer.
Great Falls, Virginia side. Mr. J. S. Barker, June 22, 1884.
Also found on the Mt. Vernon estate by Mr. William Hun-
ter, June 21, 1885.

22a. Caltha palustris, L. MarsH MARIGOLD.
Rock Creek. Collected by Mr. Gerald McCarthy in 1884.

992. Polygala Curtissii, Gray, var. pycnostachya, Gray.
Collected south of Arlington P. O., near Four Mile Run, June
29 and July 30, 1884, and on the Marlboro’ road, August 3,
1884, by Prof. Ward. Specimens of this plant have been
sent to Dr. Asa Gray, who states that he considers this
form to be the type, and that the original specimens col-
106

297a.

3514.

3902-
3914.

436a.

4624.

4944.

502¢.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 107

lected by Curtiss were abnormal. Until an authoritative
revision of the genus is made, however, it must stand as
above.

. Trifolium hybridum, Savi.

Alexander’s Island, June 25, 1885, by Mr. J. A. Allen.

. Ribes floridum, L’Her. Witp BLack CurRRANT.

Blagden’s Mill, at the head of the mill-race on the creek side,
April 27, 1884. Prof. Ward.

Sedum Telephium, L.
Found near Woodlawn (Mt. Vernon) July 25, 1885, by Mr.
Wm. Hunter.

Aralia quinquefolia, Decsne & Planch.
Collected by the late Dr. A. C. Schott in the vicinity of Rock-
ville, Md., nearly twenty-five years ago. The specimens -
have, unfortunately, all been sent to Scotland and none

since collected.

Eupatorium purpureum, L., var. amcenum, Gray.
Rock Creek, Sept. 17, 1882. Mentioned as a form in the ‘‘ Flora’
by Prof. Ward.

Eupatorium hyssopifolium, L., var. laciniatum, Gray.
Back of Mount Hamilton, Oct. 11, 1885. Prof. Ward and the
author.
Aster ericoides, L., var. villosus, Torr & Gray.
Near upper end of Lobelia Run, Sept. 17, 1882. Prof. Ward.
Inula Helenium, L. ELECAMPANE.

Found on the Mount Vernon estate, one mile west of the
Mansion, by Mr. William Hunter, who states that it has
been established there for thirty years.

Bidens connata, Muhl. Swamp BEGGAR-TICKS.

Holmead Swamp, September 22, 1878. Placed in the her-
barium under the name of Bidens cernua, L., and only
recently detected. Prof. Ward.

Artemisia vulgaris, L. Mucwort.

Collected at the mouth of Pope’s Head Creek, near Clifton
‘Station, Fairfax county, Va., October 9, 1884, by Prof.
Ward.

108 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

563a. Clethra alnifolia, L. Wuirt Atper. Sweer Pepper Busu.
Left bank of Bladensburg mill-race below second foot bridge,
200 yards above sluice gate. In flower July 27, 1884, in
fruit August 24, 1884. Prof. Ward.
585. Apocynum androsemifolium, L. _
Collected near Woodlawn, Fairfax county, Va., August, 1885,
by Mr. Wm. Hunter.

614a. Hydrophyllum Canadense, L. WATERLEAF.

, In a ravine containing a cataract which was christened ‘‘ Hydro-
phyllum Run,” nearly opposite Eads’ Mill, Va.. July 6, 1884,
then a little past flowering time. Prof. Ward. Fine flower-
ing specimens collected June 21, 1885.

620a. Borago officinalis, L.
Foundry Run, June 23, 1885. Mr. A. L. Schott.
675a. Gerardia auriculata, Michx.

Below Alexandria, Va., Sept. 9, 1885. Mr. Wm. Hunter.

825a. Comptonia asplenifolia, Ait. Sweer FERN.
Between the Reform School and Highlands, Md., on an aban-
doned earthwork, June 22, 1884, by Prof. Ward.

826a. Betula lenta, L. CHERRY, SWEET, or BLACK BIRCH.
Found by Dr. G. W. Hill at the mouth of Difficult Run, Va.,
May 11, 1884. Dr. Hill states that he could find no full-
grown trees, and none bearing fruit or flowers. Mr. Wm.
Hunter reports this species from Clifton Station, Va., also
as a mere shrub.

The following remarkable forms of Quercus, supposed to be of hybrid
origin, are deserving of special mention in the catalogue. Most of them
were described by Dr. George Vasey in an article published in the “ Bul-
letin of the Torrey Botanical Club” for March, 1883, with figures (plates
XXViii-xxx). Their principal peculiarities were further pointed out ina
paper by Prof. Ward, read before this Society April 13, 1883.

The names given below. are based on the assumption that they are
hybrids, the one standing first being that of the species supposed to
predominate in the hybridism.

831@a. Quercus alba x obtusiloba. =
Discovered by Dr. Vasey near Silver Spring, Maryland, Sep-
tember 20, 1882.

$313.

8324.

836a.

924d.

10934.

IIold.

L103a.

1153a.

11724.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 109

Quercus alba x Prinus.
On the Rockville Road a few rods north of Woodley Park Road.
Discovered October 22, 1882, by Prof. Ward. A large tree
standing just inside the fence on the west side of the road.

Quercus obtusiloba x alba.
Discovered by Dr. Vasey by the roadside near Piney Branch,
September 20, 1882.

Quercus Prinus x alba. Saut’s Oak.
Pointed out to Dr. Vasey by Mr. John Saul in his nursery, just
back of his residence, September 20, 1882.

. Potamogeton crispus, L.

Near mouth of Gravelly Run, Va., October 26, 1884. The
specimens seen were all without fruit. Prof. Ward and

the author.

Allium sativum, L. ENGLisH GaArLic.
Georgetown College grounds, July 22, 1882. Prof. Ward. In
addition to this locality he found it below the Insane Asy-
lum, June, 1884.

Carex utriculata, Boott.
Eastern Branch Marsh, June 8, 1879. These specimens were
confounded with those of C. r/Aaria from the same locality,
and under that name sent to Mr. Walter Deane, of Cam-

bridge, who pointed out the error.
Sporobolus vaginzflorus, Torr.

Monument Grounds, Sept. 12, 1885. Prof. Ward.

Agrostis canina, L.
Vacant lots near B. & O. depot, July, 1885. Prof. F. Lamp-

son Scribner.

. Eatonia obtusata, Gray.

Collected by Dr. George Vasey, June, 1884.

Bromus tectorum, L.
Kendall Green, July, 1885. Prof. F. Lampson Scribner.

Phalaris arundinacea, L.
Collected on the Seventh street road by Dr. Geo. Vasey, June,
1884.

110 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

1205a. Taxodium distichum, Richard.
Marshall Hall, Md., Sept. 13, 1885. Collected by Mr. Wm.
Palmer and Mr. O. N. Bryan. Mr. Bryan regards these trees
as undoubtedly indigenous.

1225a. Asplenium montanum, Willd.
A short distance above Great Falls, Virginia side, Aug. 30, 1885.
Mr. Wm. Palmer.

'1233a. Aspidium spinulosum, Swz. Sprnutosz Woop FERN.

In a ravine (Goldianum Run) on the Virginia side of the Poto-
mac, opposite the Distributing Reservoir, July 6, 1884, by
Prof. Ward.

1248a. Lycopodium inundatum, L.

Near the Sarracenia swamp; first detected May 10, 1885.
Fruiting specimens collected Sept. 10, 1885. Also found
near Woodlawn, Fairfax Co., Va., Oct. 1885, by Wm.
Hunter.

1248a. Lycopodium annotinum, L.
Specimen in herb. Mr. Wm. Palmer, said to have been col-
lected by Dr. E. Foreman in Holmead Swamp. Station

long since obliterated.

1249a. Lycopodium clavatum, L.
Above Great Falls, Virginia side, Aug. 30, 1885, by Mr. Wm.
Palmer. Also Silver Spring, Md., Jan. 2, 1886. .

1382a. Nitella megacarpa, Allen.
Eastern Branch, above Benning’s Bridge, Sept. 21, 1884. In
fine fruiting condition. Identified by Dr. T. F. Allen,
of New York.

II. A REVISION OF THE MUSCI AND HEPATIC4 OF WASH-
INGTON AND VICINITY, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS.

By Rev. E. LEHNERT.

{It is with great pleasure that I am able to include in this communication the much-needed
revision of our Mosses and Liverworts, which has been so kindly placed at my disposal
by Mr. Lehnert. The list given in the ** Flora,”’ which was prepared by Mr. Rudolph Old-
berg, enumerates 127 species. We are now able to augment that list by the addition of 111
species, of which 83 are Frondosi and 28 Hepaticw, making a total of 238 species.

The nomenclature followed is, for the Frondosi, ‘‘ The Mosses of North America,” by Les-
quereux and James, and for the Hepatic, the ** Descriptive Catalog of Hepatic,” by Under-
wood, ]

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 111

A. MUSCI FRONDOSI.

Orv. 1. SPHAGNACEA.
‘Sphagnum cymbifolium, Ehrh.

squarrosum, Pers.
es acutifolium, Ehrh.
subsecundum, Nees.

a interinedium, Hoff.

Orv. 2. AVDREAZZACEA.

Andreza rupestris, Turn.

Orp. 3. BRVACE.

a. Acrocarpi. >

1, PHASCEZ.

Ephemerum crassinervium, Hampe.
sh stenophyllum, Schimp.
i. coherens, Muell.
cs spinulosum, Br. & Sch.
Sphzrangium triquetrum, Schimp.
Phascum cuspidatum, Schreb.
Pleuridium subulatum, Br. & Sch.
Mee alternifolium, Brid.
as Sullivantii, Aust.
Archidium Ravenelii, Aust.
Bruchia flexuosa, Muell.

as brevifolia, Sull.

2. WEISIEZ.
Astomum nitidulum, Schimp.
a ‘Sullivantii, Schimp.

Weisia viridula, Brid.
Trematodon longicollis, Michx.
Dicranella varia, Schimp.

os heteromalla, Schimp.
Dicranum scoparium, Hedw.

“ majus, Turn.

~ Drummondii, Muell.

$s undulatum. Turn.

112 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

3. FISSIDENTE.
Fissidens adiantoides, Hedw.

“s taxifolius, Hedw.

as minutulus, Sull.
oF osmundoides, Hedw.
4, LEUCOBRYEX,
Leucobryum vulgare, Hampe.
“s minus, Sull.
5, CERATODONTER,
Ceratodon purpureus, Brid.
6. POTTIER,
Pottia truncata, Fuern.
Leptotrichum tortile, Muell.
i vaginans, Lesq. & James.

pallidum, Hampe.

“é

glaucescens, Hampe.
Barbula unguiculata, Hedw.
marginata, Br. & Sch.
cespitosa, Schwg.
convoluta, Hedw.

muralis, Timm.

7 GRIMMIE,

Grimmia apocarpa, Hedw.
Pennsylvanica, Schwg.
m Olneyi, Sull.
conferta, Funck.
Racomitrium fasciculare, Brid.

Hedwigia ciliata, Ehrh.
8. ORTHOTRICHER,

Ptychomitrium Drummondii, Sull.

4 incurvum, Sull.

Drummondia clavellata, Hook.
Ulota crispa, Brid.
‘‘ crispula, Brid.

Huthinsiz, Schimp.
Orthotrichum canadense, Br. & Sch.

xd obtusifolium, Schrad.

exiguum, Sull.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASIIINGTON. 113

Orthotrichum strangulatum, Beauv.
sh Ohioense, Sull. & Lesq.
“ cupulatum, Hoff.
ne psilocarpum, James.

9, TETRAPHIDEX.
Tetraphis pellucida, Hedw.

10. PHYSCOMITRIEZ.
Physcomitrium pyriforme, Brid.
es Hookeri, Hampe.
Funaria hygrometrica, Sibth.
vi flavicans, Michx.

ae calvescens, Schwg.

11, BARTRAMIEZ®,
, Philonotis Muhlenbergii, Brid.
a fontana, Brid.
Bartramia pomiformis, Hedw.
r radicalis, Beauv.
12. BRYEZ.
Leptobryum pyriforme, Schimp.
Webera albicans, Schimp.
Bryum argenteum, L.
“ cxespiticium, L.
% capillare, L.
‘« pseudotriquetrum, Schwg.
Rhodobryum roseum, Schrb.
Mnium stellare, Reich.

Ken hornum, L.

ee Drummondii, Br. & Sch.
i punctatum, Hedw.

e cuspidatum, Hedw.

7 affine, Bland.
13, AULACOMNIE.,
Aulacomnium palustre, Schwgr.
se heterostichum, Br. & Sch.
14, POLYTRICHEZX.
Atrichum angustatum, Beauv.
ie undulatum, Beauv.

crispum, James.

114

Pogonatum brevicaule, Brid.

o umigerum, Brid.

Polytrichum commune, L.
juniperinum, Willd.
perigoniale, Michx.
formosum, Hedw.

: piliferum, Schreb.
15, BUXBAUMIER.

Diphyscium foliosum, Mohr.

Buxbaumia aphylla, L.
b. Cladocarpi.
16. FONTINALEZ.

Fontinalis biformis, Sull.

Dichelyma subulatum, Myrin.
“ce

capillaceum, Br. & Sch.

ec. Pleurocarpi.
17, NECKEREZX.

Cryphea glomerata, Br. & Sch.

Neckera pennata, Hedw.

Leptodon trichomitrion, Mohr.
18, LEUCODONTEA,

Leucodon julaceus, Sull.
“cc

brachypus, Sull.
Clasmatodon parvulus, Sull.
19. LESKEZ.
Thelia hirtella, Sull.
“« _asprella, Sull.
Lescurii, Sull.
Leskea obscura, Hedw.

“ec

‘ce

polycarpa, Ehrh.
denticulata, Sull.
tristis, Cesat.

Anomodon rostratus, Schimp.

‘ec

“ce

6é

attenuatus, Hab.
obtusifolius, Br. & Sch.

&
20. ORTHOTHECIER,
Platygyrium repens, Br. & Sch.
Pylaisia. intricata, Br. & Sch.
‘¢ s velutina, Br. & Sch.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON,

Homalothecium subcapillatum, Sull.
Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans, Schimp.

+“ seductrix, Sull.
se Drummondii, Br. & Sch.
- compressum, Br. & Sch.

Climacium Americanum, Brid.

21, HYPNEZ.

Hypnum minutulum, Hedw.

6 scitum, Beauv.
24 recognitum, Hedw.
sd delicatulum, Linn.

lzetum, Brid.
$s acuminatum, Beauv.

ms salebrosum, Hoff.

* velutinum, L.

oh rutabulum, L.

4 Nove-Angliz, Sull & Lesq.
as rivulare, Bruch.

“ populeum, Hedw.

vg plumosum, Swartz.
Pe strigosum, Hoff.

s Boscii, Schwer.

" Sullivantii, Spruce. —
x hians, Hedw.

85 piliferum, Schreb.

* -demissum, Wils.

she Novez-Cesaree, Aust.
recurvans, Schwgr.

re deplanatum, Schimp.
- ‘serrulatum, Hedw.

a rusciforme, Weis.

. Alleghaniense, Muell.

es micrans, Swartz, var. fulvum.
“y denticulatum, L.

- Sullivantie, Schimp.

ef sylvaticum, Huds.

as minutissimum, Sull. & Lesq.

va serpens, L.

115

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Hypnum radicale, Beauv.
s orthocladon, Beauv.
riparium, Hedw.
nis vacillans, Sull.
as hispidulum, Brid.
" chrysophyllum, Brid.
she stellatum, Schreb.
os uncinatum, Hedw.
af fluitans, L.
. molluscum, Hedw.
, imponens, Hedw.
. cupressiforme, L.
. curvifolium, Hedw.
se arcuatum, Ldb. ?
0s pratense, Koch.
BS stramineum, Dicks.
si Schreberi, Willd.
a splendens, Hedw.
sy Oakesii, Sull.
Y triquetrum, L.

B. MUSCI HEPATICI.
Orp. 1. RICCIACEA.

Riccia lutescens, Schwein.
‘« fluitans, L.
. Satens. T..

“arvensis, Aust.

Orb. 2. AVTHOCEROTACE A:
Anthoceros punctatus, L.
- levis, L.

Notothylas orbicularis, Sull.

Orv. 3. MARCHANTIACE.
Marchantia polymorpha, L.
Conocephalus conicus, Dumort.
Asterella hemisphzrica, Beauv.
Dumortiera hirsuta, Nees.
Fimbriaria tenella, Nees.
Lunularia cruciata, Dumort.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON.

Orv. 4. fUNGErMANIACEA.
Aneura palmata, Nees.
Pellia epiphylla, Nees.
Blasia pusilla, L.
Steetzia Lyellii, Lehm.
Metzgeria pubescens, Raddi.
if conjugata; Lindb.
Frullania Grayana, Mont.
¥ tamarisci, Nees.
* Virginica, Gottsche.
“i brunnea, Spreng.
ey Eboracensis, Gottsche.
Hy plana, Sull.
Phragmicoma cucculata? Nees.
Lejeunia cyclostipa? Tayl.

. ' calyculata, Tayl.

rv minutissima, Dumort.
Madotheca platyphylla, Dumort.

% porella, Nees.
Radula complanata, Dumort.
dy tenax, Lindb.
5 obconica, Sull.
Blepharostoma trichophylla, Dumort.
Blepharozia ciliaris, Dumort.
Trichocolea tomentella, Duimort.
Bazzania trilobata, B. Gr.
Lepidozia reptans, Damort.
+ -Setacea, Mitt.
Calypogeia trichomanis, Corda.
“i Sullivanti, Aust.
Geocalyx graveolens, Nees.
Chiloscyphus polyanthos, Corda.
Lophocolea bidentata, Dumort.

. heterophylla, Nees.

_ minor, Nees.
Odontoschisma: sphagni, Dumort.

“ denudata, Dumort.

Cephalozia curvifolia, Dumort.

eS multiflora, Lindb.

147

118 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Jungermania Schraderi, Mart.
Scapania albicans, Mitt.: var. taxifolia, Undw.

Bp nemorosa, Nees.

(s . compacta, Dumort; var. irigua, Undw.
Plagiocheila asplenioides, Nees & Mont.

aa spinulosa, Nees & Mont.

Iii. A LIST OF THE LICHENS OF WASHINGTON AND
Perr: VICINITY.

By Rev. E. LEHNERT. .

[This great desideratum, a list of our Lichens, is at last supplied, through the indefatigable
labors of Mr. Lehnert, who has also placed it at my disposal.

In a prefatory note accompanying the list, Mr. Lehnert says: ‘*So far as known, the
Lichens of the District comprise 251 species, with 89 varieties, a total of 340 forms. In the
main our species are not as showy as those from the North or South, but have, when com-
pared with the same species from these localities, a dwarfed and depauperate aspect, caused,
possibly, by the dryness of our climate, as we have very warm summers-and cold winters’).

(According to Tuckerman’s Genera Lichenum Emend).

A. GYMNOCARPI.

Trib. 1. Parmeliacei.
Fam. 1. USNEEI.

Ramalina rigida, Pers.

f calicaris,. Fr.

ig es var. fraxinea, Fr.

i: as ‘* farinacea, Scher.
ae " ‘* fastigiata, Fr.

on ‘y ‘* canaliculata, Ir.

Cetraria Fahlunensis, Scher.
ss juniperina, Ach.

A me ieites. Er.

ie + var. placorodia, ‘Tuck.
" Fendleri, Tuck.

lacunosa, Ach.

xg ciliaris, Ach.

szpincola, Ach.

id Oakesiana, Tuck.

Evernia furfuracea, Mann.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON, 119

Usnea barbata, Fr.

“ , ss var. florida, Fr.

“ om s “hirta.: Fr.

‘“ ¢ ‘* rubiginia, Michx.
‘“ «“ ‘* dasypoga, Fr.

“ “ ** ceratina, Scher.

‘* .angulata, Ach.
** trichodea, Ach.
Alectoria jubata, L.
Fam, 2, PARMELIEI,
Theloschistes chrysophthalmus, Norm.

Fe x var. flavicans, Wallir.
- parietinus, Norm.

a polycarpus, Ehrh.

my lychneus, Nyl.

ze concolor, Dick.

“ “svar. effuse, Tuck.

Parmelia perforata, Ach.
cs ee var. hypotropa, Nyl.

Be crinita, Ach.

2 saxatilis, Fr.

‘ physodes, Ach.

se Borreri, Turn.

ue «var. rudecta, Tuck.
levigata, Nyl.

“a tiliacea, Floerke.

be " var. sublevigata, Nyl.
* ” ‘** sulphurosa, Tuck.

es cetrata, Ach.
iy colpodes, Nyl.

- olivacea, Ach.
mr caperata, Ach.
- conspersa, Ach.
= ambigua, Ach.

Physcia speciosa, Nyl.
iy hypoleuca, Tuck.
- comosa, Nyl.

" granulifera, Tuck.

120

Physcia aquila, Nyl. var. detonsa, Tuck.
“ pulverulenta, Nyl.
i stellaris, L.
a var. aipolia, Nyl.
a astroidea, Ach.
crispa, Nyl.
sig tribacia, Tuck.
2 cesia, Nyl.
sa obscura, Nyl.
“ $ var. endochrysea, Nyl.
*: adglutinata, Nyl.
Pyxine sorediata, Fr.
Fam. 3, PELTIGEREI.
Sticta pulmonaria, Ach.
‘* ~amplissima, Mass.
‘¢ quefcizans, Ach.
Nephroma levigatum, Ach.
‘ ee Helveticum, Ach.
Peltigera scutata, Leightf.
as aphthosa, Hoff.
‘* _ polydactyla, Hoff.
sf rufescens, Hoff.
* horizontalis, Hoff.

ts canina, Hoff.

$f oe var. spongiosa, Tuck.
* ‘¢ sorediata, Sch.
rt " ‘* spuria, Ach.

Fam. 4. PANNARIEI.
Endocarpiscum Guepini, Nyl.
Physma luridum, Mont:
Pannaria lanuginosa, Koerb.
: leucosticta, Tuck.
is microphylla, Delis.
ee tryptophylla, Mass.
n molybdza, Tuck.
sts nigra, Nyl.
= rubiginosa, Delis.
Fam, 5. COLLEMEI.
Pyrenopsis Schereri, Nyl.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 12]

Omphalaria phyllisca, Tuck.

Collema myriococcum, Arn.

pycnocarpum, Nyl.
cyrtaspis, Tuck.
verruciforme, Nyl.
leptaleum, Tuck.
flaccidum, Ach.
nigrescens, Ach.
ryssoleum, Tuck.
pulposum, Ny/l.
limosum, Ach.
pustulatum, Ach.

Leptogium bolacinum, Stizenb.

“ce

Fam. 6. LECANOREL.

minutissimum, Mass.
lacerum, Fr.
pulchellum, Nyl.
Tremelloides, Fr.
juniperinum, Tuck.
chloromelum, Nyl.
myochroum, Tuck.
_ var. saturnium, Sch.

as ‘* tomentosum, Sch.

Placodium cinnabarrinum, Anz.

vittelinum, Ach.
" var, aurellam, Ach.
cerinum, Naeg. & Hepp.
“ var. sideritis, Tuck.
bi ‘‘ pyracea, Nyl.
aurantiacum, Naeg. & Hepp.
microphyllinum, Tuck.
camptidium, Tuck.
ferrugineum, Hepp.
$s var. pollinii, Tuck.
* ‘* discolor, Willey.

Lecanora rubina, Ach.

“c

muralis, Scher.
pallida, Scher.

122

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Lecanora pallida, var. cancriformis, Tuck.

\ «6

“ec tad

angulosa, Hoff.

miculata, Ach.

subfusca, Ach.

-, allophana, Ach.
distans, Ach.
coilocarpa, Ach.
argentata, Ach.

Hageni, Ach.

atra, Ach.

varia, Nyl.

‘¢ var. symmicta, Ach.
= ‘¢ szpincola, Fr.

Cupressi, Tuck.

pallescens, Scher. )

var. rosella, Tuck.
tartarea, Ach.

cinerea, Sommer.

e var. levata, Fr.
lacustris, Nyl.

fuscata, Th., Fr.

privigna, Ny.

BS var. pruinosa, Auctt.

27 ** Clavus, Koerb.
oreina, Mass.
sophodes, Mass.

? var. atrocinerea, Nyl.
confragosa, Nyl.
exigua, Fr.
tephraspis, Tuck.

constans, Tuck.

- milliaria, Tuck. |

Pertusaria communis, DC.

sé

multipuncta, Nyl.
velata, Nyl.
pustulata, Nyl.
Wulffenii, DC.

leioplaca, Scher.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON, 123

Pertusaria globularis, Ach.
Conotrema urceolatum, Tuck.
Gyalecta Pineti, Fr.

" cupularis, Scher.
. geoica, (?) Ach.
obs lutea, Tuck.

Urceolaria scruposa, Snif.
ae “s var. parasitica, Sommerf.
se * ‘* gypsacea, Nyl.
« actinostoma, Pers.
Myriangium Curtissii, M. & B.
Frib. I. Lecideacei.
Fam, 1, CLADONIEI.
ladonia Papillaria, Hoff.

se pyxidata, Fr.

ie ae var. Pocillum, Ach.
“ alcicornis, Floerke.

ee symphycarpa, Fr.

Bes de var. epiphylla, Nyl.
aS Mitrula, Tuck.

x cariosa, Spreng.

” decorticata, Floerke.

™ fimbriata, Fr.

“6 se var. tubzformis, Fr.
“ ae ‘* radiata, Fr.

* gracilis, Fr.

6 Santensis, Tuck.

vf cespiticia, Fl.

oy furcata, Fr.

“ + var. subulata, Fl.

“ ““ ‘* racemosa, FI.

" rangiferina, Hoff.

“ « var. sylvatica, L.
“6 “ ‘ alpestris, L.

“ uncialis. Fr.

124 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Cladonia macilenta, Hoff.
- Floerkiana, Fr.
nt pulchella, Schwein.
os cristatella, Tuck.
Be leporina, Fr. (var.)
Cystocoleus rupestris, Rabh.
Fam. 2. LECIDEEI.
Bzomyces roseus, Pers.

Biatora rufo-nigra, Tuck.

ae coarctata, Th. Fr.

a decolorans, Fr.

. russula, Mont.

“eé D4
sanguineo-atra, Fr.

5 atro-rufa, Ach

“ exigua, Fr.

6 milliaria, Fr.

es anomala, Tr,

é mixta, Fr.

6 rubella, Fr.

“ “ var. spadicea, Ach.
“ “6 *« suffusa, Fr.

‘ss “c ss Schweinitzii, Tuck.
“ “6 ** incompta, N yl.
are “ ‘* inundata, Fr.

“ “ ‘* arceutina, Ach.
« umbrina, Ach.

ce chlorosticta, Tuck.

. uliginosa, Fr.
’ hypnophila, Turn.
: “3 campestris, Fr.
as resine, Fr.
Heterothecium sanguinarium, Tuck.
if leucoxanthum, Spreng.
- vulpinum, Tuck.
Lecidea contigua, Fr.
* enteroleuca, Fr.

“a a var. olivacea, Fr.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON,

Lecidea enteroleuca, var. theioplaca, Tuck.

4 * * arenaria, FI.
" inSularis, Nyl.
« albo-ccerulescens, Fr.

Buellia lactea, Mass.
is lepidastra, Tuck.

125

ef atro-alba, FI.

i parasema, Krb.

ie 4 var. czsio-pruinosa, Nyl.
. i ‘““ triphragmia, Nyl.

ef 2: ‘‘ microcarpa, Nyl.

. dialyta, Nyl.

* myriocarpa, DI.

“ Schereri, Dnot.

a Elize, Tuck.

e petrea, Tuck.

“s ss var. Montagnei, FI.

De " ** Oederi, Krb.; and others undefined.

Trib. III. Graphidacei.

Fam, 1. LECANACTIDEA.

Lecanactis chloroconia, Tuck.

Fam. 2. OPEGRAPHEI.

Opegrapha demissa, Tuck.

- varia, Fr.

ft “var. notha, Fr. @
fs % “ pulicaris, Fr.
* = ‘“« diaphora, Fr.
- = ee rimalis, Fr.
ay atra, Ny.

vulgata, Nyl.

Xylographa opegraphella, Nyl.
Graphis scripta, Ach.

ay esa * ‘* serpentina, Ach.
4 « ‘“‘ sophistica, Nyl.
- Ae ‘“* assimilis, Nyl.

ay dentritica, Ach.

126 - BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Graphis dentritica, var. inusta,.Ach.
a tricosa, Ach.
om nitidia ‘(?), Nyl.
Fam, 3, ARTHONIEI.
Arthonia pyrrhula, Nyl.

" rubella, Nyl.
st cinereo-pruinosa, Scher.
ee cinnabarina, Wallr.

Arthonia lecidella, Nyl.

ss * - Jurida, Ach.
. patellulata, Nyl.
s astroidea, Nyl.
Fier epipasta, Ach.
a macularis, Fr.
chy obscura, Ach.
punctiformis, Ach.

_ polymorpha, Ach.
+f teediosa, Nyl. —
iy spectabilis, Fl.
af anastomosans, Ach.
Mycoporum pycnocarpum, Nyl.
Trib. IW. Caliciacei.
Acolium tigillare, Dnot:

Calicium trichiale, Ach.

- brunneolum, Ach.,

o subtile, Fr.

“ trachelinum, Ach.
‘“- turbinatum, Pers.
i leucopodum, Nyl.

re albo-nigrum, Nyl.
B. ANGIOCARPI.
Trib. V. Verrucariacei.

Fam, 1. ENDOCARPEIT.
Endocarpon miniatum, Scher.
a te var. complicatum, Scher.
‘ SEPP. aquaticum, Scher.
* arboreum, Schwein.
ve rufescens, Ach.

«s pusillum, .}edw.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 127

Fam. 2. VERRUCARIEI.
Staurothele difractella, Tuck.
* Drummondii, Tuck.
’ umbrina, Tuck.
Trypethelium virens, Tuck.
Sagedia lactea, Kbr.
¢. oxyspora, Tuck.
bi cestrensis, Tuck.

Verrucaria epigza, Ach.

margacea, Nyl.
$$ nigrescens, Pers.
4 rupestris, Schrad.
3 muralis, Ach.

Pyrenula thelena, Tuck.
ee micula, F1.
“% punctiformis, Naeg.
2 fallax, Nyl.
te gemmata, Naeg.

" hyalospora, Tuck.

2 glabrata, Mass.

= Santensis, Nyl.

% nitida, Ach.
se lactea, Tuck.
. subprostans, Tuck.

er falliciora, Nyl.

ss leucoplaca, Kbr. 4s

3 thelomorpha, Tuck.

IV. CHANGES IN NOMENCLATURE.

{The recent published works of Drs. Gray and Vasey have made necessary many changes
in the nomenclature of our species. It has been suggested that these changes be deferred ©
' until the publication of a second edition of the ** Flora,” but this has seemed to be inadvis-
able, as it must be some years before a second edition can be brought out, if ever, and if we
are constantly confronted by the old names we shall never become familiar with the new and
correct ones. |

295. Ribes rotundifolium, Michx., = Ribes oxycanthoides, Linn.

Pointed out by Mr. Walter Deane, of Cambridge, who has
carefully compared it at the Gray Herbarium.
395. Eupatorium pubescens, Muhl., = Eupatorium rotundifolium, L.,

var. ovatum, Torr.

644.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

. Solidago stricta, Ait., = Solidago neglecta, Torr. & Gr.

. Solidago Virga-aurea, L., var. humilis, Gray, = Solidago humilis,

Pursh.

. Solidago elliptica, Ait., = Solidago Elliottii, Torr. & Gray.
. Solidago arguta, Ait., = Solidago juncea, Ait.
. Solidago altissima, L., = Solidago rugosa, Mill.

. Aster miser, L., (Ait. of Gray’s ‘‘ Manual”), = Aster vimineus,

var. foliolosus, Gray. (?)

. Aster simplex, Willd., = Aster paniculatus, Lam.
. Aster carneus, Nees, = Aster salicifolius, (Lam.) Ait.
. Aster zestivus, Ait.,=— Aster junceus, Ait.

. Aster puniceus, L., var. vimineus, Torr. & Gray, = Aster puni-

ceus, L., var. lucidulus, Gray.

. Diplopappus linearifolius, Hook., = Aster linearifolius, L.

. Diplopappus umbellatus, Torr. & Gray, = Aster umbellatus, Mill.
. Diplopappus cornifolius, Darl., = Aster infirmus, Michx.

. Eclipta procumbens, Michx., = Eclipta alba, Hasskarl.

. Verbesina Siegesbeckia, Michx. = Verbesina occidentalis, Walt.
. Lappa officinalis, Allioni, = Arctium Lappa, L., var. (?)

. Cnicus discolor, Gray, = Cnicus altissimus, Willd., var. discolor,

Gray.

. Cynthia Dandelion, DC., = Krigia Dandelion, Nutt.

. Hieracium venosus, L., var. subcaulescens, Gray, = Hieracium

venosus, Gray.

Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Desf., = Taraxacum officinalis, Weber.

. Lactuca Canadensis, L., var. integrifolia, Gray, = Lactuca integri-

folia, Bigel.

. Mulgedium acuminatum, DC., = Lactuca acuminata, Gray.
. Mulgedium Floridanum, DC., = Lactuca Floridana, Gertn.
. Mulgedium leucopheum, DC.,= Lactuca leucophza, Gray.
. Nabalus albus, Vidok. = Prenanthes alba, L.

. Nabalus Fraseri, DC., = Prenanthes serpentaria, Pursh.

Physalis viscosa, L., of Gray’s Manual, = Physalis Virginiana,
Mill. of Syn., Fl. of N. A. This change has been pointed out
by Mr. Deane.

832.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 129

Quercus stellata, Wang., = Quercus obtusiloba, Michx., as adopted
by Sargent in his ‘‘ Forest Trees of N. A.,” vol. ix, Tenth Cen-
sus of United States.

. Quercus Muhlenbergii, Engel, = Quercus prinoides, Willd., as

adopted by Sargent.

. Vilfa aspera, Beauv. =Sporobolus aspera, Kth.
. Agrostis alba, L., = Agrostis vulgaris, var. alba, Vasey.
. Calamagrostis Nuttalliana, Steud., = Deyeuxia Nuttalliana, Vasey.

. Tricuspis seslerioides, Torr., = Triodia seslerioides, Vasey.

29. Glycera aquatica, Smith, = Glycera arundinacea, Kth.

1199.

1201.
1202.

1204.

26.
78.
106.

300.

304.

415.

. Eragrostis pozoides, Beav., == Eragrostis minor, Host.

. Eragrostis pozoides, var. megastachya, Gray, = Eragrostis major,

Host.

. Gymnostichum Hystrix, Schreb., = Asperella Hystrix, Willd.

. Panicum pauciflorum, Ell..— Panicum scoparium, Lam.

. Erianthus alopecuroides, Ell., = Panicum saccharoides, Miclix.
Andropogon furcatus, Muhl., = Andropogon provincialis, Lam.
Andropogon argenteus, Ell., = Andropogon argyrzus, Schultz.
Andropogon Virginicus, L., == Andropogon dissitiflorus, Michx.
Sorghum nutans, Gray, = Chrysopogon nutans, Benth.

V. NEW LOCALITIES FOR RARE SPECIES.

Aconitum uncinatum, L.
Near Clifton Station, Va., Sept. 20, 1885, by Prof. Ward.
Thlaspi arvense, L. Field Pennycress.
Below St. Elizabeth’s, May 18, 1884, by Prof. Ward.
Silene nivea, DC. |
Alexander’s Island, June 25, 1885. Mr. J. A. Allen.
Drosera rotundifolia, L.
Sarracenia Swamp, May 10, 1885; also at Fort Ethan Allen,
by Mr. William Palmer.

Callitriche Austini, Engelm.

Brightwood, May 16, 1885. Mr. J. A. Allen.
Solidago rigida, L.
Woodley Park, in fruit, Oct. 18, 1835. Prof. Ward and myself.

130 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

551. Gaultheria procumbens, L. Wintergreen.
Found on the Mt. Vernon estate, Va , in October, 1884, by Mr.
William Hunter. | : ;
589. Asclepias rubra, L. 2
Vicinity of Falls Church, Va., Miss M. A. Hayes, July 11, 1885.
599. Enslenia albida, Nutt.
Alexander's Island, June 25, 1885: Mr. J. A. Allen. Below
Chain Bridge, in fruit, Sept. 12, 1885. Prof. Ward and
myself. ,
627. Lithospermum canescens, Lehm.
North side of Woodley Park Road, first bend above the bridge.
_ Collected May 17 and 21, 1884. Prof. Ward.

629a. Heliotropium Europzeum, L. Heliotrope.

Alexandria, Va., near the ship-yard, July 4, 1884. Prof. Ward.
672. Buchnera Americana, L.

Near Clifton Station, Va , Sept. 20, 1885. Prof. Ward.

732a. Scutellaria parvula, Mx. Scullcap.
Kengla’s Woods, June 4, 1884. Prof. Ward.
741. Plantago cordata,-Lam.
Poplar Point, on the Eastern Branch, October 26, 1884. Prof.
Ward and myself. Important on account of its greater ac-
cessibility.
805. Cacalia reniformis, Muhl. :
Alexander’s Island, June 25, 1885. Mr. J. A. Allen.
835. Quercus Michauxii, Nutt.
Near ‘‘ Owl Bridge,” (Northwest Branch). <A large fine tree, —
quite typical. Found by Mr. HI. W. Henshaw and myself,
September 11, 1885.
849. Quercus heterophylla, Mx.
‘ A fine tree of this species was discovered near Convalescent
Camp, Virginia, June 29, 1884, by Prof. Ward. In fine
fruiting condition, October 5, 1884. ‘‘ The affinities of this
specimen with Q. Phellos are closer than in any of the
forms hitherto found. The leaves resemble in almost every
respect those which I collected from the tree now standing
in the Bartram estate, Philadelphia, south of the mansion,

and which is said to have grown from an acorn of the

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 131

original Bartram Oak planted by the discoverer.” Prof,
Ward.

874. Arisema Dracontium, Schott.

Analostan Island, June 20, 1885. Titus Ulke.

g18. Corallorhiza odontorhiza, Nutt. Coral-root.

peas

951.

1216.

1223.

1226.

Found by Mr. Benj. Miller in Kengla’s Woods, near the Foundry
Run, May 7, 1884, and therefore constituting a case of the
vernal blooming of an autumnal species. ‘‘I visited this
spot in company with Mr. Miller on June 4, 1884, and
found the plant nearly extinct. It had died down and
withered away without fruiting. On September 28, 1884,
I found it in abundance along the Northwest Branch of the
Potomac.”’—Prof. Ward.

Corallorhiza multiflora, Nutt.
A single specimen, the second ever seen here, was found on the

Northwest Branch of the Potomac, Sept. 28, 1884.

. Smilacina stellata, Desf.

High Island, May 11, 1885. Four or five fine specimens found.
- Hugh M. Smith.

Erythronium albidum, L.
Found at ‘‘ Vis-a-vis ” Landing, opposite Three Sisters, April
26, 1885. Mr. H. M. Smith.

. Tsuga Canadensis, Carriére.

Left bank of Pope’s Head Creek, one-half mile below Clifton
Station, Va., Sept. 20, 1885. Prof. Ward.

Pellza atropurpurea, Link.
Found June, 1885, by Mr. H. M. Smith, on the outer walls of
the causeway connecting Analostan Island with the main-

land. Plants numerous.

Asplenium augustifolium, Michx.
Found at head of Asplenium Run, above Aqueduct Bridge, Sept.
19, 1885. Mr. H. W. Henshaw and myself. :

-Camptosorus rhizophyllus, Link.

Near Burnt Mills, Md., July 1, 1885. Mr. H. W. Henshaw.
Also High Island, April, 1885. Mr. J. A. Allen.

132 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

1220. Woodwardia Virginica, Smith.
Below the Reform School, Aug. 19, 1885. Mr. Wm. Palmer and

myself.

VI. SPECIES EXCLUDED.

172 Vitis vulpina, L., = Vitis riparia, Michx.

The specimens mentioned in the ‘‘ Flora” that were referred to
this species, were collected in flower May 22, 1881, and in
young fruit June 4, 1881, at Sandy Landing, Md. Speci-
mens in mature fruit collected Sept. 12, 1885, on the rocks
below Chain Bridge. From characters furnished by the
seeds and the diaphrams separating the nodes of the stem,
as pointed out by Dr. Engelmann, this is referred to the
V. riparia, Michx.

220. Lespedeza violacea, Pers.,= L. reticulata, Pers.
This species has been compared at the Gray Herb. by Mr.

Walter Deane, and referred as above.

973. Juncus marginatus, var. bifloms, Engl., = Juncus marginatus,
Rostk.
Compared at the Gray Herbarium by Mr. Walter Deane who

pronounces this to be the type and not the variety.

1251. Lycopodium complanatum, L., var. sabinzfolium, Spring., =: Ly-

copodium complanatum, L.

The forms referred to this variety were collected two miles
north of Bladensburg, in young fruit, July 20, 1879, and
at Clifton Station, Va., Oct. 12, 1884, by Prof. Ward.
These have been submitted to Prof. L. W. Underwood,
of Syracuse University; and he pronounces them all to
be complanatum. ‘This variety, or, as it has been lately
known, species, sabixefolium, is distinguished by having
the stems leafy to base of spikes, or nearly so, elongated,
creeping, usually underground; branches erect, short, di-
chotomous; leaves 4-rowed, apparently terete.

In complanatum the stems are flattened, leaves of two forms,
imbricated—oppressed in 4 ranks. These specimens are
certainly anomalous in having the stems creeping under-

ground, but otherwise they agree well with the type.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX, |

Page.
Address, fifth presidential ........................ xxxiii, 1
Address of retiring president .. -Xxvi
Address, sixth presidential .................. ..... xliii, 35
Alaskan Dimchee isyeesccusccs caveats vnssasses since piss xxxvii
Alaskan willows.. Bee a ae leben xxxvii
Albatross, steamer, recent explorations of...... xxxi
Allen, W.,T., drawings of plants by............2..xxxvi

Alternation of generation, origin of, in Hydro-
Medusze

Amendments to the constitution.........xxvii, xxxiii

American continent, oldest known fauna on

oe eee eee eee ere eee eee ee eee eee

GAB oooh soa doh en cole Nae Rie iene es xxxi
Arid plains, grasses of the....................5 xxxi
Arrearages, penalty fOr ...............c0+ sesceees cones xxvii
Attila cozumele, D. 8.........-...4. 23
Auks, shedding of the bill in........ eee ceeeee xxxi

ARS ee meee eee Oe eee ee Heme ee HOE EE EEE OS EE EEEt nuease

Baker, F., on muscular equilibration ........xxxvii

Barnard, W. 8., on a metal specimen case......... xl
Barnard on environmental digestion. ............... xii
Barnard on mounting specimen tubes ............. xii
Bean, T. H., on a new Chimerid fish...... ........ xxix
Bean on a new fish related to Mureenoides....xxxviii
Bean on collecting at Cozumel island............ xxxvi
Beyer, H. G., on genital apparatus of Lingula..xxxv
Beyer on intracellular digestion... |....... ......... XXXV
Beyer on physiological effects of cocaine. ......xxxix
Biology, application of, to geological history,
xxxiii, 1
FERROUS oo Sa cc sil seaneslonve ts saree cbusgur xxxvii
Birds, new species of, from Cozumel island,
xxxvi, 21
Bones of the skull, exhibiting relations of... ..xxxv
Borneo, natural history and people of............ XXxX1V
Brooxs, W. K., on the origin of alternation of
generation in the Hydro-Meduse................. xXxxi
SUITOR, PIE OL 5 ss sccic So5 ook coi obs caw cocedesce succes XxVii
Cc.
Cabbages, white rust Of.............c0..-2eceeeceeees Xxxviii
Cardinalis saturatus, 1. 8.. ........--...csscesccseesereeens 24
Carnivora, molar teeth of...............scssceseeees Xxxviii
MEUPGR TOCR Thee: 5. is esesc0ie sc pabs cee caccostinncegoseessseee 23
Cetacea, development of mammary glands in.xxxvi
Cetaceans, origin of flukes of...............000 0000+. xxxiv

133

Chemical Society, annual address before ............ xl
Chickering, J. W., on drawings of plants......xxxvi
Chimerid fish, new to the Western Atlantic, ...xxix
Chipmunk, new species of, from California, ........ 25
Chipmunk, new subspecies of the eastern......... xlii
Chlorostilbon forficatus, 1. 8.......ccccccsecceceeeseeeeee-28
Cholera bacillus, exhibition of.....0.........0.....XXXVii
Cicada, notes on the periodical... ................xxxix
Cocaine, physiological effects of.................... Xxxix
Collation at close of meeting. ............ccc.-ceseess xxix
Committee, auditing 2.0.0.0. 2.00... xxxii
Committee on communications, 1885......... ...... viii
Committee on communications, 1886,........0.0.... Xx
Committee on lectures, 1885.00.00. ..c0c. ccseseee coeeee Viii
Committee on lectures, 1886 ........0...ceceeees cesses ees x
Committee on publications, 1885.................-....-Viii
Committee on publications, 1886.................cce00 >
Committee on the trees and shrubs of Wash-
Tate, TORR Sa ieee ee Vili
Committee on the trees and shrubs of Wash-
BORON, LIBS. sos ses as iets vlssvodign bets bite Ploiaes x
Committees, appointment of....... xxvi
Committees, standing, 1885...........0....c0c0. ceceeees Viii
Committees, standing, 1886 ...........cccc0. cesses cceces x-
COORUMEL SGI os 5s seis dincbagssisaredoniveis XXV
Constitution, amendments to, ...........-..++: VIET ob
Council, composition of...... XXV
Council, duties of xxvi
Connes, Nabof, TRG so, se iaeaack st aces cao aoeabeuce vii
Counc Hel OF IROG s.6i eB donc tiated ix
COunEN GQUuOPUM OF. i, ssi bisholeb sdave Agbes conde, xxvi
Cover-glasses, device for storing.............0... s+. xii
Cozumel island, collecting at...... Xxxvi
Cozumel island, new birds from................ xxxvi, 21
Oy Clovhis ASV IATIG, Wh, 6, oo. 008.5 ccs easaxe vse couassuvnccs ae
D.
Dall, W. H., ona recent journey in Florida...xxxviii
Dall on deep sea MOLLUSKS... ec... ee ceceee eee Xxxix

Dall on the marsupium of Milneria minima.....xxxvi
Dall on zoological position of Turbinella.. ......xxix
Datura stramonium, multiplication in gyne-

CEUDA: OF 5 ccindayocvsie vsenesty sade haaceisdett auisssaigacmee xlii
Dendroica petechia rufivertex, n. sub-s...... .... 21
Digestion, environmental ........ ......ssssessseeeseeee xli
Digestion, intracellular’ ..2.. i.000.cceccscesccces ssenes XXXV
Diller, J. S., on a trip to Mt. Shasta, Cal.......xxxiv
Diseases, contagious, new method of producing

immunity frOM ..........00-sccce-eeseeeee: cede: ae

134

: Page
Dolphin, a spotted, Prodelphinus doris............ xl
Dolphin, bottle-nose, habits of the.................. xxx
E.
Harth, weighing the........0..cc.cesis-csscousessoecsosse xxxiv
Menrioeis gracilis, 1h. Gocco sise-ascyes sees -ndepans 23
Enemies, Our invisible ....2..5. ..sc0s6 se eseceeseveee Xxxiv
Euetheia olivacea intermedia, n. sub-s.........+++. 22
Ex-presidents, members of the council...xxvi, xxxiii
F.

Fats, animal and vegetable, how to distinguish

POU WGI sccpsdasles bacnash-suavuensvants see tosseeenebestas xxxix
Fauna, the oldest known, on the American con-

BSRWONEG sss ov'sigs Sa Sv ou ohn aceinucde cons sbesas eens usd satwaeaan xxxi
OG ONNUAL 3 iin chic cisnedccuvsdvaisveaned) opues cocsesuesess xxvii
WOO. TtIAtiony cs swieesasscesds ce vaapavepuwantaveioereasees XxvVii
Fin-rays in fishes, development Of ...............+. xxxii
Fish, Chimerid, new to the western Atlantic...xxix
Fish Commission, Wood’s Holl station of......... xl
Fish-culture, a necessity for maintaining the

BUR: TSW GG. cos os casas cate iy se naengn edonants cantves Xxxix
Fishes, development of fin-rays in...............00 xxxii
Fish, new species, related to Mursenoides.....xxxviii
Fiske, John, on results in England of the

surrender of Cornwallis .................sceseseseee Xxxiv
Flint, J. M.,on collecting and — fora-

Minifera............0.000 ian acm
Flora of Washington, widens: in. 5 weak 106

Flora of Washington, changes of asseanie

ARNO BID as os Js cca g <tansnw sec eabwavesaeeunonsSananase alta sivas 127
Flora of Washington, species excluded from.....132
Flukes of cetaceans and sirenians, origin and

POMGIOVICS ' OLscsscciits oki Ssve aun dadinstesseutens xxxiv
Foraminifera, method of collecting and study-

PAA 55. 5 -n cdo dvsutncs’ wukeaacuisntdye ueutae \edkhunds subbacosbeueses xli
Foreign service, the machinery of our........... Xxxiv
Foreman, Edward, notice of death of........... Xxxvii
Fort Conger, plants from, ..............00-sseeeeee sees -XXX
Fossils of Primordial group of St. Sohn. N. B..xxxi

Gallaudet, E. M., on the language of signs and
combined method of teaching deaf-mutes...xxxiv

Genital apparatus of Tingula....................000 XXxXV
Geological history, application of biology to,
pea 1

Germs and germicides.. --- XXXiV
Gihon, A. L., on sanitary PORE sinciok

DBD ANG 1G Wiis 6ckis ss ss kg uns aesibinsdenssensvn eis xxxiv
Gill, T., on the classification of the Monotre-
PEO UG isi dh sua pices yesinn sins Gy Siestseanyund 15s porusnese ~aaants +-XXX

Ginkgo tree, recent flowering of, in Washing-

Xxxix

Goode, G. B., on natural history features at

the New Orleans SOR DORBIGIONS «0 i054 wie sinus eees xxxii
Goode on the beginnings of natural history

AEE SINCE ACN cg ca'so4d avs bonnes ida cssderdatteseces s dieser xiii, 35
Grape vine, mildews of the.............cccee seceescneees xli
Grasses of the arid plains.......... ........ -xxxi

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.
Greely, A. W., marine invertebrates obtained

WOE Siac tigeh a Vs ddcease ovals wis whancdesiinsvansekaaha eaaweeas xxxii
GUEPOZE -MODKCY.. 0 6ci.dscccnsepecsteeecccssncecneseus xxxviii
Gutta percha, use of, in making casts of fos-

WUNE ss Socccanuasccecn atbdeks aS keaavenssse nukes onasaecnasseeee XXXV
Gyneecium of Datura stramonium, multipli-

CRAGIN 19% CHS oF Fen decoss env caesbuenindiieas ti teeesdlks xlii

H.
Haidi gambling sticks, casts from ................ xxxix
Harporhynchus guttatus, D. 8............0.ecceeee ceees 21
Henshaw, H. W., on hybrid quail......... ..... Xxxviii
Hepatice of Washington. ...............ccseeseees 110, 116
History, oldest, in the light of newest

SCLENCE........seeeesssessen ceccenseseesersneeceseesenreeees xxxiv
Hitchcock, R., exhibition of cholera bacillus

TAY ucinap asians caseusacuas ccndcosoncecceusaraes cotbay shtwen Xxxvii
Hitchcock on the red. SNOW..........0.0.ceseseceessesseees xii
Hornaday, W. T., on natural history and peo-

DIS OF OTR OO 5520 cio sia ci seveisseassatecneycoacan vases xxxiv
Hough, M. B. W., notice of death of............... xxix
Human body, mutilations of the...... xlii
Hybrid qual, sas isesves xxxviii
Hydro-Medusz, origin of alteribtion of genera-

WEODE GER Gocas civdedue eadoveveuareeninseicn siactanscvevet oheaivs Xxxi

i
Intracellular digestion... ............5. 0.0.50 ccctasveesee XXXV
Isosoma, phytophagic habit im....................c00+ XxXx
}.
Japanese plum in Washington...........-.0.-.+++- Xxxvii

Johnson, A, B., on plants from Fort Conger.....xxx
Johnson on the shipworm and sheepshead. ...xxxvii

Johnson, Blanchard F., notice of death of........ xxix
K.
Knowlton, F. H., on additions to the flora of
WSDID BER ooo. s cesses nnvesseccebeveesseccseanasocsse 106

Knowlton on Alaskan willows and birches, ...xxxvii
Knowlton on the multiplication in the gyne-

cium of Datura stramonium...........ceceereeeeeees xlii
Koch’s method of isolating and cultivating bac-
BOTA cos dongs edanspadinetnutnded lpn eenetgeanes fisieh espe XXXVii
L.
Lampornis thalassinus, 0. S..........ceseseee seeeeeees 23
Language Of SIQMS.......:.....ceseseseeeeeeeeaeeteereeees Xxxiv
Lectures, Saturday, 1885, ............-:+ssssseeeeseeees xxxiv
Lichens of Washington ...... 2.22. -..ceesseeseoeseceeeee 118
Life, searching for the first forms of... ....... .xxxiv
Lingula, genital apparatus Of ........6....0+-sseeeeee XXXV
Locust, seventeen-year, occurrence of, in Vir-
FANG ....on ceince cavers spevnestsres sseasenepenrarsesaauen sesees xxix
M.
Mammary glands, development of, in Cetacea,
XXxvi

ALPHABETICAL INDEX,

Page.
Marine invertebrates from Camp Clay, Smith

TOU, 6. os suv cccdoun cocnseausepttelebahonmhsLidetTest- tise xxxii
Marsupium of Milneria minima. .................0.- Xxxvi
Mason, O. T., en casts from Haidi gambling

GEICKS, ..,.......ccrserseccccescnsens essences seeceronneesnes xxxix
Mason on mutilations of the brufiadinn body, con-

sidered ethnically ....5:..jcccivcvcessssced ceonewetadtoes xiii
Mason on post-mortem trepanning.............. Xxxviii

McDonald, M , on fish-culture in maintaining

the shad fishery......... xxxix
Meeting, annual............ xxvii
Meeting | Gay Ot. cic. ccdagecscdiinta ss cacnds ast nvaisceae xxvii
Meeting, fifth anniversary...... xxxiii
Meeting, fifth annual ..............eee se eeeeee Wie cscees xxxii
Meeting, proposed change of day of......... .... xxxiv,

XXXV, xxxvi
Meeting, sixth anniversary ...............scer-eeceeeess xiii
Moeoting , sixth: anmaal g555 sass Heseteeyap-csneverks xiii
Meetings, collation at,.............ccceeeeeee eee picdatens xxix
Meetings, field.......... xxvii
Meetings; Noted Of ii2s accede ane nish os tececees xxvi
Moeotings; special 5. sicccssitiicsccnd second sicsasuedereess xxvii
Members, absent. ...........-.c000 ces twe wes dsmuieabh ance Xxvii
Members, classification Of.......6........ccceces ceeseees XXV
Members, election Of...........s.cccceceeceeceoeceees XXV
Members foreign ji... icise-sovsiesstadguswitesussen aster xxxiii
Mem bere I arrears so .e scceiee ios varsonenaseionsityses xxvii
Members, Mat Of. 5.5.5.4 1 ssces pacessest etieetsenssterees xi
Members, non-resident xxvii
Mendenhall, T. C., on weighing the earth...... xxxiv
Merriam, C. H., on a new chipmunk ............... 25
Merriam on a new striped squirrel.................... xiii
Merriam on a new sub-species of chipmunk...... xiii
Merriam on ornithology in the Department of

Agriculture vouscdeccpeacev eames noteaeuantieesteda xli
Mildews of the grape Vine........0...... .csceee cenceoes xli
Milneria minima, marsupium of.................2+5 xxxvi

Minot, C. 8., on meeting of Society of Natural-

Nahe O80, Bs. .cc ects ate xxxii
Molacanthus, relations Of, .............2. cess seeeesees xxix
Mola, development Of 52.25.35 scstesyscefocss.s? sce oeses xxix
Molitsks, Meep-sea. ccs. 0 es setesswess- ts sa ac5s xxxix
Monkoy,- GUuereza.. «sissies Scssieee sb sceeesi XXxvili
Monotremata, classification of the.........-.......2 Xxx
BER inate, fErip 60. 2.2. si ease sec ccsdeted Biante xxxiv
Murenoides, new fish related to................. xxxviii
Murdoch, J., on marine invertebrates from

VARCRLY: TURPORITION «5.5. coco ul cineesden gdb dseennsesis xxxii
Musci of Washington. ............csseccis svesae cose 110, 111
Muscular equilibration. ......... -.sccsseeesesee seeees xxxvii
Mutilations of the human body, considered

WN i iatdisints cinta ccveed \evdsceavepenacea)sscied xlii

Myiarchus platyrhynchus, WAG istewesds cana dembas = oo

TAMAS OF THE BOG OG Yi cea siseg-scscdscssssccsassvescsecsseee XXV
Natural history, the beginnings of, in Amer-
xliii, 35

eeeeeeser

135

’ Page.
New Orleans Exposition, natural history feat-

ATES BG sacsceinacastadesecke xxxii
oO.
Objects of the Society.............. XXvV
Officers, classification Of, .............:sscececenseeesenens XXV
Officers, election Of............0cccccsessses sowebgheiee xxvi
Officers, election of, for 1885. ...............000.ec00e xxxiii
Officers, election of, for 1886............2.. cesses seeees xlii
Officers, list Of; 1885...2).sveicsccs-cepisdpdoviasivetstededes vii
Officers; Mat’ of; 1886) cs s5i.suj os detac cece decdansbessseue ix
Ornithology in the Department of pariordron: me 41!
Ornithorhynchus.............ces00 cesceese cesses eeeeeanes xxxiv
Oysters, new method of raising GOO Saccsce'ecaveses xl
os
Paulownia imperialis, phyllotaxy of... soeeXXXVI

Philosophical conic annual address ‘betons,

xxx, xl
Phocena Dalli, new species of porpoise ........ xxxii
Phyllotaxy of Paulownia imperialis.............. xxxvi
Physiological effects of cocaine.................++..XXXiX
Plants added to Washington, 1884-86. ......... seseee]06 |
Plants, drawings and paintings of, by W. T.
MMOD ou cscspesvaagan nisauacessensenee ufaksen cues aaseonstbes xxxvi
Plants from Fort Conger..........00 64 ssccessseseeseeeee EEK
Plants, new localities for rare.species of, in
Washington ooo f0 ics: descisscehesheutenisaeapagsanes Fete 129
Pocket rats, the American.............-..-ssese-eeee wie |
Porpoise, new species Of...........-c:ccceseeeeees ...-Xxxii
President, duties Of. .........c0.-2eccecesseceeneeeseeerereeMXVA
Presidential address...... .....0..ccecccs -vescsssecessevens xxvi
Presidential address, fifth annual xxxiii, 1
Presidential address, sixth annual.............. xiii, 35
Primordial group of St. John, N. B., fossils
OLE, oisiekinasht idpcesaboos acncsegransvedeass xxxi
Proceedings...........+++ xxix
Prodelphinus doris from off Sane Hatteras......... xl
Q.
Quail, HyDid.........ccccerccccrsccresceseseceese aioe xxxviii
R.
Rathbun, R., on the Wood’s Holl station of the
Fish Commission..............+:sesscesesees a yonsgs¥esee xl
Red snow niésiioss (ae

Ridgway, R, on new birds from " Gomrensie’

TRVBNG: 0. iiccccccucsesesce.cocstvessbocsseaccses oe sunsnee xxxv, 21
Right whales, recent capture Of......0.-.::++++++5 XXXV
Riley, C. V., on mildews of the grape vine........ xii
Riley on periodical cicada ........0..---s00 eee sere Xxxix
Riley on phytophagic habit in Isosoma..........-. Xxx
Ryder, J. A., on a new system of raising seed ee

OYSteYS.....cscecsseeeserceesensenceesenseerecenarerersnsectens
Ryder on development of fin-rays in fishes.....xxxii
Ryder on development of mammary glands in

Se et de net

136

: Page.
Ryder on development of*the sunfish, Mola ....xxix
Ryder on origin of flukes of cetaceans and sire-

WAPI yc cchicess bacbone2cas locas ta datsov ue nepie cheats Oa ...XXXiV
Ss.
Salmon, D. E., on our invisible enemies, the
plagues of animal life.......0.......0h.ec ees cee ees xxxiv

Salmon, D. E., and Smith, T., on immunity
from contagious diseases, .............-.c0c0 eens 29

ROMRE CORY TOTIOP BIG, oc cistn ccghaces Seb dnatsscetasdasones Xxxiv

Schuyler, E., on the machinery of our foreign

PHA WOE coach cadcka ndcavs dc nkcab t eusbvah us Jececonecedicares Xxxiv
Seaman, W. H., on the Japanese plum ......... XxXxvii
Secretaries, duties Of (05.0) oi... aescecececsceeeecens xxvi
MOCHONS, TOrMation: OF. 26.0.5 coi 5. poi csens ssceseten verses xXxvi
Seventeen-year locust, occurrence of, in Vir-

BENIRD se Six hee fs hiccmalea caver easel <stan one de stash iuodenses xxxi
Shad fishery, fish-culture a necessity for main-

WMSREAINEY CNG, 5s ois ccasccsucses ake Uobennies xxxix
Shedding of the bill in auks.....................eecees xxxi
NERO on icy sok aveviu ence st: <oscuscotees ootinestiane Xxxvii
Shipworm, Teredo navalis.................c00e.ee00 Xxxvii
Sirenians, origin of flukes of. ..................s0008 xxxiv
Smith, 8., on recent explorations of steamer

Albatross, .........-...... iendbcchbevapys aecsee de Sct) iol ends xxxi
Smith, T., on Koch’s method of isolating and

cultivating bacteria . ents Pip ov aie «|
Smith on storing Sinatebok: atone Sickicascubaiie cett xii

igo aon 0 Fey os ss Seca secrete tobe 29
Society of Naturalists of E. U. S., annual meet-

MRE MIR Sen 200 ehh ashok este ages Secenar cesenaysntieccat oe xxxii

Specimen case, New metal. oo... occ eee eec se sece ceecee xl

Specimen tubes, method of mounting..... .........xli
Spindalis benedicti, n. s.
Souirrel, on anew Striped 20.52. sse css. e cee xlii, 25
Stejneger, L., on the shedding of the bil! in
auks .
Stemners. 6. M., on osetia and germicides...xxxiv

Sunfish, development of......)..........00 cecoke een esees xxix
Surrender of Cornwallis, results in England of

BIN 50° sa puacs santas taneiw Shombelens uate nek entsnouees XXxiv

pit

Tamias macrorhabdotes, nN. 8..... .......s.e eee sees xlii, 25
Tamias striatus lysteri, n. sub-s.......0...........00068 xiii
Taylor, T., on how to distinguish between ani-

mal and ¥eaitabis fats... ak sae skite ae
Taylor on the white rust of ‘cabbages. BIPOE REIS XXxViii
ROUISCOE , CUI OL oo. ia vassi sen snesndescnnsiansccvhen gis xxvi
Trepanning, post-mortem...........4....... XXXVili
Trilobites, loss of vital force in..............s00..eee xli
Troglodytes beani, De 6.5.5 .c.62e 1c cys cccsccagesaenes vent yA
True, F. W., on a male Guereza monkey......xxxviii
True on a new species of porpoise, Phocena

BIEN cas oeckinad axis: Rogue sdevRhts an hows shaayesetanees xxxii

|
|
|
|

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

True on a spotted dolphin ....5.....5c. cecccsese -cnsee caceue X
True on change of meeting day... faprhsnact ey
True on Ornithorhynchus, a nisigead that

TOYS CRM one cas b ndmodsy eens xxxiv
True on the American pocket rats.............00ces008 xli
True on the capture of right whales............... XXXV
True on the habits of the bottle-nose dolphin....xxx
Turbinella, zoological position oOf.................00 xxix

Vv.
Vasey, G., on the grasses of the arid plains.....xxxi
WOMIUIING CORB oo ican yscxcsaruccatsharcitereansadbe nent xxXxxvii
Vice-presidents, duties Of..............cecee seeee ceeees xxvi
WSU MRUINGR TES Bis sscis cocinrsssundens 22
MEQOONGEVIG CINPPOR, TD, 9... 5 ine das snccgoiedsvnaceven tbasel 22
Vital force, loss of, in trilobites.......000..00....0. xii
Ww.
Walcott, C. D., on loss of vital force in trilo-

MIN 0s sadist do wa ease big wun kedkp nila ch cccac Skies pideav ste pabece xli
Walcott on searching for the first forms of

TARO asks 4 con saick du duccoued vhas canadian smbassialansdes iis xxxiv
Walcott on the oldest known fauna on the

American Continent.) i.....-6<c5.5.sckeseesecseacesens Xxxi
Ward, L. F., on additions to the flora of Wash-

SIU sida sks Sew eatives oe So hap si saagesnjecetuheens ad Xxxi
Ward on occurrence of. the seventeen year

POC SG TT VR os ae ices eine scene caeees Xxxi

Ward on phyllotaxy of Paulownia imperialis..xxxvi
Ward on recent flowering of the ginkgo tree,

Xxxviii
Washington, additions to flora of.............. xxxi, 106
Washington, changes of nomenclature in flora
SOE Sain cs Nav cs po ack Cawed eek ec poonh kav erped ev aake Ada bonemees 127
Washington, Hepatice of............ Medpesvunscas 110, 116.
Washing Fon), TICROMS O85 os oli. ines se ecesccececa dessus 118
Washington. Mmugel Of. 6 isos ..05° 56540092 covennent 110, 111
Washington, new localities for rare species of
MURINE A cick cd cehdan'cd i ncunknon sieuahiady pansan@ecenndecas 129:
Washington, recent flowering of ginkgo tree
Baio vena stack oy icewpansvesacoducusescpactivdas obi neeueitebiaeg xxxix.
Washington, species excluded from flora of....... 152
Welling, J. C., on oldest history in the light of
TUS WERT BCIOR CO <a siciuhigianvton'ss sha da caseden <ntanyegs XXXiv
WPT Wilks AAI oc os as fone ciesec neice tongs soacee sett XXxVii
White, C. A., on the application of biology
to geclogical history... ic. cs. .5<.dc.cpectnunuss xxxiii, 1
White on use of gutta percha in making casts
CHE EOMI US: cass hansr neh send Sek mewsmnydcneateod dene eae siege XXXV
White on vegetable cells, ................2ccsesseesees XXxvVii
White rust of cabbages ...............00.csssee senses XXXViii.
Wortman, J. L., on a method of exhibiting
relations of bones of the skull.................0008 XXXV

Wortman on molar teeth of carnivora.........

ae
ete:

i
erst

LEN is
ise

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington."

See other formats